Click here to activate Remote Access
Selected Matches for: =(27275)
MR4268535 Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Khesin, Boris A. (3-TRNT)
Department of Mathematics, University of TorontoSt. George Campus Toronto, Ontario, M5S 3G3, Canada

Topological methods in hydrodynamics.
Second edition [of MR1612569]. Applied Mathematical Sciences, 125. Springer, Cham, [2021], ©2021. xx+455 pp. ISBN: 978-3-030-74277-5; 978-3-030-74278-2
58-02 (35Q30 57Z05 58B25 58D05 76-02 76M30)
From the Publisher's description: "Since the publication of the first edition of the book Topological Methods in Hydrodynamics (over 20 years ago) and its Russian edition (over 10 years ago) there has appeared an enormous body of literature on topological fluid mechanics. Many problems and open questions posed or discussed in the book have been solved or substantially advanced. It would be natural to revise the text to update the reader on recent developments in this vast area for the second edition of the book.
   "Instead, the second edition, in addition to editorial corrections, contains a specially prepared survey of recent developments in topological, geometric, and grouptheoretic hydrodynamics with an independent bibliography.''

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR3793647 Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I.
Vladimir I. Arnold—collected works. Vol. IV. Singularities in symplectic and contact geometry 1980–1985.
Edited by Alexander B. Givental, Boris A. Khesin, Mikhail B. Sevryuk, Victor A. Vassiliev and Oleg Ya. Viro. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2018. xvi+525 pp. ISBN: 978-3-662-56188-1
01A75 (53Dxx 70S05)
From the preface: "This volume of the Collected Works includes papers written by V. I. Arnold mostly during the period from 1980 to 1985. Arnold's work of this period is so multifaceted that it is almost impossible to give a single unifying theme for it. It ranges from properties of integral convex polygons to the large-scale structure of the Universe. Also during this period Arnold wrote eight papers related to magnetic dynamo problems, which were included in Volume II, mostly devoted to hydrodynamics. We have chosen the topic of singularities in symplectic and contact geometry only as a `marker' for this Volume IV.
   "There are many articles specifically translated for this volume. They include problems for the Moscow State University alumni conference, papers on magnetic analogues of Newton's and Ivory's theorems, on attraction of dust-like particles, on singularities in variational calculus, on Poisson structures, and others. We would like to draw the reader's attention to the translations of Arnold's comments to Selected works of H. Weyl and those of A. N. Kolmogorov. The latter were included along with short prefaces by A. N. Kolmogorov himself.''
   {For Vol. III see [V. I. Arnolʹd, Vladimir I. Arnold—collected works. Vol. III. Singularity theory 1972–1979, Springer, Berlin, 2016; MR3618837].}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR3618837 Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I.
Vladimir I. Arnold—collected works. Vol. III. Singularity theory 1972–1979.
Edited by Alexandr B. Givental, Boris A. Khesin, Mikhail B. Sevryuk, Victor A. Vassiliev and Oleg Ya. Viro. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2016. xiv+509 pp. ISBN: 978-3-662-49612-1
01A75
From the preface: "This volume of the Collected Works contains papers written by V. I. Arnold mostly during the period from 1972 to 1979. While the papers collected here cover a variety of research directions, the main theme emerging in Arnold's work of this period is the development of singularity theory of smooth functions and mappings.
   "Among the articles specifically translated for this volume, the reader will find papers by V. I. Arnold on catastrophe theory and on A. N. Kolmogorov's school, his prefaces to Russian editions of several books related to singularity theory, a report on the first All-Union mathematical student competition in the USSR, as well as a hard-to-get preprint presenting notes by A. P. Shapiro of V. I. Arnold's lectures on bifurcations of discrete dynamical systems. The volume also contains a translation of the review by V. I. Arnold and Ya. B. Zeldovich of V. V. Beletsky's book on celestial mechanics.''
   {For Volume II see [V. I. Arnolʹd, Vladimir I. Arnold—collected works. Vol. II. Hydrodynamics, bifurcation theory, and algebraic geometry 1965–1972, Springer, Berlin, 2014; MR3185029].}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR3444792 Reviewed
Essays in mathematics and its applications.
In honor of Vladimir Arnold. Edited by Themistocles M. Rassias and Panos M. Pardalos. Springer, [Cham], 2016. viii+663. ISBN: 978-3-319-31336-8; 978-3-319-31338-2
00B30
Display contents as search results
Papers in this collection include the following:
  

Dorin Andrica and Oana Liliana Chender, "A new way to compute the Rodrigues coefficients of functions of the Lie groups of matrices”, 1–24. MR3526912

M. Baldo and F. Raciti, "Quasimodes in integrable systems and semi-classical limit”, 25–47. MR3526913

Giovanni Bazzoni and Vicente Muñoz, "Manifolds which are complex and symplectic but not Kähler”, 49–69. MR3526914

O. Chau, D. Goeleven and R. Oujja, "Solvability of a nonclamped frictional contact problem with adhesion”, 71–87. MR3526915

Alessandro Fortunati and Stephen Wiggins, "The Kolmogorov-Arnold-Moser (KAM) and Nekhoroshev theorems with arbitrary time dependence”, 89–99. MR3526916

B. Jadamba, A. A. Khan, F. Raciti, C. Tammer and B. Winkler, "Iterative methods for the elastography inverse problem of locating tumors”, 101–131. MR3526917

Dumitru Motreanu and Viorica Venera Motreanu, "Transversality theory with applications to differential equations”, 133–157. MR3526918

A. B. Németh and S. Z. Németh, "Lattice-like subsets of Euclidean Jordan algebras”, 159–179. MR3526919

Werner Georg Nowak, "Simultaneous Diophantine approximation: searching for analogues of Hurwitz's theorem”, 181–197. MR3526920

Kaoru Ono and Andrei Pajitnov, "On the fixed points of a Hamiltonian diffeomorphism in presence of fundamental group”, 199–228. MR3526921

Nihal Yılmaz Özgür and Nihal Taş, "Some generalizations of fixed-point theorems on S-metric spaces”, 229–261. MR3526922

Choonkil Park, Jung Rye Lee and Themistocles M. Rassias, "Functional inequalities in Banach spaces and fuzzy Banach spaces”, 263–310. MR3526923

Agostino Prástaro, "The Maslov index in PDEs geometry”, 311–359. MR3526924

Biagio Ricceri, "On the infimum of certain functionals”, 361–367. MR3526925

Teerapong Suksumran, "The algebra of gyrogroups: Cayley's theorem, Lagrange's theorem, and isomorphism theorems”, 369–437. MR3526926

Árpád Száz and Amr Zakaria, "Mild continuity properties of relations and relators in relator spaces”, 439–511. MR3526927

Mihai Turinici, "Contraction maps in pseudometric structures”, 513–562. MR3526928

Abraham Albert Ungar, "Novel tools to determine hyperbolic triangle centers”, 563–663. MR3526929

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR3445185 Indexed
Arnold, Vladimir
Problems of children 5 to 15 years old. (English summary)
Excerpt from [MR3409220].
Eur. Math. Soc. Newsl. No. 98 (2015), 14–20.
00A07
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR3409220 Reviewed
Arnold, V. I.
Lectures and problems: a gift to young mathematicians.
Translated by Dmitry Fuchs and Mark Saul, with a preface by Saul. MSRI Mathematical Circles Library, 17. Mathematical Sciences Research Institute, Berkeley, CA; American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2015. viii+176 pp. ISBN: 978-1-4704-2259-2
00-01 (11-01)
It is always an exultant privilege to review a book that deals with the splendor of mathematics, be it a work created by an author who is a "problem-solver'', or one who is a "theory-creator'', as delightfully categorized by P. R. Halmos [Am. Sci. 56 (1968), no. 4, 375–389]. Thus, when an oeuvre comes along by a writer, such as Arnold, who combines both of these two characteristics, it is fair to assume that we are in for a marvelous manifestation of the preeminence of mathematics in the world of science.
   Vladimir Igorevich Arnold (1937–2010), born in Odessa, Ukraine (then in USSR), was one of the most prolific and talented mathematicians of the twentieth century. In fact, while only 19 years old and still a student of Andrei Kolmogorov at Moscow State University, he solved Hilbert's thirteenth problem. In that particular problem, Hilbert had considered the seventh-degree equation
x7+ax3+bx2+cx+1=0
and had asked whether its solution, x, considered as a function of the three variables a, b, and c, could be expressed as the composition of a finite number of two-variable functions.
   A natural generalization of the problem is the following question: Can every continuous function of three variables be expressed as a composition of finitely many continuous functions of two variables? In 1956, Kolmogorov had shown that any function of several variables could be constructed with a finite number of three-variable functions. In 1957, Arnold expanded on this work to show that only bi-variate functions were in fact required, thus answering Hilbert's question affirmatively.
   After graduating from Moscow State University in 1959, Arnold taught there until 1986. From then on, up until his death, he worked at Steklov Mathematical Institute in Moscow and at Paris Dauphine University, two premier research institutes. He was made a Foreign Honorary Member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences in 1987, a Foreign Member of the Royal Society in 1988, a member of the Academy of Sciences of the Soviet Union (renamed Russian Academy of Sciences in 1991) in 1990, and was awarded numerous prestigious prizes. For more information on Arnold see [V. V. Goryunov and V. M. Zakalyukin, Mosc. Math. J. 11 (2011), no. 3, 409–411; MR2894422], [Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 59 (2012), no. 3, 378–399; MR2931629], [Arnold: swimming against the tide, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 2014; MR3223035], or M. White's entry in the Encyclopaedia Britannica on Arnold.
   Arnold was also very interested in the history of mathematics and liked to study the classics, most notably the works of Huygens, Newton, and Poincaré, and was a fan of Felix Klein's Development of mathematics in the 19th century [translated from the German by M. Ackerman, Lie Groups: History, Frontiers and Applications, IX, Math Sci Press, Brookline, MA, 1979; MR0549187]. He was also a socially conscientious individual, as can be seen from his open and public opposition to the persecution of dissidents in the USSR at the risk of creating a rancorous discord between himself and some prominent Soviet officials, and making him a target of the very same persecution; indeed, he was not allowed to leave the Soviet Union during most of the 1970s and 1980s (again, see the entry in the Encyclopaedia Britannica on Arnold). Thus, it is no surprise that among his numerous works that reflect his interest in various esoteric and diverse topics in mathematics, namely, differential equations, ergodic problems of classical mechanics, catastrophe theory, continued fractions, singularity theory, algebraic geometry, partial differential equations, experimental mathematics, and topology, there are also some gems that deal with the philosophical and pedagogical aspects of mathematics. Within the latter group, one should mention [Yesterday and long ago, translated from the 2006 Russian original by Leonora P. Kotova and Owen L. deLange, Springer, Berlin, 2007; MR2269569], [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 53 (1998), no. 1(319), 229–234; MR1618209], [Arnold's problems, translated and revised edition of the 2000 Russian original, Springer, Berlin, 2004; MR2078115], [Mathematical understanding of nature, translated from the 2011 Russian original by Alexei Sossinsky and Olga Sipacheva, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 2014; MR3237395] and of course, the subject of this review, Lectures and problems: a gift to young mathematicians.
   Lectures and problems was expertly translated into English by two well-known mathematicians, Dmitry Fuchs of UC Davis and Mark Saul of the Courant Institute, who managed to preserve Arnold's well-known lucid writing style. It also contains a preface by Saul and an extensive bibliography.
   Although the book is divided into four parts, it is more expedient to envision it in two parts: lectures and problems. The lectures involve sections on continued fractions; geometry of complex numbers, quaternions, and spins; and Euler groups and arithmetic of geometric progressions. The problems section, intended for children five to fifteen years old, contains 79 very interesting problems of varying degrees of difficulty. There is also a section on solutions to selected problems, composed by Fuchs.
   The chapter on continued fractions focuses mostly on the geometric approach to the topic, thus reviving Hermann Minkowski's "geometry of numbers'' and leading to interesting lemmas such as the one that states that if a parallelogram with vertices at lattice points has no other lattice points either inside or on the sides, then its area must be 1. This approach eventually culminates in Kuzmin's Theorem. This theorem asserts that in the continued fraction
α=a0+1a1+1a2+
the probability pk that the integer k will appear as a term is
pk=1ln2ln(1+1k(k+2))
with the interesting consequence that p10.41, that is, about half of the time the terms in a continued fraction are 1's.
   For some reason, although Arnold credits Gauss with "the fundamental discovery needed for the proof of the theorem'' (p. 13), he calls it Kuzmin's Theorem and not the Gauss-Kuzmin Theorem as it is usually referred to in the literature. The chapter continues with a discussion of the golden section, and Lagrange's Theorem—a continued fraction is periodic if and only if the value represented by the fraction is a number of the form a+bc, where a, b, c are rational numbers—and concludes with a generalization of Lagrange's Theorem.
   The chapter on the geometry of complex numbers, quaternions, and spins is equally interesting. Note the following two minor typos: on page 53, in Hamilton's multiplication table, we should have
j1=j
and
k1=k,
and on page 63 we should have
sinφ=2tt2+1.

   The chapter on Euler groups and arithmetic of geometric progressions is analogously thought-provoking and exciting. Starting with the simple definition of the Euler group Γ(n) as the multiplicative group on the set Zn=Z/nZ, Arnold introduces the order of this group, φ(n), where φ is the Euler function. As is well known, if
n=pα11pα22pαkk
then
φ(n)=(p11)(p21)(pk1)pα111pα212pαk1k.
Arnold then uses this result to prove the Euler product formula, namely, the formula
ζ(m)=n=11nmp prime11pm,
which Leonhard Euler proved in his thesis Variae observationes circa series infinitas, published by St. Petersburg Academy in 1737.
   The chapter then continues with Fermat-Euler dynamic systems, statistics of geometric progressions, measurement of the degree of randomness of a subset, and a discussion of quadratic residues.
   Caveat emptor: This is not a recreational, "fireside'' reading type of a book. Throughout the lectures, we are confronted by Arnold's demanding and challenging yet carefully constructed, cogent, and logically complete style of exposition. Thus, although the topics are within the realm of an undergraduate student in mathematics, the coverage makes the book exceedingly enriching, for it requires a careful analysis of each paragraph. Too many details are omitted, even for undergraduate students—in my opinion deliberately so, to limit the readership to those who truly wish to understand and learn mathematics.
   Arnold also uses the lectures to expose us to the historic development of the topics covered, and to introduce us to his views on mathematics:
   "In my view, mathematics and physics are parts of the same experimental science. When the experiments cost billions of dollars we call this science physics. When they are cheap, we call it mathematics.'' (p. 4)
   The problems section opens with a note from Arnold that ends with a mild rebuke of the (French) educational system:
   "I have even noticed that five-year-olds can solve problems like this better than can school children, who have been ruined by coaching, but who, in turn, find them easier than college students who are busy cramming at their universities. (And Nobel prize [sic] or Fields Medal winners are the worst at all in solving problems.)'' (p. 125)
   Problems range from ones that require nothing more than solving simple systems of equations to summing of infinite series and to performing numerical integrations of the type
101xxdx.

   Overall, the book is a masterful combination of mathematical rigor and geometrical and physical intuition. Only a master mathematician could take such ordinary topics and extend them in such sophisticated directions while keeping the proofs as intuitive as possible. It is a veritable tour de force that will expand the horizons of all those who are genuinely interested in mathematics.
Reviewed by Ilhan M. Izmirli

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR3309308 Reviewed
Arnold, V. I.
Experimental mathematics.
Translated from the 2006 Russian original by Dmitry Fuchs and Mark Saul. With a preface by Saul. MSRI Mathematical Circles Library, 16. Mathematical Sciences Research Institute, Berkeley, CA; American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2015. viii+158 pp. ISBN: 978-0-8218-9416-3
00A05 (11-XX 20-XX)
Experimental mathematics by V. I. Arnold would make for an unusual and delightful addition to any mathematician's library. Arnold is a masterful expositor, and in this book we get a glimpse of how Arnold thinks about what kinds of questions in mathematics are important and worth exploring, and how those first important explorations might be carried out, in this case with the aid of a computer. This book is a translation by Dmitry Fuchs and Mark Saul of four lectures given by Arnold to advanced high school and undergraduate students, and it contains many conjectures in a variety of fields that would be of interest to undergraduate and graduate students as well as researchers in mathematics. Below I will describe just a few of these open questions. But even if these kinds of questions are not of immediate interest to the reader, this book is worth exploring, for as Saul writes about Arnold, "Few mathematicians—indeed few scientists in any field—open their minds so completely as he has to their students.'' This read offers a rare opportunity to see how a master mathematician does mathematics.
   Lecture 1: The Statistics of Topology and Algebra.
   Let f(x,y) be an algebraic polynomial of degree n. How many closed curves ("ovals'') can its parabolic curve f(x,y)=0 on the real projective plane be made of? An upper bound is known to be (n2)(n1)2+1 connected components. And if one has the maximal number of ovals, in how many topologically distinct ways can this happen? The answer is currently not known if n=8, for example. It is known that the number of ovals is bounded above by an2 and below by bn2, where a>b. Arnold hopes that the reader will find the exact rate of growth of the number of ovals as n increases by moving the constants a and b closer together. Arnold then moves on to the statistics of smooth functions, the statistics and topology of periodic functions and trigonometric polynomials, and the algebraic geometry of trigonometric polynomials. Here for example computer experiments can be used to analyze graphs of Morse functions.
   Lecture 2: Combinatorial Complexity and Randomness.
   If we have a finite sequence of 0's and 1's, how can we assign a degree of randomness to the sequence? The operator A:Zn2Zn2 of taking differences (for example (1,1,0,1,0,0,1) is sent to (0,1,1,1,0,1,0)) sends one binary sequence of length n to another. We can then form a directed graph of 2n vertices where each vertex is one of the 2n possible binary sequences, and there is an edge from x to y if and only if y=Ax. Every connected component of the graph has exactly one cycle Om consisting of m edges where attached to each vertex of Om is a copy of some tree T, and so there are m copies of T in the connected component, one attached to each vertex of Om. Furthermore, these trees are binary root trees, where if we were to traverse the tree "backwards'' from a vertex of Om, each time we reach a vertex of the tree there are two edges leading away from it. We will then say that the further a sequence (vertex) is from a cycle, and the larger the size of the cycle, the more random the corresponding sequence. Arnold tabulated what happens for n12, but the topology of the larger graphs remains unknown; however, there are several conjectures that could be initially investigated with the aid of a computer. Arnold then goes on to talk about logarithmic functions and their complexity, as well as the randomness and complexity of tables of Galois fields.
   Lecture 3: Random Permutations and Young Diagrams of Their Cycles.
   If we randomly permute n objects, which permutations among the n! many permutations occur the most often? They could be said to be the most random of the permutations. Each permutation can be broken into cycles, and the collection of these cycles can be represented by a Young diagram with a certain height, width, and fullness. Computer experiments suggest, for example, that for large n the average height is yˆc2lnn and the average fullness is λˆc3lnn. Arnold goes on to discuss experimentation with random permutations of larger numbers of elements, random permutations of p2 elements generated by Galois fields, and statistics of cycles of Fibonacci automorphisms.
   Lecture 4: The Geometry of Frobenius Numbers for Additive Semigroups.
   This lecture begins with a discussion of additive semigroups, Sylvester's Theorem, Frobenius numbers, and trees blocked by others in a forest. Topics considered include the geometry of numbers, an upper bound estimate of the Frobenius number, average values of the Frobenius numbers, a proof of Sylvester's Theorem, the geometry of continued fractions of Frobenius numbers, and the distribution of points of an additive semigroup on the segment preceding the Frobenius number.
   {For the Russian original see [V. I. Arnold, Experimental observation of mathematical facts (Russian), Izdat. MTsNMO, Moscow, 2006].}
Reviewed by Alan S. McRae

Citations

From References: 24

From Reviews: 0

MR3284612 Reviewed
Sevryuk, Mikhail B. (RS-AOS-K2)
Institute of Chemical Physics, Russian Academy of SciencesChernogolovka (Moscow Region), Russia

Translation of the V. I. Arnold paper "From superpositions to KAM theory'' (Vladimir Igorevich Arnold. Selected—60, Moscow: PHASIS, 1997, pp. 727–740). (English summary)
Regul. Chaotic Dyn. 19 (2014), no. 6, 734–744.
37J40 (01A60 01A70 26-03 26B40 37N05 70H08)

Related

Arnold, V. I.

This paper is the English translation of an earlier article by V. I. Arnolʹd (contained in [Selecta-60 (Russian), FAZIS, Moscow, 1997 (727–740); MR1647728]) containing his recollections about two research problems that he tackled dealing with superpositions of continuous functions and quasi-periodic motions in dynamical systems. The vivid presentation of Russian studies about the KAM theory, as well as other topics considered by Kolmogorov and collaborators (including Arnolʹd himself and Gelʹfand), is particularly interesting also just from a historical point of view. Quite intriguing is Arnolʹd's predilection for a "KAM theory'' rather than just a "KAM theorem''.
Reviewed by Salvatore Esposito

    References
  1. Arnold, V. I., From Superpositions to KAM Theory, in Vladimir Igorevich Arnold. Selected–60, Moscow: PHASIS, 1997, pp. 727–740 (Russian). MR1647728
  2. Arnold, V. I., From Hilbert's Superposition Problem to Dynamical Systems, in The Arnoldfest: Proceedings of a Conference in Honour of V. I. Arnold for His Sixtieth Birthday (Toronto, ON, June 15–21, 1997), E. Bierstone, B. Khesin, A. Khovanskii, J. E. Marsden (Eds.), Fields Institute Communications, vol. 24, Providence, R.I.: AMS, 1999, pp. 1–18. MR1733563
  3. Arnold, V. I., From Hilbert's Superposition Problem to Dynamical Systems, in Mathematical Events of the Twentieth Century, A. A. Bolibruch, Yu. S. Osipov, Ya. G. Sinai (Eds.), Moscow: PHASIS, 2003, pp. 19–51 (Russian). MR2182777
  4. Arnold, V. I., From Hilbert's Superposition Problem to Dynamical Systems, Amer. Math. Monthly, 2004, vol. 111, no. 7, pp. 608–624. MR2080045
  5. Arnold, V. I., From Hilbert's Superposition Problem to Dynamical Systems, in Mathematical Events of the Twentieth Century, A. A. Bolibruch, Yu. S. Osipov, Ya. G. Sinai (Eds.), Berlin: Springer and Moscow: PHASIS, 2006, pp. 19–47. MR2182777
  6. Arnold, V. I., From Hilbert's Superposition Problem to Dynamical Systems, in ARNOLD: Swimming Against the Tide, B. A. Khesin, S. L. Tabachnikov (Eds.), Providence, R.I.: AMS, 2014, pp. 11–29. MR3223035
  7. Arnold, V. I., On A. N. Kolmogorov, in Kolmogorov in Recollections, A. N. Shiryaev (Ed.), Moscow: Nauka, 1993, pp. 144–172 (Russian). MR1727743
  8. Arnold, V. I., On A. N. Kolmogorov, in Golden Years of Moscow Mathematics, S. Zdravkovska, P. L. Duren (Eds.), History of Mathematics, vol. 6, Providence, R.I.: AMS, 1993, pp. 129–153. MR1246569
  9. Arnold, V. I., On A. N. Kolmogorov, in Vladimir Igorevich Arnold. Selected–60, Moscow: PHASIS, 1997, pp. 653–677 (Russian). MR1727743
  10. Arnold, V. I., On A. N. Kolmogorov, in Kolmogorov in Perspective, History of Mathematics, vol. 20, Providence, R.I.: AMS, 2000, pp. 89–108. MR1798021
  11. Arnold, V. I., On A. N. Kolmogorov, in Kolmogorov in Recollections of His Students, A. N. Shiryaev (Ed.), 2nd ed., Moscow: Moscow Center for Continuous Mathematical Education, 2006, pp. 34–53 (Russian). MR1009439
  12. Arnold, V. I., On A. N. Kolmogorov, in Golden Years of Moscow Mathematics, S. Zdravkovska, P. L. Duren (Eds.), 2nd ed., History of Mathematics, vol. 6, Providence, R.I.: AMS, 2007, pp. 129–153. MR1246569
  13. Dumas, H. S., The KAM Story: A Friendly Introduction to the Content, History, and Significance of Classical Kolmogorov–Arnold–Moser Theory, Singapore: World Sci., 2014. MR3222196
  14. Kolmogorov, A. N., On Conservation of Conditionally Periodic Motions for a Small Change in Hamilton's Function, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1954, vol. 98, no. 4, pp. 527–530 (Russian); Engl. transl.: Stochastic Behaviour in Classical and Quantum Hamiltonian Systems (Volta Memorial Conference, Como, 1977), G. Casati, J. Ford (Eds.), Lect. Notes Phys. Monogr., vol. 93, Berlin: Springer, 1979, pp. 51–56; Selected Works of A. N. Kolmogorov: Vol. 1. Mathematics and Mechanics, V. M. Tikhomirov (Ed.), Dordrecht: Kluwer, 1991, pp. 349–354. MR0550888
  15. Kolmogorov, A. N., On Dynamical Systems with an Integral Invariant on the Torus, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1953, vol. 93, no. 5, pp. 763–766 (Russian); Engl. transl.: Selected Works of A. N. Kolmogorov: Vol. 1. Mathematics and Mechanics, V. M. Tikhomirov (Ed.), Dordrecht: Kluwer, 1991, pp. 344–348. MR0062892
  16. Arnold, V. I., Poly-Integrable Flows, Algebra i Analiz, 1992, vol. 4, no. 6, pp. 54–62 (Russian); Engl. transl.: St. Petersburg Math. J., 1993, vol. 4, no. 6, pp. 1103–1110. MR1199634
  17. Herman, M.-R., Conjugaison C des difféomorphismes du cercle pour presque tout nombre de rotation, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Sér. A–B, 1976, vol. 283, no. 8, pp. Aii, A579—A582. MR0650819
  18. Arnold, V. I., Small Denominators: 1. On Mappings of a Circle onto Itself, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Matem., 1961, vol. 25, no. 1, pp. 21–86 (Russian). MR0140699
  19. Arnold, V. I., Small Denominators: 1. On Mappings of a Circle onto Itself, Amer. Math. Soc. Transl., Ser. 2, 1965, vol. 46, pp. 213–284. MR0164049
  20. Arnold, V. I., Cardiac Arrhythmias and Circle Mappings, in I. M. Gelfand. Collected Papers: Vol. 3, S. G. Gindikin, V. W. Guillemin, A. A. Kirillov, B. Kostant, S. Sternberg (Eds.), Berlin: Springer, 1989, pp. 1019–1024. Reprinted (with some corrections) in: Chaos, 1991, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 20–24. MR0997939
  21. Glass, L., Cardiac Arrhythmias and Circle Maps—A Classical Problem, Chaos, 1991, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 13–19. MR1135890
  22. Kolmogoroff, A. and Leontowitsch, M., Zur Berechnung der mittleren Brownschen Fläche, Phys. Z. Sowjetunion, 1933, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 1–13.
  23. Born, M., Lektsii po atomnoĭ mekhanike, Kharkov–Kiev: Gos. Nauchn.-Tekhn. Izd. Ukrainy, 1934 (Russian); Original German: Vorlesungen über Atommechanik, Berlin: Springer, 1925.
  24. Arnold, V. I., On the Stability of an Equilibrium Point of a Hamiltonian System of Ordinary Differential Equations in the General Elliptic Case, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1961, vol. 137, no. 2, pp. 255–257 (Russian); Engl. transl.: Soviet Math. Dokl., 1961, vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 247–249. MR0126041
  25. Arnold, V. I., Generation of Quasi-Periodic Motion from a Family of Periodic Motions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1961, vol. 138, no. 1, pp. 13–15 (Russian); Engl. transl.: Soviet Math. Dokl., 1961, vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 501–503. MR0132887
  26. Arnold, V. I., On the Behavior of an Adiabatic Invariant under Slow Periodic Variation of the Hamilton Function, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1962, vol. 142, no. 4, pp. 758–761 (Russian); Engl. transl.: Soviet Math. Dokl., 1962, vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 136–140. MR0192682
  27. Smale, S., On the Steps of Moscow University, Math. Intelligencer, 1984, vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 21–27; Reprinted in From Topology to Computation: Proceedings of the Smalefest (Berkeley, CA, August 5–9, 1990), M. W. Hirsch, J. E. Marsden, M. Shub (Eds.), New York: Springer, 1993, pp. 41–52. MR1246106
  28. Moser, J., A New Technique for the Construction of Solutions of Nonlinear Differential Equations, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 1961, vol. 47, no. 11, pp. 1824–1831. MR0132859
  29. Moser, J., On Invariant Curves of Area-Preserving Mappings of an Annulus, Nachr. Akad. Wiss. Göttingen, Math.-Phys. Kl. II, 1962, no. 1, pp. 1–20. MR0147741
  30. Moser, J., Remark on the Paper "On Invariant Curves of Area-Preserving Mappings of an Annulus", Regul. Chaotic Dyn., 2001, vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 337–338. MR1860151
  31. Herman, M.-R., Sur les courbes invariantes par les difféomorphismes de l'anneau: Vol. 2, Astérisque, vol. 144, Paris: Soc. Math. France, 1986. MR0874026
  32. Arnold, V. I., On the Classical Perturbation Theory and the Stability Problem of Planetary Systems, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1962, vol. 145, no. 3, pp. 487–490 (Russian); Engl. transl.: Soviet Math. Dokl., 1962, vol. 3, no. 4, pp. 1008–1012. MR0142388
  33. Arnold, V. I., Small Denominators and Problems of Stability of Motion in Classical and Celestial Mechanics, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk, 1963, vol. 18, no. 6, pp. 91–192 (Russian); Engl. transl.: Russian Math. Surveys, 1963, vol. 18, no. 6, pp. 85–191. MR0170705
  34. Arnold, V. I., Proof of a Theorem of A. N. Kolmogorov on the Invariance of Quasi-Periodic Motions under Small Perturbations of the Hamiltonian, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk, 1963, vol. 18, no. 5, pp. 13–40 (Russian); Engl. transl.: Russian Math. Surveys, 1963, vol. 18, no. 5, pp. 9–36. MR0163025
  35. Arnold, V. I., On the Instability of Dynamical Systems with Many Degrees of Freedom, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, 1964, vol. 156, no. 1, pp. 9–12 (Russian); Engl. transl.: Soviet Math. Dokl., 1964, vol. 5, no. 3, pp. 581–585. MR0163026
  36. Chirikov, B. V., Research in the Theory of Nonlinear Resonance and Stochasticity, Preprint no. 267 of the Novosibirsk Institute for Nuclear Physics of the USSR Academy of Sciences, 1969 (Russian); Engl. transl.: CERN Transl., no. 71–40, Geneva, 1971, 241 pp. (http://www.quantware.ups-tlse.fr/chirikov/refs/chi1969e.pdf).
  37. Izraĭlev, F. M. and Chirikov, B. V., Stochasticity of the Simplest Dynamical Model with Divided Phase Space, Preprint no. 191 of the Novosibirsk Institute for Nuclear Physics of the USSR Academy of Sciences, 1968 (Russian).
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.
MR3237395 Reviewed
Arnold, V. I.
Mathematical understanding of nature.
Essays on amazing physical phenomena and their understanding by mathematicians. Translated from the 2011 Russian original by Alexei Sossinsky and Olga Sipacheva. With a foreword by Serge Tabachnikov. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2014. xiv+167 pp. ISBN: 978-1-4704-1701-7
00A09
This little collection of essays belongs to the class of books many mathematicians would have been happy to write. It conveys a vision of mathematics, elementary and advanced, pure and applied, that any reader would enjoy. Back in the 1970s, when translations of Arnolʹd's text on ordinary differential equations became available, a breath of fresh air wiped out the rigid presentation based on the then canonical text by Coddington and Levinson: ODEs were simple, understandable and real-world based. The same spirit pervades the book under review. On browsing through Mathematical understanding..., the reader is tempted to consider it as (part of) a mathematical diary with sketches and ideas on a number of topics that might be classified into two groups: (a) Very short and schematic "chapters'' where the reader feels invited to try some back-of-the-envelope mathematics and enjoy self-exploration with simple-though-deep ideas and tools of a mathematical and physico-mathematical nature. In this group, Optics is the favourite leading thread. (b) Longer "chapters'' developing special topics to some extent in a self-contained manner. Mechanics and Fluid Mechanics appear in this second group. Along this line, Chapter 34, "The Mathematical Notion of Potential'', has been the reviewer's favourite. All through the book are comments about people—mostly Russian or Soviet—and glimpses of everyday life, as well as remarks on the senselessness of straightforward axiomatisation and the role of aesthetic considerations in mathematical development, reminiscent of the caustic comment attributed to Felix Klein: "when a mathematician does not have any more ideas, then he enters Axiomatics''.
   Just a last observation on the translation: It is of course very difficult to render into English the whole spirit of the Russian original, but sometimes the text is rather clumsy and hard to understand.
Reviewed by José Miguel Pacheco Castelao
MR3223035 Reviewed
Arnold: swimming against the tide.
Chapters 7 and 21 translated by Valentina Altman. Edited by Boris A. Khesin and Serge L. Tabachnikov. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2014. xvi+203 pp. ISBN: 978-1-4704-1699-7
01A75 (01A70)
From the preface: "Vladimir Igorevich Arnold is one of the most influential mathematicians of our era. Arnold launched several mathematical domains (such as modern geometric mechanics, symplectic topology, and topological fluid dynamics) and contributed, in a fundamental way, to the foundations and methods in many subjects, from ordinary differential equations and celestial mechanics to singularity theory and real algebraic geometry.''
   The preface also contains a brief biography of Arnold as well as an (admittedly) incomplete list of results and concepts that bear Arnold's name. Part 1, "By Arnold'', contains seven articles, of which five are by Arnold. Included in this section is a translation into English of the complete interview given by Arnold to "Kvant'' in 1990. Two of his three lectures at the Fields Institute in 1997 in honor of his sixtieth birthday are included here (Chapters 2 and 4). This collection also contains a reprint of Arnold's "A Mathematical Trivium''—a collection of one hundred mathematical problems that, in the author's belief, delineate standards of undergraduate mathematical education.
   Part 1, "By Arnold'', includes the following: 1. Arnold in His Own Words; 2. From Hilbert's Superposition Problem to Dynamical Systems; 3. Recollections (J. Moser); 4. Polymathematics: Is Mathematics a Single Science or a Set of Arts?; 5. A Mathematical Trivium; 6. Comments on "A Mathematical Trivium'' (B. Khesin, S. Tabachnikov); 7. About Vladimir Abramovich Rokhlin. A generous selection of photographs of Arnold is included at the end of this section.
   Part 2, "About Arnold'', contains fifteen articles written by Arnold's colleagues, students, and friends: 8. To Whom It May Concern (A. Givental); 9. Remembering Vladimir Arnold: Early Years (Y. Sinai); 10. Vladimir I. Arnold (S. Smale); 11. Memories of Vladimir Arnold (M. Berry); 12. Dima Arnold in My Life (D. Fuchs); 13. V. I. Arnold, As I Have Seen Him (Y. Ilyashenko); 14. My Encounters with Vladimir Igorevich Arnold (Y. Eliashberg); 15. On V. I. Arnold and Hydrodynamics (B. Khesin); 16. Arnold's Seminar, First Years (A. Khovanskii, A. Varchenko); 17. Topology in Arnold's Work (V. Vassiliev); 18. Arnold and Symplectic Geometry (H. Hofer); 19. Some Recollections of Vladimir Igorevich (M. Sevryuk); 20. Remembering V. I. Arnold (L. Polterovich); 21. Several Thoughts about Arnold (A. Vershik); 22. Vladimir Igorevich Arnold: A View from the Rear Bench (S. Yakovenko).
Reviewed by F. J. Papp

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR3220939 Indexed
Audin, Michèle (F-STRAS-I)
Institut de Recherche Mathématique Avancée (IRMA), Université de Strasbourg I (Louis Pasteur)67084 Strasbourg, France

Vladimir Igorevich Arnold and the invention of symplectic topology. Contact and symplectic topology, 1–25,
Bolyai Soc. Math. Stud., 26, János Bolyai Math. Soc., Budapest, 2014.
01A70 (53-03)

{For the collection containing this paper see MR3235651.}
MR3185029 Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I.
Vladimir I. Arnold—collected works. Vol. II. Hydrodynamics, bifurcation theory, and algebraic geometry 1965–1972.
Edited by Alexander B. Givental, Boris A. Khesin, Alexander N. Varchenko, Victor A. Vassiliev and Oleg Ya. Viro. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2014. xiv+465 pp. ISBN: 978-3-642-31030-0; 978-3-642-31031-7
01A75
From the preface: "This volume of the Collected Works appears in print after Vladimir Arnold's untimely death in June 2010. His passing was a terrible loss for mathematics and science in general.
   "We hope that this project of Collected Works, which is needed now more than ever, will contribute to establishing the tremendous legacy of V. I. Arnold, a remarkable mathematician and human being. Some memories of V. I. Arnold can be found in the recent March and April 2012 issues of the Notices of the AMS.
   "Our Editorial team has also suffered an unprecedented blow since Volume I was published in 2009 [V. I. Arnolʹd, Vladimir I. Arnold—collected works. Vol. I, Springer, Berlin, 2009; MR2640495]. Jerry Marsden passed away in September 2010, and Vladimir Zakalyukin passed away in December 2011. We dedicate this volume to their memory.''

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR3058803 Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I.
Real algebraic geometry.
Translated from the 2009 Russian original by Gerald G. Gould and David Kramer. Edited and with a foreword by Ilia Itenberg, Viatcheslav Kharlamov and Eugenii I. Shustin. Unitext, 66. La Matematica per il 3+2. Springer, Heidelberg, 2013. x+100 pp. ISBN: 978-3-642-36242-2; 978-3-642-36243-9
14P05 (14N10)
This book is a translation of lecture notes from Russian with additional comments and notes by the editors. The book is aimed at advanced high school students, but works its way to the forefront of current research and unsolved problems. It introduces very advanced topics in a very relaxed and informal style. The book includes some exposition and definitions, some theorems and proofs and a lot of problems with hints or solutions. There are many illustrations to lead the reader to an intuitive understanding of the concepts being developed. The general theme of the book is, given an algebraic curve, what can be said of its topological structure in the plane? This is a special case of the first part of Hilbert's 16th problem, a topic taken up in detail in Chapter 4.
   After a brief introduction, Chapter 2 takes up conic sections. It begins with standard results on foci and eccentricity, but continues to more advanced ideas including work in the complex plane and in 3 dimensions.
   Chapter 3 does physics applications of conic sections and ellipsoids. It begins with an interesting (and historical) application to jet engines, then moves on to gravitational and magnetic fields.
   Chapter 4 moves into much deeper mathematics. Projective geometry is introduced via perspective and its use in art. The chapter quickly moves to defining the real projective plane, conic sections therein, the Möbius strip and genus of the Riemann surface of a curve. Perhaps because Arnold has himself done considerable research in this area, the chapter is quite nontrivial. It has a discussion of an incorrect statement by Hilbert in his 16th problem and proceeds to discuss the correction and generalizations which have been proved, thanks to a very seminal paper by Arnold. This concerns the possible arrangements of ovals of an algebraic sixth degree curve in the real projective plane. There is then a detailed discussion of the number of topologically different polynomials of degree n+1 with n critical points. The discussion goes on to polynomials in more variables, primarily in the form of open problems which lend themselves to enumerative computational results.
   Chapter 5 pushes further, considering algebraic curves in complex projective space. Remarkably, there is even a proof of the Riemann-Hurwitz Theorem on the genus of the Riemann surface of a smooth algebraic plane curve in the complex projective plane. The chapter ends with a quick discussion of elliptic functions and abelian integrals.
   Chapter 6, which claims to be accessible to preschool children, leads the reader to compute the possible number of regions that can be obtained when the plane is cut by n lines. In the Appendix following this, the author's paper on this topic is reproduced.
Reviewed by Thomas C. Craven

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2951953 Indexed
Memories of Vladimir Arnold.
Boris Khesin and Serge Tabachnikov, coordinating editors.
Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 59 (2012), no. 4, 482–502.
01A70

    References
  1. V. Arnold, On a characteristic class participating in the quantization conditions, Funct. Anal. Appl. 1, no. 1 (1967), 1–14. MR0211415
  2. V. Arnold, The cohomology ring of the group of colored braids, Mat. Zametki 5, no. 2 (1969), 227–231. MR0242196
  3. V. Arnold, The one-dimensional cohomology of the Lie algebra of divergence-free vector fields, and the winding numbers of dynamical systems, Funct. Anal. Appl. 3, no. 4 (1969), 77–78. MR0263101
  4. V. Arnold, On some topological invariants of algebraic functions, Trudy Moskov. Matem. Obshch. 21 (1970), 27–46. MR0274462
  5. V. Arnold, Topological invariants of algebraic functions. II, Funct. Anal. Appl. 4, no. 2 (1970), 1–9. MR0276244
  6. V. Arnold, Local problems of analysis, Vestnik Moskov. Univ. Ser. I Mat. Meh. 25 (1970), no. 2, 52–56. MR0274875
  7. V. Arnold, Distribution of ovals of real plane algebraic curves, involutions of 4-dimensional smooth manifolds, and arithmetics of integral quadratic forms, Funct. Anal. Appl. 5, no. 3 (1971), 1–9. MR0286790
  8. V. Arnold, Lectures on bifurcations and versal families, Russ. Math. Surveys 27 (1972), no. 5, 54–123. MR0413191
  9. V. Arnold, A spectral sequence for the reduction of functions to normal forms, Funct. Anal. Appl. 9 (1975), 81–82. MR0383451
  10. V. Arnold, Index of a singular point of a vector field, Petrovsky-Oleinik inequality, and mixed Hodge structures, Funct. Anal. Appl. 12, no. 1 (1978), 1–14. MR0498592
  11. V. Arnold, Lagrange and Legendre cobordisms, Funct. Anal. Appl. 14, no. 3 (1980), 1–13, and 14, no. 4 (1980), 8–17. MR0595724
  12. V. Arnold, Geometrical Methods in the Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations, Springer-Verlag, New York-Berlin, 1983. MR0695786
  13. Arnold's Problems, Springer/Phasis, 2004. MR2078115
  14. D. Fuchs, Cohomology of the braid group modulo 2, Funct. Anal. Appl. 4, no. 2 (1970), 62–73. MR0274463
  15. H. Whitney, On singularities of mappings of Euclidean spaces. I, Mappings of the plane into the plane, Ann. of Math. (2) 62 (1955), 374–410. MR0073980
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 1

MR2931629 Indexed
Tribute to Vladimir Arnold.
Boris Khesin and Serge Tabachnikov, coordinating editors.
Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 59 (2012), no. 3, 378–399.
01A70

    References
  1. V. B. Alekseev, Abel's Theorem in Problems and Solutions, based on the lectures of Professor V. I. Arnold, with a preface and an appendix by Arnold and an appendix by A. Khovanskii, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2004. MR2110624
  2. D. Anosov, Geodesic flows on closed Riemannian manifolds of negative curvature, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov 90 (1967). MR0224110
  3. V. I. Arnold, On functions of three variables, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 114 (1957), 679–681. MR0111808
  4. V. Arnold, Small denominators, I. Mappings of a circle onto itself, Izvestiya AN SSSR, Ser. Mat. 25 (1961), 21–86. MR0140699
  5. V. Arnold, Small denominators and problems of stability of motion in classical and celestial mechanics, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 18 (1963), no. 6, 91–192. MR0170705
  6. V. Arnold, Instability of dynamical systems with many degrees of freedom, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 156 (1964), 9–12. MR0163026
  7. V. Arnold, The cohomology ring of the group of dyed braids, Mat. Zametki 5 (1969), 227–231. MR0242196
  8. V. I. Arnold, The cohomology classes of algebraic functions that are preserved under Tschirnhausen transformations, Funkt. Anal. Prilozhen 4 (1970), no. 1, 84–85. MR0276227
  9. V. Arnold, The situation of ovals of real algebraic plane curves, the involutions of four-dimensional smooth manifolds, and the arithmetic of integral quadratic forms, Funkt. Anal. Prilozhen 5 (1971), no. 3, 1–9. MR0286790
  10. V. Arnold, The index of a singular point of a vector held, the Petrovsky-Oleinik inequalities, and mixed Hodge structures, Funct. Anal. Appl. 12 (1978), no. 1, 1–14. MR0498592
  11. V. I. Arnold, A. B. Givental, A. G. Khovanskii, A. N. Varchenko, Singularities of functions, wave fronts, caustics and multidimensional integrals, Mathematical Physics Reviews, Vol. 4, 1–92, Harwood Acad. Publ., Chur, 1984. MR0768938
  12. V. Arnold, S. Gusein-Zade, A. Varchenko, Singularities of Differentiable Maps, Vol. I. The Classification of Critical Points, Caustics and Wave Fronts, Birkhäuser, Boston, MA, 1985. MR0777682
  13. V. Arnold, M. Sevryuk, Oscillations and bifurcations in reversible systems, in Nonlinear Phenomena in Plasma Physics and Hydrodynamics, Mir, Moscow, 1986, 31–64. MR3284612
  14. V. I. Arnold, V. A. Vassiliev, Newton's "Principia" read 300 years later, Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 36 (1989), no. 9, 1148–1154; 37 (1990), no. 2, 144. MR1024727
  15. V. Arnold, From superpositions to KAM theory, in Vladimir Igorevich Arnold, Selected-60, PHASES, Moscow, 1997, 727–740 (in Russian).
  16. V. Arnold, B. Khesin, Topological Methods in Hydrodynamics, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1998. MR1612569
  17. V. Arnold, From Hilbert's superposition problem to dynamical systems, in The Arnoldfest, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1999, 1–18. MR1733564
  18. V. I. Arnold, I. G. Petrovskii, Hilbert's topological problems, and modern mathematics, Russian Math. Surveys 57 (2002), no. 4, 833–845. MR1942529
  19. M. Atiyah, J. Berndt, Projective planes, Severi varieties and spheres, Surveys in Differential Geometry, Vol. VIII (Boston, MA, 2002), 1–27, Int. Press. Somerville, MA, 2003. MR2039984
  20. M. Audin, Cobordismes d'immersions lagrangiennes et legendriennes, Travaux en Cours, 20, Hermann, Paris, 1987. MR0903652
  21. D. Bernstein, On the number of roots of a system of equations, Funkt. Anal. iPrilozhen. 9 (1975), no. 3, 1–4. MR0435072
  22. V. I. Danilov, A. G. Khovanskii, Newton polyhedra and an algorithm for calculating Hodge-Deligne numbers, Math. USSR—Izv. 29 (1987), 279–298. MR0873655
  23. I. Dolgachev, Conic quotient singularities of complex surfaces, Funkt. Anal. i Prilozhen. 8 (1974), no. 2, 75–76. MR0345974
  24. A. Eskin, A. Okounkov, Asymptotics of numbers of branched coverings of a torus and volumes of moduli spaces of holomorphic differentials, Invent. Math. 145 (2001), 59–103. MR1839286
  25. A. Gabrielov, Dynkin diagrams of unimodal singularities, Funkt. Anal. i Prilozhen. 8 (1974), no. 3, 1–6. MR0367274
  26. D. Gudkov, Topology of real projective algebraic varieties, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 29 (1974), no. 4, 3–79. MR0399085
  27. M. Khovanov, P. Seidel, Quivers, Floer cohomology, and braid group actions, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (2002), 203–271. MR1862802
  28. A. G. Khovanskii, Topological Galois Theory, MTSNMO, Moscow, 2008. MR3289210
  29. M. Kontsevich, A. Zorich, Connected components of the moduli spaces of Abelian differentials with prescribed singularities, Invent. Math. 153 (2003), 631–678. MR2000471
  30. A. Kouchnirenko, Polyèdres de Newton et nombres de Milnor, Invent. Math. 32 (1976), 1–31. MR0419433
  31. N. Kuiper, The quotient space of CP2 by complex conjugation is the 4-sphere, Math. Ann. 208 (1974), 175–177. MR0346817
  32. J. Marsden, Steve Smale and Geometric Mechanics, The Collected Papers of Stephen Smale, vol. 2, 871–888, World Scientific Publ., River Edge, NJ, 2000. MR1781696
  33. I. G. Petrovskii, On the topology of real plane algebraic curves, Ann. of Math. (2) 39 (1938), 187–209.
  34. M. Sevryuk, My scientific advisor V. I. Arnold, Matem. Prosveshchenie, Ser. 3 2 (1998), 13–18 (in Russian).
  35. S. Smale, On how I got started in dynamical systems, 1959–1962, From Topology to Computation: Proceedings of the Smalefest, 22–26, Springer, New York, 1993. MR1246104
  36. S. Smale, On the steps of Moscow University, From Topology to Computation: Proceedings of the Smalefest, 41–52, Springer, New York, 1993. MR1246106
  37. S. Smale, On the problem of revising the ergodic hypothesis of Boltzmarm and Birkhoff, The Collected Papers of Stephen Smale, vol. 2, 823–830, World Scientific Publ., River Edge, Nj, 2000. MR1781696
  38. V. Vassiliev, Lagrange and Legendre Characteristic Classes, Gordon and Breach Science Publ., New York, 1988. MR1065996
  39. M. V. Yakobson, The number of periodic trajectories for analytic diffeomorphisms of a circle, Funct. Anal. Appl. 19 (1985), no. 1, 91–92. MR0783722
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.
MR2919697 Reviewed
Arnold, V. I.; Gusein-Zade, S. M. (RS-MOSC-MM)
Department of Mechanics and Mathematics, Moscow State University117234 Moscow, Russia
; Varchenko, A. N. (1-NC)
Department of Mathematics, University of North CarolinaChapel Hill, North Carolina, 27514

Singularities of differentiable maps. Volume 2.
Monodromy and asymptotics of integrals. Translated from the Russian by Hugh Porteous and revised by the authors and James Montaldi. Reprint of the 1988 translation. Modern Birkhäuser Classics. Birkhäuser/Springer, New York, 2012. x+492 pp. ISBN: 978-0-8176-8342-9
58K55 (32B15 32C05 32G10 32S40 58K10)
The Russian original has been reviewed [V. I. Arnolʹd, A. N. Varchenko and S. M. Gusein-Zade, Singularities of differentiable mappings. II (Russian), "Nauka'', Moscow, 1984; MR0755329].
   {For Volume 1 see [V. I. Arnolʹd, S. M. Gusein-Zade and A. N. Varchenko, Singularities of differentiable maps. Volume 1, reprint of the 1985 edition, translated from the Russian by Ian Porteous based on a previous translation by Mark Reynolds, Mod. Birkhäuser Class., Birkhäuser/Springer, New York, 2012; MR2896292].}
MR2896292 Reviewed
Arnold, V. I.; Gusein-Zade, S. M.; Varchenko, A. N.
Singularities of differentiable maps. Volume 1.
Classification of critical points, caustics and wave fronts. Translated from the Russian by Ian Porteous based on a previous translation by Mark Reynolds. Reprint of the 1985 edition. Modern Birkhäuser Classics. Birkhäuser/Springer, New York, 2012. xii+382 pp. ISBN: 978-0-8176-8339-9
58Kxx
This is a reprint of [V. I. Arnolʹd, S. M. Gusein-Zade and A. N. Varchenko, Singularities of differentiable maps. Vol. I, translated from the Russian by Ian Porteous and Mark Reynolds, Monogr. Math., 82, Birkhäuser Boston, Boston, MA, 1985; MR0777682].
   REVISED (January, 2014)

Current version of review. Go to earlier version.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2894687 Indexed
Polterovich, Leonid (IL-TLAV)
School of Mathematical Sciences, Tel Aviv UniversityRamat Aviv, Tel Aviv 69978, Israel
; Scherbak, Inna (IL-TLAV)
School of Mathematical Sciences, Tel Aviv UniversityRamat Aviv, Tel Aviv 69978, Israel

V. I. Arnold (1937–2010). (English summary)
Jahresber. Dtsch. Math.-Ver. 113 (2011), no. 4, 185–219.
01A70

Related

Arnold, V. I.


    References
  1. Arnold, V.I.: On Liouville's theorem concerning integrable problems of dynamics. Transl. Am. Math. Soc. 61, 292–296 (1967) [Russian original: 1963]
  2. Arnold, V.I.: Proof of a theorem by A.N. Kolmogorov on the persistence of quasi-periodic motions under small perturbations of the Hamiltonian. Russ. Math. Surv. 18, 9–36 (1963) MR0163025
  3. Arnold, V.I.: Sur une propriété topologique des applications globalement canoniques de la mécanique classique. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 261, 3719–3722 (1965) MR0193645
  4. Arnold, V.I.: Instability of dynamical systems with several degrees of freedom. Sov. Math. 5, 581–585 (1964) MR0163026
  5. Arnold, V.I.: Sur la géométrie différentielle des groupes de Lie de dimension infinie et ses applications à l... hydrodynamique des fluides parfaits. Ann. Inst. Fourier 16, 319–361 (1966) MR0202082
  6. Arnold, V.I.: On a characteristic class entering into conditions of quantization (Russian). Funct. Anal. Appl. 1, 1...13 (1967) MR0211415
  7. Arnold, V.I.: A stability problem and ergodic properties of classical dynamical systems. In: Proc. Internat. Congr. Math. (Moscow), pp. 387–392 (1966) MR0239217
  8. Arnold, V.I.: The cohomology ring of the colored braid group. Math. Notes 5, 138–140 (1969) MR0242196
  9. Arnold, V.I.: On the arrangement of the ovals of real plane curves, involutions of 4-dimensional smooth manifolds, and the arithmetic of integral quadratic forms. Funct. Anal. Appl. 5, 169–176 (1971) MR0286790
  10. Arnold, V.I.: Modes and quasimodes. Funct. Anal. Appl. 6, 94–101 (1972) MR0297274
  11. Arnold, V.I.: Normal forms for functions near degenerate critical points, the Weyl groups Ak, Dk, Ek and Lagrangian singularities. Funct. Anal. Appl. 6, 235–272 (1972) MR0356124
  12. Arnold, V.I.: Mathematical Methods of Classical Mechanics. Graduate Texts in Mathematics, vol. 60, Springer, New York (1989). [Russian original: 1974] MR0997295
  13. Arnold, V.I.: Critical points of functions on a manifold with boundary, the simple Lie groups Bk, Ck, F4 and singularities of evolutes. Russ. Math. Surv. 33, 99–116 (1978) MR0511883
  14. Arnold, V.I.: Indices of singular points of 1-forms on a manifold with boundary, convolution of invariants of reflection groups, and singular projections of smooth surfaces. Russ. Math. Surv. 34, 1–42 (1979) MR0535708
  15. Arnold, V.I.: First steps in symplectic topology. Russ. Math. Surv. 41, 1–21 (1986) MR0890489
  16. Arnold, V.I.: Catastrophe Theory. In: Dynamical Systems V. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, vol. 5. Springer, Berlin (1994) [Russian original: 1986] MR1218886
  17. Arnold, V.I.: Huygens & Barrow, Newton & Hooke. Birkhäuser, Basel (1990) MR1078625
  18. Arnold, V.I.: Singularities of caustics and wave fronts. In: Mathematic and Its Applications (Soviet Series), vol. 62, Kluwer Academic, Dordrecht (1990) MR1151185
  19. Arnold, V.I.: On the teaching of mathematics. Russ. Math. Surv. 53, 229–236 (1998) MR1618209
  20. Arnold, V.I.: Yesterday and Long Ago, Springer, Berlin (2007). [Russian original: "Istorii davnie i nedavnie" 3rd edn, PHASIS, Moscow, 2006] MR2269569
  21. Demidovich, V.B.: Interview with V.I. Arnold. In: Mekhmatiane Vspominaut [Employees of the University Recollect]: 2 [Russian], pp. 25–58. Moscow State University, Moscow (2009) MR2343150
  22. Arnold, V.I., Avez, A.: Ergodic Problems of Classical Mechanics. Benjamin, New York (1968) MR0232910
  23. Arnold, V.I., Goryunov, V.V., Lyashko, O.V., Vasil'ev, V.A.: Singularity theory I: local and global theory. In: Dynamical Systems VI. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, vol. 6, Springer, Berlin (1993). Singularity Theory II: Classification and Applications. In: Dynamical systems VIII. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, vol. 8, Springer, Berlin (1993) MR1660090
  24. Arnold, V.I., Goryunov, V.V., Lyashko, O.V., Vasil'ev, V.A.: Singularity theory II: classification and applications. In: Dynamical Systems VIII. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, vol. 8, Springer, Berlin (1993) MR1660090
  25. Arnold, V.I.: Some remarks on symplectic monodromy of Milnor fibrations. In: Hofer, H., Taubes, C., Weinstein, A., Zehnder, E. (eds.) The Floer Memorial Volume. Progr. Math., vol. 133, pp. 99–104. Birkhäuser, Boston (1995) MR1362824
  26. Arnold, V.I., Khesin, B.: Topological Methods in Hydrodynamics. Applied Mathematical Sciences, vol. 125, Springer, New York (1998) MR1612569
  27. Arnold, V.I., Kozlov, V.V., Neishtadt A.I.: Mathematical aspects of classical and celestial mechanics. In: Dynamical Systems III. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, vol. 3, Springer, Berlin (2006) MR2269239
  28. Buhovsky, L.: The Maslov class of Lagrangian tori and quantum products in Floer cohomology. J. Topol. Anal. 2, 57–75 (2010) MR2646989
  29. Bourbaki, N.: Lie Groups and Lie Algebras. Elements of Mathematics, Springer, Berlin (2002). Chaps. IV-VI [French original: 1968] MR1728312
  30. Chekanov, Y.: Critical points of quasifunctions, and generating families of Legendrian manifolds. Funct. Anal. Appl. 30, 118–128 (1996) MR1402081
  31. Chekanov, Y.: Lagrangian tori in a symolectic vector space and global symplectomorphisms. Math. Z. 223, 547–559 (1996) MR1421954
  32. Conley, C.C., Zehnder, E.: The Birkhoff-Lewis fixed point theorem and a conjecture of V.I. Arnold. Invent. Math. 73, 33–49 (1983) MR0707347
  33. Eliashberg, Y.: Symplectic topology in the nineties. Differ. Geom. Appl. 9, 59–88 (1998) MR1636301
  34. Floer, A.: Morse theory for Lagrangian intersections. J. Differ. Geom. 28, 513–547 (1988) MR0965228
  35. Floer, A.: Cuplength estimates on Lagrangian intersections. Commun. Pure Appl. Math. 42, 335–356 (1989) MR0990135
  36. Givental, A.: Singularity theory and symplectic topology. In: The Arnoldfest, Toronto, ON, 1997. Fields Inst. Commun., vol. 24, pp. 201–207. Amer. Math. Soc., Providence (1999) MR1733577
  37. Givental, A.: http://math.berkeley.edu/giventh/arnold\_en.pdf
  38. Gusein-Zade, S., Varchenko, A.: Vladimir Arnold. In: European Mathematical Society Newsletter No. 78, pp. 28–29 (December 2010) MR3184810
  39. Hofer, H.: Lagrangian embeddings and critical point theory. Ann. Inst. H. Poincaré, Anal. Non Lineaire 2, 407–462 (1985) MR0831040
  40. Hofer, H., Zehnder, E.: Symplectic Invariants and Hamiltonian Dynamics. Birkhäuser, Basel (1994) MR1306732
  41. Kaloshin, V., Levi, M.: An example of Arnold diffusion for near-integrable Hamiltonians. Bull. Am. Math. Soc. 45, 409–427 (2008) MR2402948
  42. Kolmogorov, A.N.: On the persistence of conditionally periodic motions under a small change of the Hamilton function. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 98, 527–530 (1954). (in Russian). English translation: A.N. Kolmogorov. In: Casati, G., Ford J. (eds.) Stochastic Behavior in Classical and Quantum Hamiltonian Systems. Lecture Notes in Physics, vol. 93, pp. 51–56. Springer, Berlin (1979) MR0550888
  43. Laudenbach, F., Sikorav, J.-C.: Persistance d'intersection avec la section nulle au cours d'une isotopie hamiltonienne dans un fibre cotangent. Invent. Math. 82, 349–357 (1985) MR0809719
  44. Maslov, V.P.: Théorie des perturbations et méthodes asymptotiques. Dunod, Paris (1972). [Russian original: 1965] MR0298892
  45. McDuff, D., Salamon, D.: Introduction to Symplectic Topology. Oxford Mathematical Monographs. Clarendon Press, New York (1998) MR1698616
  46. McDuff, D., Salamon, D.: J-Holomorphic Curves and Symplectic Topology. Amer. Math. Soc., Providence (2004) MR2045629
  47. Moser, J.: On invariant curves of area preserving mappings of an annulus. Nachr. Akad. Wiss. Gött., Math. Phys. KI. 1–20 (1962) MR0147741
  48. Polterovich, L.: https://sites.google.com/site/polterov/home/remembering-vladimir-arnold/
  49. Schwarz, M.: Morse Homology. Progress in Mathematics, vol. 111, Birkhäuser, Basel (1993) MR1239174
  50. Seidel, P.: Lagrangian two-spheres can be symplectically knotted. J. Differ. Geom. 52(1), 145–171 (1999) MR1743463
  51. Shcherbak, O.: Wave fronts and reflection groups. Russ. Math. Surv. 43, 149–194 (1988) MR0955776
  52. Sikorav, J.-C.: Problèmes d'intersections et de points fixes en géométrie hamiltonienne. Comment. Math. Helv. 62, 62–73 (1987) MR0882965
  53. Weinstein, A.: Lectures on symplectic manifolds. In: Expository Lectures from the CBMS Regional Conference Held at the University of North Carolina, 8–12 March, 1976. Regional Conference Series in Mathematics, vol. 29, Am. Math. Soc., Providence (1977) MR0464312
  54. Yakovenko, S.: http://yakovenko.wordpress.com/2010/06/l2/ vladimir-igorevich-arnold-sad-birthday/ MR2732570
  55. Zehnder, E.: Generalized implicit function theorems with applications to some small divisor problems I, II. Commun. Pure Appl. Math. 28, 91–140 (1975); 29, 49–111 (1976) MR0426055
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 8

From Reviews: 0

MR2893541 (2012m:58015) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Topological properties of eigenoscillations in mathematical physics. (Russian. Russian summary)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 273 (2011), Sovremennye Problemy Matematiki, 30–40 ISBN: 5-7846-0118-0; 978-5-7846-0118-6 ; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 273 (2011), no. 1, 25–34
58J50 (35J05 35P05 35R01)
Courant proved that the zeros of the n-th eigenfunction of the Laplace operator on a compact manifold divide the manifold at most into n parts. Courant conjectured that the linear span of the first n eigenfunctions possesses the same property. Later, it was proven that this Courant hypothesis is not always true. The article contains a discussion and some results devoted to this Courant problem. Moreover, one can also find some historical facts here.
Reviewed by Sergey G. Pyatkov

    References
  1. R. Courant and D. Hilbert, Methods of Mathematical Physics (Interscience, New York, 1953), Vol. 1, Ch. 7, ... 5. MR0065391
  2. V. I. Arnol'd, "Distribution of Ovals of the Real Plane Algebraic Curves, Involutions of Four-Dimensional Smooth Manifolds, and the Arithmetic of Integer-Valued Quadratic Forms," Funkts. Anal. Prilozh. 5 (3), 1–9 (1971) [Funct. Anal. Appl. 5, 169–176 (1971)] MR0286790
  3. V. I. Arnol'd, "Modes and Quasimodes," Funkts. Anal. Prilozh. 6 (2), 12–20 (1972) [Funct. Anal. Appl. 6, 94–101 (1972)]. MR0297274
  4. V. I. Arnol'd and E. I. Korkina, "The Growth of a Magnetic Field in a Three-Dimensional Steady Incompressible Flow," Vestn. Mosk. Univ., Ser. I: Ma... Mekh., No. 3. 13 16 (1983) [Moscow Univ. Math. Bull. 38 (3), 50–54 (1983)].
  5. V. I. Arnold, "Remarks on Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of Hermitian Matrices, Berry Phase, Adiabatic Connections and Quantum Hall Effect," Sel. Math. New Ser. 1 (1), 1–19 (1995). MR1327227
  6. V. I. Arnold, "On the Topology of the Eigenfields," Typol. Methods Nonlinear Anal. 26, 9–16 (2005). MR2179348
  7. V. I. Arnold, "Frequent Reprosentations," Moscow Math. J. 3 (4), 1209–1221 (2003). MR2058796
  8. V. I. Arnold, Arnold's Problems (Springer, Berlin, 2004), Problems 1987–10, 2003–6, 2003–10, 1994–43, 1983–2, 1985–21. MR1374107
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR2883234 Indexed
Vladimir Igorevich Arnolʹd (1937–2010). (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 45 (2011), no. 3, 1–3; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 45 (2011), no. 3, 161–162
01A70

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2826448 (2012j:11201) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I.
Complex Euler's groups and values of Euler's function at complex integer Gauss points. (English summary)
Funct. Anal. Other Math. 3 (2011), no. 2, 169–178.
11R11 (11A05 11A25 11A41 11R04)
The author determines the structure of the group of invertible residue classes mod 3n in the ring Z[i]. This is a particular case of a result of K. Hensel [J. Reine Angew. Math. 146 (1916), 216–228; JFM 46.0251.02].
Reviewed by W. Narkiewicz

Citations

From References: 9

From Reviews: 0

MR2777369 (2012e:37183) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I.
Dynamics, statistics and projective geometry of Galois fields.
Translated from the Russian. With words about Arnold by Maxim Kazarian and Ricardo Uribe-Vargas. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2011. x+80 pp. ISBN: 978-0-521-69290-8
37P25 (11T30 12E20)
In this short and engaging book, Arnold presents a collection of observations, conjectures, and computations on the structure of finite fields (or Galois fields, as they are called here). Arnold's vast scientific body of work lies mostly far outside the area of algebra, and the viewpoint presented here is clearly one of an enthusiastic outsider. Indeed, the book derives from a 2-hour presentation to high-school students, and builds up its examination carefully in a way that one imagines a strong high school student easily following. This does not require sacrificing depth, however, and the book discusses and gives data on many questions that remain open. These questions come from dynamical systems, statistics, and projective geometry applied to the seemingly mundane notion of finite fields.
   Arnold's inquiry starts from a down-to-earth construction of finite fields with a cyclic multiplicative group. It illustrates well the flavor of this book that Arnold adds to his construction the axiom that the multiplicative group is cyclic, for his interest is in science-minded exploration rather than the development of theory required to prove that every finite field has this property.
   Arnold represents elements of a given finite field by the corresponding power of the primitive element, thereby turning field multiplication into addition of exponents. Field addition then becomes a tropical, or lower-level, operation, whose workings are less clear than multiplication. Arnold treats at length the case where the field has p2 elements for some prime p, and shows that in this case every element is a linear combination of 1 and a fixed primitive element. This leads to the presentation of an addition table for the field, where entries are the distinct powers of the primitive element, i.e., 1,,p21, plus to represent the zero element. Naturally one obtains similar higher-dimensional "tables'' for fields with pn elements, where n3. Arnold asks the general question of whether these tables are arranged randomly as one increases p and n. In Chapter 3 he makes several specific conjectures that say the tables have certain qualities in common with randomly arranged sets. In Chapter 4 he gives detailed computations of some examples that support these randomness conjectures. (He also includes a fascinating aside on the complexity of the log function on finite fields, giving some intricate and visually appealing calculations.)
   The above is but one example of the kind of question discussed in the book. Another principal line of inquiry comes from consideration of the projective line over the finite field with p elements, and the dynamical structure of certain power maps acting on it.
   Throughout, Arnold's characteristic style of writing and thinking are evident. Ideas, intuitions, and well-presented examples abound, joined in only a few places by formal proofs. This is not a book in which to look for abstract theorems or complete studies. But both students and working mathematicians will find it accessible, provocative, and maybe even inspiring.
Reviewed by Rafe Jones

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2743949 Indexed
Pedroni, Marco
Vladimir Igorevich Arnold: universal mathematician. Mathematical lives, 209–211, Springer, Berlin, 2011.
01A70

{For the collection containing this paper see MR2797019.}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2768998 Indexed
Gusein-Zade, S. M.; Varchenko, A. N.
Vladimir Arnold (12 June 1937–3 June 2010).
Eur. Math. Soc. Newsl. No. 78 (2010), 28–29.
01A70
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2759702 Indexed
Novikov, S. P.
Qualitative theory of dynamical systems and foliations in the Moscow mathematical school in the first half of the 1960s (dedicated to the memory of V. I. Arnolʹd). (Russian)
Appendix: "Some questions for S. P. Novikov''—an interview conducted by V. M. Bukhshtaber.
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 65 (2010), no. 4(394), 201–207; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 65 (2010), no. 4, 795–802
37-03 (01A70)

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR2747182 Indexed
Maslov, V. P.
The intertwining of two lifelines: in memoriam of V. I. Arnold.
Russ. J. Math. Phys. 17 (2010), no. 4, 395–398.
01A70

Related

Arnold, V. I.


    References
  1. V. P. Maslov, Perturbation Theory and Asymptotic Methods (Izd-vo MGU, Moscow, 1965) [in Russian].
  2. V. Maslov. Daring to Touch Radha (Academic Express, Lviv, 1991), also at http://www.viktor-maslov.narod.ru.
  3. V. P. Maslov, Threshold Levels in Economics, arXiv:0903.4783v2 [q-fin. ST] 3 Apr 2009.
  4. T. Poston and I. Stewart, Catastrophe Theory and Its Applications (Pitman, London-San FranciscoMelbourne, 1978). MR0501079
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2734564 (2011k:11171) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I.
Gibbs phenomenon for Fourier series on finite sets. (English summary)
Funct. Anal. Other Math. 3 (2010), no. 1, 91–96.
11T24 (42B05 43A50)
The Gibbs phenomenon for a periodic, piecewise differentiable function describes behavior of partial sums of the Fourier series at the discontinuity points of the function. In particular, the jump of the partial sums overshoots the jump of the function; as the number of terms tends to infinity, the overshoot approaches approximately 9 percent.
   The author generalizes this idea to a function F from Zp (p an odd prime) to the complex plane. The function is first represented as F=p1k=0ckfk, where fk(z)=zk. The terms in which k are farthest away from 0, namely k=(p1)/2 and k=(p+1)/2, are considered to be the "highest harmonics'', and the remaining p2 terms are used in the partial sum. With this convention, the jump of the partial sum is approximately 1+1/p times the jump of the original function.
Reviewed by Ilene H. Morgan

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2734558 (2011k:11004) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I.
Periods and Young's diagram of Fermat-Euler's geometrical progressions of residues. (English summary)
Funct. Anal. Other Math. 3 (2010), no. 1, 21–38.
11A15 (11B50 37A45)
Let us denote by T(a,n) the minimal period of the sequence of numbers at(modn), t=1,2,, where a and n are natural numbers. Obviously, all T(a,n) divide the value of Euler's function ϕ(n) and T(a+n,n)=T(n). The author studies the distribution of T(a,n) for aZ/nZ among all the divisors of ϕ(n). Let
m(t)=#{aZ/nZT(a,n)=t}.
Then the equality n=tm(t) can be represented by a Young diagram. The author provides an empirical study of the periods T(a,n) and related quantities. For example, numerical values and suggestions are given concerning the averaged period
Tˆ(n)=1n1anT(a,n).
The distribution of the periods T(a,n) for the invertible elements a(modn) is also studied.
Reviewed by Vilius Stakenas

    References
  1. Arnold VI (2009) Permutations. Russ Math Surv 64(4):583–624 MR2583571
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2730007 Indexed
In memory of Vladimir Igorevich Arnolʹd. (Russian)
Izv. Ross. Akad. Nauk Ser. Mat. 74 (2010), no. 4, 3; translation in
Izv. Math. 74 (2010), no. 4, 661
01A70

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR2724333 (2011k:58054) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Topological classification of Morse polynomials. (Russian. Russian summary)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 268 (2010), Differentsialʹnye Uravneniya i Topologiya. I, 40–55 ISBN: 5-7846-0113-X; 978-5-7846-0113-0 ; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 268 (2010), no. 1, 32–48
58K05
At present, there is no known general topological classification of polynomials of low degree in two real variables, despite the obvious connections to Hilbert's 16th problem. The classification problem for polynomials in two variables is closely related to the problem of topological classification of smooth functions f:S2R on the sphere. In the paper under review the author discusses the topological classification of polynomials of degree 4 in two variables having nondegenerate critical points and distinct critical values. The author proves that out of 17746 topological types of smooth Morse functions f:S2R with the same number of critical points, at most 426 types can be realised by polynomials of degree 4.
Reviewed by Michael S. Farber

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, "Smooth Functions Statistics," Funct. Anal. Other Math. 1 (2), 111–118 (2006); http://www.institut.math.jussieu.fr/seminaires/ singularites/functions.pdf MR2385493
  2. V. I. Arnold, "Topological Classification of Morse Functions and Generalisations of Hilbert's 16-th Problem," Math. Phys. Anal. Geom. 10 (3), 227–236 (2007). MR2368960
  3. V. I. Arnold, "Topological Classification of Trigonometric Polynomials Related to the Affine Coxeter Group A~2," Tr. Mat. Inst. im. V.A. Steklova, Ross. Akad. Nauk 258, 7–16 (2007) [Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 258, 3–12 (2007)]. MR2400519
  4. V. Arnold, "Topological Classification of Real Trigonometric Polynomials and Cyclic Serpents Polyhedron," in The Arnold-Gelfand Mathematical Seminars: Geometry and Singularity Theory (Birkhäuser, Boston, 1997), pp. 101–106. MR1429887
  5. V. I. Arnol'd, "Statistics and Classification of Topologies of Periodic Functions and Trigonometric Polynomials," Tr. Inst. Mat. Mekh., Ural. Otd. Ross. Akad. Nauk 12 (1), 15–24 (2006) [Proc. Steklov Inst. Math., Suppl. 1, S13-S23 (2006)]. MR2246984
  6. V. I. Arnold, Experimental Discovery of Mathematical Facts: A Series of Lectures Delivered in Dubna at the Summer School "Modern Mathematics," Dubna, July 2005 (MCOME, Moscow, 2006) [in Russian].
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2722798 (2011f:37003) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Mathematics of chaos. (English, Russian summary)
Mosc. Math. J. 10 (2010), no. 2, 273–283, 478.
37-03 (00A05 01A70 11A55 37D45 37M99 37P99)
This paper consists of the talk V. I. Arnold gave at the prize ceremony for the Shaw Prize. The paper reviews some results by the author and others on statistics in the continued fraction expansion and related topics. The paper also contains a biography of Arnold.
Reviewed by Tomas Persson

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR2679756 (2011k:11133) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Are quadratic residues random? (English summary)
Regul. Chaotic Dyn. 15 (2010), no. 4-5, 425–430.
11N69 (11A07)
Let k=k(n) be the number of all distinct quadratic residues modulo n. These k points divide the finite circle of length n into k arcs with lengths aj, i.e.
a1+a2++ak=n.
Let #(m) be the number of arcs with lengths m, which are bounded by all distinct distributions of k points lying on the finite circle Zn, and #(m) the number of "arcs'' of length m, which are bounded by all distinct distributions of k points (not necessarily distinct) lying on the finite circle Zn. The author studies the following identities:
#(m)=n(nm1k2),1mn(k1),
and
#(m)=n(n+ymy), where y=k2, 0mn.
Reviewed by Ping Ding

    References
  1. Arnol'd, V.I., Euler Groups and Arithmetics of Geometric Progressions, Moscow: MCCME, 2003, pp. 18–22 (Russian).
  2. Arnol'd, V.I., Ergodic and Arithmetical Properties of Geometric Progression's Dynamics And of Its Orbits, Mosc. Math. J., 2005, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 5–22. MR2153464
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.
MR2640495 (2011c:01012) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Vladimir I. Arnold—collected works. Vol. I.
Representations of functions, celestial mechanics and KAM theory, 1957–1965. Edited by Alexander B. Givental, Boris A. Khesin, Jerrold E. Marsden, Alexander N. Varchenko, Victor A. Vassilev, Oleg Ya. Viro and Vladimir M. Zakalyukin. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2009. xiv+487 pp. ISBN: 978-3-642-01741-4
01A75 (01-06)
From the preface: "Vladimir Igorevich Arnold is one of the most influential mathematicians of our time. Arnold launched several mathematical domains (such as modern geometric mechanics, symplectic topology, and topological fluid dynamics) and contributed, in a fundamental way, to the foundations and methods in many subjects, from ordinary differential equations and celestial mechanics to singularity theory and real algebraic geometry.
   "Arnold wrote some 700 papers, and many books, including 10 university textbooks. He is known for his lucid writing style, which combines mathematical rigour with physical and geometric intuition.
   "With this volume Springer starts an ongoing project of putting together Arnold's work since his very first papers (not including Arnold's books).''

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR2583571 (2011e:05275) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Permutations. (Russian. Russian summary)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 64 (2009), no. 4(388), 3–44; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 64 (2009), no. 4, 583–624
05E10 (05A05)
In this paper random permutations of a large number of elements are considered and their statistics are investigated. It is shown that statistically there is a big difference between decompositions into cycles of such permutations from the same decompositions of algebraic permutations defined by linear or projective transformations of finite sets. Tables giving both these and other statistics as well as a comparison of them with the statistics of involutions or permutations with all their cycles of even length are given in the paper. The inclusions of a point in cycles of various lengths turn out to be equiprobable events for random permutations. The number of permutations on n elements with all cycles of even length turns out to be the square of an integer (namely, of (2n1)!!). The number of cycles of projective permutations (over a field with an odd prime number of elements) is always even. These and other empirically discovered theorems are proved in the paper.
Reviewed by Elena V. Konstantinova

    References
  1. F.J. Dyson and H. Falk, "Period of a discrete cat mapping", Amer. Math. Monthly 99:7 (1992), 603–614. MR1176587
  2. ..., .... 2009, 46–101; English transl., V. I. Arnold, "Stochastic and deterministic statistics of orbits in chaotically looking dynamical system", Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 70 (2009) (to appear). cf. MR2573637
  3. V. I. Arnol'd, "Statistics of Young diagrams of cycles of dynamical systems for finite tori automorphisms", Mosc. Math. J. 6:1 (2006), 43–56. MR2265946
  4. ..., .... 2006. [B. I. Arnold, Experimental observation of mathematical facts, Moscow Center for Continuous Mathematical Education, Moscow 2006.
  5. ..., .... 8:1 (1944), 3–48; English transl., V. L. Goncharov, "On the field of combinatory analysis", Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2 19 (1962), 1–46. MR0131369
  6. A. N. Kolmogoroff, "Sulla determinazione empirica di una legge di distribuzione", Giorn. Ist. Ital. Attuari 4:1 (1933), 83–91.
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR2573637 (2011d:11165) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Stochastic and deterministic statistics of orbits in chaotically looking dynamical systems. (Russian. Russian summary)
Tr. Mosk. Mat. Obs. 70 (2009), 46–101 ISBN: 978-5-397-00631-6 ; translation in
Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 2009, 31–69
11J70 (11K50 37A45 37H99 37P99)
This is a survey article, in which the author provides some historical background and questions on the ordinary continued fractions and a version of multidimensional continued fractions.
   Summary (from the translation journal): "We study finite length sequences of numbers which, at first glance, look like realizations of a random variable (for example, sequences of fractional parts of arithmetic and geometric progressions, last digits of sequences of prime numbers, and incomplete periodic continuous fractions). The degree of randomness of a finite length sequence is measured by the parameter introduced by Kolmogorov in his 1933 Italian article published in an actuarial journal. Unexpectedly, fractional parts of terms of a geometric progression behave much more randomly than terms of an arithmetic progression, and the statistics of periods of continuous fractions for eigenvalues of unimodular matrices turns out to be different from the classical Gauss-Kuzmin statistics of partial continuous fractions of random real numbers. Empirically, the lengths of the period of continuous fractions for the roots of quadratic equations with leading coefficient 1 and increasing other (integer) coefficients grow, on the average, as the square root of the discriminant of the equation.''
Reviewed by Ilya D. Shkredov

    References
  1. A. Kolmogoroff, Sulla determinazione empirica di una legge di distribuzione, Giorn. Ist. Ital. Attuari. 4 (1933), 83–91.
  2. A. Kolmogoroff, On a confirmation of Mendel's laws, Dokl. AN SSSR 27 (1940), no. 1, 38–42. (Russian) MR 0003556 (2:237d) MR0003556
  3. V. I. Arnold, Dynamics, statistics, and projective geometry of Galois fields, §5. Adiabatic analysis of remainders of geometric progressions, MCCMO, Moscow, 2006. (Russian) MR2777369
  4. V. I. Arnold, Empirical study of stochasticity for deterministic chaotical dynamics of geometrical progressions of residues, Funct. Anal. and Other Math. 2 (2009), no. 2–4, 139–149. MR 2506112 MR2506112
  5. V. I. Arnold, How random are fractional parts of arithmetic progressions?, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk, 63 (2008), no. 2, 5–20; English transl. in Russian Math. Surveys 63 (2008), no. 2. MR2640554
  6. V. I. Arnold, Weak asymptotics of the numbers of solutions of Diophantine equations. Funktsional. Analiz i Prilozhen. 23 (1999), no. 4, 65–66; English transl. in Functional Anal. Appl. 23 (1999), no. 4. 292–293. MR 1746430 (2001k:11190) MR1746430
  7. R. O. Kuzmin, On a problem of Gauss, Dokl. AN SSSR, Ser. A, 1928, 375–380. (See also Sur un Probléme de Gauss. Atti Congr. Intern. Bologne. 1928. vol. 6. 83–99.)
  8. A. Ya. Khinchine, Continuous fractions. Nauka, Moscow, 1978 English transl., Dover, Mineola, NY, 1997. MR 514845 (80d:10015)
  9. H. Gylden, Quelques remarques rélativement à la représentation des nombres irrationelles par des fractions continues, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 107 (1888), 1584–1587.
  10. M. O. Avdeeva and V. A. Bykovskii, Solution of the Arnold problem about the statistics. Dalnauka, Vladivostok, 2002. See also Funktsional. Analiz i Prilozhen. 38 (2004), no. 2, 1–11: English transl., Functional Anal. Appl. 38 (2004), no. 2, 79–87. MR 2086623 (2005g:11143) MR2061787
  11. V. I. Arnold, Arithmetics of binary quadratic forms, symmetry of their continued fractions and geometry of their de-Sitter world, Bull. Braz. Math. Soc. 34 (2003), no. 1, 1–42. MR 1991436 (2004h:11030) MR1991436
  12. V. I. Arnold, Statistics of the periods of continued fractions for quadratic irrationals, Izv. Ross. Akad. Nauk Ser. Mat. 72 (2008) no. 1, 3–38. (Russian) MR 2394969 (2009e:11014) MR2394969
  13. F. Aicardi, Empirical estimates of the average orders of orbits period lengths in Euler groups, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris. Ser. I. 339 (2004), 15–20. MR 2075226 (2005f:11001) MR2075226
  14. V. I. Arnold, Smooth functions statistics, Funct. Anal. and Other Math. 1 (2006); see also, Abdus Salam International Centre for Theoretical Physics. ICTP, 2006. IC/2006/012. 9 pp. MR 2385493 (2009c:26027) MR2385493
  15. L. Nicolaescu, Morse functions statistics, Funct. Anal. and Other Math. 1 (2006), no. 1, 97–103. MR 2381964 (2009g:57055) MR2381964
  16. V. I. Arnold, Statistics of the period lengths of the continued fractions for the eigenvalues of the integer matrices of order two, Funct. Anal. and Other Math. 2 (2007), no. 1, 15–26. MR 2466084 (2009k:11010) MR2466084
  17. H. Tsuchihashi, Higher-dimensional analogues of periodic continued fractions and cusp singularities, Tohoku Math. J. 35 (1983), 607–639. MR 721966 (86a:14001) MR0721966
  18. E. I. Korkina, Two-dimensional continued fractions. The simplest examples, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 209 (1995), 143–166. (Russian) MR 1422222 (97k:11104) MR1422222
  19. E. I. Korkina, La périodicité des fractions continues multidimensionelles, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris. 319 (1994), 777–780. MR 1300940 (95j:11064) MR1300940
  20. O. N. Karpenkov, On examples of two-dimensional continued fractions, Cahiers du CEREMADE, Université Paris-Dauphine, 2004. No, 0430. 18 pp.
  21. M. L. Kontsevich and Yu. M. Suhov, Statistics of Klein polyhedra and multidimensional continued fractions, Pseudoperiodic Topology, V. I. Arnold et al. (eds.) Transl. Amer. Math. Soc., Ser. 2, vol. 197, Providence, RI, 1999, pp. 9–27. MR 1733869 (2001h:11101) MR1733869
  22. V. I. Arnold, Statistics of Young diagrams of cycles of dynamical systems for finite tori automorphisms, Moscow Math. J. 6 (2006), no. 1, 43–56. MR 2265946 (2007k:05218) MR2265946
  23. V. I. Arnold, Experimental observation of mathematical objects, Summer School "Modern Mathematics", Dubna, 2005. MCCMO, Moscow, 2006. (Russian)
  24. V. L. Goncharov, On a topic of combinatorial analysis, Izvestiya AN SSSR, Ser. Matem. 8 (1944), 3–48. (Russian)
  25. I. Percival and F. Vivaldi, Arithmetical properties of strongly chaotical motions, Physica D 25 (1987), no. 1, 105–130. MR 887460 (88g:58120) MR0887460
  26. V. I. Arnold, Statistics of integral convex polygons, Funtsional. Anal. i ego Prilozhen. 14 (1980), no. 2, 1–3; English transl., Functional Anal. Appl. 14 (1980), no. 2, 79–81. MR 575199 (81g:52011) MR0575199
  27. N. V. Smirnov, On estimates of divergence of two empirical distribution curves for two independent samples, Bull. Moskovsk. Universiteta, Matematika, 2 (1939), 3–14. (Russian) MR0002062
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR2553081 Indexed
Abramov, A. M.; Arnolʹd, V. I.; Bolsinov, A. V.; et al.;
Nikolaĭ Nikolaevich Nekhoroshev. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 64 (2009), no. 3(387), 174–178; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 64 (2009), no. 3, 561–566
01A70

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR2521940 (2010m:37001) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I.
Sur quelques problèmes de la théorie des systèmes dynamiques. (French) [On some problems of dynamical systems theory] Aspects des systèmes dynamiques, 205–221, Ed. Éc. Polytech., Palaiseau, 2009.
37-02
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
In this paper Arnold comments on the following open problems: (1) Is it possible to obtain any false R4 (manifold homeomorphic to but not diffeomorphic to R4) as the orbit space of a polynomial vector field on R5? (2) Is it true that any pseudo-periodic curve has a unique noncompact component? (3) Is it true that almost always the number of periodic points of a smooth map f on a compact manifold M grows at most as an exponential function of the period? (4) One considers two submanifolds X,YM. If Z(n)=fn(X)Y, is it true that almost always the topological complexity of Z(n) grows at most as an exponential function of n? (5) One considers two germs of holomorphic curves (X,0),(Y,0) and f a germ of holomorphic map at 0C2. Is it true that in general the Milnor number μ(n) of fn(X)Y grows at most as an exponential function of n? (6) The infinitesimal version of the Hilbert sixteenth problem. (7) The materialization of resonances in holomorphic dynamics. (8) Analytic and geometric unsolvability in chaos theory (a problem is geometrically unsolvable if, among all the problems that are obtained by diffeomorphic changes in coordinates and parameters, there is no problem that is analytically solvable).

{For the collection containing this paper see MR2482358.} Reviewed by Robert Roussarie

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR2506119 Indexed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Random and algebraic permutations' statistics. (English summary)
Funct. Anal. Other Math. 2 (2009), no. 2-4, 247–248.
05A05 (05E10 60C05)
MR2506113 (2010d:11005) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Lengths of periods of continued fractions of square roots of integers. (English summary)
Funct. Anal. Other Math. 2 (2009), no. 2-4, 151–164.
11A55 (11K50)
The paper under review is focused on an investigation of the length T(Q) of the period of the continued fraction of the square root of an integer Q, initiated by empirical study.
   Induced by special features suggested by data on T(Q), the author was led to some reasonable conclusions on T(Q), which are then proved by rigorous arguments. For instance,
   1. T(Q) is odd only when the number Q can be represented as Q=a2+b2 (integers a and b being relatively prime).
   2. T(Q)cQlogQ, for some uniformly constant c.
   3. T(Q)=2 if and only if Q=x2y2+x (x>1, y1), or Q=x2y2+2x (x1, y1).
   4. The statistics of the elements of T(Q) differ substantially from those of the continued fractions of random real numbers.
Reviewed by Baowei Wang

    References
  1. Arnold VI (2008) Statistics of the periods of continued fractions for quadratic irrationals. Izv Math 72(1):1–34 MR2394969
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR2506112 (2010b:37009) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Empirical study of stochasticity for deterministic chaotical dynamics of geometric progressions of residues. (English summary)
Funct. Anal. Other Math. 2 (2009), no. 2-4, 139–149.
37A45 (11K45 37A50 37P99)
A. N. Kolmogorov [Giorn. Inst. Italiano Attuari 4 (1933) 83–91; Zbl 0006.17402] established that the empirical statistics of several independent samplings of a random variable differ from its distribution function in a universal way, in the sense that the random distribution of the distance of one of these statistics from the other is asymptotically described by a universal law, now called "Kolmogorov's distribution''. Here an empirical study is made of the distribution of residues modulo a fixed modulus for a sequence of powers, and compared with the Kolmogorov distribution. This is a setting in which a highly deterministic sequence may be expected to exhibit some random behaviour, and is part of a broad study by the author of chaotic phenomena for discrete deterministic systems, in which empirically observed statistical phenomena may be extremely difficult to prove.
Reviewed by Thomas Ward

    References
  1. Kolmogorov AN (1933) Sulla determinazione empirica di una legge di distribuzione. G Ist Ital Attuari 4:83–91
  2. Arnold VI (2006) Adiabatic analysis of the geometrical progressions of residues. In: Dynamics, statistics and projective geometry of Galois fields. Cambridge Univ Press (Moscow, MCCME, 2005, S5) MR2777369
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR2506111 (2010j:20089) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Geometry of continued fractions associated with Frobenius numbers. (English summary)
Funct. Anal. Other Math. 2 (2009), no. 2-4, 129–138.
20M14 (11A55)
Summary: "The article describes the interrelations between the minimal integer number N(a,b,c), which belongs to the additive semigroup of integers generated by a, b, c together with all greater integers, on the one hand, and the geometrical theory of continued fractions describing the convex hulls of sets of integer points in simplicial cones, on the other hand. It also provides some hints on the extension of N to non-integral arguments.''

    References
  1. Arnold VI (1999) Weak asymptotics of the numbers of solutions of Diophantine equations. Funct Anal Appl 33(4):292–293 MR1746430
  2. Arnold VI (2006) Geometry and growth rate of Frobenius numbers of additive semigroups. Math Phys Anal Geom 9(2):95–108 MR2283037
  3. Sylvester JJ et al (1884) Problems from the theory of numbers, with solutions. Educational Times 40–41
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR2503119 (2010h:60023) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Uniform distribution of indivisible vectors in the space of integers. (Russian. Russian summary)
Izv. Ross. Akad. Nauk Ser. Mat. 73 (2009), no. 1, 21–30; translation in
Izv. Math. 73 (2009), no. 1, 21–29
60C05 (11K36 60E05)
Summary (translated from the Russian): "A vector in an integer space is said to be divisible if it is the product of another vector in this space and an integer greater than one.
   "The uniform distribution of a set of integer vectors means that the number of points of this set in an N-fold homothetically expanded domain in an n-dimensional space is asymptotically proportional to the product of Nn and the volume of the domain as N.
   "The coefficient of this proportionality (density) is equal to 1/ζ(n) for the set of indivisible vectors in an n-dimensional integer space (where n>1). For example, the density of the set of indivisible vectors on the plane is equal to 1/ζ(2)=6/π22/3. This was the discovery that led Euler to the definition of the zeta function.
   "Here we present a proof of the uniform distribution of the set of indivisible integer vectors because there are arbitrarily large domains that have no indivisible vectors.
   "We show that such domains are located only far from the origin and are infrequent even there. Their distribution is also uniform and has a peculiar fractal character, which has not been studied even at the empirical computer-aided level or even for n=2.''

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR2640554 (2011f:11091) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

To what extent are arithmetic progressions of fractional parts random? (Russian. Russian summary)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 63 (2008), no. 2(380), 5–20; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 63 (2008), no. 2, 205–220
11K45 (11A55 11B25 60C99)
Let X1(ω),X2(ω),,Xn(ω) be a sample of values of independent random variables, having the same distribution function F(x). Let Fn(ω,x) be an empirical distribution function, i.e.,
Fn(ω,x)=|{kn: Xk(ω)<x}|/n,
and
λn=supxn|Fn(ω,x)F(x)|.
A. N. Kolmogorov proved in 1933 that the distribution functions of the random variables λn converge to some limit distribution, not depending on F(x) as n. The mean value of this asymptotic distribution is π/2.
   The author asks whether the interpretation of the sequence of fractional parts of members of arithmetical progression as a sample of a uniformly distributed random variable is in accordance with Kolmogorov's criterion. The positive answer would follow if the values of λn were in some sense close to the mean value of the limit distribution.
   The author proves that the behaviour of λn computed for the sequence {kx}(x=1,,n) with the F(x) of uniform distribution is different. If k is rational, then λn0 as n. It is proved, too, that for any K an irrational value of k can be chosen such that λn>K holds for an infinite number of values of n. The value of such k is given explicitly.
Reviewed by Vilius Stakenas

    References
  1. A. Kolmogoroff, "Sulla determinazione empirica di una legge di distribuzione", Giorn. Ist. Ital. Attuari 4 (1933), 83-91 (Italian); English transl., A. N. Kolmogorov, "On the empirical determination of a distribution law", Selected works. Vol. II. Probability theory and mathematical statistics (A. N. Shiryaev, ed.), Math. Appl. (Soviet Ser.), vol. 26, Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht 1992, pp. 139 146 MR1727743
  2. V. I. Arnold, "Empirical study of stochasticity for deterministic classical dynamics of geometrical progressions of residues", Funct. Anal. Other Math. 2:4 (2007) (to appear). cf. MR2506112
  3. .... ..., ..., ... ... ... ... ... ... (... 13.11.2004), M..., ... 2005. [V.I. Arnol'd, Dynamics, statistics and projective geometry of Galois fields (lecture on 13 November 2004), MCCME, Moscow 2005] MR2138465
  4. ..., "... ... ... ... ... M...", .... AH CCCP 27:1 (1940), 37–41; English transl., A. N. Kolmogorov, "On a new confirmation of Mendel's laws", Selected works. Vol. II. Probability theory and mathematical statistics (A. N. Shiryaev, ed.), Math. Appl. (Soviet Ser.), vol. 26, Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 1992, pp. 222–227 MR1153022
  5. ..., "... ... ... ... ... ...", ...,. ... ... ... .... 33:4 (1999), 65–66; English transl., V. I. Arnol'd, "Weak asymptotics for the numbers of solutions of Diophantine problems", Funct. Anal. Appl. 33:4 (1999), 292–293 MR1746430
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2466088 (2009k:11166) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

On additive semigroups starting parts. (English summary)
Funct. Anal. Other Math. 2 (2008), no. 1, 81–86.
11P82
Summary: "We present geometrical arguments suggesting that the part of the segment {0,1,,N1} covered by the additive semigroup generated by (a,b,c) between 0 and the Frobenius number N(a,b,c) should exceed λV for some constant λ (which might be 1/3 or even more).''

    References
  1. Arnold VI (2006) Experimental observation of mathematical facts (Russian). Moscow Center for Continuous Mathematical Education, Moscow, pp 115–119
  2. Arnold VI (2006) Geometry and growth rate of Frobenius numbers of additive semigroups. Math Phys Anal Geom 9(2):95–108 MR2283037
  3. Arnold VI (1999) Weak asymptotics for the numbers of solutions of Diophantine problems. Func Anal Appl 33(4):292–293 MR1746430
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR2466084 (2009k:11010) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Statistics of the period lengths of the continued fractions for the eigenvalues of the integer matrices of order two. (English summary)
Funct. Anal. Other Math. 2 (2008), no. 1, 15–26.
11A55 (40A15)
Let
A=[acbd]
be an integer matrix, where a2+b2+c2+d2M. The eigenvalues of A satisfy the quadratic equation x2+px+q=0, where p=trA=a+d and q=detA. Moreover, assume that p24q, in which case the eigenvalues are real.
   The purpose of the paper is to study asymptotic properties of the periods of the continued fractions for the eigenvalues, in particular for the length T(p,q). For irrational eigenvalues the continued fractions are of the form
b0+1b1+1b2+1b3+=[b0;b1,b2,b3,],
where b0 is an integer and bn, n1, are positive integers. For rational eigenvalues the continued fraction terminates, and in that case T(p,q) is defined to be 0.
   Several questions are raised, and interesting observations are made, in some cases leading to a theorem, in other cases to a conjecture.
   Example of a theorem:
   Let, for M>2, Q(M) be the number of matrices ASL(2,Z) with trA=2 and with the sum of the squared elements M. Then Q(M)1+30M2(1+lnM).
   (Properties of the periods are contained in the condition ASL(2,Z).)
   The conjectures include a growth statement on sets of matrices satisfying conditions like a2+b2+c2+d2M or ASL(2,Z). Other conjectures deal with growth conditions for certain mean values of period length.
Reviewed by Haakon S. Waadeland

    References
  1. Arnold VI (1980) Statistics of the convex integral vertices polygons. Func Anal Appl 14(2):3–5 MR0575199
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2441530 Indexed
Arnold and Faddeev receive 2008 Shaw Prize.
Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (2008), no. 8, 966.
01A70

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR2425323 (2009i:37131) Reviewed
Arnold, V. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Orbits' statistics in chaotic dynamical systems. (English summary)
Nonlinearity 21 (2008), no. 7, T109–T112.
37H99 (11K50 37A45 37D99 60D05 60H25 92-03)
Summary: "This paper shows how the measurement of the stochasticity degree of a finite sequence of real numbers, published by A. N. Kolmogorov in Italian in a journal of insurance statistics [G. Ist. Ital. Attuari 4 (1933), 83–91; Zbl 0006.17402], can be usefully applied to measure the objective stochasticity degree of sequences, originating from dynamical systems theory and from number theory.
   "Namely, whenever the value of Kolmogorov's stochasticity parameter of a given sequence of numbers is too small (or too big), one may conclude that the conjecture describing this sequence as a sample of independent values of a random variables is highly improbable.
   "Kolmogorov used this strategy fighting [C. R. (Doklady) Acad. Sci. URSS (N.S.) 27 (1940), 37–41; MR0003556] against Lysenko, who had tried to disprove the classical genetics' law of Mendel experimentally.
   "Calculating his stochasticity parameter value for the numbers from Lysenko's experiment reports, Kolmogorov deduced, that, while these numbers were different from the exact fulfilment of Mendel's 3 : 1 law, any smaller deviation would be a manifestation of the report's number falsification.
   "The calculation of the values of the stochasticity parameter would be useful for many other generators of pseudorandom numbers and for many other chaotically looking statistics, including even the distribution of prime numbers (discussed in this paper as an example).''

    References
  1. Kolmogorov A N 1933 Sulla determinazione empirica di una legge di distribuzione G. Ist. Ital. Attuari 4 83–91
  2. Arnold V I 2008 To what extent are stochastic the arithmetical progressions of the fractional parts? ICTP 20pp MR2640554
  3. Arnold V I 2007 Statistics of the periods of the continued fractions for the quadratic irrationalities Izvestia Russ. Acad. of Sci., Ser. Math 40pp MR2394969
  4. Arnold V I 2007 Statistics of arithmetics of continued fractions of eigenvalues of integer matrices of order two Funct. Anal. Other Math. 2 13pp MR2466084
This list, extracted from the PDF form of the original paper, may contain data conversion errors, almost all limited to the mathematical expressions.

Citations

From References: 11

From Reviews: 0

MR2394969 (2009e:11014) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Statistics of the periods of continued fractions for quadratic irrationals. (Russian. Russian summary)
Izv. Ross. Akad. Nauk Ser. Mat. 72 (2008), no. 1, 3–38; translation in
Izv. Math. 72 (2008), no. 1, 1–34
11A55 (37A45 37B99)
Summary (translated from the Russian): "The distribution of frequencies of various incomplete quotients of continued fractions of random real numbers was obtained by R. O. Kuzʹmin in 1928 and is therefore called Gauss-Kuzʹmin statistics. A conjecture that we posed long ago states that incomplete quotients of periodic continued fractions of quadratic irrationals satisfy the same statistics in the mean. This conjecture was recently proved by V. A. Bykovskiĭ and his students. In the present paper, we complement these results by an investigation of the statistics of the period lengths of continued fractions for quadratic irrationals. In particular, this theory implies that the elements forming the periods of continued fractions of the roots x of the equations x2+px+q=0 with integer coefficients do not exhaust the random sequences whose elements satisfy Gauss-Kuzʹmin statistics. For example, these sequences are palindromes, i.e., they read the same backwards as forwards.''

    References
  1. V. Arnold, "Arithmetics of binary quadratic forms, symmetry of their continued fractions and geometry of their de Sitter world", Bull. Braz. Math. Soc. (N. S.) 34:1 (2003), 1–42. MR1991436
  2. R. O. Kuz'min, "A problem of Gauss", Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. A, 1928, no. 18–19, 375–380 (Russian); R. O. Kuz'min, "Sur un problème de Gauss", Anni Congr. Intern. Bologne 6 (1928), 83–89.
  3. M. O. Avdeeva and V. A. Bykovsky, Solution of Arnold's problem on the Gauss–Kuz'min statistics, Dal'nauka, Vladivostok 2002. (Russian) MR1749124
  4. V. I. Arnold, Continued fractions, MCCME, Moscow 2001. (Russian)
  5. H. Tsuchihashi, "Higher-dimensional analogues of periodic continued fractions and cusp singularities", Tôhoku Math. J. (2) 35:4 (1983), 607–639. MR0721966
  6. O. Karpenkov, On examples of two-dimensional continued fractions, Cahiers du Ceremade-Université, no. 0430, Paris-Dauphine 2004.
  7. M. O. Avdeeva, "On the statistics of partial quotients of finite continued fractions", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 38:2 (2004), 1–11; English transl., Funct. Anal. Appl. 38:2 (2004), 79–87. MR2086623
  8. V. I. Arnold, "Weak asymptotics for the numbers of solutions of diophantine problems", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 33:4 (1999), 65–66; English transl., Funct. Anal. Appl. 33:4 (1999), 292–293. MR1746430
  9. V. I. Arnol'd, "Fermat–Euler dynamical system and the statistics of the arithmetics of geometrical progessions", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 37:1 (2003), 1–18; English transl., Funct. Anal. Appl. 37:1 (2003), 1–15. MR1988005
  10. V. Arnold, "Ergodic and arithmetical properties of geometrical progression's dynamics and of its orbits", Moscow Math. J. 5:1 (2005), 5–22. MR2153464
  11. V. I. Arnold, Problems of the seminar 2003–2004, MCCME, Moscow 2005. (Russian) MR2078115
  12. V. I. Arnold, Dynamics, statistics and projective geometry of Galois fields, MCCME, Moscow 2005. (Russian) MR2777369
  13. V. I. Arnold, "Geometry and growth rate of Frobenius numbers of additive semigroups", Math. Phys. Anal. Geom. 9:2 (2006), 95–108. MR2283037
  14. V. Arnold, "Arithmetical turbulence of selfsimilar fluctuations statistics of large Frobenius numbers of additive semigroups of integers", Moscow Math. J. 7:2 (2007), 173–193; ICTP Preprint Archive, IC/2006/037, http://users.ictp.it/pub\_off/preprints-sources/2006/IC2006037P.pdf. cf. MR2337877
  15. V. Arnold, "Number-theoretical turbulence in Fermat–Euler arithmetics and large Young diagrams geometry statistics", J. Math. Fluid Mech. 7 (2005), S4—S50. MR2126128
  16. V. Arnold, "Statistics of the symmetric group representations as a natural science question on asymptotics of Young diagrams", Representation theory, dynamical systems, and asymptotic combinatorics, Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2, vol. 217, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI 2006, pp. 1–7. MR2276097
  17. V. I. Arnold, "Experimental discovery of mathematical facts", Lectures for school pupils in JINR, Dubna 2005, MCCME, Moscow 2007. (Russian)
  18. V. Arnold, "Statistics of Young diagrams of cycles of dynamical systems for finite tori automorphisms", Moscow Math. J. 6:1 (2006), 43–56. MR2265946
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2433673 Indexed
Varchenko, A. N.; Vasilʹev, V. A.; Guseĭn-Zade, S. M.; et al.;
Vladimir Igorevich Arnolʹd in the eyes of his students (on the occasion of his seventieth birthday). (Russian)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 259 (2007), Anal. i Osob. Ch. 2, 5–9 ISBN: 978-5-02-036298-7 ; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 259 (2007), no. 1, . Previously 259 (2007), no. 2 on publisher site, 1–5
01A70

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR2400519 (2009j:58064) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Topological classification of trigonometric polynomials of the affine Coxeter group A~2. (Russian. Russian summary)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 258 (2007), Anal. i Osob. Ch. 1, 7–16 ISBN: 978-5-02-036672-5; 978-5-02-035888-1 ; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 258 (2007), no. 1, 3–12
58K05 (20F55)
From the text (translated from the Russian): "The polynomials considered here are defined in the natural angular coordinates xR(mod2π) and yR(mod2π) on the two-dimensional torus T2 by the six-parameter formula
f(x,y)=acosx+bsinx+ccosy+dsiny+pcos(x+y)+qsin(x+y).()
The most topologically complicated polynomials of this form have six critical points on the torus.
   "We classify these polynomials with respect to the following groups: two functions are considered topologically equivalent if they can be transformed into each other by smooth diffeomorphisms of manifolds of the image R and the preimage T2 of the mapping f.
   "We usually assume that diffeomorphisms of the image (changes of the dependent variable) preserve the orientation of the line, and diffeomorphisms of the preimage are homotopic (isotopic) to the identity transformation, i.e., belong to the connected component of the identity in the diffeomorphism group of the torus.
   "We see that trigonometric polynomials of the form () with six nondegenerate critical points and six distinct critical values (which we assume to be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) divide into six equivalence classes of topologically different functions, whereas all smooth Morse functions with six critical values on the torus form infinitely many equivalence classes (although the number reduces to 16 classes if one allows diffeomorphisms of the torus that are not homotopic to the identity in the definition of the equivalence relation, of which only six are represented by trigonometric polynomials of the form ()).''

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, "Smooth Functions Statistics," Funct. Anal. Other Math. 1 (2), 125–133 (2006). MR2385493
  2. V. I. Arnold, "Statistics and Classification of Topologies of Periodic Functions and Trigonometric Polynomials," Tr. Inst. Mat. Mekh., Ural. Otd. Ross. Akad. Nauk 12 (1) (2006) [Proc. Steklov Inst. Math., Suppl. 1, S13–S23 (2006)]. MR2246984
  3. V. I. Arnold, Experimental Discovery of Mathematical Facts: A Series of Lectures Delivered in Dubna at the Summer School "Modern Mathematics," Dubna, July 2005 (MTsNMO, Moscow, 2006) [in Russian].
  4. V. I. Arnold, "Smooth Functions Statistics," http://www.institut.math.jussieu.fr /seminaires/singularites/functions.pdf
  5. V. I. Arnold, "Smooth Functions Statistics," Preprint IC/2006/012 (Abdus Salam Int. Centre Theor. Phys., Trieste, 2006), http://www.ictp.it/pub\_off/preprints-sources/2006/IC2006012P.pdf
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2400518 Indexed
From the editorial board [Dedicated to Academician Vladimir Igorevich Arnolʹd on the occasion of his 70th birthday]. (Russian)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 258 (2007), Anal. i Osob. Ch. 1, 5–6. ISBN: 978-5-02-036672-5; 978-5-02-035888-1
01A70
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2373770 Indexed
Vladimir Igorevich Arnolʹd (on the occasion of his seventieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 62 (2007), no. 5(377), 175–184; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 62 (2007), no. 5, 1021–1030
01A70

    References
  1. .... 31:4 (1997), 3–18; English transl., "Remarks on the parabolic curves on surfaces and on the higher-dimensional Möbius-Sturm theory", Funct. Anal. Appl. 31:4 (1997), 227–239. MR1608963
  2. ... 21 ... 1997 ... 1997. [Mysterious mathematical trinities and the topological economy principle in algebraic geometry (lecture on 21 May 1997), Moscow 1997.]
  3. .... Cep. 3, 1977, no. 1, 10–23. ["On some problems of pseudoperiodic topology", Math. Education Ser. 3, 1977, no. 1, 10–23.]
  4. ..., 1997, no. 11, 56–69. ["Mathematics and mathematical education in the contemporary world", Open politics, 1997, no. 11, 56–69.]
  5. ...-60, ... 1997. [Selecta-60, Fazis, Moscow 1997.] MR1647728
  6. ..., [5], 589–604. ["Remarks on eigenvalues and eigenvectors of Hermitian matrices, Berry phase, adiabatic connections, and the quantum Hall effect", [5], pp. 589–604.]
  7. "An interview with Vladimir Arnol'd", by S. H. Lui, Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 44:4 (1997), 432–438. MR1435453
  8. ..., [5], 713–726. ["An interview with Vladimir Arnol'd taken in Hong-Kong by S. H. Lui", (Russian transl. of [7]) [5], pp. 713–726.] MR1435453
  9. "... KAM", [5], 727–740. ["From superpositions to KAM theory", [5], pp. 727–740.]
  10. .... PAH. Cep. ... 56:2 (1997), 63; [5], pp. 745–746. ["On the epigraph to Evgenii Onegin", Izv. Russ. Acad. Sci. Ser. Literature and Language 56:2 (1997), 63]; [5], pp. 745–746.
  11. ..., 2, ... 1997; English transl., [134].
  12. ... 53:1 (1998), 229–234; English transl., "On teaching mathematics", Russian Math. Surveys 53:1 (1998), 229–236. MR1618209
  13. Topological methods in hydrodynamics, Appl. Math. Sci., vol. 125, Springer-Verlag, New York 1998 (with B. A. Khesin). MR1612569
  14. "On the problem of realization of a given Gaussian curvature function", Topol. Methods Nonlinear Anal. 11:2 (1998), 199–206. MR1659315
  15. "Higher dimensional continued fractions", Regul. Chaotic Dyn. 3:3 (1998), 10–17. MR1704965
  16. "Models matemàtics durs i models matemàtics tous", Butl. Soc. Catalana Mat. 13:1 (1998), 7–26. MR1663564
  17. ...., 6, ... - 6, ... 1988 ...; English transl., Singularity theory. I, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 6, Dynamical Systems - VI, Springer, Berlin 1998 (with V. V. Goryunov, O. V. Lyashko, and V. A. Vasil'ev). MR1660090
  18. V. Arnold, G.-M. Greuel, and J. H. M. Steenbrink (eds.), Singularities. The Brieskorn anniversary volume (Oberwolfach, Germany, 1996), Progr. Math., vol. 162, Birkhäuser, Basel 1998. MR1652463
  19. ..., 16.01.1998, no. 7 (25107); English transl., [20].
  20. "Mathematical illiteracy is more pernicious than the fires of the Inquisition", London Math. Soc. Newsletter 259 (April 1998), 18–20.
  21. .... 32:2 (1998), 1–7; English transl., "On the Legendrian Sturm theory of space curves", Funct. Anal. Appl. 32:2 (1998), 75–80. MR1647816
  22. From Hilbert's superposition problem to dynamical systems, Preprint no. 1998–14, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 1998.
  23. Symplectisation, complexification and mathematical trinities, Preprint no. 1998–15, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 1998.
  24. ..., 1998, no. 4, 3–14. ["`Hard' and `soft' mathematical models", Priroda, 1998, no. 4, 3–14.] MR1627748
  25. Topological problems in wave propagation theory and topological economy principle in algebraic geometry, Preprint no. 1998–13, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 1998.
  26. Topological problems of the theory of asymptotic curves, Preprint no. 1998–27, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 1998.
  27. On the realization of the given Gaussian curvature function, Preprint no. 1998–09, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 1998.
  28. Relatives of the quotient of the complex projective plane by the complex conjugation, Preprint no. 1998–39, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 1998. MR1721354
  29. ...., 5, ... - 5, ... 1986 ...; English transl., Bifurcation theory and catastrophe theory, Springer, Berlin 1999 (with V. S. Afrajmovich, Yu. S. Il'yashenko, and L. P. Shil'nikov). MR1733750
  30. "V. Arnold sull'insegnamento della matematica", Punti Critici, Anno II, Hortus Conclusus, Bologna 1999, pp. 73–86.
  31. ..., Cep. ..., 11, ... 1999 ...; English transl. of 1st ed., Ergodic problems of classical mechanics, Benjamin, New York-Amsterdam 1968 (with A. Avez). MR0232910
  32. "From Hilbert's superposition problem to dynamical systems", The Arnoldfest (Toronto, Canada, 1997), Fields Inst. Commun., vol. 24, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI 1999, pp. 1–18. MR1733564
  33. "Symplectization, complexification and mathematical trinities", The Arnoldfest (Toronto, Canada, 1997), Fields Inst. Commun., vol. 24, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI 1999, pp. 23–38.
  34. "Topological problems in wave propagation theory and topological economy principle in algebraic geometry", The Arnoldfest (Toronto, Canada, 1997), Fields Inst. Commun., vol. 24, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI 1999, pp. 39–54. MR1733589
  35. "First steps of local symplectic algebra", Differential topology, infinite-dimensional Lie algebras, and applications, Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2, vol. 194, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI 1999, pp. 1–8. MR1729356
  36. "First steps of local contact algebra", Canad. J. Math. 51:6 (1999), 1123–1134. MR1756874
  37. ..., Tp. ..., 226, ... 1999, 27–35; English transl., "Simple singularities of curves", Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 226 (1999), 20–28. MR1782550
  38. ..., Tp. ..., 225, Hayka, ... 1999, 11–20; English transl., "Topological problems of the theory of asymptotic curves", Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 225 (1999), 5–15. MR1725930
  39. .... 33:4 (1999), 65–66; English transl., "Weak asymptotics of the numbers of solutions of Diophantine equations", Funct. Anal. Appl. 33:4 (1999), 292–293. MR1746430
  40. ..., Tp. ..., 224, Hayka, ... 1999, 56–67; English transl., "Relatives of the quotient of the complex projective plane by the complex conjugation", Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 224 (1999), 46–56. MR1721354
  41. .... 169:12 (1999), 1311–1323; English transl., "Mathematics and physics: mother and daughter or sisters?", Phys. Usp. 42:12 (1999), 1205–1217.
  42. .... PAH 69:2 (1999), 163–172; English transl., "International Mathematical Congress in Berlin", Herald Russ. Acad. Sci. 69:1 (1999), 73–81. MR1716850
  43. .... PAH 69:6 (1999), 553–558; English transl., "The antiscientific revolution and mathematics", Herald Russ. Acad. Sci. 69:4 (1999), 329–333. MR1747476
  44. ..., 26.02.1999, no. 34 (25379). ["The triumphal parade of the antiscientific revolution", Izvestiya, 26 February 1999, no. 34 (25379)]; see also [51].
  45. ... 46:1 (1991), 225–232; English transl., "A mathematical trivium", Normat 47:3 (1999), 111–121. MR1721428
  46. Huygens and Barrow, Newton and Hooke, Springer, Tokyo 1999. MR1078625
  47. ... B. A. ..., BKM ... 1999. [A. M. Vershik (ed.), "On Vladimir Abramovich Rokhlin", Vladimir Abramovich Rokhlin. Selected works. Reminiscences about V. A. Rokhlin, Moscow 1999, pp. 445–456.] MR1725450
  48. ... 1999, 86–96. ["Reminiscences about A. N. Kolmogorov", Phenomenon extraordinaire. A book about Kolmogorov, Fazis, MIROS, Moscow 1999, pp. 86–96.] MR1841147
  49. ..., 1999, 19. ["A Fields medal to an alumnus of the Moscow mathematical school", Priroda, 1999, 19.]
  50. ..., 1999, no. 4, 15. ["The Russian edition of the works of David Hilbert", Priroda, 1999, no. 4, 15.]
  51. The antiscientific revolution and mathematics, Pontifical Academy, Vatican 1999.
  52. V. Arnold, M. Kontsevich, and A. Zorich (eds.), Pseudoperiodic topology, Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2, vol. 197, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI 1999. MR1733872
  53. Introduction to the volume [54], pp. ix-xii written by V. I. Arnol'd.
  54. V. Arnold et al. (eds.), Mathematics: frontiers and perspectives, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI 2000. MR1754788
  55. V. I. Arnold, "Polymathematics: is mathematics a single science or a set of arts?", [54], pp. 403–416. MR1754788
  56. ... 2000 (c 28 ...); English transl., [149].
  57. ... 2000. [`Hard' and `soft' mathematical models, MCCME, Moscow 2000.]
  58. ... 2-e ...., Cep. ..., 13, ... 2000 ...; English transl., Symplectic geometry, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 4, Dynamical systems - IV, Springer, Berlin 2001 (with A. B. Givental'). MR1866631
  59. ..., 4-e ... 2000; English transl. of 3rd ed., Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Grad. Texts in Math., vol. 60, Springer-Verlag, New York 1989. MR1766084
  60. ... 2000. [Geometric methods in the theory of ordinary differential equations, Izhevsk 2000.]
  61. ..., 4-e ... 2000; English transl. of 3rd ed., Ordinary differential equations, Springer Textbook, Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1992. MR1231977
  62. "Symplectic geometry and topology", J. Math. Phys. 41:6 (2000), 3307–3343. MR1768639
  63. .... 34:3 (2000), 63–65; English transl., "The complex Lagrangian Grassmannian", Funct. Anal. Appl. 34:3 (2000), 208–210. MR1802319
  64. ..., Tp. ..., 228, Hayka, ... 2000, 196–202; English transl., "From averaging to statistical physics", Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 228 (2000), 184–190. MR1782581
  65. "Jürgen Moser (1928–1999). Déclin des mathématiques (après la mort de Jürgen Moser)", Gaz. Math., 2000, no. 84, 92–95. MR1766091
  66. ..., 2000, no. 1 (6), 24–27. ["It is important to be more interested in science than in one's own success in science", School education, 2000, no. 1 (6), 24–27.]
  67. ... 21 ... 2000 .... [Should we have mathematics in school?, A talk at the All-Russian conference "Mathematics and society. Mathematical education on the frontier of centuries" (Dubna, 21 September 2000).]
  68. .... 1, ... 2000, 4–16. ["Mysterious mathematical trinities", Undergraduate readings in the Independent Moscow University, no. 1, MCCME, Moscow 2000, pp. 4–16.]
  69. .... 1, ... 2000, 17–26. ["Principles of topological economy in algebraic geometry", Undergraduate readings in the Independent Moscow University, no. 1, MCCME, Moscow 2000, pp. 17–26.]
  70. ... 2000, 195–205. ["Mathematics and mathematical education in the contemporary world", Mathematics in education and teaching, Fazis, Moscow 2000, pp. 195–205.]
  71. ..., 18.10.2000. ["Teaching mathematics should not become a peculiar juridical casuistry", Nezavisimaya Gazeta, 18 October 2000.]
  72. ..., 21.09.2000, no. 38 .... ["Californium wars at Dubna", Obshchaya Gazeta, 21 September 2000, no. 38 (with E. Kokurina).]
  73. ..., 18.10.2000 .... ["Russia catches up with America if it abandons mathematics", Parlamentskaya Gazeta, 18 October 2000 (with V. Gubarev).]
  74. "Nombres d'Euler, de Bernoulli et de Springer pour les groupes de Coxeter et les espaces de morsification: le calcul des serpents", Leçons de mathématiques d'aujourd'hui, Cassini, Paris 2000, pp. 61–98.
  75. J.-P. Pier (ed.), "Dynamical systems", Development of mathematics 1950–2000, Birkhäuser, Basel 2000, pp. 33–61. MR1796836
  76. J.-P. Pier (ed.), "Singularity theory", Development of mathematics 1950–2000, Birkhäuser, Basel 2000, pp. 63–95. MR1796836
  77. "Una entrevista con Vladimir Arnold by S. H. Lui", Revista Española de Fisica 14 (5) (2000).
  78. ... XX ... (PAH, ..., 29 ... 2000 ....). ["The Americanization of education and the fight of society against science and culture", A talk at the meeting "Our 20th century" (Russian Acad. Sci., Moscow, 29 November 2000).]
  79. The complex Lagrangian Grassmannian, Preprint no. 2000–13, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 2000; http://www.ceremade.dauphine.fr/preprints/CMD/2000–13.ps.
  80. ...., 4, ... - 4, ... 1985; English transl., Symplectic geometry, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 4, Dynamical systems - IV, Springer, Berlin 2001 (with A. B. Givental'). MR1866631
  81. ..., 16–22 .... 2001, no. 42, 19. ["Not only money should be considered", The Moscow News, 16–22 October 2001, no. 42, 19.]
  82. .... 35:1 (2001), 74–77; English transl., "The Lagrangian Grassmannian of a quaternion hypersymplectic space", Funct. Anal. Appl. 35:1 (2001), 61–63. MR1840750
  83. .... 35:4 (2001), 1–7; English transl., "Complexification of a tetrahedron, and pseudoprojective transformations", Funct. Anal. Appl. 35:4 (2001), 241–246. MR1879113
  84. ... (..., 2001), ... 2001. [Astroidal geometry of hypocycloids and the Hessian topology of hyperbolic polynomials, Summer school "Contemporary mathematics" (Dubna, 2001), MCCME, Moscow 2001.] MR1886719
  85. Gewöhnliche Differentialgleichungen, 2nd ed., Springer, Berlin 2001. MR0569932
  86. ... XX ..., 24.01.2001. ["Mathematical epidemics in the 20th century: The contemporary formalised education of mathematics is dangerous for the whole of mankind", Nezavisimaya Gazeta, 24 January 2001.]
  87. Mathématiques et physique: Deux conférences exceptionnelles centrées sur Bourbaki, organisées par l'Institut Henri Poincaré le 13 mars 2001: J.-P. Serre et V. Arnold.
  88. ... 2001. [Continued fractions, MCCME, Moscow 2001.]
  89. ... 2001. [Should we have mathematics in school?, MCCME, Moscow 2001.]
  90. ... 56:6 (2001), 3–66; English transl., "Astroidal geometry of hypocycloids and Hessian topology of hyperbolic polynomials", Russian Math. Surveys 56:6 (2001), 1019–1083. MR1886719
  91. ..., 27.12.2001. ["Jazz history instead of an algebra course", Nezavisimaya Gazeta, 27 December 2001.]
  92. Géométrie astroïdale et topologie des polynômes hyperboliques, Preprint no. 2001–17, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 2001; http://www.ceremade.dauphine.fr/preprints/CMD/2001–17.pdf.
  93. ... 2002. [Wavefronts and topology of curves, Fazis, Moscow 2002.] MR1643926
  94. ... 2002. [Ancient and recent stories, Fazis, Moscow 2002.]
  95. ... 2002; http://www.mccme.ru/free-books/izdano/2002/VIA-kvatern.pdf. [Geometry of complex numbers, quaternions and spins, MCCME, Moscow 2002.]
  96. ... 2002. [Astroidal geometry of hypocycloids and the Hessian topology of hyperbolic polynomials, MCCME, Moscow 2002.] MR1886719
  97. ..., 08.02.2002. ["What awaits school in Russia?", Izvestiya, 8 February 2002.]
  98. ... 2002 (c. 39–44 ...). [V. A. Sadovnichii (ed.), The education we may lose, MSU, Moscow 2002 (pp. 39–44 written by V. I. Arnol'd).]
  99. "... [98], 41–44". ["Preparation of a new cultural revolution [98], pp. 41–44".]
  100. .... 36:2 (2002), 1–11; English transl., "Optimization in the mean, and phase transitions in controlled dynamical systems", Funct. Anal. Appl. 36:2 (2002), 83–92. MR1922014
  101. "On a variational problem connected with phase transitions of means in controllable dynamical systems", Nonlinear problems in mathematical physics and related topics. I, In honor of Professor O. A. Ladyzhenskaya, Int. Math. Ser. (N. Y.), 1, Kluwer, Plenum, New York 2002, 23–34. MR1970602
  102. ... 57:4 (2002), 197–207; English transl., "I. G. Petrovskii, Hilbert's topological problems and modern mathematics", Russian Math. Surveys 57:4 (2002), 833–845. MR1942529
  103. .... PAH 72:2 (2002), 245–250; English transl., "The mathematical duel apropos Bourbaki", Herald Russ. Acad. Sci. 72:2 (2002), 207–211. MR1927104
  104. Arithmetics of binary quadratic forms, symmetry of their continued fractions, and geometry of their de Sitter world, Preprint no. 2002–17, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 2002; http://www.ceremade.dauphine.fr/preprints/CMD/2002–17.ps.
  105. Problems to the seminar: 15 January 2002, Preprint no. 2002–16, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 2002; http://www.ceremade.dauphine.fr/preprints/CMD/2002–16.ps.
  106. "... 23.10.2002", ..., 06.12.2002; ....: [124]. ["Speech in the State Duma on 23 October 2002", Izvestiya, 6 December 2002]; Reprint in [124].
  107. ..., 17.01.2002. ["From the theory of the rainbow to hydrodynamics of the universe", Nezavisimaya Gazeta, 17 January 2002.]
  108. ..., 2002, no. 5, 61–63, 65–67, 64 ... 68. ["Mathematics and repartition of the world", Die Hamburger Mosaik, 2002, no. 5, 61–63, 65–67, 64, 68.]
  109. .... 36:1 (2002), 1–15; English transl., "Pseudoquaternion geometry", Funct. Anal. Appl. 36:1 (2002), 1–12. MR1898979
  110. .... 36:3 (2002), 1–8; English transl., "The longest curves of given degree and the quasicrystallic Harnack theorem in pseudoperiodic topology", Funct. Anal. Appl. 36:3 (2002), 165–171. MR1935898
  111. ... 2002 ...; English transl., Mathematical aspects of classical and celestial mechanics, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 3, Dynamical systems - III, Springer, Berlin 2006 (with V. V. Kozlov and A. I. Neishtadt). MR1292466
  112. ..., 08.02.2002. ["Prospects of secondary school in Russia", Izvestiya, 8 February 2002.]
  113. "... 22.10.2002", ..., 06.12.2002, p. 11; ... 2002 .... ["On the project of standards of general education. Speech at the meeting of the Educational Committee of the State Duma on 22 October 2002", Izvestiya, 6 December 2002, 11]; Reprint in Literaturnaya Gazeta, December 2002.
  114. ... 2002. [What is mathematics?, MCCME, Moscow 2002.]
  115. .... 37:1 (2003), 1–18; English transl., "The Fermat-Euler dynamical system and the statistics of the arithmetic of geometric progressions", Funct. Anal. Appl. 37:1 (2003), 1–15. MR1988005
  116. "Frequent representations", Mosc. Math. J. 3:4 (2003), 1209–1221; Preprint no. 2003–17, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 2003; http://www.ceremade.dauphine.fr/preprints/CMD/2003–17.pdf. MR2058796
  117. "Kepler's cubes and finite Lobachevsky geometry", Hilbert's sixteenth and related problems in dynamics, geometry and analysis (The Independent University of Moscow, Moscow, Russia, 2003), pp. 3–5.
  118. ..., K 100-... 2003. [New obscurantism and Russian education, On the 100th birthday of A. N. Kolmogorov, Fazis, Moscow 2003.]
  119. ... XX ... 2003, 19–51. ["From Hilbert's problem on superpositions to dynamical systems", Mathematical events of the 20th century, Fazis, Moscow 2003, pp. 19–51.] MR2080045
  120. ... 2003. [Euler groups and the arithmetic of geometric progressions, MCCME, Moscow 2003.]
  121. ... 58:4 (2003), 3–28; English transl., "Topology and statistics of formulae of arithmetics", Russian Math. Surveys 58:4 (2003), 637–664. MR2042261
  122. .... 37:3 (2003), 20–35; English transl., "The topology of algebra: combinatorics of squaring", Funct. Anal. Appl. 37:3 (2003), 177–190. MR2020412
  123. ..., 5-e ... 2003; English transl. of 2nd ed., V. I. Arnol'd, Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Grad. Texts in Math., vol. 60, Springer-Verlag, New York 1989. MR0997295
  124. ... 23.10.2002 ..., 2-e ... 2003, 111–117. [V. A. Sadovnichii (ed.), The education we may lose, 2nd ed., MSU, Moscow 2003, pp. 111–117]; Reprint of [106].
  125. "Arithmetic of binary quadratic forms, symmetry of their continued fractions and geometry of their de Sitter world", Bull. Braz. Math. Soc. (N. S.) 34:1 (2003), 1–42. MR1991436
  126. Ergodic and arithmetical properties of a geometrical progression's dynamics and of its orbits, Preprint no. 2003–11, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 2003; http://www.ceremade.dauphine.fr/preprints/CMD/2003–11.pdf.
  127. Topology and statistics of arithmetic and algebraic formulae, Preprint no. 2003–14, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 2003; http://www.ceremade.dauphine.fr/preprints/CMD/2003–14.pdf.
  128. Ordinary differential equations, 3rd ed., Springer-Verlag, Berlin 2003. MR0569932
  129. ... 2004. [Should we have mathematics in school?, MCCME, Moscow 2004.]
  130. ... 2004. [What is mathematics?, MCCME, Moscow 2004.]
  131. .... 38:1 (2004), 1–15; English transl., "Fermat dynamics, matrix arithmetic, finite circle, and the finite Lobachevsky plane", Funct. Anal. Appl. 38:1 (2004), 1–13. MR2061787
  132. "Abel's theory and modern mathematics", Stockholm Intelligencer (Stockholm, Sweden), Fourth European Congress of Mathematics, Springer-Verlag, Stockholm 2004, pp. 6–7.
  133. ... 2004. [`Hard' and `soft' mathematical models, MCCME, Moscow 2004.]
  134. Lectures on partial differential equations, Universitext, Springer, Berlin 2004.
  135. Vorlesungen über partielle Differentialgleichungen, Springer, Berlin 2004.
  136. ..., 4-e ... 2004; English transl. of 3rd ed., Catastrophe theory, Springer, Berlin 1992; see also [140].
  137. ..., 2-e ... 2004 ...; English transl. of 1st ed., Singularities of differentiable maps. vol. I. The classification of critical points, caustics and wave fronts, Monogr. Math., vol. 82, Birkhäuser, Boston 1985 (with S. M. Gusein-Zade and A. N. Varchenko); vol. II. Monodromy and asymptotics of integrals, Monogr. Math., vol. 83, Birkhäuser, Boston 1988. MR0777682
  138. ... 59:1 (2004), 25–44; English transl., "A. N. Kolmogorov and natural science", Russian Math. Surveys 59:1 (2004), 27–46. MR2068841
  139. ... 174:12 (2004), 1381–1382; English transl., "What is mathematical physics?", Phys. Usp. 47:12 (2004), 1281–1283.
  140. Catastrophe theory, 3rd ed., Springer, Berlin 2004.
  141. ... 5 ... 15 ... 2004; http://www.mccme.ru/free-books/izdano/2004/VIA-taskbook.pdf. [Problems for children of age from 5 to 15, MCCME, Moscow 2004.]
  142. .... PAH 74:7 (2004), 670–672; English transl., "How they elected and executed academicians", Herald Russ. Acad. Sci. 74:7 (2004), 459–461.
  143. Fermat dynamics of matrices, finite circles and finite Lobachevsky planes, Preprint no. 2004–34, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 2004; http://www.ceremade.dauphine.fr/preprints/CMD/2004–34.pdf. MR2061787
  144. Problems to the seminar, 2003–2004, Preprint no. 2004–16, Université Paris-Dauphine, CEREMADE 2004; http://www.ceremade.dauphine.fr/preprints/CMD/2004–16.pdf.
  145. .... PAH. Cep. .... 68:6 (2004), 61–70; English transl., "The matrix Euler-Fermat theorem", Izv. Math. 68:6 (2004), 1119–1128. MR2108521
  146. ... 59:6 (2004), 23–40; English transl., "Geometry and dynamics of Galois fields", Russian Math. Surveys 59:6 (2004), 1029–1046. MR2138465
  147. ..., 09.12.2004. ["As long as we can divide in our heads, we should not divide the property of the Academy", Novaya Gazeta, 9 December 2004.]
  148. "Ergodic and arithmetical properties of a geometrical progression's dynamics and of its orbits", Mosc. Math. J. 5:1 (2005), 5–22. MR2153464
  149. Arnold's problems, Springer-Verlag, Berlin; Fazis, Moscow 2005. MR2078115
  150. "Lobachevsky triangle altitudes theorem as the Jacobi identity in the Lie algebra of quadratic forms on symplectic plane", J. Geom. Phys. 53:4 (2005), 421–427. MR2125401
  151. ... 2005. [V. I. Arnol'd et al. (eds.), Mathematics: frontiers and prospects, Fazis, Moscow 2005.]
  152. ..., [151], 1–17. ["Polymathematics: is mathematics a united science or a collection of crafts?", [151], pp. 1–17.]
  153. ... (... 13.11.2004), ... 2005. [Dynamics, statistics and projective geometry of Galois fields (lecture on 13 November 2004), MCCME, Moscow 2005.] MR2138465
  154. ... 2003–2004, ... 2005. [Problems of Arnol'd's seminar in 2003–2004, MCCME, Moscow 2005.] MR2078115
  155. "Number-theoretical turbulence in Fermat-Euler arithmetics and large Young diagrams geometry statistics", J. Math. Fluid Mech. 7:1 (2005), 4–50. MR2126128
  156. ... 2005. [Experimental mathematics, Fazis, Moscow 2005.]
  157. ..., 4-e ... 2005. [Ancient and recent stories, 4th aug. ed., Fazis, Moscow 2005.]
  158. .... Cep. 3, 2005, no. 9, 220–222. ["Specialists against simplicity", Math. Education Ser. 3, 2005, no. 9, 220–222.]
  159. .... Cep. 3, 2005, no. 9, 93–99. ["The theorem on heights of a triangle in hyperbolic geometry as the Jacobi identity in the Lie algebra of quadratic forms on the symplectic plane", Math. Education Ser. 3, 2005, no. 9, 93–99.]
  160. "On the topology of the eigenfields", Topol. Methods Nonlinear Anal. 26:1 (2005), 9–16. MR2179348
  161. A. A. Bolibruch, Yu. S. Osipov, and Ya. G. Sinai (eds.), "From Hilbert's superposition problem to dynamical systems", Mathematical events of the twentieth century, Springer, Berlin 2006, pp. 19–47. MR2182794
  162. ... 61:1 (2006), 3–24; English transl., "Forgotten and neglected theories of Poincare", Russian Math. Surveys 61:1 (2006), 1–18. MR2239771
  163. "On the matricial version of Fermat-Euler congruences", Jpn. J. Math. 1:1 (2006), 1–24. MR2261060
  164. ... 2006. [Experimental observation of mathematical facts, MCCME, Moscow 2006.]
  165. "Statistics of Young diagrams of cycles of dynamical systems for finite tori automorphisms", Mosc. Math. J. 6:1 (2006), 43–56. MR2265946
  166. "Complexity of finite sequences of zeros and ones and geometry of finite spaces of functions", Funct. Anal. Other Math. 1:1 (2006), 1–17.
  167. Topological classification of trigonometric polynomials related to the affine Coxeter group A~2, Preprint IC/2006/039, Abdus Salan ICTP; http://users.ictp.it/pub\_off/preprints-sources/2006/IC2006039P.pdf. MR2400519
  168. Smooth functions statistics, Preprint IC/2006/012, Abdus Salan ICTP; http://users.ictp.it/pub\_off/preprints-sources/2006/IC2006012P.pdf.
  169. ..., Tp. ... 12:1 (2006), 10. ["Statistics and classification of topologies of periodic functions and trigonometric polynomials", Proc. of the Inst. Mech. Math., Ural Division, Russian Acad. Sci. 12:1 (2006), 10.] MR2246984
  170. "Smooth functions statistics", Funct. Anal. Other Math. 1:2 (2006), 125–133.
  171. "Geometry and growth rate of Frobenius numbers of additive semigroups", Math. Phys. Anal. Geom. 9:2 (2006), 95–108. MR2283037
  172. Arithmetical turbulence of selfsimilar fluctuations of large Frobenius numbers of semigroups of integers, Preprint IC/2006/037, Abdus Salan ICTP; http://users.ictp.it/pub\_off/preprints-sources/2006/IC2006037P.pdf.
  173. V. Kaimanovich et al. (eds.), "Statistics of the symmetric group representations as a natural science question on asymptotics of Young diagrams", Representation theory, dynamical systems, and asymptotic combinatorics, Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2, vol. 217, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI 2006, pp. 1–7. MR2276097
  174. "Arithmetical turbulence of selfsimilar fluctuations statistics of large Frobenius numbers of additive semigroups of integers", Mosc. Math. J. 7:2 (2007), 173–193. MR2337877
  175. ... 62:5 (2007), 3–14; English transl., "Continued fractions of square roots of rational numbers and their statistics", Russian Math. Surveys 62:5 (2007), 843–855. MR2373750
  176. "Statistics of period lengths of continued fractions of eigenvalues of integer matrices of order 2", Funct. Anal. Other Math. 2 (2007) (to appear).
  177. .... PAH. Cep. .... 72:1 (2008), 3–38; English transl., "Statistics of the periods of continued fractions for quadratic irrationals", Izv. Math. 72:1 (2008) (to appear). cf. MR2394969
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 10

From Reviews: 0

MR2373750 (2008m:11155) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Continued fractions of square roots of rational numbers and their statistics. (Russian. Russian summary)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 62 (2007), no. 5(377), 3–14; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 62 (2007), no. 5, 843–855
11K50 (11A55)
The author reports on the statistics following from his experiments with continued fraction expansion of quadratic irrationals of the form u/v, u,v positive integers, or of the roots of quadratic equations x2+px+q=0, p,q integers. For instance, the length of their periods, or sum of their partial quotients in the period, is predominantly even. He also discusses results of V. A. Bykovskiĭ and his collaborators proving the so-called Arnolʹd conjecture from 1993 on the compatibility of the above experiments' outputs with the Gauss-Kuzmin distribution. (The author also says that his conjecture [Bull. Braz. Math. Soc. (N.S.) 34 (2003), no. 1, 1–42; MR1991436] that the continued fraction expansion of the above two types of quadratic surds is palindromic was recently proved.)
Reviewed by Štefan Porubský

    References
  1. ... PAH ... 08, ... 2002. [M. O. Avdeeva and V. A. Bykovskii [Bykovsky], Solution of Arnold's problem about Gauss-Kuz'min statistics, Preprint no. 08 of the Far East Branch of the Russian Acad. Sci., Dal'nauka, Vladivostok 2002.]
  2. .... 38:2 (2004), 1–11; English transl., M. O. Avdeeva, "On the statistics of partial quotients of finite continued fractions", Funct. Anal. Appl. 38:2 (2004), 79–87. MR2086623
  3. ... 2000; English transl., V. I. Arnold, Arnold's problems, Springer-Verlag, Berlin 2004. MR2078115
  4. ... 2003–2004, ... 2005. [V. I. Arnol'd [Arnold], Problems of the 2003–2004 seminar, Moscow Center of Continuous Math. Education, Moscow 2005.] MR2078115
  5. V. I. Arnold, "Arithmetics of binary quadratic forms, symmetry of their continued fractions and geometry of their de Sitter world", Bull. Braz. Math. Soc. (N. S.) 34:1 (2003), 1–42. MR1991436
  6. ... 2001. [V. I. Arnol'd [Arnold], Continued fractions, Moscow Center of Continuous Math. Education, Moscow 2001.]
  7. H. Tsuchihashi, "Higher-dimensional analogues of periodic continued fractions and cusp singularities", Tohôku Math. J. (2) 35:4 (1983), 607–639. MR0721966
  8. O. N. Karpenkov, On examples of two-dimensional periodic continued fractions, Preprint ... 2004–30, Université Paris-Dauphine 2004; http://www.ceremade.dauphine.fr/preprints/CMD/2004–30.pdf; arXiv:math/0411054.
  9. ..., Tp. ..., 209, 1995, 143–166; English transl., E. I. Korkina, "Two-dimensional continued fractions. The simplest examples", Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 209 (1995), 124–144. MR1422222
  10. E. I. Korkina, "La périodicité des fractions continues multidimensionnelles", C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Ser. I Math. 319:8 (1994), 777–780. MR1300940
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 24

From Reviews: 0

MR2368960 (2008k:58085) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Topological classification of Morse functions and generalisations of Hilbert's 16-th problem. (English summary)
Math. Phys. Anal. Geom. 10 (2007), no. 3, 227–236.
58K15 (57R70)
The author gives an overview of some of his recent classification results on the number of topological equivalence classes of Morse functions.
   The graph of a Morse function f:M2R on a surface is the topological space whose points are connected components of the level sets of f. One may fix the critical values to be integers 1,2,,n and consider such graphs whose vertices, corresponding to the critical points of f, are labeled by these integers. The vertices adjacent to a triple point cannot be all three higher or all three lower than the triple point, and the ordering of vertices satisfying this restriction is called regular. For M=S2 such a regularly ordered graph is the only topological invariant of f up to a diffeomorphism and all regularly ordered graphs are realizable. The author has previously proved that if T is the number of triple points in such graphs then the number ϕ(T) of regularly ordered graphs satisfies aTT<ϕ(T)<bT2T for some a,b>0. L. I. Nicolaescu proved Arnold's conjecture that the upper bound is close to the asymptotic value [see Funct. Anal. Other Math. 1 (2006), no. 1, 85–91; MR2381964].
   The author also discusses some of his recent results on the number of equivalence classes of Morse functions on a circle S1 and on a torus T2 for a small number of critical points and on how many of them are realizable by trigonometric polynomials.
Reviewed by Vladimir V. Tchernov

    References
  1. Arnold, V.I.: Smooth functions statistics. Funct. Anal. Other Math. 1(2), 125–133 (2006) (ICTP Preprint IC2006/012, 1–9 (2006)) cf. MR2385493
  2. Arnold, V.I.: Topological classifications of trigonometric polynomials, related to affine Coxeter group A~2. ICTP Preprint IC2006/039, 1–15 (2006) cf. MR2400519
  3. Arnold, V.I.: Dynamical systems: modeling, optimization, and control. Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. Suppl. 1, 13–23 (2006)
  4. Arnold, V.I.: Snake calculus and the combinatorics of the Bernoulli, Euler and Springer numbers. Russian Math. Surveys 47(1), 1–51 (1992) MR1171862
  5. Arnold, V.I.: Topological classification of real trigonometric polynomials and cyclic serpents polyhedron. The Arnold-Gelfand Seminars, pp. 101–106. Boston, Birkhäuser (1996) MR1429887
  6. Nicolaescu, L.I.: Morse functions statistics. Funct. Anal. Other Math. 1(1), 97–103 (2006) (Counting Morse functions on the 2-sphere, Preprint math.GT/0512496) cf. MR2381964
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2358758 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; et al.;
Yuriĭ Alekseevich Mitropolʹskiĭ (on the occasion of his ninetieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 62 (2007), no. 4(376), 179–185; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 62 (2007), no. 4, 829–835
01A70

    References
  1. ... 1955 (...); ..., 3, ... 2005; English transl., Asymptotic methods in the theory of non-linear oscillations, Hindustan Publ. Corp., Delhi; Gordon and Breach, New York 1961 (with N. N. Bogolyubov) MR0141845
  2. ... 1955. [Nonstationary processes in non-linear oscillatory systems, Izdat. Akad. Nauk Ukrain. SSR, Kiev 1955] MR0075368
  3. ... 1961 (...). [Investigation of oscillations in systems with distributed parameters. Asymptotic methods, Publ. Kiev Univ., Kiev 1961 (with B. I. Moseenkov)] MR0160681
  4. Nonstationary processes in non-linear oscillatory systems, Air Technical Intelligence Translation ATIC-270579 F-9085/V, 1961
  5. "The method of integral manifolds in nonlinear mechanics", Contributions to Differential Equations, vol. 2, Wiley, New York 1963, pp. 123–196 (with N. N. Bogolyubov) MR0149036
  6. ... 1964; English transl., Problems of the asymptotic theory of nonstationary vibrations, Israel Program Sci. Transl., Jerusalem 1965 MR0390373
  7. ... 1966. [Lectures on the method of averaging in non-linear mechanics, Naukova dumka, Kiev 1966] MR0218656
  8. The monofrequency method in the dynamic analysis of structures, Special Research Report, Consultants Bureau, New York 1967 (with B. I. Moseenkov)
  9. ... 1968 (...). [Lectures on the method of integral manifolds, Inst. Mat. Akad. Nauk Ukrain. SSR, Kiev 1968 (with O. B. Lykova)] MR0248403
  10. ... 1968 (...). [Lectures on the application of asymptotic methods to the solution of partial differential equations, Inst. Mat. Akad. Nauk Ukrain. SSR, Kiev 1968 (with B. I. Moseenkov)] MR0235259
  11. ... 1969 (...). [Lectures on the theory of oscillations of systems with lag, Inst. Mat. Akad. Nauk Ukrain. SSR, Kiev 1969 (with D. Martynjuk)] MR0265720
  12. ... 1969 (...); English transl., Methods of accelerated convergence in nonlinear mechanics, Hindustan Publ. Corp., Delhi; Springer, Berlin–New York 1976 (with N. N. Bogolyubov and A. M. Samoilenko) MR0407380
  13. ... 1971. [The method of averaging in non-linear mechanics, Naukova dumka, Kiev 1971] MR0664945
  14. ... 1973 (...). [Integral manifolds in non-linear mechanics, Nauka, Moscow 1973 (with O. B. Lykova)] MR0364771
  15. "Certains aspects des progrès de la méthode de centrage", Nonlinear mechanics (Bressanone, 1972), Edizione Gremonese, Roma 1973, pp. 171–313
  16. ... 1979 (...). [Periodic and quasi-periodic oscillations of systems with lag, Vishcha shkola, Kiev 1979 (with D. I. Martynjuk)] MR0545906
  17. ... 1981 (...). [Computer analysis of non-linear resonant circuits, Naukova dumka, Kiev 1981 (with A. A. Molchanov)] MR0800414
  18. ... 1983 (...). [Mathematical justification of asymptotic methods of non-linear mechanics, Naukova dumka, Kiev 1983 (with G. P. Khoma)] MR0730029
  19. ... 1984 (...); English transl., Systems of evolution equations with periodic and quasiperiodic coefficients, Math. Appl. (Soviet Ser.), vol. 87, Kluwer, Dordrecht 1993 (with A. M. Samoilenko and D. I. Martynyuk) MR1233389
  20. ... 1987 (...). [Integrable dynamical systems: spectral and differential-geometric aspects, Naukova dumka, Kiev 1987 (with N. N. Bogolyubov (Jr.), A. K. Prikarpatskii, and V. G. Samoilenko)] MR0893815
  21. ... 1988 (...); English transl., Nonlinear mechanics, groups and symmetry, Math. Appl., vol. 319, Kluwer, Dordrecht 1995 (with A. K. Lopatin) MR1335919
  22. ... 1990 (...); English transl., Dichotomies and stability in nonautonomous linear systems, Stability Control Theory Methods Appl., vol. 14, Taylor and Francis, London 2003 (with A. M. Samoilenko and V. L. Kulik) MR1964741
  23. ... 1991 (...); English transl., Asymptotic methods for investigating quasiwave equations of hyperbolic type, Math. Appl., vol. 402, Kluwer, Dordrecht 1997 (with G. Khoma and M. Gromyak) MR1468231
  24. ... 1992 (...). [The averaging method in investigations of resonance systems, Nauka, Moscow 1992 (with E. A. Grebenikov)] MR0860946
  25. ... 1992 (...). [Non-linear oscillations in quasi-linear dynamical systems of arbitrary order, Naukova dumka, Kiev 1992 (with Nguyen Van Dao and Nguyen Dong Anh)]
  26. Applied asymptotic methods in nonlinear oscillations, Nat. Center Natural Sci. Technol., Hanoi 1994 (with Nguyen Van Dao); Solid Mech. Appl., vol. 55, Kluwer, Dordrecht 1997 MR1367109
  27. ... 1995. [Non-linear mechanics. Asymptotic methods, Inst. Mat. Nat. Akad. Nauk Ukrainy, Kiev 1995] MR1369775
  28. ... 1997. [Non-linear mechanics. Monofrequency oscillation, Inst. Mat. Nat. Akad. Nauk Ukrainy, Kiev 1997]
  29. ... 1999 (...). [Introduction to resonance analytic dynamics, Yanus-K, Moscow 1999 (with E. A. Grebenikov and Yu. A. Ryabov)] MR1719285
  30. Lectures on asymptotic methods of nonlinear dynamics, Vietnam Nat. Univ. Publ. House, Hanoi 2003 (with Nguyen Van Dao)
  31. ... 2005. [Methods of non-linear mechanics. A first textbook, Naukova dumka, Kiev 2005]
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 6

From Reviews: 0

Citations

From References: 8

From Reviews: 0

MR2343150 Indexed
Gusein-Zade, S.; et al.;
Vladimir Igorevich Arnold.
Mosc. Math. J. 7 (2007), no. 3, 571.
01A70
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link

Citations

From References: 11

From Reviews: 0

MR2337877 (2008f:11035) Reviewed
Arnold, V. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Arithmetical turbulence of selfsimilar fluctuations statistics of large Frobenius numbers of additive semigroups of integers. (English, Russian summary)
Mosc. Math. J. 7 (2007), no. 2, 173–193, 349.
11D04
The article under review is concerned with the study of the growth rate of the arithmetical mean value of the Frobenius number N(a1,,an) of n relatively prime natural numbers a1,,an. The Frobenius number is defined to be the minimal integer, such that itself, and all the greater integers, are representable as linear combinations of
l=i=1nxiai,
where xi are nonnegative integer coefficients. J. J. Sylvester [Educ. Times 41 (1884), 21; see JFM 16.0159.04] established the formula
N(a1,a2)=(a11)(a21),
but no formula is known for n>2. Let σ=ni=1ai. In [Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 33 (1999), no. 4, 65–66; MR1746430], the present author established that the growth rate of the Frobenius number is at least σ1+1/(n1), and at most σ2. Moreover, Arnold conjectured that the growth rate of the means (averaging N(a1,,an) along all the directions of the vector (a1,,an)) is asymptotic to Cσ1+1/(n1). The formulation of the conjecture was based on physical arguments.
   The paper under review provides computational evidence in favour of Arnold's conjecture. The paper consists of five sections. The second section is titled "Values of Frobenius numbers N(a,b,c) for semigroups with 3 generators'', and is concerned with numerical evidence in favour of the case n=3. For example, the 4560 Frobenius numbers N(a1,a2,a3) for which
a1+a2+a3=97
are tabulated over four pages. The second section concludes that the statistical contribution of the resonances (like a1=a2) to the global mean value provide only a small increment of this mean value. The third section is titled "Dependence of the mean value N^(σ) of the Frobenius numbers N(a,b,c) on the value of σ along the scale σ simplex a+b+c=σ'', and the numerical experiments lead Arnold to conclude that the behaviour of the mean value for larger values of σ is defined by the contributions of the nonresonant directions. The fourth section is titled "Selfsimilarity verification of the masses distribution of the Frobenius numbers along the simplex of the argument vectors directions'', and is concerned with providing numerical evidence in favour of the self-similarity differential equality
dN=f(σ)ρ(σ)dα,
where dN represents the sum of the Frobenius numbers for the vectors σα belonging to the increment of α part of the (n1)-dimensional simplex of the directions. The fifth and last section is titled "The unusually high fluctuations of the Frobenius numbers: are they abandon events or pathological exceptions?'', and concludes that disregarding the pathologically high values of the fluctuations would lead to Arnold's conjecture.
Reviewed by Robert Juricevic

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, Weak asymptotics of the numbers of solutions of Diophantine equations, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 33 (1999), no. 4, 65–66 (Russian). MR 1746430. English translation: Funct. Anal. Appl. 33 (1999), no. 4, 292–293 (2000). MR1746430
  2. V. I. Arnold, Geometry of Frobenius numbers for additive semigroups, Experimental discoveries of mathematical facts, MCCME, 2006 (Russian). Dubna 2005 lectures for schoolchildrens. English translation: Mathematical Physics, Analysis and Geometry 9 (2006), no. 2, 95–108. MR2283037
  3. S. M. Johnson, A linear diophantine problem, Canad. J. Math. 12 (1960), 390–398. MR 0121335 MR0121335
  4. Ö. J. Rödseth, On a linear Diophantine problem of Frobenius, J. Reine Angew. Math. 301 (1978), 171–178. MR 0557016 MR0557016
  5. E. S. Selmer and Ö. Beyer, On the linear Diophantine problem of Frobenius in three variables, J. Reine Angew. Math. 301 (1978), 161–170. MR 0557015 MR0557015
  6. J. J. Sylvester, Mathematical questions with their solutions, Educational Times 41 (1884), 21. MR1003160
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR2337876 Indexed
Arnold, V.; et al.;
Askold Georgievich Khovanskii.
Mosc. Math. J. 7 (2007), no. 2, 169–171.
01A70
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
MR2269569 Indexed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Yesterday and long ago.
Translated from the 2006 Russian original by Leonora P. Kotova and Owen L. deLange. Springer-Verlag, Berlin; PHASIS, Moscow, 2007. xiv+229 pp. ISBN: 978-3-540-28734-6; 3-540-28734-5
01A05 (01A70)
MR2385493 (2009c:26027) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Smooth functions statistics. (English summary)
Funct. Anal. Other Math. 1 (2006), no. 2, 111–118.
26B99 (05C05)
The topological structure of a real smooth function can be described by a graph whose points are the connected components of the level hypersurface of the function. For a Morse function f:SnR, n>1, this graph is a tree. Let ϕ(T) be the number of different such graphs with T triple vertices. In this paper, the author uses the ergodic theory of random graphs to study the growth rate of the function ϕ(T) and obtain upper and lower bounds on ϕ(T).
Reviewed by Victoria Powers

    References
  1. Arnold VI (2006) Statiska i klassifikatsiya topologii periodicheskykh funktsii i trigonometricheskykh mnogochlenov (Statistics and classification of the topology of periodic functions and of trigonometric polynomials). Trudy Inst Mat Mekh UrO RAN 12(1):15–24 MR2246984
  2. Arnold VI (2007) Topological classification of trigonometric polynomials related to the affine Coxeter group A2 Proc Steklov Inst Math 258:3–12 MR2400519
  3. Nicolaescu LI (2005) Counting Morse functions on the 2-sphere. arXiv.org/math/0512496v2 [math.GT]. Cited 25 Dec 2005 cf. MR2457520
  4. Nicolaescu LI (2006) Morse functions statistics. Funct Anal Other Math 1(1):85–91 MR2381964
  5. Arnold VI (2006) Experimental'noe nablyudenie matematicheskikh faktov (Experimental discovery of mathematical facts). Moscow Center for Continuous Mathematical Education, Moscow
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.
MR2381959 (2009d:11031) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Complexity of finite sequences of zeros and ones and geometry of finite spaces of functions. (English summary)
Funct. Anal. Other Math. 1 (2006), no. 1, 1–15.
11B50 (05C99)
The author of the paper under review is concerned with the study of measuring the complexity of a function x=(x1,,xn), xjZ2 (regarding xj as a function of the argument j), in an n-dimensional vector space M over the field Z2. The main idea is to study the linear operator
A:MM,y=Ax,yj=xj+1xj,xn+1=x1.
The author notes that A is described by a directed graph with 2n vertices xM, where exactly one edge starts from each vertex x, and leads to Ax.
   The main results are presented in three theorems, the first of which establishes that each connected component of the graph of any map of a finite set into itself contains a cycle, and it contains only one cycle.
   Theorem 2 states that the graph of the operator A on the ring of "polynomials'' of period n=2k(2a+1) is the rooted binary tree with 2k stores. The component of the graph of the increment operator
A:Zn2Z2
containing the vertex x=0 is therefore the binary rooted tree (O1T22k), where "polynomial'' means the reduction modulo 2 of a monic polynomial with rational coefficients whose values at integer points reduced modulo 2 form a periodic sequence of elements of Z2, and the product symbol (OmT) denotes the m vertex cycle Om, framed by a forest of m rooted trees T directed to the roots belonging to the cycle Om so that in particular the graph (OmT2n) has m2n vertices.
   Theorem 3 states that the attracted tree of each point of each cycle of the graph of the increment operator A:Zn2Zn2 is isomorphic to the tree attracted by the point x=0 (i.e. to the binary tree T22n of the component ker(A)(O1T22n) in Theorem 2).
   The author remarks that these results belong to the theory of Jordan forms of a linear operator A in a finite vector space. Finally, the author shows for n=p1, p prime, that the special logarithmic function lZn2, of period n, defined for k=1,,n by the rule
lk={0,1,if k is a quadratic residue modulo p,otherwise,
attains the maximal or almost maximal complexity possible for the period n binary functions.
   The main ingredients in the proof of Theorem 2 are a reformulation of Theorem 2 as a description of the kernels of the iterations of operator A, the notion that the solution x of the difference equations Ax=w is given by the "integration'' xj+1=xj+wj, induction, the fact that the iterated integrals are the reductions modulo 2 of the inclined columns of Pascal's triangle with the defining relation Cji+1=Cji+Cj1i, and that the minimum period of the function Cji modulo 2 of the argument i is 2k for 2k1j<2k.
   The main ingredient in the proof of Theorem 3 is the fact that for any linear operator L:VW, the solutions of the inhomogeneous equations form an affine subspace parallel to the kernel of the operator.
   Finally, we remark that the disproof of "the classical Chinese conjecture claiming that 2n2 is divisible by n only for prime values of n'' stated by the author on page 11 is a classical result in number theory.
Reviewed by Robert Juricevic

    References
  1. Arnold VI (2003) Topology and statistics of formulae of arithmetics. Russ Math Surv 58(4):637–664 MR2042261
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

Citations

From References: 16

From Reviews: 0

MR2283037 (2007k:11042) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Geometry and growth rate of Frobenius numbers of additive semigroups. (English summary)
Math. Phys. Anal. Geom. 9 (2006), no. 2, 95–108.
11D45 (11N37)
Let a=(a1,,an), where a1,,an are positive integers such that gcd(a1,,an)=1. The Frobenius number N(a) is the smallest integer such that every integer lN(a) is representable in the form
l=i=1nxiai,
with integer coefficients xi0, 1in.
   J. J. Sylvester ["Mathematical questions with their solutions'', Educ. Times 41 (1884), p. 21; per bibl.] showed for a=(a1,a2), that
N(a)=(a11)(a21).
An explicit formula for N(a), for n>2, and the asymptotic behaviour of N(a), for large vectors a, is unknown.
   Let α=(α1,,αn) denote the direction of the vector a, and let
c(α)=i=1nαi(j=1nα2j)2α2i.
The author of the paper under review shows that
N(a)1+c(α)n12(i=1nai)2,
and
N(a)(n1)!2i=1nain12i=1nai+1.

   The author establishes the lower bound by proving Theorem 1, which relates the number of integer points in a closed simplex S(l) to the volume of the simplex. On the other hand, the author establishes the upper bound by proving three lemmas, the first of which gives a formula for the (n1)-dimensional volume f(l) of the (n1)-dimensional face F(l) of the simplex S(l), the second of which gives a formula for the radius r of the inscribed ball of F(l), and the third of which gives a formula for the Euclidean volume of the particular fundamental parallelepiped Δn1 of interest.
   In the last section, the author shows for a=(a1,a2,a1+a2), gcd(a1,b1)=1, and a21+b22(82/9)a1a2, that
N(a)>9400(a1+a2)2,
and presents the triangles of the Frobenius numbers for a1+a2+a3=σ, σ=7,19,41. The author remarks that it would be interesting to study the local averaging at almost constant directions of the ratio
N((a1,a2,a3))/a1a2a3,
as it oscillates from 1.1 to 2.6 at the neighboring triples (7,15,19) and (a1,a2,a3)=(7,14,20) with σ=41.
Reviewed by Robert Juricevic

    References
  1. Sylvester, J. J.: Mathematical questions with their solutions, Education Times 41 (1884), 21.
  2. Arnold, V. I.: Weak asymptotics for the numbers of solution of diophantine problems. Funct. Anal. Appl. 33(4) (1999), 292–293. MR1746430
  3. Arnold, V. I., et al.: Arnold's Problems. Springer and Phasis, 2005, Problems 1999–8, 1999–9, and 1999–10, pp. 129–130 and 614–616. MR2078115
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 6

From Reviews: 0

MR2276097 (2007k:20025) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Statistics of the symmetric group representations as a natural science question on asymptotics of Young diagrams. (English summary) Representation theory, dynamical systems, and asymptotic combinatorics, 1–7,
Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2, 217, Adv. Math. Sci., 58, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 2006.
20C30 (05E10)
This article contains a review of results and a philosophical discussion on the asymptotics of Young diagrams.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR2286117.} Reviewed by Andrew Mathas
MR2269239 (2008a:70001) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Kozlov, Valery V. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Neishtadt, Anatoly I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Mathematical aspects of classical and celestial mechanics.
[Dynamical systems. III]. Translated from the Russian original by E. Khukhro. Third edition. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, 3. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2006. xiv+518 pp. ISBN: 978-3-540-28246-4; 3-540-28246-7
70-02 (37Jxx 70-01 70H03 70H05)

Related

Khukhro, E.

This book is the third English edition of an already classical piece devoted to classical mechanics as a whole, in its traditional and contemporary aspects, written by well-known experts in the field. It was translated on the basis of the original 2nd Russian edition [Editorial URSS, 2002; per bibl.] by a different translator than the first edition. The book is significantly expanded with respect to its previous editions [Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985; MR0833508; English translation, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 3, Springer, Berlin, 1988; MR0923953; second English edition, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 3, Springer, Berlin, 1993; MR1292465; MR1292466; third English edition, Springer, Berlin, 1997; MR1656199], enriching further its already important contribution of acquainting mathematicians, physicists and engineers with the subject. It is focused on describing the fundamental principles, problems and methods of classical mechanics mainly from its mathematical side and its working apparatus, rather than the physical and applied aspects.
   Chapters cover fundamental principles, the n-body problem, symmetry groups of mechanical systems and the corresponding conservation laws, integrability of the equations of motion, perturbation theory and small oscillations. New chapters on variational principles and tensor invariants were added, making the book more self-contained.
   The main additions to this edition are: Chapter 4 on variational principles and methods; Chapter 9 on the tensor invariants of equations of dynamics; Section 2.7 on dynamics of spaces of constant curvature; Subsections 6.1.10 and 6.4.7 on separatrix crossings; Subsections 6.3.5 on diffusion without exponentially small effects and 6.3.7 on KAM theory for lower-dimensional tori; Subsection 6.4.3 on adiabatic phases; Subsection 7.6.3 on topological obstructions to integrability in the multidimensional case; Subsection 7.6.4 on ergodic properties of dynamical systems with multivalued Hamiltonian; Subsection 8.5.3 on the effect of gyroscopic forces on stability.
   The following subsections have been substantially expanded: Subsection 6.1.7 on the effect of an isolated resonance; Subsection 6.3.2 on invariant tori of perturbed Hamiltonian systems; Subsection 6.3.4 on diffusion of slow variables; Subsection 7.2.1 on splitting conditions of asymptotic surfaces.
   This edition was greatly helped by S. V. Bolotin, M. B. Sevryuk and D. V. Treshchev, who wrote or collaborated on some of the subsections.
   This text does not claim to be complete, nor to be a textbook on theoretical mechanics, since there are practically no detailed proofs. Its purpose is to serve as a detailed guide on the subject, referring for the necessary proofs and more detailed information to the bibliography at the end of the volume.
Reviewed by Ernesto A. Lacomba

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR2265946 (2007k:05218) Reviewed
Arnold, V. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Statistics of Young diagrams of cycles of dynamical systems for finite tori automorphisms. (English, Russian summary)
Mosc. Math. J. 6 (2006), no. 1, 43–56, 221.
05E10 (37B99)
A permutation of N objects can be represented as a directed graph consisting of, say, y cycles of lengths x1x2xy. This defines an integer partition of N, namely N=x1++xy.
   The present paper considers the parameters x1, y and λ=N/(x1y). The author compares the average values of such parameters for large N with those relative to a specific class of permutations: the Fibonacci automorphism of the finite 2-dimensional torus Zm×Zm, mapping the point (u,v) to (2u+v,u+v)(modm). The proposed claim is that the latter behaves very differently from a random permutation on m2 points.
   No general mathematical proof is given. Most of the argument is substantiated by empirical evidence. While some of the observations made are interesting in that they uncover a class of permutations with some interesting combinatorial properties, others are quite puzzling, given the publication date of the paper. In particular several well-known results about random permutations (e.g. that the average value of x is linear in N [e.g., L. A. Shepp and S. P. Lloyd, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 121 (1966), 340–357; MR0195117] and that of y is logarithmic in the same parameter [W. Feller, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 51 (1945), 800–832; MR0013252]) are stated as conjectures.
Reviewed by Michele Zito

    References
  1. I. Percival and F. Vivaldi, Arithmetical properties of strongly chaotic motions, Phys. D 25 (1987), no. 1–3, 105–130. MR 887460 MR0887460
  2. V. I. Arnold, Geometry and dynamics of Galois fields, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 59 (2004), no. 6(360), 23–40 (Russian). MR 2138465. English translation: Russian Math. Surveys 59 (2004), no. 6, 1029–1046 37A45 (11T30). MR2138465
  3. V. I. Arnold, Continued fractions, Mathematical education, vol. 14, MCCME Publ., 2001.
  4. V. I. Arnold, Frequent representations, Mosc. Math. J. 3 (2003), no. 4, 1209–1221. MR 2058796 MR2058796
  5. A. M. Vershik and S. V. Kerov, Asymptotic behavior of the maximum and generic dimensions of irreducible representations of the symmetric group, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 19 (1985), no. 1, 25–36, 96 (Russian). MR 783703. English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 19 (1985), no. 1, 21–31. MR0783703
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR2265944 Indexed
Arnold, V.; et al.;
Victor A. Vassiliev.
Mosc. Math. J. 6 (2006), no. 1, 1–3.
01A70 (00B30)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2261067 Indexed
Publisher's erratum: "On the matricial version of Fermat-Euler congruences'' [Jpn. J. Math. 1 (2006), no. 1, 1–24; MR2261060] by V. I. Arnold.
Jpn. J. Math. 1 (2006), no. 2, 469.
11A07 (05A10 05A17)

Related

Arnold, V. I.

MR2261060 (2007k:11001) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (F-PARIS9-A)
Centre de Recherche de Mathématiques de la Décision (CEREMADE), Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France

On the matricial version of Fermat-Euler congruences. (English summary)
Jpn. J. Math. 1 (2006), no. 1, 1–24.
11A07 (05A10 05A17)
This paper might be considered to be work in progress toward proving the following conjecture, denoted by TA.
   When p,ρ,r,A are integers with p prime and the bk are the parts of a partition of Apρ, then
(pbk)!Π(pbk)!(bk)!Π(bk)!modpr.

   The author proves a few special cases of the conjecture based on his `Main Lemma': When TA and TA1 are true for a triple p,r,ρ, then so also is TA true for that triple.
   The difficulty in proving TA lies then in proving T1. For example, in the case p=2, r=ρ=3, the proof begins with a case by case analysis starting with the 30 partitions of 9. As the author observes, the results are based on numerical facts, and he knows of no general arguments for the truth of T1.
   {For additional information pertaining to this item see [Jpn. J. Math. 1 (2006), no. 2, 469; MR2261067].}
Reviewed by Joe Roberts

    References
  1. F. Aicardi, Empirical estimates of the average orders of orbits period lengths in Euler groups, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Sér. I, 339 (2004), 15–20. MR2075226
  2. V. I. Arnold, Matrix Fermat theorem, finite circles and finite Lobachevsky plane, Funct. Anal. Appl., 38 (2004), 1–15. MR2061787
  3. V. I. Arnold, Fermat dynamics of matrices, finite circles and finite Lobachevsky planes, Cahiers du Ceremade, Univ. Paris-Dauphine No. 0434, 3 juin 2004, 31 pp. MR2061787
  4. A. Girard, Sur des découvertes nouvelles en algèbre, Amsterdam, 1629.
  5. I. Newton, Arithmetica Universalis, Cambridge, 1707, 57–63. MR0049130
  6. T. Schönemann, Theorie der symmetrischen Functionen der Wurzeln einer Gleichnung, J. Reine Angew. Math. (Crelle), 19 (1839), 289–308. MR1578213
  7. T. Schönemann, Theorie der symmetrischen Functionen der Wurzeln einer Gleichnung II, J. Reine Angew. Math. (Crelle), 1846, 288.
  8. C. J. Smith, A coloring proof of a generalization of Fermat's little theorem, Amer. Math. Monthly, 93 (1986), 469–471. MR0843194
  9. T. Szele, Une généralisation de la congruence de Fermat. (French), Mat. Tidsskr. B., 1948, 57–59. MR0028329
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 7

From Reviews: 0

MR2246984 (2007e:58071) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Statistics and classification of topologies of periodic functions and trigonometric polynomials.
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 2006, Dynamical Systems: Modeling, Optimization, and Control, suppl. 1, S13–S23.
58K05 (57R45)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
To a smooth function f:MR one associates the space whose points are connected components of the level spaces of f. If M is a compact manifold and f is a nondegenerate Morse function, then this space is a finite 1-dimensional complex called the graph of f. For M=Sm, m>1, such graphs were studied by Kronrod and Vitushkin.
   The author considers the case where M is a torus T2 and all the critical values of f are distinct. In this case the graph has one cycle and all branch points of the graph are trivalent. For a graph of f:T2R, set T to be the number of branch points, set K to be the number of end points, and set P to be the number of edges. Clearly K=T, P=2T=2K. The vertices of such graphs are enumerated (resp. labeled) by the order of the corresponding critical values and the number at a branch point cannot be less (resp. more) than the values at all the three adjacent vertices.
   The author considers a family of trigonometric polynomials fA,B,C,D=Asinx+Bsiny+Csin(x+y)+Dcos(x+y) that can be viewed as smooth functions on the torus
T2={x(mod2π),y(mod2π)}.
He shows that the maximal number of their critical points is K=T=4. He shows that the total number of labeled graphs with one cycle, T=4 branch points, K=4 end points and P=8 edges is 550, but only 12 of these graphs are realizable by trigonometric polynomials as above. (Here one considers the graphs modulo homeomorphisms preserving the order of the vertices.)
Reviewed by Vladimir V. Tchernov
MR2242407 (2007b:34001) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Ordinary differential equations.
Translated from the Russian by Roger Cooke. Second printing of the 1992 edition. Universitext. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2006. ii+334 pp. ISBN: 978-3-540-34563-3; 3-540-34563-9
34-01 (34Cxx 37-01 37C10)

Related

Cooke, Roger

This book is a reprint of MR1162307.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2239784 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; et al.;
Vladimir Mikhaĭlovich Tikhomirov (on the occasion of his seventieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 61 (2006), no. 1(367), 187–190; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 61 (2006), no. 1, 189–192
01A70

Citations

From References: 10

From Reviews: 0

MR2239771 (2007c:37001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

The underestimated Poincaré. (Russian. Russian summary)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 61 (2006), no. 1(367), 3–24; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 61 (2006), no. 1, 1–18
37-03 (01A60 58-03)

Related

Puankare, A.

The genre of this article is that of the author's book Huygens and Barrow, Newton and Hooke. Pioneers in mathematical analysis and catastrophe theory from evolvents to quasicrystals [original in Russian, "Nauka'', Moscow, 1989; MR1008242; English translation by Eric J. F. Primrose, Birkhäuser, Basel, 1990; MR1078625]: it contains elements of history of mathematics, ruminations on some fundamental problems of mathematics and mathematical physics, historical anecdotes and elements of philosophy of mathematics. It is a pleasure to learn what a great contemporary mathematician thinks about various aspects of Poincaré's legacy; some of the opinions expressed in the article are likely to provoke controversy.
   The author emphasizes that mathematical discoveries are often attributed not to their discoverers but to their successful popularizers. According to Arnolʹd, for Poincaré, mathematics was part of natural sciences, and not an art of formal manipulations with symbols. The author makes a point that mathematical mistakes often prove fruitful: Poincaré's confusion of the first homology with the fundamental group led to an erroneous proof that a homological 3-sphere is homeomorphic to S3. Poincaré himself constructed a counterexample, the famous Poincaré sphere, and the (corrected) Poincaré conjecture became one of the most important mathematical problems, finally proven only recently.
Reviewed by Serge L. Tabachnikov
MR2182777 (2006j:01011) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I.
From Hilbert's superposition problem to dynamical systems. Mathematical events of the twentieth century, 19–47, Springer, Berlin, 2006.
01A60 (01A70 37-03)
The reviewer is an enthusiast of V. I. Arnolʹd's "popular'' texts about mathematics. It is rare that a great mathematician wants to share his or her view of mathematics in simple words. Here we have an article tracing the history of the author's research and showing how apparently unrelated subjects are linked by a kind of mycelium from which theorems pop up like mushrooms.
   In the beginning there were solutions of algebraic equations. As we all know, there are simple algebraic formulas giving the solutions of algebraic equations up to degree 4. They involve algebraic operations and square, cubic or fourth roots. There is no such formula for degree 5 or more, as was shown by Abel (degree 5) and Galois (all degrees). Even if there is no formula for the solutions in these cases, it is known that all algebraic equations of degree 5 can be reduced to the form z5+az+1=0, which means that if we know one particular function z(a) giving the solutions of this equation, we can solve all equations of degree 5. In the case of degree 6, two coefficients remain, i.e., the normal form is z6+az2+bz+1=0, and the function will depend on two variables a and b. The same procedure for degree 7 leaves us with a function of 3 variables, etc.
   One of the famous questions of Hilbert was whether these functions "really exist'' or whether the algebraic function z(a,b,c) can be written as a superposition of functions of two variables. The question in this form is still open, but Arnolʹd succeeded in showing that any continuous function of 3 variables is a superposition of continuous functions of 2 variables. This completed the theory of Kolmogorov, who showed an analogous theorem for continuous functions of 4 and more variables, but couldn't show it for 3 variables. The author explains the idea behind his proof.
   The same question for discontinuous functions is easy. It can also be asked for more regular functions and then leads to the first part of Hilbert's XVIth problem (ovals). Vitushkin, Petrovskiĭ, Oleĭnik, Milnor and Thom studied that. Such problems led Arnolʹd to study the algebraic function z(a1,,an) defined by the equation zn+a1zn1++an=0 and its discriminant surface. This was the beginning of his work in singularity theory. Later Smale used Arnolʹd's computations connected to this problem to obtain a sharp estimate of the complexity for the numerical calculus of roots of polynomials.
   Starting with Hilbert's XIIIth problem and via Hilbert's XVIth problem, the author had come to the theory of characteristic classes of entire algebraic functions and found his famous class invariant under substitutions. He then shifted to dynamical systems in an attempt to do something orthogonal to Kolmogorov's work, but as it turned out later, this was the beginning of the KAM (Kolmogorov, Arnolʹd, Moser) theory.
   The paper is full of anecdotes, typical of the author's style. The reviewer especially liked the one about missile shells, flexible in practice, but not formally proved to be flexible. It is while dealing with these kinds of problems that the author observed how difficult it is to give sense to the word "generic'' in dynamical systems if we want it to mirror real life situations. The topological and probabilistic notions of "big'' sets is not appropriate. For example, a positive measure is always concentrated on the set of functions of some specified smoothness, thus all the functions smoother than that will be neglected, which is unnatural. This observation led the author to the definition of "physical genericity'', involving the set of parameters. When he switched to applications (planetary orbits, hydrodynamics), one of his papers was rejected by a journal for physicists for using the words "theorem'' and "proof'', not to mention "A implies B''!
   The present text is so rich (as usual for this author) that the reviewer can only strongly encourage everyone to read it soon.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR2179060.} Reviewed by Z. Denkowska

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR2179348 (2006f:35196) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

On the topology of the eigenfields. (English summary)
Topol. Methods Nonlinear Anal. 26 (2005), no. 1, 9–16.
35P05 (35J05 35J55 58J50)
Consider a closed connected two-dimensional Riemannian manifold M. The symbol n(λ) stands for the number of the eigenvalues of Δ not exceeding λ. Here the eigenvalues are counted with their multiplicities. Assume that u(x) and v(x) (xM) are two different eigenfunctions of the operator Δ corresponding to the same eigenvalue λ. A connected component of the set G={xM: u(x)v(x)0} is called positive whenever the integral of the inner product of the gradients of u2 and v2 over this component is nonnegative. The main result of the article is as follows.
   Theorem. The number N of the positive connected components of G does not exceed n(2λ).
Reviewed by Sergey G. Pyatkov

    References
  1. R. Courant and D. Hilbert, Methods of Mathematical Physics, vol. 1, Chapter 6. MR0065391
  2. Arnold's Problems, Springer/PHASIS, Heidelberg–Berlin–New York–Moscow, 2004; Problems, vol. 2, 1983, pp. 50; vol. 21, 1985, pp. 57; vol. 10, 2003, pp. 174–175. MR2078115
  3. V. I. Arnold, Problems to the Seminar, 2003–2004, vol. 416, Cahiers du CEREMADE, Universite' Paris–Dauphine, 2004, pp. 22–26.
  4. V. N. Karpushkin, Multiplicities of the singularities of eigenfunctions for the Laplace–Beltrami operator, Funct. Anal. Appl. 29 (1995), 62–64. MR1328541
  5. V. N. Karpushkin,, Topology of zeros eigenfunctions, Funct Anal. Appl. 23 (1989), 218–220. MR1026990
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2166922 Indexed
Arnold, V. I.
The principle of topological economy in algebraic geometry. Surveys in modern mathematics, 13–23,
London Math. Soc. Lecture Note Ser., 321, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 2005.
14-01

{For the collection containing this paper see MR2170447.}

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR2166921 Indexed
Arnold, V. I.
Mysterious mathematical trinities. Surveys in modern mathematics, 1–12,
London Math. Soc. Lecture Note Ser., 321, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 2005.
00-02 (17-02 57-02)

{For the collection containing this paper see MR2170447.}
MR2153464 (2006g:11200) Reviewed
Arnold, V. (F-PARIS9-A)
Centre de Recherche de Mathématiques de la Décision (CEREMADE), Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France

Ergodic and arithmetical properties of geometrical progression's dynamics and of its orbits. (English, Russian summary)
Mosc. Math. J. 5 (2005), no. 1, 5–22.
11N69 (11A07 37A45)
Summary: "The multiplication by a constant (say, by 2) acts on the set of reduced residues of Z/nZ as a dynamical system, whose cycles all have a common period T(n) and whose orbits each consist of T(n) elements, forming a geometrical progression of residues.
   "The paper provides many new facts on the arithmetical properties of these periods and orbits (generalizing Fermat's small theorem, extended by Euler to the case where n is not a prime number).
   "The chaoticity of the orbit is measured by a randomness parameter, comparing the distribution of distances to neighbouring points of the orbit with a similar distribution for T randomly chosen residues (which is binomial).
   "The calculations show some kind of repulsion of neighbours. A similar repulsion is also observed for the prime numbers, providing their distribution's nonrandomness, and for the arithmetical progressions of the residues, whose nonrandomness degree is similar to that of the primes.
   "The paper also contains many conjectures, including that of the infinity of the pairs of prime numbers of the form (q,2q+1), like (3,7), (11,23), (23,47), and a conjecture on the structure of some ideals in the multiplicative semigroup of odd integers.''

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, Weak asymptotics of the numbers of solutions of Diophantine equations, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 33 (1999), no. 4, 65–66 (Russian). MR 1746430. English translation: Funct. Anal. Appl. 33 (1999), no. 4, 292–293 (2000). MR1746430
  2. V. I. Arnold, The Fermat-Euler dynamical system and the statistics of the arithmetic of geometric progressions, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 37 (2003), no. 1, 1–18, 95 (Russian). MR 1988005. English translation: Funct. Anal. Appl. 37 (2003), no. 1, 1–15. MR1988005
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.
MR2126128 (2006g:11199) Reviewed
Arnold, V. (F-PARIS9-A)
Centre de Recherche de Mathématiques de la Décision (CEREMADE), Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France

Number-theoretical turbulence in Fermat-Euler arithmetics and large Young diagrams geometry statistics. (English summary)
J. Math. Fluid Mech. 7 (2005), suppl. 1, S4–S50.
11N69 (05E10 11A07 37A45 37B99)
Summary: "Many stochastic phenomena in deterministic mathematics had been discovered recently by experiment, imitating Kolmogorov's semi-empirical methods of discovery of the turbulence laws.
   "From the deductive mathematics point of view most of these results are not theorems, being only descriptions of several millions of particular observations. However, I hope that they are even more important than the formal deductions from the formal axioms, providing new points of view on difficult problems where no other approaches are that efficient.
   "I shall describe below two such examples: the Fermat-Euler statistics of the residues (modulo an integer number) of geometric progressions and the Young diagrams statistics describing the integer number partitions into integer summands and the symmetric groups representations.''

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, Topology and statistics of arithmetic and algebraic formulae, Russian Math. Surveys 58 (2003), 3–28 (352), 637–664. MR2042261
  2. V. I. Arnold, Fermat-Euler dynamical systems and the statistics of arithmetics of geometric progessions, Funct. Anal. Appl. 37 (2003), 1–15. MR1988005
  3. V. I. Arnold, Matrix Fermat theorem, finite circles and finite Lobachevsky plane, Funct. Anal. Appl. 38 (2004), 20 pp. MR2061787
  4. V. I. Arnold, Ergodic arithmetical properties of geometric progressions dynamics, Moscow Math. J. N. 4 (2004).
  5. V. I. Arnold, Fermat Dynamics of Matrices, Finite Circles and Finite Lobachevsky Planes, Cahiers du CEREMADE N. 0434, Université Paris-Dauphine, 2004, 32 pp. MR2061787
  6. V. I. Arnold, Continued Fractions, Moscow Centre for Continuous Math. Education Press, Moscow, 2001, 40 pp. (in Russian).
  7. V. I. Arnold, Problems to the seminar, 2003–2004, Cahiers de CEREMADE N. 0416, Université Paris-Dauphine, 2004, 38 pp.
  8. A. M. Vershik and S. V. Kerov, Asymptotics of maximal and typical dimensions of irreducible representations of a symmetric group, Funct. Anal. Appl. 19 (1985) (1), 21–31. MR0783703
  9. A. M. Vershik (Editor), Asymptotic Combinatorics with Applications to Mathematical Physics (St. Petersburg, 2001) Lecture Notes in Math. 1815, Springer, Berlin, 2003. MR2009839
  10. V. I. Arnold, Frequent representations Moscow Math. J. 3 (2003) (4), 14 pp. MR2058796
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.
MR2125401 (2005k:53142) Reviewed
Arnold, V. (F-PARIS9-A)
Centre de Recherche de Mathématiques de la Décision (CEREMADE), Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France

Lobachevsky triangle altitudes theorem as the Jacobi identity in the Lie algebra of quadratic forms on symplectic plane. (English summary)
J. Geom. Phys. 53 (2005), no. 4, 421–427.
53D05 (11E10 17B99)
This brief elegant paper gives a surprising interpretation to a fact of elementary hyperbolic geometry that the altitudes of a triangle intersect at a point as the Jacobi identity in the Poisson algebra of quadratic functions in the symplectic plane.
   One considers the projective (Beltrami-Klein) model of the hyperbolic plane as the interior of the unit disc in the projective plane. The exterior of the disc is given a de Sitter metric (both metrics are induced by the Minkowski metric in 3-dimensional space, the former by restricting to one sheet of the hyperboloid of two sheets, and the latter to the hyperboloid of one sheet, and then centrally projecting to the plane). One has duality between points/lines in the hyperbolic plane, and lines/points in the de Sitter one. For example, given a de Sitter point, construct the tangent lines from it to the unit circle and connect the tangency points to obtain the dual line in the hyperbolic plane.
   Consider the symplectic (p,q)-plane and interpret the space of quadratic functions ap2+2bpq+cq2 as the Minkowski space with coordinates a,b,c and the metric given by the determinant of a quadratic form. Then points of the hyperbolic plane are interpreted as positive-definite quadratic forms and de Sitter points as negative-definite ones (both up to a nonzero multiplier). Denote by x(Q) the point (inside or outside the unit circle) corresponding to a quadratic form Q.
   The Poisson bracket of two quadratic forms is again a quadratic form. In these terms, the incidence relations between points and lines read:
   (1) if Q1 and Q2 are positive-definite then {Q1,Q2} is negative-definite; the de Sitter point x({Q1,Q2}) is dual to the line through x(Q1) and x(Q2);
   (2) if Q1 and Q2 are negative-definite then {Q1,Q2} is positive-definite; x({Q1,Q2}) is the intersection point of the lines dual to x(Q1) and x(Q2);
   (3) if Q1 is positive- and Q2 is negative-definite then {Q1,Q2} is negative-definite; the line dual to x({Q1,Q2}) is the perpendicular from x(Q1) to the line dual to x(Q2).
   Finally, the concurrence of the three altitudes of a triangle in the hyperbolic plane is equivalent to the Jacobi identity in this Lie algebra of quadratic forms.
Reviewed by Serge L. Tabachnikov

    References
  1. V.I. Arnold, Arithmetics of binary quadratic forms, symmetry of their continued fractions and geometry of their de Sitter world, Bull. Braz. Math. Soc. New Ser. 34 (1) (2003) 1–42. MR1991436
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.
MR2138465 (2006b:37013) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Geometry and dynamics of Galois fields. (Russian. Russian summary)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 59 (2004), no. 6(360), 23–40; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 59 (2004), no. 6, 1029–1046
37A45 (11T30)
Given any finite field, there is an associated table of integers reflecting both the multiplicative and additive structure of the field. This paper discusses the observation that the indices arising in such a table look `random' for large fields. Three precise conjectures are formulated concerning this perceived randomness. Conjectures relating finite arithmetic to random behaviour seem to be potentially very deep (the heuristic arguments that suggest there are infinitely many Mersenne primes, for example, are in a similar spirit), so it would be optimistic to expect these thought-provoking ideas to rapidly lead to proofs. Recent work of J. A. G. Roberts and F. Vivaldi [Phys. Rev. Lett. 90 (2003), no. 3, 034102, 4 pp.; MR2017601] aimed at detecting integrability via maps on finite fields may provide another way to test some of these ideas.
Reviewed by Thomas Ward

    References
  1. V. I. Arnol'd, "Fermat dynamics of matrices, finite circles and finite Lobachevsky planes", Cahiers du CEREMADE, no. 0434, Université Paris-Dauphine, Paris 3 juin 2004. MR2061787
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR2116538 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Birman, M. Sh.; Vershik, A. M.; et al.;
Olʹga Aleksandrovna Ladyzhenskaya. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 59 (2004), no. 3(357), 151–152; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 59 (2004), no. 3, 553–555
01A70

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR2110624 (2006b:12005) Reviewed
Alekseev, V. B. (RS-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow State University119992 Moscow, Russia

Abel's theorem in problems and solutions.
Based on the lectures of Professor V. I. Arnold. With a preface and an appendix by Arnold and an appendix by A. Khovanskii. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 2004. xiv+269 pp. ISBN: 1-4020-2186-0
12F10 (30F20)
The book under review is based on lectures of V. I. Arnold in Moscow in the years 1963–1964. It contains a topological proof of the well-known theorem of Abel on the nonsolvability of the general equation of degree 5 or higher by radicals.
   The book starts with the standard definitions and results in group theory, all on a student's level. Chapter 2 begins with the definition of the field of complex numbers and studies curves over C. After introducing Riemann surfaces for certain functions, the author defines the associated monodromy groups. Abel's theorem then follows.
   This book is not written like textbooks for students are usually written. The first part contains a lot of definitions and theorems or results but virtually no proofs. Instead one finds 352 problems. Chapter 3 contains solutions and hints to all these problems.
Reviewed by Martin Epkenhans
MR2108521 (2006a:11001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

The matrix Euler-Fermat theorem. (Russian. Russian summary)
Izv. Ross. Akad. Nauk Ser. Mat. 68 (2004), no. 6, 61–70; translation in
Izv. Math. 68 (2004), no. 6, 1119–1128
11A07 (11B50 11C20)
This is a continuation of the paper [Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 38 (2004), no. 1, 1–15, 95; MR2061787] of the author, where an analog of Fermat's Little Theorem (apa(modp) for any integer a and prime p) was proved for square matrices with integral entries; namely it was shown there that for any integer matrix A and any prime p, tr(Ap)tr(A)(modp). The present paper is an attempt to similarly generalize Euler's theorem (ananφ(n)(modn) for any positive integers a,n, where φ is Euler's function), namely to show that for A as above and any positive integer n,
tr(An)tr(Anφ(n))(modp).(1)
The author succeeds in proving (1) for n=p2 and n=p3, where p is prime, and gives a counterexample for n=6. The proofs are based on establishing divisibility properties of various multinomial coefficients. A naturally arising question of the validity of (1) for n being an arbitrary prime power is not addressed in the paper.
Reviewed by Dmitry Y. Kleinbock

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, "Fermat dynamics, matrix arithmetic, finite circles and finite Lobachevsky planes", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 38:1 (2004), 1–15; English transl., Funct. Anal. Appl. 38:1 (2004). MR2061787
  2. Arnold problems, Phasis–Springer, Heidelberg–Berlin–New York 2004, pp. 157–162. MR2078115
  3. A. Girard, Sur des decouvertes nouvelles en algèbre, Amsterdam 1629.
  4. I. Newton, Arithmetica universalis, Cambridge 1707. MR0049130
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR2080045 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

From Hilbert's superposition problem to dynamical systems [MR1733564].
Amer. Math. Monthly 111 (2004), no. 7, 608–624.
01A65 (01A60 37-03 54H20)
MR2078115 (2005c:58001) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Arnold's problems.
Translated and revised edition of the 2000 Russian original. With a preface by V. Philippov, A. Yakivchik and M. Peters. Springer-Verlag, Berlin; PHASIS, Moscow, 2004. xvi+639 pp. ISBN: 3-540-20614-0
58-02 (00A07 01A72 37-02 53-02 57-02)
The Russian edition has been reviewed [Arnolʹd problems (Russian), FAZIS, Moscow, 2000; MR1832295].
MR2068841 (2005e:01018) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

A. N. Kolmogorov and the natural sciences. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 59 (2004), no. 1(355), 25–44; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 59 (2004), no. 1, 27–46
01A70 (01A60 34-03 34C07)
This article is written by one of the best known Russian mathematicians, a former student and coworker of Kolmogorov. The author is also known for having controversial opinions and expressing them. This article, which is a presentation of the works of Kolmogorov, is a mixture of very interesting mathematics and personal opinions, also very interesting, but not necessarily shared by everybody, not even by the editors of the journal, who make this clear on the first page in a footnote.
   The article begins with Hilbert's XVIth problem. The reviewer was among the mathematicians who studied it and finds this part very interesting. The initial problem was to compute the number of limit cycles (periodic trajectories isolated in the set of all periodic trajectories) of the dynamical system in the plane:
{x=P(x,y),y=Q(x,y),()
as a function N(n) of the degrees of the polynomials P and Q.
   It is easy to construct such a system of quadratic polynomials which has three limit cycles (by a small perturbation of a Hamiltonian field). At the time, nobody had yet found such a field with four limit cycles (Shi Song Li did it later). Kolmogorov used to give to his students totally arbitrary dynamical systems () and to tell them to count the number of their limit cycles. Surprisingly, none of those arbitrarily chosen systems had any. Knowing that having a limit cycle is a topologically typical situation for () (i.e. is true for a dense set of polynomial systems), Kolmogorov stated that the physical reality has nothing to do with the mathematical theory. This seems logical, because Kolmogorov was also one of the best physicists of his time.
   {Reviewer's remark: The reviewer thinks that this opinion is not defendable nowadays.}
   The author then explains what has been done so far on Hilbert's XVIth problem, but without quoting any names (such as Dulac, Ecalle, Martinet, Moussu, Ramis, Ilyashenko), which would be quite normal in this type of article if it wasn't for the fact that later on the same author complains about not being cited enough in the works of the others (the fragment about the IHES in Bures-sur-Yvette is particularly accusatory).
   The reviewer cannot discuss here all the subjects of the reviewed work. One of the most interesting is the question of the Reynolds number and small attractors. Namely, Kolmogorov made a conjecture that says: As the Reynolds number grows, all the small-dimensional attractors disappear and the higher-dimensional attractors come up. The author underlines, and the reviewer believes it, that this conjecture is not to be understood in a mathematical, quantified way. It doesn't mean that as the Reynolds number grows, there will really be NO small-dimensional attractors: maybe there will be some, but their basins will be very small and thus uninteresting for a physicist. An example of such an understanding is given.
   From this short review it is already clear that the paper is fascinating, although controversial in its commentaries. The reviewer hopes that the English version is already available. This is a very good reading for every mathematician.
Reviewed by Z. Denkowska
MR2061787 (2005g:11255) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Fermat dynamics, matrix arithmetic, finite circle, and the finite Lobachevskiĭ plane. (Russian. Russian summary)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 38 (2004), no. 1, 1–15, 95; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 38 (2004), no. 1, 1–13
11T60 (37B99)
A "Fermat dynamical system'' assigns to each residue mod n the geometric progression of its powers. In the paper under review the author considers a matrix model which is a direct generalization of the Fermat dynamics.
   More precisely, the author:
gives an analog of Fermat's Little Theorem for square matrices with integral entries;
considers the "finite circle" Cp={(x,y):x2+y2=1x,yZ/pZ} and presents an upper bound for the number of solutions of the equation An=B in Cp;
studies the dynamics of the map AA2 as well as the equations Ap=I and A3=I in SL(2,Zp).

   The equation Ap=I leads to a certain finite group which proves to be a natural Z/pZ-analog of the Lobachevskiĭ plane.
Reviewed by Nikita Sidorov

    References
  1. V. Arnold and A. Avez, Problèmes Ergodiques de la Mécanique Classique, Paris, Gautier-Villars, 1967, Appendix 20. MR0209436
  2. V. I. Arnold, "Topology and statistics of arithmetics formulae," Usp. Mat. Nauk, 58, No. 4 (352), 3–28 (2003); English transl. in Russian Math. Survey, 58, No. 4 (2003). MR2042261
  3. V. I. Arnold, "Arithmetics of binary quadratic forms, symmetry of their continued fractions and geometry of their de Sitter world," Bull. Braz. Math. Soc., N.S., 34, No. 1, 1–41 (2003). MR1991436
  4. A. Girard, Invention Nouvelle en l'Algèbre, Amsterdam, 1629.
  5. I. Newton, Arithmetica Universalis, Cambridge, 1707, pp. 57–63. MR0049130
  6. V. I. Arnold, "On the location of ovals of real algebraic curves, involutions of 4-dimensional manifolds, and the arithmetics of integer quadratic forms," Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen., 5, No. 3, 1–9 (1971); English transl. Functional Anal. Appl., 5, No. 3, 169–176 (1971). MR0286790
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 29

From Reviews: 0

MR2031206 (2004j:35002) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Lectures on partial differential equations.
Translated from the second Russian edition by Roger Cooke. Universitext. Springer-Verlag, Berlin; Publishing House PHASIS, Moscow, 2004. x+157 pp. ISBN: 3-540-40448-1
35-02

Related

Cooke, Roger

The Russian version has been reviewed [V. I. Arnolʹd, Lectures on partial differential equations (Russian), Second edition, FAZIS, Moscow, 1997; MR1641652].

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR2572389 (2011c:00003) Reviewed
Kahane, Jean-Pierre (F-PARIS11)
Département de Mathématiques, Université de Paris XI (Paris-Sud)91405 Orsay, France
; Cartier, Pierre (F-IHES)
Institut des Hautes Études Scientifiques (IHES)91440 Bures-sur-Yvette (Paris), France
; Arnold, Vladimir I. (F-PARIS9)
Département de Mathématiques, Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France
; Coates, John (4-CAMB)
Department of Pure Mathematics and Mathematical Statistics (DPMMS), University of CambridgeCambridge, England
; Zagier, Don (D-MPI)
Max-Planck-Institut für MathematikD-53111 Bonn, Germany
; Brézis, Haïm (F-PARIS6)
Département de Mathématiques, Université de Paris VI (Pierre et Marie Curie)75230 Paris, France
; Pham, Frédéric (F-NICE)
Department of Mathematics, Université de Nice Sophia Antipolis (Université Côte d'Azur)Nice, France
; Malgrange, Bernard (F-GREN-F)
Institut Fourier, Université de Grenoble I (Joseph Fourier) (Université Grenoble Alpes)38402 Saint-Martin-d'Hères, France
; Helson, Henry (1-CA)
Department of Mathematics, University of CaliforniaBerkeley, California, 94709
; Meyer, Yves (F-PARIS9-A)
Centre de Recherche de Mathématiques de la Décision (CEREMADE), Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France
; Colin de Verdière, Yves (F-GREN-F)
Institut Fourier, Université de Grenoble I (Joseph Fourier) (Université Grenoble Alpes)38402 Saint-Martin-d'Hères, France
; Lions, Pierre-Louis (F-PARIS9)
Département de Mathématiques, Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France

Leçons de mathématiques d'aujourd'hui. Vol. 1. (French) [Lectures on mathematics today. Vol. 1]
With a preface by Éric Charpentier and Nicolaï Nikolski. Second edition. Le Sel et le Fer [Salt and Iron], 4. Cassini, Paris, 2003. xvi+332 pp. ISBN: 2-84225-070-2
00-02 (00Bxx)
Publisher's description (translated from the French): "This volume, a collection of twelve lectures on modern mathematics delivered at Bordeaux since 1993 by experts of international renown, seeks to provide a widely accessible panorama of contemporary mathematics. It is addressed to all mathematicians, physicists, engineers, professors and students who are interested in mathematics and are curious to have an insider's view.''

Contents:

Jean-Pierre Kahane, "Le théorème de Pythagore, l'analyse multifractale et le mouvement brownien [The Pythagorean theorem, multifractal analysis and Brownian motion]”, 1–26.

Pierre Cartier, "L'intégrale de chemins de Feynman: d'une vue intuitive à un cadre rigoureux [The Feynman path integral: from an intuitive view to a rigorous framework]”, 27–59.

Vladimir I. Arnold, "Nombres d'Euler, de Bernoulli et de Springer pour les groupes de Coxeter et les espaces de morsification: le calcul des serpents [Euler, Bernoulli and Springer numbers for Coxeter groups and Morsification spaces: the calculus of snakes]”, 61–98.

Don Zagier, "Quelques conséquences surprenantes de la cohomologie de SL2(Z) [Some surprising consequences of the cohomology of SL2(Z)]”, 99–123.

Haïm Brézis, "Tourbillons de Ginzburg-Landau, énergie renormalisée et effets de quantification [Ginzburg-Landau vortices, renormalized energy and quantization effects]”, 125–143.

Bernard Malgrange, "Monodromie, phase stationnaire et polynôme de Bernstein-Sato [Monodromy, stationary phase and Bernstein-Sato polynomial]”, 145–170.

John Coates, "Courbes elliptiques [Elliptic curves]”, 171–191.

Yves Meyer, "Approximation par ondelettes et approximation non-linéaire [Wavelet approximation and nonlinear approximation]”, 193–222.

Henry Helson, "Et les séries de Fourier devinrent analyse harmonique [And Fourier series became harmonic analysis]”, 223–236.

Yves Colin de Verdière, "Réseaux électriques planaires [Planar electrical networks]”, 237–276.

Frédéric Pham, "Caustiques: aspects géométriques et ondulatoires [Caustics: geometric and wave aspects]”, 277–306.

Pierre-Louis Lions, "Problèmes mathématiques de la mécanique des fluides compressibles [Mathematical problems of compressible fluid mechanics]”, 307–332.


   {The papers will not be reviewed individually.}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2074605 Indexed
{Dedicated to Vladimir Igorevich Arnold on the occasion of his 65th birthday}.
Mosc. Math. J. 3 (2003), no. 3. Independent University of Moscow, Moscow, 2003. pp. 749–1204.
00B30
MR2058796 (2005f:20015) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Frequent representations. (English, Russian summary)
Mosc. Math. J. 3 (2003), no. 4, 1209–1221.
20C15 (11N45 20C30)
The paper is concerned with asymptotic behaviour of multiplicities of irreducible representations of a finite group in the family of certain representations called frequent.
   Let G be a finite group and U(n) be the unitary group of degree n. Let T:GU(n) be an n-dimensional unitary representation. The orbit M(T) of T(G) under the adjoint action of U(n) is an algebraic variety. T is called frequent if M(T) has the largest real dimension over all homomorphisms T. Let {an} be the set of dimensions of C-irreducible representations of G, and let pk=pk(T) denote the multiplicity of the k-th irreducible representation in T. The author shows that T is frequent for the given n if f(p)=p2k takes on the minimal value on the simplex akxk=n,xk0. The author observes that f(p) attains the real constrained minimum at the point with coordinates xk=akna2k. The main result of the paper (Theorem 3) deals with frequent representations involving the given set of irreducibles. It states that pkn converges to akna2k as n. The paper ends with a proof of the Frame-Robinson-Thrall formula for dimensions of irreducible representations of the symmetric group Sn [J. S. Frame, G. B. Robinson and R. M. Thrall, Canadian J. Math. 6 (1954), 316–324; MR0062127].
Reviewed by Leonid Krop

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, Modes and quasimodes, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 6 (1972), no. 2, 12–20 (Russian). MR 45 #6331 MR0297274
  2. V. I. Arnold, Remarks on perturbation theory for problems of Mathieu type, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 38 (1983), no. 4(232), 189–203 (Russian). MR 85d:34032. English translation in: Russian Math. Surveys 38 (1983), no. 4, 215–233. MR0710120
  3. V. I. Arnold, On evolution of magnetic field under the action of the transport and of diffusion, Some problems in modern calculus, Moskov. Gos. Univ., Moscow, 1984, pp. 8–21 (Russian). MR 88b:58043 MR0849334
  4. V. I. Arnold, Weak asymptotics of the numbers of solutions of Diophantine equations, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 33 (1999), no. 4, 65–66 (Russian). MR 2001k:11190. English translation in: Funct. Anal. Appl. 33 (1999), no. 4, 292–293 (2000). MR1746430
  5. V. I. Arnold, Problems, Izdat. FAZIS, Moscow, 2000 (Russian). MR 2002e:58001. Problem 1999–8, pp. 141–142 and 447–449. MR1832295
  6. J. J. Sylvester, Mathematical questions with their solutions, Educational Times 41 (1884), 21. MR1003160
  7. A. M. Vershik and S. V. Kerov, Asymptotics of the maximal and of the typical dimensions of irreducible representations of symmetric groups, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 19 (1985), no. 1, 25–36 (Russian). MR 86k:11051. English translation in: Functional Anal. Appl. 19 (1985), no. 1, 21–31. MR0783703
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR2054092 Indexed
Anosov, D. V.; Arnolʹd, V. I.; Bukhshtaber, V. M.; et al.;
Andreĭ Andreevich Bolibrukh. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 58 (2003), no. 6(354), 139–142; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 58 (2003), no. 6, 1185–1189
01A70

    References
  1. "Pfaffian systems of Fuchs type on a complex analytic manifold", Mat. Sb. 103 (1977), 112–123; English transl., Math. USSR-Sb. 32 (1977), 98–108 (1979).
  2. "The fundamental matrix of a Pfaffian system of Fuchs type", Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 41 (1977), 1084–1109; English transl., Math. USSR-Izv. 11 (1977), 1031–1054. MR0501056
  3. "The Riemann-Hilbert problem on the complex projective line", Mat. Zametki 46:3 (1989), 118–120. (Russian) MR1032917
  4. "The Riemann-Hilbert problem", Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 45:2 (1990), 3–47; English transl., Russian Math. Surveys 45:2 (1990), 1–58. MR1069347
  5. "Hilbert's 21st problem for linear Fuchsian systems", Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 206 (1994); English transl., Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 1995, no. 5.
  6. The Riemann-Hilbert problem, Vieweg, Braunschweig 1994 (Aspects Math., vol. E22) (with D. V. Anosov). MR1276272
  7. Fuchsian differential equations and holomorphic bundles, Moscow Centre for Continuous Mathematical Education (MTsNMO), Moscow 2000. (Russian)
  8. "On an analytic transformation to standard Birkhoff form", Dokl. Akad. Nauk 334 (1994), 553–555; English transl., Russian Acad. Sci. Dokl. Math. 49 (1994), 150–153. MR1273680
  9. "Fuchsian systems with reducible monodromy and the Riemann-Hilbert problem", Lecture Notes in Math. 1520 (1992), 139–155. MR1178278
  10. "The Riemann-Hilbert problem and Fuchsian differential equations on the Riemann sphere", Proceedings of the International Congress of Mathematicians (Zürich, 1994), Birkhäuser, Basel 1995, pp. 1159–1168. MR1404022
  11. "On isomonodromic deformations of Fuchsian systems", J. Dynam. Control Systems 3 (1997), 589–604. MR1481628
  12. "On isomonodromic confluences of Fuchsian singularities", Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 221 (1998), 127–142; English transl., Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 1998, no. 2, 117–132.
  13. "Levelt's valuation method and the Riemann-Hilbert problem", Differential and Difference Equations and Computer Algebra (In honor of A. H. M. Levelt's 65th birthday), University of Nijmegen, 1998, pp. 1–9.
  14. "Stable vector bundles with logarithmic connections and the Riemann-Hilbert problem", Dokl. Akad. Nauk 381 (2001), 10–13; English transl., Doklady Math. 64 (2001), 298–300. MR1890508
  15. "On orders of movable poles of the Schlesinger equation", J. Dynam. Control Systems 6:1 (2000), 57–73. MR1738740
  16. "The Fuchs inequalities on a compact Kähler manifold", Dokl. Akad. Nauk 380 (2001), 448–451; English transl., Doklady Math. 64 (2001), 213–215. MR1875499
  17. "Multiplicities of zeros of the components of solutions of a system with regular singular points", Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 236 (2002), 61–65; English transl., Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 236 (2002), 53–57.
  18. "The Riemann-Hilbert problem on a compact Riemann surface", Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 238 (2002), 55–69; English transl., Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 238 (2002), 47–60.
  19. "On tau-function for the Schlesinger equation of isomonodromic deformations", Mat. Zametki 74:2 (2003), 184–191; English transl., Math. Notes 74 (2003), 177–184. MR2023762
  20. "Inverse monodromy problems of the analytic theory of differential equations", Mathematical Events of the 20th Century, Fazis, Moscow 2003, pp. 53–79. (Russian)
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.
MR2042261 (2005c:11020) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Topology and statistics of formulas of arithmetic. (Russian. Russian summary)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 58 (2003), no. 4(352), 3–28; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 58 (2003), no. 4, 637–664
11B50 (11K99 37A45 37B10)
This paper is a survey of Arnold's recent study of geometric progressions mod n by dynamical methods. A typical question concerns the asymptotic behavior of T(n), the period length of a geometric progression, say 2t, mod n. This question was studied numerically by F. Aicardi (for odd values of n from 1 to 2001), and the observed empirical asymptotic is T(n)1.4n4/5. The author draws an analogy with Kolmogorov's law of 5/3 in turbulence theory, and provides arguments that there exists a certain mutual repelling of residues mod n of elements of geometric progressions, as compared to total chaotic behavior.
   A great part of the paper is devoted to the study of the operation xx2 in finite groups and rings. This is done in the framework of "monads'', self-mappings of finite sets, represented by oriented graphs. For abelian groups, connected components of these graphs are attracting cycles to which products of binary rooted trees are attached. The system of these trees is homogeneous. Similar results are obtained for symmetric groups. An interesting relation is also described between the operation xx2 in the group SL(2,Z/5Z) and the five Kepler cubes, inscribed in a dodecahedron.
Reviewed by Serge L. Tabachnikov

    References
  1. V. I. Arnol'd, The Euler groups and arithmetics of geometric progressions, Moscow Centre of Continuous Math. Education, Moscow 2003. (Russian)
  2. V. I. Arnol'd, "Fermat–Euler dynamical systems and the statistics of the arithmetics of geometric progressions", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 37:1 (2003), 1–18; English transl., Funct. Anal. Appl. 37 (2003), 1–15. MR1988005
  3. V. I. Arnol'd, "Ergodic arithmetical properties of geometric progressions dynamics", Moscow Math. J. (2004) (to appear).
  4. V. I. Arnol'd, "The topology of algebra: combinatorics of squaring", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 37:3 (2003), 3–16; English transl., Funct. Anal. Appl. 37 (2003), 177–190. MR2020412
  5. V. I. Arnol'd, Arithmetics of binary quadratic forms, symmetry of their continued fractions, and geometry of their de Sitter world, Moscow Centre of Continuous Math. Education, Moscow, Dubna 2002; Bol. Soc. Brasil. Mat. (N.S.) 34:1 (2003), 1–41. MR1991436
  6. V. I. Arnol'd, "Weak asymptotics of the numbers of solutions of Diophantine problems", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 33:4 (1999), 65–66; English transl. in Funct. Anal. Appl. 33 (2000), 292–293. MR1746430
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR2038661 Indexed
{Dedicated to Vladimir I. Arnold on the occasion of his 65th birthday}.
Mosc. Math. J. 3 (2003), no. 2. Independent University of Moscow, Moscow, 2003. pp. 261–746.
00B30
MR2020412 (2005b:05070) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

The topology of algebra: combinatorics of squaring. (Russian. Russian summary)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 37 (2003), no. 3, 20–35, 95; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 37 (2003), no. 3, 177–190
05C10 (11B75)
A monad is a mapping f:GG of a finite set into itself. The vertices of the graph of a monad are the elements of G and the oriented edges connect gG to f(g)G. The author observes that a connected component of the graph of a monad is a forest of rooted trees oriented toward the roots, with all the roots located on an oriented cycle. He introduces products and various infinite series of topological types of such graphs. The author successfully studies topological classification of the monad graphs that correspond to the monads of squaring elements f(g)=g2, gG, in cyclic, Euler, symmetric and some other groups G. He suggests that it should be interesting to study the topology of the graph of a monad for a skew product of two groups.
Reviewed by Vladimir V. Tchernov

    References
  1. V. Arnold, Euler Groups and the Arithmetic of Geometric Series [in Russian], MCCME, Moscow, 2003.
  2. V. Arnold, "Fermat Euler dynamical systems and the statistics of arithmetics of geometric progression," Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen., 37, No. 1, 1–18 (2003). MR1988005
  3. V. Arnold, "Ergodic and arithmetic properties of geometrical progression's dynamics and of its orbits," Moscow Math. J., 4, 1–20 (2004). MR2153464
  4. Plutarch, Moralia, Vol. 9, Harward University Press, Cambridge MA, 1961, §VIII.9, p. 732.
  5. V. Arnold, Topology and statistics of formulas of arithmetics, Usp. Mat. Nauk, 58, No. 4 (354), 1–26 (2003). MR2042261
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1998776 (2004f:01016) Reviewed
Aleksandrov, V. A.; Arnolʹd, V. I.; Borisenko, A. A.; et al.;
Alekseĭ Vasilʹevich Pogorelov. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 58 (2003), no. 3(351), 173–175; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 58 (2003), no. 3, 593–596
01A70
This obituary for the geometer A. V. Pogorelov contains a photo and a continuation of the list of his publications (items 186–194).
MR1991436 (2004h:11030) Reviewed
Arnold, V. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Arithmetics of binary quadratic forms, symmetry of their continued fractions and geometry of their de Sitter world. (English summary)
Dedicated to the 50th anniversary of IMPA.
Bull. Braz. Math. Soc. (N.S.) 34 (2003), no. 1, 1–42.
11E16 (20F67 53A35)
Summary: "This article concerns the arithmetics of binary quadratic forms with integer coefficients, de Sitter's world and continued fractions.
   "Given a binary quadratic form with integer coefficients, the set of values attained at integer points is always a multiplicative `tri-group'. Sometimes it is a semigroup (in this case the form is said to be perfect). The diagonal forms are specially studied, providing sufficient conditions for their perfectness. This led to consideration of hyperbolic reflection groups and to the result that the continued fraction of the square root of a rational number is palindromic.
   "The relation of these arithmetics with the geometry of the modular group action on the Lobachevskiĭ plane (for elliptic forms) and on the relativistic de Sitter's world (for hyperbolic forms) is discussed. Finally, several estimates of the growth rate of the number of equivalence classes as it relates to the discriminant of the form are given.''

    References
  1. V.I. Arnold, Euler groups and arithmetics of geometric progression, Moscow, MC-CME, (2003), 40pp.
  2. V.I. Arnold, Fermat-Euler dynamical system and statistics of the arithmetics of geometrical progressions, Funct. Anal. and its Appl., 37 (2003), N1, pp.1–20. MR1988005
  3. V.I. Arnold, Ergodic arithmetical properties of the dynamics of geometrical progressions, Moscow Math. Journal, (2003).
  4. V.I. Arnold, Topology of algebra: the combinatorics of the squaring operation. Funct. Anal. and its Appl., 37 (2003), N2, pp.1–24. MR2020412
  5. V.I. Arnold, Arithmetics of binary quadratic forms, symmetry of their continued fractions and geometry of their de Sitter world, Moscow, Dubna, MCCME, 2002, pp.1–40 (Bull. of Braz. Math. Soc. Vol. 34 No. 1, (2003), p.1–41).
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.
MR1988005 (2004k:11005) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

The Fermat-Euler dynamical system and the statistics of the arithmetic of geometric progressions. (Russian. Russian summary)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 37 (2003), no. 1, 1–18, 95; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 37 (2003), no. 1, 1–15
11A07 (11N69 37A45 37B99)
The Fermat-Euler dynamical system considered in this paper is the map f(z)=z2 acting on the set Γ(n) of primitive n-th roots of unity, where n is odd. It is easy to show that all the cycles of this permutation have equal length, and the author defines T(n) to be the length of each cycle, that is, the minimal solution T of
2T1modn,(1)
and N(n)=φ(n)/T(n) to be the number of cycles, or the maximal solution L of
2φ(n)/L1modn.(2)
The behavior of the latter function seems to be hard to understand. The author approaches this problem by considering, for any natural number L, the set (L+) of n for which (2) holds, or, equivalently, for which N(n) is divisible by L; these are shown to be ideals in the multiplicative semigroup of odd natural numbers.
   The author also considers separately numbers n with the property that every (equivalently, at least one) cycle is invariant under the involution zz¯¯¯ ( the orbit of every zΓ(n) contains z¯¯¯ the congruence
2S1modn(3)
is solvable). In this case every cycle of the permutation breaks into two half-cycles of length 12T(n) = the minimal solution S of (3), and the author defines M(n) to be the maximal solution K of
2φ(n)/K1modn,(4)
that is, the number of half-cycles, which is obviously equal to 2N(n). Let us call such an n involutive. Clearly T(n) is even for involutive n (but the converse is not always true). Similarly to what was done for (2), the author defines, for any natural number K, the set (K) of n for which (4) holds, or, equivalently, of involutive n for which M(n) is an odd multiple of K. It is then clear that (K) is empty for odd K (Theorem 4 of the paper), and (2K) consists of involutive n for which N(n) is an odd multiple of K. For example, (2) coincides with the complement of (2+), since N(n) being odd implies that n is involutive (the converse is again not always true).
   The paper contains the table of values of N() and information on the involutivity of all odd numbers less than 512. This table can serve as a basis for guessing many properties of the classes (L+) and (K). Some of those are proved in the paper, others remain conjectures. For example, the author proves that the intersection of (K+) and (L+) is equal to (X+), where X=lcm(K,L), and explicitly describes the classes (2±), (3+), (4±), (6±). On the other hand, the question of describing involutive numbers, that is, the union of all the classes (K), is not addressed. The reviewer suggests as exercises for the readers to prove that: non-involutive numbers form an ideal in the multiplicative semigroup of odd natural numbers; the involutivity of n depends only on its prime factors and not on multiplicities; and e.g. all numbers of the form 8k1 are non-involutive, cf. the rightmost column of the table in §9. (The reviewer is grateful to Fred Diamond and Pavel Etingof for their work on some of the above exercises.)
Reviewed by Dmitry Y. Kleinbock

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, Arithmetics of Binary Quadratic Forms, Symmetry of Their Continued Fractions, and Geometry of Their de Sitter World, Moscow, Dubna, MCNMO, 2002, pp. 1–40. (Bol. Soc. Brasil. Mat., 2003.) MR1991436
  2. V. I. Arnold, "Weak asymptotics for the number of decompositions of Diophantine problems," Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen., 33, No. 4, 65–66 (1999). MR1746430
  3. I. V. Arnold, Number Theory [in Russian], Moscow, Uchpedgiz, 1938.
  4. B. A. Venkov, Elementary Number Theory [in Russian], ONTI NKTP, 1937. MR0265267
  5. V. I. Arnold, Euler Groups and Arithmetics of Geometric Progressions [in Russian], Moscow, MCCME, 2003.
  6. V. Arnold, "Ergodic and arithmetic properties of geometrical progression's dynamics and of its orbits," Moscow Mathematical Journal, 3, 1–20 (2003). MR2153464
  7. V. I. Arnold, "Topology and statistics of the formulae of arithmetics," Usp. Mat. Nauk, 58 (2003). MR2042261
  8. V. I. Arnold, "Topology of algebra: combinatorics of the squaring operation," Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen., 37 (2003). MR2020412
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.
MR1970602 (2004b:49027) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

On a variational problem connected with phase transitions of means in controllable dynamical systems. Nonlinear problems in mathematical physics and related topics, I, 23–34,
Int. Math. Ser. (N. Y.), 1, Kluwer/Plenum, New York, 2002.
49J45 (35J20 35Q30)
It is well known that the solution of an optimization problem and the optimal value need not be smooth with respect to the parameters involved in the problem. The main thrust of this article is to convince the reader that there are singularities which arise for topological reasons as parameters vary.
   Let M be a smooth compact Riemannian manifold and let f:MR be smooth. Consider density functions ρ(x) on M satisfying 0<r(x)ρ(x)R(x)< where r(x)<R(x) are given smooth functions on M. The problem is to find a density which maximizes the average of f with respect to the density:
supρfˆ[ρ]=Mfρ/Mρ.
This problem is solved in two steps. In the first step, the author fixes the value Mρ=I where I is given and considers
sup{fˆ[ρ];Mρ=I}.
The second step consists of varying I and maximizing the above value with respect to I. The second one is an unconstrained problem whereas the first one has one linear constraint.
   For c, we consider densities defined by ρc(x)=r(x) if f(x)<c, ρc(x)=R(x) if f(x)>c. They play an important role in carrying out the first step. Indeed, it is proved that there is a unique c such that
sup{fˆ[ρ];Mρ=I}=fˆ[ρc].
This result may be interpreted via the Lagrange multiplier associated to the constraint Mρ=I. Further, c is uniquely determined by I and vice versa. Thus the problem can be parametrized by c instead of I. Subsequently, the author solves the problem involved in the second step and obtains a unique optimal density.
   Next, the author examines the smoothness of the maximum value of the problem in the first step as a function of c. A particular case is to consider the volume V(c) of the set {xM;f(x)<c}. The nature of the singularity of V(c) surprisingly depends on whether the dimension is odd or even.
   Theorem. Let c be a critical value of f. If N is odd, then V(c+ε) as ε0± exhibits singularity L±|ε|N/2 where the constants L± are different. If N is even, then V(c+ε) as ε0± exhibits singularity L±|ε|N/2log1|ε|.
   Note that these singularities arise because of the critical point of f and hence they are of a topological nature. The author believes similar phenomena occur in variational problems arising in two-dimensional hydrodynamics and magnetohydrodynamics.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1971549.} Reviewed by Muthusamy Vanninathan

Citations

From References: 10

From Reviews: 0

MR1942529 (2004a:01023) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
I. G. Petrovskiĭ, Hilbert's topological problems, and modern mathematics. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 57 (2002), no. 4(346), 197–207; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 57 (2002), no. 4, 833–845
01A60 (01A70)
In [G. Tronel, Gaz. Math. No. 91 (2002), 44–45 MR1896066 ], the Russian mathematician Ivan G. Petrovskiĭ (1901–1973) was described as "a great mathematician, known for his parabolic equations'' (p. 44). One of the best Russian mathematicians, Vladimir I. Arnolʹd, on the basis of this remark, has written the article under review about Petrovskiĭ. He comments that this description of Petrovskiĭ is like calling Hilbert "the author of a Hilbert space'' and Riemann "the inventor of the Riemann metric''. In this lively article Arnolʹd describes Petrovskiĭ's achievements in mathematics. In particular, he writes about Petrovskiĭ's work on the 16th Hilbert Problem and his great influence in the creation of real algebraic geometry. Arnolʹd points out very forcefully that Petrovskiĭ (one of the creators of the Moscow Mathematical School) and his work by all means should not be forgotten. Arnolʹd states that Petrovskiĭ played the same role in Moscow as Klein in Germany, i.e. he realized "the continuity of mathematics''. In the article the author also gives several personal reminiscences, opinions and comments, especially about present day mathematics in France. He also presents some remarks he heard from other great mathematicians he knew.
   The article is written in Russian, so the number of readers is limited. Its contents, information, remarks and comments would interest many readers from different countries and be a basis for discussion. An English translation would be welcomed.
Reviewed by Krzysztof Ciesielski

    References
  1. O. Ya. Viro, "Progress in the topology of real algebraic varieties in the last six years", Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 41:3 (1986), 47–67; English transl., Russian Math. Surveys 41:3 (1986), 55–82. MR0854239
  2. V. M. Kharlamov, "Topology of real algebraic manifolds", I. G. Petrovskii. Systems of partial differential equations. Algebraic geometry: Selected works, Nauka, Moscow 1986, pp. 465–493. (Russian) MR0871873
  3. D. A. Gudkov, "Topology of real projective algebraic manifolds", Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 29:4 (1974), 3–79; English transl., Russian Math. Surveys 29:4 (1974), 1–79. MR0399085
  4. V. I. Arnol'd, "On the arrangement of ovals of real plane algebraic curves, on involutions of four-dimensional smooth manifolds, and on the arithmetic of integer quadratic forms", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 5:3 (1971), 1–9; English transl., Functional Anal. Appl. 5 (1971), 169–176. MR0286790
  5. F. A. Rokhlin, "Congruences modulo 16 in Hilbert's 16th problem", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 6:4 (1972), 58–64; English transl., Functional Anal. Appl. 6 (1972), 301–306. MR0311670
  6. I. G. Petrovsky [Petrovskii], "Sur la topologie des courbes réelles et algébriques", C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 197 (1933), 1270–1273.
  7. I. G. Petrovsky [Petrovskii], "On the topology of real plane algebraic curves", Ann of Math. (2) 39 (1938), 189–209. MR1503398
  8. I. G. Petrovskii and O. A. Oleinik, "On the topology of real algebraic surfaces", Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 13 (1949), 389–402. (Russian) MR0034600
  9. O. A. Oleinik, "Estimates of the Betti numbers of real algebraic hypersurfaces", Mat. Sb. 28 (1951), 635–640. (Russian) MR0044864
  10. J. Milnor, "On the Betti numbers of real varieties", Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (1964), 275–280. MR0161339
  11. R. Thom, "Sur l'homologie des variétés algébriques réelles", Differential and Combinatorial Topology, Sympos. Marston Morse, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ 1965, pp. 255–265. MR0200942
  12. A. G. Vitushkin, "On Hilbert's thirteenth problem", Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 95 (1954), 701–704. (Russian) MR0062212
  13. A. G. Vitushkin, "Some estimates from the tabulation theory", Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 114 (1957), 923–926. (Russian) MR0096384
  14. A. N. Kolmogorov, "Bounds on the number of elements of ϵ-nets in different functional classes and their application to the question of the representability of functions of several variables by superpositions of functions of a smaller number of variables", Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 101 (1955), 192–194. (Russian) MR0080129
  15. A. G. Khovanskii, Fewnomials, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI 1991; Russian edition, FAZIS, Moscow 1997. MR1619432
  16. V. I. Arnol'd, "The index of a singular point of a vector field, the Petrovskii—Oleinik inequalities, and mixed Hodge structures", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 12:1 (1978), 1–14; English transl., Functional Anal. Appl. 12 (1978), 1–12. MR0498592
  17. V. I. Arnol'd, Arnol'd problems, FAZIS, Moscow 2000; English transl. to appear. cf. MR1832295
  18. I. M. Gel'fand, M. M. Kapranov, and A. V. Zelevinsky, Determinants, resultants, and multidimensional determinants, Birkhäuser, Boston 1994. MR1264417
  19. V. I. Arnol'd, "The cohomology classes of algebraic functions invariant under Tschirnhausen transformations", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 4:1 (1970), 84–85; English transl., Functional Anal. Appl. 4 (1970), 74–75. MR0276227
  20. V. Ya. Lin, "Superpositions of algebraic functions", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 10:1 (1976), 37–45; English transl., Functional Anal. Appl. 10 (1976), 32–38. MR0460329
  21. I. Petrowsky [Petrovskii], "On the diffusion of waves and the lacunas for hyperbolic equations", Rec. Math. [Mat. Sbornik] 17 (1945), 289–370. (English. Russian summary) MR0016861
  22. A. N. Kolmogorov, I. G. Petrovskii, and N. S. Piskunov, "Investigation of the diffusion equation with growth of the quantity of matter and its application to a biology problem", Byull. Moskov. Gos. Univ. Mat. Mekh. 1 (1937), no. 6, 1–26; English transl., Dynamics of curved fronts (P. Pelcé, ed.), Acad. Press, Boston 1988, pp. 105–130. MR1228446
  23. M. Atiyah, R. Bott, and L. Gårding, "Lacunas for hyperbolic differential operators with constant coefficients. I", Acta Math. 124 (1970), 109–189. MR0470499
  24. M. Atiyah, R. Bott, and L. Gårding, "Lacunas for hyperbolic differential operators with constant coefficients. II", Acta Math. 131 (1973), 145–206. MR0470500
  25. V. A. Vasil'ev, "Sharpness and the local Petrovskii condition for strictly hyperbolic equations with constant coefficients", Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 50 (1986), 242–283; English transl., Math. USSR-Izv. 28 (1987), 233–273. MR0842583
  26. V. A. Vasil'ev, "The geometry of local lacunas of hyperbolic operators with constant coefficients", Mat. Sb. 183:1 (1992), 114–129; English transl., Russian Acad. Sci. Sb. Math. 75 (1993), 111–123. MR1166760
  27. V. A. Vasil'ev, "Local Petrovsky lacunas", Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, vol. 39 [Dynamical Systems VIII], (V. I. Arnol'd, ed.), Springer-Verlag, Berlin 1993, pp. 173–217. MR1292466
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR1935898 (2003j:58024) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

The longest curves of given degree and the quasicrystallic Harnack theorem in pseudoparabolic topology. (Russian. Russian summary)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 36 (2002), no. 3, 1–8, 96; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 36 (2002), no. 3, 165–171
58E35 (53A15 58K30)
A pseudo-periodic submanifold of Rm is an intersection of an m-periodic manifold (i.e. of a manifold invariant under the Zm-action) and of some affine subspace of Rm. A pseudo-periodic function is a sum of a periodic and a linear function. In this work Arnolʹd studies estimation of length of pseudo-periodic curves and of ergodic average of the number of zeroes of pseudo-periodic functions.
   In the examples considered the upper estimates come from the power and Newton polygon of the periodic function that was used to define the pseudo-periodic object. It is shown that on R2/Z2 the ergodic average of the number of intersection points of a trigonometric curve of length L with an irrational slope line is bounded from above by CL, where C does not depend on the choice of the line. Since, as is shown, the length of such a trigonometric curve of power n has a sharp upper bound of 8πn, one concludes that the ergodic average is bounded from above by 8πCn regardless of the choice of the line. Similar upper estimates are obtained for the higher-dimensional cases.
   A pseudo-periodic Harnack-type result proved in the paper says that the number of connected components of a pseudo-periodic power n curve in R3 with a ball of (sufficiently high) radius R is bounded from above by Cn2R2, where C does not depend on the choice of an irrational slope affine hyperspace used to define the curve.
   The Sturm-Hurwitz-type result obtained estimates from below by Cn the ergodic average of the number of zeros of the intersection of a trigonometric polynomial of power at least n (in one of the two variables) with an irrational line.
Reviewed by Vladimir V. Tchernov

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, "Remarks on quasicrystallic symmetries," Phys. D, 33, 21–25 (1988). MR0984606
  2. S. M. Gusein-Zade, "On the topology of quasiperiodic functions," In: Pseudoperiodic Topology (V. Arnold, M. Kontsevich, and A. Zorich, eds.), Amer. Math. Soc. Transl., Ser. 2, Vol. 197, 1999, pp. 1–7. MR1733868
  3. S. M. Gusein-Zade, "The number of critical points of a quasiperiodic potential," Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen., 23, No. 2, 55–56 (1989). MR1011358
  4. H. Weyl, "Mean Motion, I," Amer. J. Math., 60, 889–896 (1938). MR1507355
  5. H. Weyl, "Mean Motion, II," Amer. J. Math., 61, 143–148 (1939). MR1507367
  6. V. I. Arnold, Arnold Problems [in Russian], PHASIS, Moscow, 2000. MR2078115
  7. V. I. Arnold, "Variation of a curve," In: Mathematical Enlightenment [in Russian], No. 2, Moscow, 1957, pp. 241–245.
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1927104 (2003d:01047) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

The mathematical duel over Bourbaki. (Russian)
Vestnik Ross. Akad. Nauk 72 (2002), no. 3, 245–250.
01A80 (00A30)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
From the text (translated from the Russian): "I have been challenged to a duel by J.-P. Serre, who challenged me thus: `I want to tell of Bourbaki's influence on mathematics. But it would be tiresome if everyone offered the same panegyric. So I started to look for someone who might be able to contradict my own opinion. Looking through the World Directory of Mathematicians, I realized that person is you'.
   "The duel began on March 13, 2001 at the A. Poincaré Institute. We each spoke in turn. As a closing remark Serre said, `We have now once again convinced ourselves what a remarkable science mathematics is. People with such opposing opinions as we two can collaborate, respect each other, and know and apply each other's results, all the while maintaining our opposing opinions And, look, we are both still alive ' Here I attempt to describe that discussion.''
MR1922014 (2003f:49009) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Optimization in the mean, and phase transitions in controlled dynamical systems. (Russian. Russian summary)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 36 (2002), no. 2, 1–11, 95; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 36 (2002), no. 2, 83–92
49J15 (58E25)
The author considers the optimization of the (time-) mean value of a smooth objective function along phase trajectories of a smooth controlled dynamical system. In particular, the behaviour of the optimal mean value in systems depending on one real parameter p is studied. In the (simplest) periodic case with nonvanishing underlying vector field, there appear two generic stable singularities of the optimal mean value (as a function of p). One of them shows a discontinuity in the first derivative (|p|) and the other one exhibits a discontinuity in the second derivative (p|p|). The second part of the paper is devoted to the very opposite situation where the underlying vector field has many equilibrium points. Also in this case, two typical singularities show up.
Reviewed by Hubertus Th. Jongen

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, "Convex hulls and the increase of efficiency of systems under impulse loading," Sib. Mat. Zh., 28, No. 4, 27–31 (1987). MR0906029
  2. V. I. Arnold, A. N. Varchenko, S. M. Gusein-Zade, Singularities of Differentiable Maps, I [in Russian], Nauka, Moscow, 1982; English transl.: V. I. Arnold, S. M. Gusein-Zade, A. N. Varchenko, Singularities of Differentiable Maps, Vol. I, Birkhäuser Boston, Inc., Boston, Mass., 1985. MR0777682
  3. V. I. Arnold, V. A. Vassiliev, V. V. Goryunov, and O. V. Lyashko, Singularities. I. Local and Global Theory, Dynamical Systems-6, Current problems in Mathematics. Fundamental Directions [in Russian], Vol. 6, VINITI, Moscow, 1988; English transl.: V. I. Arnold, V. V. Goryunov, O. V. Lyashko, and V. A. Vasilev, Singularity Theory. I, Dynamical Systems VI, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., Vol. 6, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1993. MR1039615
  4. V. I. Arnold, V. A. Vassiliev, V. V. Goryunov, and O. V. Lyashko, Singularity. II. Classification and Applications, Dynamical Systems-8, Current problems in Mathematics. Fundamental Directions [in Russian], Vol. 39, VINITI, Moscow, 1989; English transl.: V. I. Arnold, V. V. Goryunov, O. V. Lyashko, and V. A. Vasilev, Singularity Theory. II, Dynamical Systems VIII, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., Vol. 39, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1993. MR1039615
  5. V. I. Arnold, Catastrophe Theory [in Russian], Nauka, Moscow, 1990; English transl.: V. I. Arnold, Catastrophe Theory, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1992. MR1090321
  6. S. M. Gusein-Zade, "On the topology of quasiperiodic functions," In: Pseudoperiodic Topology (V. Arnold, M. Kontsevich, and A. Zorich, eds.), Amer. Math. Soc. Transl., Ser. 2, Vol. 197, 1999, pp. 1–8. MR1733868
  7. S. M. Gusein-Zade, "The number of critical points of a quasiperiodic potential," Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen., 23, No. 2, 55–56 (1989). MR1011358
  8. V. I. Arnold, "Remarks on quasicrystallic symmetries," Phys. D, 33, 21–25 (1988). MR0984606
  9. V. I. Arnold, "On a variational problem, connected with phase transitions of the means in controlled dynamical systems," In: Nonlinear Problems in Mathematical Physics and Related Topics, in honor of O. A. Ladyzhenskaia, International Mathematical Series, Vol. 1, Kluwer/Plenum, 2002. MR1970602
  10. V. I. Arnold, "The longest curves of given degree and a quasicrystal Harnack theorem in pseudoperiodic topology," Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen., 36 (2002). MR1935898
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR1898979 (2003h:53035) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Pseudoquaternion geometry. (Russian. Russian summary)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 36 (2002), no. 1, 1–15, 96; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 36 (2002), no. 1, 1–12
53C15 (53C56)
The left quaternionic vector space HC2n can be given a complex structure by choosing left multiplication by the complex numbers CH. A complex linear transformation A:C2nC2n is said to be pseudoquaternionic if it maps quaternionic subspaces into quaternionic subspaces. There are two basic examples of pseudoquaternionic linear transformations. First, one could take A to be any quaternionic linear transformation of Hn. But one can also take A to be any automorphism of the field of quaternions H, which is always given by A(x)=qxq1 for some qH. It is not hard to show that any pseudoquaternionic linear transformation λA is a composition of these two (Theorem 1 of the paper).
   A complex diffeomorphism f:C2nC2n is called pseudoquaternionic if at each point df is a pseudoquaternionic linear transformation. The main result of this paper is that any such holomorphic diffeomorphism of Hn must be a composition of these two transformations (Theorem 3).
   REVISED (May, 2005)

Current version of review. Go to earlier version.
Reviewed by Krzysztof Galicki

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, "Complexification of tetrahedron and pseudoprojective transformations," Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen., 35, No. 4, 1–7 (2001). MR1879113
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1889868 (2002m:00010) Reviewed
Arnold, Władimir I.
On teaching mathematics. (Polish)
Translated from the Russian by Danuta Śledziewska-Błocka.
Wiadom. Mat. 37 (2001), 17–26.
00A35 (00A30)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This is a translation of an earlier article [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 53 (1998), no. 1(319), 229–234; MR1618209].
MR1886719 (2003a:58060) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Astroidal geometry of hypocycloids and the Hessian topology of hyperbolic polynomials. (Russian. Russian summary)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 56 (2001), no. 6(342), 3–66; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 56 (2001), no. 6, 1019–1083
58K05 (58K20)
The paper is a survey of recent results by the author in the area that he calls "Hessian topology''. This is closely related to the classical theory of evolutes and involutes, the 4-vertex theorem, etc.
   Part of the paper concerns caustics and hypercaustics of smooth periodic functions. If g(ϕ) is such a function then its order n hypercaustic is the curve in 2n-dimensional space with coordinates A1,,An, B1,,Bn defined by the condition that the function
G(A,B;ϕ):=g(ϕ)+k=1nAkcos(kϕ)+Bksin(kϕ)
has a critical point of multiplicity 2n, that is, there exists ϕ such that
G(A,B;ϕ)=G′′(A,B;ϕ)==G(2n)(A,B;ϕ)=0
(where =d/dϕ). The hypercaustic is parameterized by the critical point ϕ. When n=1 one obtains the caustic of the function g. Here are some sample results: (A) The hypercaustic has no less than 2n+2 cusps (semi-cubic for a generic function g). (B) The alternating length of the hypercaustic equals zero (the sign of the length changes after each cusp). (C) The centers of mass of the even-numbered cusps and the odd-numbered ones along the hypercaustic coincide. (D) Assign to the hypercaustic the constant density ±1 (the sign again changes after each cusp). The integral of the projection of this density on every line equals zero.
   Some of these results are deduced from the Sturm-Hurwitz theorem that a periodic function has no fewer zeros than the first nontrivial harmonic in its Fourier series. Arnold outlines three very different proofs of this theorem.
   Another part of the paper concerns hyperbolic functions. A homogeneous function f(x,y) of degree D is called D-hyperbolic if fxxfyy<f2xy for all (x,y)(0,0). The paper contains a detailed study of hyperbolic functions and, in particular, of hyperbolic polynomials of small degrees. Here is a sample theorem: The variety of 4-hyperbolic polynomials is connected.
   Some of the proofs make use of the "heavy artillery'' of computer commutative algebra (with the assistance of F. Aicardi).
   Arnold outlines possible generalizations of these results but he tries to discuss (in his words) "the simplest meaningful particular cases, related to the future general theory roughly in the same way as the theory of harmonic functions is related to the general theory of elliptic differential equations''.
Reviewed by Serge L. Tabachnikov

    References
  1. V. I. Arnol'd, "Remarks on parabolic curves on surfaces and on the higher-dimensional Möbius-Sturm theory", Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 31:4 (1997), 3–18; English transl., Funct. Anal. Appl. 31 (1997), 227–239. MR1608963
  2. D. A. Panov, "Parabolic curves and gradient mappings", Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 221 (1998), 271–288; English transl., Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 221 (1998), 261–278. MR1683700
  3. V. I. Arnol'd, "On the problem of realization of a given Gaussian curvature function", Topol. Methods Nonlinear Anal. 11 (1998), 199–206. MR1659315
  4. J. C. F. Sturm, "Mémoire sur les équations différentielles du second ordre", J. Math. Pures Appl. 1 (1836), 106–186.
  5. A. Hurwitz, "Über die Fourierschen Konstanten integriebarer Funktionen", Math. Ann. 57 (1903), 425–446. MR1511219
  6. V. I. Arnol'd, "On the number of flattening points on space curves", Sinai's Moscow Seminar on Dynamical Systems (L. A. Bunimovich et al., eds.), Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2 171 (1996), 11–22. MR1359089
  7. V. I. Arnol'd, "The geometry of spherical curves and the algebra of quaternions", Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 50:1 (1995), 3–68; English transl., Russian Math. Surveys 50:1 (1995), 1–68. MR1331356
  8. V. I. Arnol'd, "Mathematics and physics: Mother and child or sisters?", Uspekhi Fiz. Nauk 169 (1999), 1311–1323; English transl., Physics-Uspekhi 42 (1999), 1205–1218.
  9. V. I. Arnol'd, "Polymathematics: Is mathematics a single science or a set of arts?", Mathematics: Frontiers and Perspectives (V. I. Arnol'd et al., eds.), Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI 2000, pp. 403–416. MR1754788
  10. V. I. Arnol'd, "Topological problems in wave propagation theory and the topological economy principle in algebraic geometry", Arnoldfest. Proc. Conf. in Honour of V. I. Arnol'd for his 60th Birthday (Toronto, June 15–21, 1997; E. Bierstone et al., eds.), (Fields Inst. Commun., vol. 24) Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI 1999, pp. 39–54. MR1733567
  11. V. I. Arnol'd, "First steps in symplectic topology", Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 41:6 (1986), 3–18; English transl., Russian Math. Surveys 41:6 (1986), 1–21. MR0890489
  12. V. I. Arnol'd, "Symplectic geometry and topology", J. Math. Phys. 41 (2000), 3307–3343. MR1768639
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR1879113 (2003a:51002) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Complexification of a tetrahedron, and pseudoprojective transformations. (Russian. Russian summary)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 35 (2001), no. 4, 1–7, 95; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 35 (2001), no. 4, 241–246
51A45 (52B10)
From the text: "The aim of this paper is to state and prove an assertion, complexifying the group of symmetries A3 of the tetrahedron and turning it into the group of symmetries B3 of the octahedron. This complexification is that first the tetrahedron is replaced by four points on the projective plane (corresponding to the lines joining its center with the vertices). Then the plane is complexified to the complex projective plane, with four points distinguished. Finally, we consider the group of pseudo-projective transformations of the complex projective plane (the pseudo-projectivity condition means that complex projective spaces (in this case, lines) must be mapped to complex projective subspaces, although this mapping does not necessarily preserve the complex structure).
   "Then the complexification of the group A3 of all real projective transformations of the plane that preserve the distinguished set of four points is defined to be the group of all pseudo-projective transformations of the complex projective plane that preserve this set of four points.
   "The main results are: (1) every pseudo-projective transformation is either complex projective (preserving the complex structure) or complex anti-projective (replacing the complex structure by the conjugate one); (2) the complexification of the group A3 of symmetries is the group B3 of symmetries of the octahedron (or the cube).''
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, "Enigmatic mathematical threes," In: Lecture of May 21, 1997, MKNMU Student Readings [in Russian], No. 1, MTsNMO, Moscow, 2000, pp. 4–16.
  2. V. I. Arnold, "Polymathematics: is mathematics a single science or a set of arts?" In: Mathematics: Frontiers and Perspectives (Arnold V. I., Atiyah M. F., Lax P., Mazur B., eds.), IMU, Amer. Math. Soc., 2000, pp. 403–416. MR1754788
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 161

From Reviews: 0

MR1866631 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Giventalʹ, A. B. (1-CA)
Department of Mathematics, University of CaliforniaBerkeley, California, 94709

Symplectic geometry [MR0842908]. Dynamical systems, IV, 1–138,
Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 4, Springer, Berlin, 2001.
53Dxx (37J05)

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1866630.}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1866630 (2002e:53003) Reviewed
Dynamical systems. IV.
Symplectic geometry and its applications. A translation of Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 4 (Russian), Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985 [MR0842907]. Translated by G. Wasserman. Translation edited by V. I. Arnold and S. P. Novikov. Second, expanded and revised edition. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, 4. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2001. vi+336 pp. ISBN: 3-540-62635-2
53-06 (37-06)
Display contents as search results
{The first edition has been reviewed [MR1042758].}

Contents:

V. I. Arnolʹd and A. B. Giventalʹ, "Symplectic geometry [MR0842908]”, 1–138.

A. A. Kirillov [Aleksandr Aleksandrovich Kirillov], "Geometric quantization [MR0842909]”, 139–176.

B. A. Dubrovin, I. M. Krichever [Igor Moiseevich Krichever] and S. P. Novikov [Sergeĭ Petrovich Novikov], "Integrable systems. I [MR0842910]”, 177–332.


   {The papers have been reviewed from the Russian original.}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1853623 Indexed
Topological methods in the physical sciences.
Papers from the Discussion Meeting held in London, November 15–16, 2000. Edited by V. I. Arnold, J. W. Bruce, H. K. Moffatt and R. B. Pelz. R. Soc. Lond. Philos. Trans. Ser. A Math. Phys. Eng. Sci. 359 (2001), no. 1784. Royal Society, London, 2001. pp. 1339–1510.
00B25

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR1840750 (2002d:53106) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

The Lagrangian Grassmannian of a quaternion hypersymplectic space. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 35 (2001), no. 1, 74–77; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 35 (2001), no. 1, 61–63
53D12 (53D05)
A hypersymplectic space is an even-dimensional quaternionic vector space endowed with a quaternionic Hermitian form which is nondegenerate and such that the real part of the form defines a quadratic form of zero signature. The hypersymplectic space has three symplectic structures:
Ω(X,Y)=S(X,Y)+iΩi(X,Y)+jΩj(X,Y)+kΩk(X,Y).
A quaternionic n-dimensional subspace of a 2n-dimensional hypersymplectic space is called hyper-Lagrangian if the hypersymplectic structure is equal to zero on it.
   The geometry of the manifold of hyper-Lagrangian planes (the Lagrangian Grassmannian) is studied in the paper. In particular, it is shown that the Lagrangian Grassmannian of the standard hypersymplectic space of quaternionic dimension 2n is diffeomorphic to the manifold of hyperunitary matrices of order n.
Reviewed by Dmitry A. Kalinin

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen., 1, No. 1, 1–14 (1967).
  2. V. I. Arnold, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov., 224, 56–67 (1999).
  3. V. I. Arnold, Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen., 34, No. 3, 63–65 (2000).
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.
MR1832295 (2002e:58001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Задачи Арнольда. (Russian. Russian summary) [Arnolʹd problems]
With a preface by M. B. Sevryuk and V. B. Filippov. Izdatelʹstvo FAZIS, Moscow, 2000. x+452 pp. ISBN: 5-7036-0060-X
58-02 (00A07 01A72 37-02 53-02 57-02)
Mathematical life in the Soviet Union, in particular in Moscow, was famous for its seminars: the seminars of Gelʹfand, Sinaĭ, Kirillov, Manin, Novikov, to mention just a few. Most of these seminars met weekly for 2 hours, in late afternoon. One of the most celebrated ones is Arnolʹd's seminar, existing for more than 30 years. For a number of very well-known mathematicians this seminar was a formative experience. Every semester, the opening meeting of the seminar was devoted to open problems. V. I. Arnolʹd discussed about a dozen research problems with detailed comments. Many of these problems were later solved (or partially solved) by participants of the seminar. According to Arnolʹd, the half-life of a problem is 7 years. Many seminar participants are Arnolʹd's graduate students. His philosophy is that a student should learn from his teacher that a certain problem is open; the choice of a particular research problem is then up to the student (to quote from Arnolʹd's preface: "To choose a problem for him is like choosing a bride for one's son'').
   The present book is a unique attempt to collect these problems under one cover and supply them with comments. The publisher and the editor consider this book an ongoing project, and currently an English edition with added comments is under preparation. The collection of problems spans more than 40 years and also includes some problems by other authors, discussed in the seminar. Unfortunately, many early problems were not recorded but the collection appears relatively complete from 1970. The number of problems per year varies (say, 10 problems in 1974 and 30 in 1975). Versions of the same problem could appear more than once over the years.
   Many of Arnolʹd's problems influenced the development of contemporary mathematics. Some of the most telling examples are the Arnolʹd conjectures on the number of fixed points of exact symplectomorphisms. In the case of the torus, this was proved by Conley and Zehnder, one of the first celebrated results of the fast-growing area of symplectic topology. Today Arnolʹd's problems remain as important and stimulating as ever.
   The comments on the problems are not at all complete. Some problems are commented upon in a very detailed manner, and some are supplied only with bibliographic references and very brief commentary. One hopes that the next edition of the book will substantially add to the comments section.
   I'd like to finish with Arnolʹd's epigraph: "I am very grateful to a great number of my former and current students who have written this book''.
Reviewed by Serge L. Tabachnikov

Citations

From References: 16

From Reviews: 0

MR1802319 (2001k:53152) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

The complex Lagrangian Grassmannian. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 34 (2000), no. 3, 63–65; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 34 (2000), no. 3, 208–210
53D12 (37J05)
A complex analogue of the Lagrangian Grassmannian is considered. It is shown that the space of Lagrangian subspaces in C2n is isomorphic to the group U(n) of unitary matrices. This space turns out to be the compactification of the space of Hermitian matrices.
Reviewed by Dmitry A. Kalinin

    References
  1. V. I. Arnold, Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen., 1, No. 1, 1–14 (1967).
  2. V. I. Arnold, In: Mathematics: Frontiers and Perspectives (Arnold V., Atiyah M., Lax P., Mazur B., eds.), IUM, Amer. Math. Soc., 2000, pp. 403–416. MR1754788
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR1798021 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On A. N. Kolmogorov [1 727 743]. Kolmogorov in perspective, 89–108,
Hist. Math., 20, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 2000.
01A70

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1798019.}

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1796838 (2001i:58081) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Singularity theory. (English summary) Development of mathematics 1950–2000, 63–95, Birkhäuser, Basel, 2000.
58Kxx (01A60 58-03)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
This paper is an excellent survey on key events on the development of singularity theory in the last fifty years. The topics treated are: critical points of smooth functions (Morse theory), mappings of surfaces to the plane (Whitney theory), mappings to higher-dimensional spaces, the nice dimensions, simple singularities (Dynkin diagrams), singularities and perestroikas of wave fronts, caustics singularities, the branching of the integrals and global singularity theory (Morse inequality, knot type, etc.).

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1796836.} Reviewed by Enrique Outerelo Domínguez

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR1796837 (2001m:37001) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Dynamical systems. (English summary) Development of mathematics 1950–2000, 33–61, Birkhäuser, Basel, 2000.
37-03 (01A60 34-03)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
This work provides a brief and interesting overview of the development of the theory of dynamical systems in the 20th century. The presentation is based on examples that illustrate how the theory of dynamical systems connects applied mathematics topics (oscillation theory, celestial mechanics, ecology, statistical physics) to pure mathematics topics (topology, differential geometry, Lie groups, number theory).
   One of the examples given of a predator-prey system is that of applied mathematicians (predator) and pure mathematicians (prey). The Chernobyl catastrophe is mentioned as an example of stability loss in which a system that had behaved stably suddenly jumped to a state lying very far from the initial state.
   The state of the art of structural stability is shortly presented, and it is pointed out that Andronov already in his first papers considered the structural stability as a property of the questions we ask on the behaviour of the system rather than the system itself.
   The work ends with a brief description of some of the problems that have been challenging mathematicians for many years, for instance, the number of periodic trajectories of an analytic diffeomorphism.
   It should be stressed that this work contains many interesting remarks that provide a deep insight to the theory of dynamical systems. There are also a few sharp comments regarding science policy that go straight to the point. It is delightful reading.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1796836.} Reviewed by Coraci P. Malta

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1782581 (2001g:82006) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

From averaging to statistical physics. (Russian. Russian summary)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 228 (2000), Probl. Sovrem. Mat. Fiz., 196–202; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 2000, no. 1(228), 184–190
82B03
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The averaging method of N. N. Bogolyubov is illustrated by several applications, such as the stability of the reversed pendulum, instability of a hypothetical Sun-Earth-Moon system, distribution of the first digit of the numbers 2n, and a foundation for the Einstein-Smoluchowski formula.
Reviewed by András Krámli

Citations

From References: 15

From Reviews: 0

MR1768639 (2001h:53108) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Symplectic geometry and topology. (English summary)
J. Math. Phys. 41 (2000), no. 6, 3307–3343.
53D05 (37J05 53D10 53D12 57R17 58K30)
Summary: "This is a review of the ideas underlying the application of symplectic geometry to Hamiltonian systems. The paper begins with symplectic manifolds and their Lagrangian submanifolds, covers contact manifolds and their Legendrian submanifolds, and indicates the first steps of symplectic and contact topology.''
Reviewed by John B. Etnyre

    References
  1. H. Weyl, The Classical Groups, their Invariants and Representations (Princeton University Press, Princeton, NJ, 1939). MR0000255
  2. C. L. Siegel, "Symplectic geometry," Am. J. Math. 65, 1 (1943). MR0008094
  3. V. I. Arnold, "Sur une proprie'te' topologique des applications globalement canoniques de la me'canique classique," C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 261, 3719–3722 (1965). MR0193645
  4. V. I. Arnold, "First steps of symplectic topology," Russ. Math. Surveys 41, I-21 (1986). MR0890489
  5. Y. Eliashberg and M. Gromov, "Convex symplectic manifolds," Proc. Symp. Pure Math 52, 135–162 (1991); D. McDuff and L. Traynor (unpublished). C. Viterbo, "Symplectic topology as the geometry of generating functions," Math. Ann. 292, 685–710 (1992). MR1128541
  6. M. Gromov, "Pseudo-holomorphic curves in symplectic manifolds," Invent. Math. 82, 307–347 (1985). MR0809718
  7. D. McDuff and L. Polterovich, "Symplectic packing and algebraic geometry," Invent. Math. (in press). cf. MR1262938
  8. I. Ekeland and H. Hofer, "Symplectic topology and Hamiltonian dynamics, I,II," Math. Z. 200, 355–378 (1989); 203, 553–568 (1990). MR0978597
  9. H. Hofer, "Symplectic capacities," in Durham Conference, edited by Donaldson and Thomas (London Mathematical Society, 1992). MR1171906
  10. C. Conley and E. Zehnder, "The Birkhoff-Lewis fixed point theorem and a conjecture of V. I. Arnold," Invent. Math. 73, 33–49 (1983). MR0707347
  11. A. Floer, "Proof of the Arnold conjecture and generalizations to certain Kaehler manifolds," Duke Math. J. 53, I-32 (1986). MR0835793
  12. A. B. Givental, "A symplectic fixed point theorem for toric manifolds," in Progress in Mathematics (Floer Memorial Volume, Birkhaeuser, 1994). MR1362837
  13. S. L. Tabachnikov, "Around four vertices," Russ. Math. Surveys 45, 229–230 (1990). MR1050943
  14. V. I. Arnold, "Sur les proprie'te's topologiques des projections Lagrangiennes en ge'ometrie symplectique des caustiques," Cahiers de Mathe' matiques de la decision, CEREMADE, 9320, 14/6/93, 9pp. MR1356438
  15. V. I. Arnold, "On topological properties of Legendre projections in contact geometry of wave fronts," Algebra i analis (S. Petersburg Math. J.), 6 (1994). MR1301827
  16. A. Weinstein, Lectures on Symplectic Manifolds, Reg. Conf. Ser. Math. 29 (American Mathematical Society, Providence, 1997). MR0598470
  17. V. I. Arnold and A. B. Givental, "Symplectic geometry," Encyclopedia of Math. Sciences, Dynamical Systems 4 (Springer, New York, 1990), pp. 4–136. MR1866631
  18. V. I. Arnold, "On one problem of Liouville, concerning integrable problems of dynamics," Siberian Math. J. 4, 471–474 (1963). MR0147742
  19. V. I. Arnold, "Normal forms for functions near degenerate critical points, the Weyl groups Ak,Dk,Ek and Lagrangian singularities," Funct. Anal. Appl. 6, 254–272 (1972). MR0356124
  20. V. I. Arnold, "Critical points of smooth functions," Proceedings of the International Congress of Mathematicians, Vancouver, 1974, Vol. 1, 19–39. MR0431217
  21. V. Batyrev, "Dual polyhedra and mirror symmetry for Calabi-Yau hypersurfaces in toric varieties," J. Alg. Geom. 3, (1994). MR1269718
  22. I. G. Scherbak, "Focal set of a surface with boundary and caustics of groups generated by reflections Bk,Ck,F4," Funct. Anal. Appl. 18, 84–85 (1984). MR0739106
  23. A. B. Givental, "Singular Lagrange varieties and their Lagrange mappings," in Itogi Nauki VINTTI 33, 55–112 (1988), Transl. J. Sov. Math. 52, 3246–3278 (1990).
  24. O. P. Scherbak, "Wave fronts and reflection groups," Russian Math. Surveys 43, 149–194 (1988). MR0955776
  25. Yu. V. Chekanov, "Legandrova teorija Morsa," Usp. Mat. Nauk 42, 139–141 (1987) (Uspekhi are in general translated as Russian Math. Surveys, but some papers contain something new and hence are not translated!). F. Lauenbach and J.-C. Sikorav, "Persistence d'interrsections avec la section nelle au course d'une isotopie hamiltonienne dans un fibre' cotangent," Invent. Math. 82, 349–358 (1985). MR0809719
  26. P. Rabinowitz, "Critical points of indefinite functionals and periodic solutions of differential equations," in Proceedings of the International Congress of Mathematicians, Helsinki 1978 (Acad. Sci. Fennica, Helsinki, 1980), pp. 791–796. MR0562689
  27. A. Floer, "An instanton invariant for 3-manifolds," Commun. Math. Phys. 118, 215–240 (1988). MR0956166
  28. M. Atiyah, "New invariants of 3- and 4- manifolds," in The mathematical heritage of Hermann Weyl, Durham, N.C., 1987. Sympos. Pure Math., 48 (American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1988), pp. 285–289. MR0974342
  29. W. Newmann and J. Wahl, "Casson invariant of links of singularities," Comment. Math. Helv. 65, 58–78 (1990). MR1036128
  30. V. I. Arnold, "On the characteristic class entering in quantization conditions," Funct. Anal. Appl. 1, 1–14 (1967). MR0211415
  31. V. P. Maslov, The'orie des perturbations et me'thodes asymptotiques, thesis, Moscow State Univ., 1965 (Dunod, Paris, 1972).
  32. F. Carlini, "Richerche sulla convergenza della serie che serve alla soluzione del Problema di Keplero," Milano 1817; Schumacher Astronomische Nachrichten 28, 257–270; 30, 197–254.
  33. V. A. Vasiliev, Lagrange and Legendre characteristic classes (Gordon and Breach, New York, 1988). MR1065996
  34. M. Audin, "Cobordisms d'immersions Lagrangiennes et Legendriennes," Traveaux en Cours, 20 (Hermann, 1987). MR0903652
  35. A. B. Givental, "Lagrangian imbeddings of surfaces and the open Whitney umbrella," Funct. Anal. Appl. 20, 35–41 (1986). MR0868559
  36. Y. Eliashberg and L. Polterovich, "Unknottedness of Lagrangian surfaces in symplectic 4-manifolds," Preprint 1993, 9 pp. cf. MR1248704
  37. D. Bennequin, "Entrelacements et equations de Pfaff," Aste'risque 107–108, 83–161 (1983). MR0753131
  38. Y. Eliashberg, "Legendrian and transversal knots in tight contact 3-manifolds," Topological Methods in Modern Mathematics, J. Milnor's 60th birthday volume (Publish or Perish, Houston, 1993), pp. 171–193. MR1215964
  39. Y. Eliashberg, "Classification of contact structures on R3," Duke Math. J. Int. Math. Res. Notices, N3, 87–91 (1993). MR1208828
  40. J. W. Gray, "Some global properties of contact structures," Ann. Math. 2, 421–450 (1959). MR0112161
  41. J. Martinet, "Formes de contact sur les varie'te's de dimension 3," Lecture Notes in Mathematics, 209, 142–163 (1971). MR0350771
  42. Y. Eliashberg, "Contact 3-manifolds twenty years since J. Martinet's work," Annales de l'Inst. Fourier 42, 165–192 (1992). MR1162559
  43. V. L. Ginzburg, "Calculation of contact and symplectic cobordism groups," Topology 31, 757–762 (1992). MR1191378
  44. B. Fortune and A. Weinstein, "A symplectic fixed point theorem for complex projective spaces," Bull. Am. Math. Soc. 12, 128–130 (1985). MR0766969
  45. A. B. Givental, "Nonlinear generalization of the Maslov index," Singularity Theory and its Applications, edited by V. I. Arnold, Adv. Sov. Math. 1 (American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1990), pp. 71–103. MR1089671
This list reflects references listed in the original paper as accurately as possible with no attempt to correct error.

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1766091 Indexed
Arnold, Vladimir
Jürgen Moser (1928–1999). Déclin des mathématiques (après la mort de Jürgen Moser). (French) [Jürgen Moser (1928–1999). The decline of mathematics (after the death of Jürgen Moser)]
Gaz. Math. No. 84 (2000), 92–95.
01A70

Related

Moser, Jürgen

Citations

From References: 14

From Reviews: 0

MR1754788 Indexed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Polymathematics: is mathematics a single science or a set of arts? Mathematics: frontiers and perspectives, 403–416, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 2000.
00A99 (01A99)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1754762.}

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR1754762 (2000m:00017) Reviewed
Mathematics: frontiers and perspectives.
Edited by V. Arnold, M. Atiyah, P. Lax and B. Mazur. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 2000. xii+459 pp. ISBN: 0-8218-2070-2
00B10 (00B15)
Display contents as search results

Contents:

A. Baker [Alan Baker] and G. Wüstholz, "Number theory, transcendence and Diophantine geometry in the next millennium”, 1–12.

J. Bourgain, "Harmonic analysis and combinatorics: how much may they contribute to each other?”, 13–32.

Shiing-Shen Chern, "Back to Riemann”, 33–34.

Alain Connes, "Noncommutative geometry and the Riemann zeta function”, 35–54.

S. K. Donaldson, "Polynomials, vanishing cycles and Floer homology”, 55–64.

W. T. Gowers, "The two cultures of mathematics”, 65–78.

V. F. R. Jones, "Ten problems”, 79–91.

David Kazhdan, "An algebraic integration”, 93–115.

Frances Kirwan, "Mathematics: the right choice?”, 117–120.

P.-L. Lions, "On some challenging problems in nonlinear partial differential equations”, 121–135.

Andrew J. Majda, "Real world turbulence and modern applied mathematics”, 137–151.

Yu. I. Manin, "Mathematics as profession and vocation”, 153–159.

Gregory Margulis [Grigorii A. Margulis], "Problems and conjectures in rigidity theory”, 161–174.

Dusa McDuff, "A glimpse into symplectic geometry”, 175–187.

Shigefumi Mori, "Rational curves on algebraic varieties”, 189–195.

David Mumford, "The dawning of the age of stochasticity”, 197–218.

Roger Penrose, "Mathematical physics of the 20th and 21st centuries”, 219–234.

K. F. Roth, "Limitations to regularity”, 235–250.

David Ruelle, "Conversations on mathematics with a visitor from outer space”, 251–259.

Peter Sarnak, "Some problems in number theory, analysis and mathematical physics”, 261–269.

Steve Smale, "Mathematical problems for the next century”, 271–294.

Richard P. Stanley, "Positivity problems and conjectures in algebraic combinatorics”, 295–319.

Cumrun Vafa, "On the future of mathematics/physics interaction”, 321–328.

Andrew Wiles, "Twenty years of number theory”, 329–342.

Edward Witten, "Magic, mystery, and matrix”, 343–352.

S.-T. Yau [Shing-Tung Yau], "Review of geometry and analysis”, 353–401.

V. I. Arnold, "Polymathematics: is mathematics a single science or a set of arts?”, 403–416.

Peter D. Lax, "Mathematics and computing”, 417–432.

B. Mazur [Barry C. Mazur], "The theme of p-adic variation”, 433–459.


   {Most of the papers are being reviewed individually.}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1729979 Indexed
Arnold, V.
Repartitioning the world.
Quantum 10 (2000), no. 3, 34–37.
00A08 (91F10)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
MR1782550 (2001j:32025) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Simple singularities of curves. (Russian. Russian summary)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 226 (1999), Mat. Fiz. Probl. Kvantovoĭ Teor. Polya, 27–35; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 1999, no. 3(226), 20–28
32S05 (58K40)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
A singularity of a curve means the germ of a holomorphic map of the complex line into complex space at a singular point. Simple singularities of plane curves were classified by J. W. Bruce and T. J. Gaffney, and simple singularities of space curves by C. G. Gibson and C. A. Hobbs. In this work the singularities of curves in a target of any dimension are investigated. The author gives a complete classification of simple singularities of curves of any dimension. He also treats the relation expected between this classification and the ADE classifications.
Reviewed by Mamuka S. Shubladze
MR1756874 (2001c:58039) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (F-PARIS9-A)
Centre de Recherche de Mathématiques de la Décision (CEREMADE), Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France

First steps of local contact algebra. (English summary)
Dedicated to H. S. M. Coxeter on the occasion of his 90th birthday.
Canad. J. Math. 51 (1999), no. 6, 1123–1134.
58K20 (53D10 58K50)
The author considers in this paper germs of mappings of a line to a contact space and classifies the first simple singularities up to the action of contactomorphisms in the target space and diffeomorphisms of the line. He shows that even in these first cases there arises a new interesting interaction of local commutative algebra with the contact structure.
   The main idea used by the author in this classification is that all simple objects are controlled by Coxeter groups. This idea is based on the success of Coxeter's extension of linear algebra to mirror configurations.
   The classical Darboux-Givental theorem claims that a germ of a smooth submanifold of a contact structure is well defined by the induced structure on the submanifold. In this paper it is shown that for curves with singularities this does not occur, i.e., at a singular point of a curve there exist more invariants; some ghost of the contact structure persists.
   To show the existence of the ghost the author calculates the normal forms. He also remarks that it would be interesting to describe this ghost algebraically, in terms of the local algebra of the singularity and of the Poisson brackets.
Reviewed by Marcelo José Saia

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1747476 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

The anti-science revolution and mathematics. (Russian)
Vestnik Ross. Akad. Nauk 69 (1999), no. 6, 553–558.
00A30 (01A65)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
MR1746430 (2001k:11190) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Weak asymptotics of the numbers of solutions of Diophantine equations. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 33 (1999), no. 4, 65–66; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 33 (1999), no. 4, 292–293 (2000)
11P21 (11D45 11P82)
The author gives a report (no proofs) on two related problems: determining the number of points of a small lattice in a domain and the Sylvester-Frobenius problem of determining the smallest number N from which all integers are represented as linear combinations k1a1++knan of prescribed natural numbers a1,,an with nonnegative integer coefficients k1,,kn.
   The author's idea is to formalize this situation in such a way as to remove most of the purely number-theoretic considerations. Thus, a "problem'' is the computation of a function f of a lattice Γ in Rn, and "asymptotics'' is the investigation of the behavior of f when the lattice is densified (for example, the behavior of f(Γ/M) as M) and an "asymptotic formula'' is something like $\lim_{M\to\infty} a(\Gamma/M)=c$. Such limits are weak in the sense that one usually has just the convergence of the integral $\lim_{M\to\infty}\int a(\Gamma/M)F(\Gamma)d\Gamma=c(F)$, where $F$ is some smooth smearing of the lattice through a neighborhood of the points of $\Gamma$. If $F$ is a $\delta$-function, then $c(F)$ will converge to $c$.
   The main result is that the number of $\Gamma$-integers in a bounded polyhedron is weakly asymptotically proportional to the volume of the polyhedron. In the application to the Sylvester-Frobenius problem the number of $\Gamma$-integers becomes the number $F_a$ of integer vectors $(k_i)$ that are coefficients in the above linear form for which $a(k)=a_1k_1+\dots+a_nk_n\leq x$, i.e., the image of the natural measure on the domain $\{k\geq 0\}$. The result then is that $F_a(x)$ is weakly asymptotically equal (as $a\to\infty$) to the volume of the corresponding simplex. For the Frobenius problem the difference $F_a(x+1)-F_a(x)=\Delta_a(x)$ is the crucial quantity, and the author makes a conjecture about this quantity.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1741684 (2000j:01031) Reviewed
Agranovich, M. S.; Arnolʹd, V. I.; Vasilʹev, D. G.; et al.;
Viktor Borisovich Lidskiĭ (on the occasion of his seventieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 54 (1999), no. 5(329), 197–203; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 54 (1999), no. 5, 1077–1085
01A70
This is an outline of the work of V. B. Lidskiĭ (b. 1924) on differential equations, mathematical physics and the spectral theory of operators, followed by a list of his publications.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1733867 (2000h:57007) Reviewed
Pseudoperiodic topology.
Edited by Vladimir Arnold, Maxim Kontsevich and Anton Zorich. American Mathematical Society Translations, Series 2, 197. Advances in the Mathematical Sciences, 46. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1999. xii+178 pp. ISBN: 0-8218-2094-X
57-06
Display contents as search results

Contents:

S. M. Gusein-Zade, "On the topology of quasiperiodic functions”, 1–7.

M. L. Kontsevich and Yu. M. Suhov [Yu. M. Sukhov], "Statistics of Klein polyhedra and multidimensional continued fractions”, 9–27.

A. Pajitnov [A. V. Pazhitnov], "$C^0$-generic properties of boundary operators in the Novikov complex”, 29–115.

D. A. Panov, "Pseudoperiodic mappings”, 117–134.

Anton Zorich [A. V. Zorich], "How do the leaves of a closed $1$-form wind around a surface?”, 135–178.


   {The papers are being reviewed individually.}
MR1733750 Indexed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Afrajmovich, V. S. (RS-NZNV)
Department of Mathematics, Nizhniĭ Novgorod ``N. I. Lobachevskiĭ'' State University603600 Nizhniy Novgorod, Russia
; Ilʹyashenko, Yu. S. (RS-MOSC-MM)
Department of Mechanics and Mathematics, Moscow State University117234 Moscow, Russia
; Shilʹnikov, L. P. (RS-NZNV-RAM)
Research Institute for Applied Mathematics and Cybernetics, Nizhniĭ Novgorod ``N. I. Lobachevskiĭ'' State University603005 Nizhniy Novgorod, Russia

Bifurcation theory and catastrophe theory. (English summary)
Translated from the 1986 Russian original by N. D. Kazarinoff. Reprint of the 1994 English edition from the series Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences [Dynamical systems. V, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 5, Springer, Berlin, 1994; MR1287421]. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1999. viii+271 pp. ISBN: 3-540-65379-1
37Gxx (34C23 58K35)

Citations

From References: 9

From Reviews: 0

MR1733567 (2001e:01027) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Topological problems in wave propagation theory and topological economy principle in algebraic geometry. (English summary) The Arnoldfest (Toronto, ON, 1997), 39–54,
Fields Inst. Commun., 24, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1999.
01A65 (57M27 57N35 57R17 58K15)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
This note is an account of the last in a series of three lectures given by the author at the meeting in his honour on the occasion of his 60th birthday. It deals with a wide circle of phenomena in wave propagation theory, in symplectic geometry and in contact geometry which appear to admit an informal interpretation as a manifestation of a general principle, called by the author "the economy principle in algebraic geometry''. The author writes as follows: "If you have a geometrical or topological phenomenon, which you can realize by algebraic objects, then the simplest algebraic realizations are topologically as simple as possible. So replacing algebraic objects by topological objects you are unable to gain simplicity''.
   No rigorous formulation of the principle is presented in the paper, but it is amply illustrated by an impressive collection of descriptive concrete examples including the Thom conjecture on genera of smooth projective surfaces, the Milnor conjecture on the Gordian numbers of algebraic knots, and the Arnolʹd conjecture on intersections of Lagrangian submanifolds. Special attention is given to several results on the geometric structure of the wavefronts emerging in the process of eversion of a convex closed curve in the plane. This suggests a number of settings in which one should be able to guarantee existence of four "exceptional'' points on the curves in question. In particular, the circle eversion conjecture asserts that there is a wavefront emerging in the process of eversion of a generic convex curve sufficiently close to the circle with inward normal, with at least four cusps. The author shows that this conjecture is closely related to the so-called tennis ball conjecture, to Sturm theory, and to the intersection theory for Lagrangian submanifolds. In the last part of the lecture the author reproduces some of his answers to questions posed by the participants of the conference. He explains in particular why "Russian undergraduates are so brilliant''.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1733563.} Reviewed by Aleksandr G. Aleksandrov

Citations

From References: 7

From Reviews: 0

MR1733566 (2001i:01044) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Symplectization, complexification and mathematical trinities. (English summary) The Arnoldfest (Toronto, ON, 1997), 23–37,
Fields Inst. Commun., 24, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1999.
01A65 (01A55 01A60 14P05)
This is one of the lectures given by V. I. Arnold on the occasion of his 60th birthday at the Fields Institute (June 1997). Arnold tells how he obtained many of his results (for example, in real algebraic geometry). The main idea was in the symplectization, contactization, complexification (and so on) of known facts. Arnold thinks that this idea can lead to new remarkable discoveries in the future. In particular, using complexification and quaternization, he forms trinities consisting of a real result and its complex and quaternionic versions (formulated as theorems or conjectures). Arnold suggests that there are many trinities one has still only to discover.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1733563.} Reviewed by V. D. Sedykh
MR1733564 (2001h:01031) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

From Hilbert's superposition problem to dynamical systems. (English summary) The Arnoldfest (Toronto, ON, 1997), 1–18,
Fields Inst. Commun., 24, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1999.
01A65 (01A60 37-03 54H20)
This is a very personal essay written as the first of the series of three lectures given by the author in June 1997 during the meeting at the Fields Institute dedicated to his 60th birthday. He writes "I shall try to explain the diversity of subjects I was working on. In fact, I was following one line from the very beginning and there was essentially one problem I was working on all my life.'' The lecture is really devoted to one, let us call it archetypical, problem in the author's mathematical manifestation of the Universe. This is the 13th Hilbert problem on superpositions emerging from one of the main mathematical subjects, which is the solution of algebraic equations. In the author's reformulation it is the question whether an algebraic function $z(a,b,c)$ in three variables which satisfies an equation $z^7+az^3+bz^2+cz+1=0$ can be represented as a combination (by substitutions) of algebraic functions in two variables. The author describes, in a very original subjective way, the precise history surrounding this problem and especially his own role and interaction with this history. He explains his intrinsic stimulation and deep motivation for his work in singularity theory—the study of the topology of the complement to the discriminant, his work in mechanics and the way to the famous KAM theory, his work on many body problems and work on hydrodynamics. He showed also, how his enormously inspiring and open-minded way (over the most important disciplines of science) of doing mathematics helped to create his amazing "Arnolʹd School''.
   The paper is fascinating (as are most of his papers) in its multilevel, artistic style. It contains many very interesting explanations of the origins of important mathematical problems, an enormous number of remarks and stories, e.g., "Perhaps I should explain one more thing here. He (i.e. Kolmogorov) took my first article, for the Doklady (the Russian Comptes Rendus) and he told me that the supervisor must write the first article of a student, the student being never able to write correctly, because it's a very different art from the art of solving problems and proving theorems. `I shall show you once,' he said. `A good student never needs a second experience of this kind'.'' Finally, at the end of the paper, there is an answer to J. Milnor's question—"You often told us about important mathematical work in Russia we did not know about and you gave another example today. I wonder if you can explain to us how do you locate something interesting in the literature starting with zero information''—which starts in the following way: "First of all (this is especially important for the Americans), do not forget that some mathematical results appear in Russian, in French, in German, in Japanese$\dots$''.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1733563.} Reviewed by Stanisław Tadeusz Janeczko
MR1733563 (2000j:00030) Reviewed
The Arnoldfest.
Proceedings of a Conference in Honour of V. I. Arnold for his sixtieth birthday held in Toronto, ON, June 15–21, 1997. Edited by Edward Bierstone, Boris Khesin, Askold Khovanskii and Jerrold E. Marsden. Fields Institute Communications, 24. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1999. xviii+555 pp. ISBN: 0-8218-0945-8
00B30
Display contents as search results

Contents:

V. I. Arnold, "From Hilbert's superposition problem to dynamical systems”, 1–18.

Jürgen Moser, "Recollections”, 19–21.

V. I. Arnold, "Symplectization, complexification and mathematical trinities”, 23–37.

V. I. Arnold, "Topological problems in wave propagation theory and topological economy principle in algebraic geometry”, 39–54.

Mark S. Alber, Gregory G. Luther, Jerrold E. Marsden and Jonathan M. Robbins, "Geometry and control of three-wave interactions”, 55–80.

Edward Bierstone and Pierre D. Milman, "Standard basis along a Samuel stratum, and implicit differentiation”, 81–113.

James Damon, "A global weighted version of Bezout's theorem”, 115–129.

Alexander Degtyarev [Aleksandr Igorevich Degtyarëv] and Viatcheslav Kharlamov, "Real Enriques surfaces without real points and Enriques-Einstein-Hitchin 4-manifolds”, 131–140.

W. Ebeling [Wolfgang Ebeling] and S. M. Gusein-Zade, "On the index of a vector field at an isolated singularity”, 141–152.

David G. Ebin and Gerard Misiołek, "The exponential map on $\scr D^s_\mu$”, 153–163.

Michael H. Freedman, "Zeldovich's neutron star and the prediction of magnetic froth”, 165–172.

Kenji Fukaya and Kaoru Ono, "Arnold conjecture and Gromov-Witten invariant for general symplectic manifolds”, 173–190.

Andrei Gabrielov [A. M. Gabrièlov], "Multiplicity of a zero of an analytic function on a trajectory of a vector field”, 191–200.

Alexander B. Givental, "Singularity theory and symplectic topology”, 201–207.

V. V. Goryunov and S. K. Lando, "On enumeration of meromorphic functions on the line”, 209–223.

H. Hofer [Helmut H. W. Hofer] and E. Zehnder, "Pseudoholomorphic curves and dynamics”, 225–239.

Yu. S. Ilyashenko and V. Yu. Kaloshin, "Bifurcation of planar and spatial polycycles: Arnold's program and its development”, 241–271.

V. M. Kharlamov, S. Yu. Orevkov and E. I. Shustin, "Singularity which has no $M$-smoothing”, 273–309.

Boris Khesin and Alexei Rosly [A. A. Roslyĭ], "Symplectic geometry on moduli spaces of holomorphic bundles over complex surfaces”, 311–323.

A. Khovanskii, "Newton polyhedra, a new formula for mixed volume, product of roots of a system of equations”, 325–364.

William F. Langford and Kaijun Zhan, "Interactions of Andronov-Hopf and Bogdanov-Takens bifurcations”, 365–383.

E. Mukhin [E. E. Mukhin] and A. Varchenko, "Solutions of the qKZB equation in tensor products of finite dimensional modules over the elliptic quantum group $E_{\tau,\eta}{\rm sl}_2$”, 385–396.

S. P. Novikov [Sergeĭ Petrovich Novikov], "Schrodinger operators on graphs and symplectic geometry”, 397–413.

Michael Rudnev and Stephen Wiggins, "On the dominant Fourier modes in the series associated with separatrix splitting for an a-priori stable, three degree-of-freedom Hamiltonian system”, 415–449.

V. A. Vassiliev, Homology of $i$-connected graphs and invariants of knots, "plane arrangements, etc.”, 451–469.

V. A. Vladimirov and K. I. Ilin, "On Arnold's variational principles in fluid mechanics”, 471–495.

Sergei Yakovenko, "On functions and curves defined by ordinary differential equations”, 497–525.

Y. Yomdin, "Global finiteness properties of analytic families and algebra of their Taylor coefficients”, 527–555.


   {Most of the papers are being reviewed individually.}
MR1729356 (2001h:58055) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

First steps of local symplectic algebra. Differential topology, infinite-dimensional Lie algebras, and applications, 1–8,
Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2, 194, Adv. Math. Sci., 44, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1999.
58K50 (53D05)
Simple singularities of curves in a symplectic manifold are studied. Consider the symplectic space $\bold C^{2n}$ with the standard Darboux coordinates $(p_i,q_i)$ and the symplectic structure $\sum dp_i\wedge dq_i$. Define the following curves in $\bold C^{2n}$: $$A_{2k,0}=(q_1=t^2,\ p_1=t^a,\ p_i=q_i=0\ \text{for}\ i>1),$$
$$A_{2k,r}=(q_1=t^2,\ q_2=t^a,\ p_1=t^b,\ p_2=0,\ p_i=q_i=0\ \text{for}\ i>2),$$
where $a=2k+1$, $b=a+2r$, $r>0$. Theorem. Almost every curve in a symplectic space of dimension $2n\geq 4$ whose Taylor series at the singular point has a nonzero quadratic term is simple and symplectomorphic to one of the curves $A_{2k,r},\ 0\leq r\leq 2k$. All the curves $A_{2k,r}$ are symplectically different.
   Adjacencies of simplest curve singularities in the symplectic space $\bold C^4$ are indicated as well.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1729355.} Reviewed by V. D. Sedykh

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR1728811 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Kepler's second law and the topology of abelian integrals (according to Newton) [Kvant 1987, no. 12, 17–21]. Kvant selecta: algebra and analysis, II, 131–140,
Math. World, 15, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1999.
14P99 (70H99)

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1735373.}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1728806 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Evolution processes and ordinary differential equations [Kvant 1986, no. 2, 13–20]. Kvant selecta: algebra and analysis, II, 73–85,
Math. World, 15, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1999.
92D15 (34C30 70E15)

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1735373.}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1728666 (2000j:01038) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Borisyuk, R. M.; Gelʹfand, I. M.; et al.;
Èmmanuil Èlʹevich Shnolʹ (on the occasion of his seventieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 54 (1999), no. 3(327), 199–204; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 54 (1999), no. 3, 677–683
01A70
This article contains a brief scientific biography of E. E. Shnolʹ, a photo, and a list of selected publications by him.

Citations

From References: 6

From Reviews: 0

MR1725930 (2002a:58050) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Topological problems in the theory of asymptotic curves. (Russian)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 225 (1999), Solitony Geom. Topol. na Perekrest., 11–20; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 1999, no. 2(225), 5–15
58K55 (37C99)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
From the introduction (reviewer's translation): "An asymptotic curve on a surface in a three-dimensional Euclidean or projective space is an integral curve of a vector field of asymptotic directions (directions along which the second fundamental form vanishes {reviewer: this means that asymptotic directions are a projective phenomenon, not a metric one}). We prove that the (generic) asymptotic curves on hyperbolic surfaces are precisely the (generic) space curves without flattening points. These curves can also be defined as those curves that are smooth and have smooth dual curves (called rotational curves). Rotational curves have inflection points.''
   The author makes an investigation of the topological properties of such rotational curves. The first reason such curves are interesting is the first result proved by the author, that the asymptotic curves on hyperbolic surfaces are the same objects as the rotational curves in the ambient space. He also shows that the projection of a closed asymptotic curve on a hyperbolic surface $z=f(x,y)$ in three-dimensional Euclidean space onto the $(x,y)$-plane cannot be starlike. He also gives some examples.
   Much of the arguments are written in local coordinates, but the article is written so that one can see the global versions easily. It is a very interesting article.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel
MR1725450 (2001a:01073) Reviewed
Rokhlin, V. A.
Избранные работы. (Russian. Russian summary) [Selected works]
Воспоминания о В. А. Рохлине. [Appendix: Reminiscences of V. A. Rokhlin by V. I. Arnolʹd, A. M. Vershik, S. P. Novikov and Ya. G. Sinaĭ] With commentaries on Rokhlin's work by N. Yu. Netsvetaev and Vershik. Edited and with a preface by Vershik. Moskovskiĭ Tsentr Nepreryvnogo Matematicheskogo Obrazovaniya, Moscow, 1999. 496 pp. ISBN: 5-900916-38-3
01A75 (01A70)
This selection of papers of V. A. Rokhlin (1919–1984) represents almost 50 years of mathematical activity by an outstanding mathematician of the 20th century. From 1960 to 1981 he was a professor at Leningrad University. There he created the ergodic seminar, and then the famous topological seminar, from which many known mathematicians emerged. His contributions in four-dimensional topology, the theory of homotopy groups of spheres, cobordism, and characteristic classes have become classical. Rokhlin was a scientist possessed of the highest mathematical culture. His penetrating, sharp, sometimes paradoxical appreciations of classical and modern results and of their authors have had a deep influence on many mathematicians. In the present volume the reminiscences of several of his colleagues and friends, who in varying degree were his disciples, are included. The reader will feel their attitudes to Rokhlin, as a scientist, teacher, and uncommon personality, as a man who passed through the hardest tests of life and emerged with honour. The book includes many of his most important papers in low-dimensional topology, measure theory, ergodic theory and real algebraic geometry. The comments by N. Yu. Netsvetaev and Vershik are a very brief guide to the works of Rokhlin. They point out some discrepancies in his work, and list the correct results.
Reviewed by Vasily A. Chernecky

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1721428 (2000h:00007) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (F-PARIS9-A)
Centre de Recherche de Mathématiques de la Décision (CEREMADE), Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France

A mathematical trivium. (Swedish. English summary)
Translated from the Russian original [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 46 (1991), no. 1(277), 225–232] by Jaak Peetre.
Normat 47 (1999), no. 3, 111–121, 144.
00A35 (00A07)

Related

Peetre, Jaak

Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Summary: "The author argues that the level of students' mathematical education is not determined by listing all the courses, or by listing the contents of these courses. The only way to determine what we really have taught our pupils is to list the problems that they should be able to solve as a result of the teaching. It is not a question of very difficult problems, but rather simple problems representing a minimum that one should demand from the students. As a first attempt towards a list of standard problems, the author lists 100 problems that he considers a mathematical minimum for a physics student.''
MR1721354 (2001e:53052) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Relatives of the quotient of the complex projective plane by complex conjugation. (Russian. Russian summary)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 224 (1999), Algebra. Topol. Differ. Uravn. i ikh Prilozh., 56–67; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 1999, no. 1(224), 46–56
53C30
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This pleasing elementary paper proves that various infrahomogeneous spaces are homeomorphic to spheres, in particular ${\bf R}{\rm P}^1\sim S^1$ (sic), ${\bf C}{\rm P}^2/{\rm conj}=S^5/{\rm O}(2)\sim S^4$ (a classic), $({\bf H}{\rm P}^4/{\rm Aut}\,{\bf H})/{\rm Conj}\sim S^{13}$. Some of these homeomorphisms are well known, whereas some appear to be new, such as the last one. These results are all consequences of a general one on hyperbolic polynomials: the intersection of the cone of zeros of such a polynomial with the unit sphere at the origin is described as the union of $k$ spheres, where $k$ is the degree. This is proved in a previous paper of the author [Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 29 (1988), no. 5, 36–47, 237; MR0971226].
Reviewed by Jean-Claude Sikorav

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1720879 Indexed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Topologically necessary singularities on moving wavefronts and caustics. Hamiltonian systems with three or more degrees of freedom (S'Agaró, 1995), 11–12,
NATO Adv. Sci. Inst. Ser. C: Math. Phys. Sci., 533, Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 1999.
58K65 (37J05 37J10)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1720877.}

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1716850 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
International Mathematical Congress in Berlin. (Russian)
Vestnik Ross. Akad. Nauk 69 (1999), no. 2, 163–172.
01A74
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1799564 Indexed
Arnold, Vladimir
Problèmes mathématiques de l'hydrodynamique et de la magnétohydrodynamique. [Mathematical problems of hydrodynamics and magnetohydrodynamics] Trois applications des mathématiques, 39–50,
SMF Journ. Annu., 1998, Soc. Math. France, Paris, 1998.
76-02 (37N10 76W05)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1799561.}

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1799561 (2001f:00021) Reviewed
Trois applications des mathématiques. [Three applications of mathematics]
Edited by Jean-Michel Morel, Vladimir Arnold and Marco Avellaneda. SMF Journée Annuelle [SMF Annual Conference], 1998. Société Mathématique de France, Paris, 1998. iv+86 pp.
00B15
Display contents as search results

Contents:

Simon Masnou and Jean-Michel Morel, "La formalisation mathématique du traitement des images [The mathematical formalization of image processing]”, 1–14.

Vicent Caselles, Jean-Michel Morel and Catalina Sbert, "An axiomatic approach to image interpolation”, 15–38.

Vladimir Arnold, "Problèmes mathématiques de l'hydrodynamique et de la magnétohydrodynamique [Mathematical problems of hydrodynamics and magnetohydrodynamics]”, 39–50.

Marco Avellaneda, "The minimum-entropy algorithm and related methods for calibrating asset-pricing model”, 51–86.


   {Most of the papers are being reviewed individually.}
MR1704965 (2000h:11012) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Higher-dimensional continued fractions. (English, Russian summary)
J. Moser at 70 (Russian).
Regul. Chaotic Dyn. 3 (1998), no. 3, 10–17.
11A55 (11J70 13A99 52B70)
In a previous paper [Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 42 (1989), no. 7, 993–1000; MR1008799] the author, beginning from an algebraic starting point, rejuvenated a particular geometric perspective on higher-dimensional analogs of continued fractions [see, e.g., G. Lachaud, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Sér. I Math. 317 (1993), no. 8, 711–716; MR1244417].
   In the present work, the author restates the basic notions, indicates the geometric perspective, discusses certain conjectures — for instance that the product of the packing radius of a lattice in ${\bold R}^n$ and the covering radius of its dual lattice should be bounded both above and below by constants depending only upon $n$—mentions some others' results (including apparently unpublished ones) and relates some of the nonmathematical motivation for the invention of the $A$-algebras. Anyone interested in higher-dimensional continued fractions will find this work of interest.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1704963.} Reviewed by Thomas A. Schmidt

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR1683686 (2001a:58057) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Singularities of fractions and the behavior of polynomials at infinity. (Russian)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 221 (1998), 48–68; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 1998, no. 2(221), 40–59
58K40
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
A fraction is the ratio (ordered pair) of two germs of holomorphic functions in $n$ variables at a point. Two fractions are said to be coincident if their numerators and denominators are proportional (by a nonzero function). Two fractions are $\scr R$-equivalent if one of them becomes coincident with the other when transformed by a germ of biholomorphism of the space of variables. Two fractions are $\scr R^+$-equivalent if one of them is $\scr R$-equivalent to the sum of the other one and a germ of a holomorphic function. Two fractions are $\scr R^\times$-equivalent if one of them is $\scr R^+$-equivalent to the product of the other fraction by a nonzero (at a given point) holomorphic function.
   In the paper, germs of fractions are classified up to $\scr R^+$- and $\scr R^\times$-equivalences. For example, simple singularities up to $\scr R^+$-equivalence (which have no continuous moduli) are classified by simple Lie algebras $A_k,\ B_k,\ C_k,\ D_k,\ E_6,\ E_7,\ E_8,\ F_4$ (the same algebras that provide the classification of boundary singularities). The beginning of the classification of polynomial singularities at an infinitely distant point (up to a biholomorphic equivalence) is given as well.
Reviewed by V. D. Sedykh

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1683684 Indexed
Zakalyukin, V. M.
V. I. Arnolʹd (on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday). (Russian)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 221 (1998), 7–8; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 1998, no. 2(221), 1–2
01A70

Related

Arnolʹd, V. I.

Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1683683 (99m:58006) Reviewed
Локальные и глобальные задачи теории особенностей. [Local and global problems of singularity theory] (Russian)
Dedicated to Academician Vladimir Igorevich Arnolʹd on the occasion of his 60th birthday. Edited by V. M. Zakalyukin.
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 221 (1998), pp. 1–319; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 1998, no. 2(221), 1–312
58-06 (00B30 58C27)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Contents: V. M. Zakalyukin, V. I. Arnolʹd (on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday) (Russian) (7–8); S. S. Anisov, Convex curves in ${\bf R}{\rm P}^n$ (Russian) (9–47); V. I. Arnolʹd, Singularities of fractions and the behavior of polynomials at infinity (Russian) (48–68); P. M. Akhmetʹev and D. Repovsh [Dušan D. Repovš], A generalization of the Sato-Levine invariant (Russian) (69–80); I. A. Bogaevskiĭ, Singularities of convex hulls of three-dimensional hypersurfaces (Russian) (81–100); R. I. Bogdanov, Multiplicative theory of the orbital equivalence of vector fields on the plane (Russian) (101–126); A. A. Bolibrukh, On isomonodromic confluences of Fuchsian singularities (Russian) (127–142); V. A. Vasilʹev [V. A. Vassiliev], Homology of spaces of homogeneous polynomials in ${\bf R}^2$ without multiple zeros (Russian) (143–148); S. M. Guseĭn-Zade, F. Delʹgado [Félix Delgado de la Mata] and A. Kampilʹo [Antonio Campillo], Extended semigroup of a plane curve singularity (Russian) (149–167); S. V. Duzhin, A. I. Kaishev and S. V. Chmutov, The algebra of $3$-graphs (Russian) (168–196); V. M. Zakalyukin, Maxwell stratum of Lagrangian collapse (Russian) (197–212); M. È. Kazaryan, First-order invariants of strangeness type for plane curves (Russian) (213–224); V. N. Karpushkin [Vladimir Nikolaevich Karpushkin], Uniform estimates for volumes (Russian) (225–231); B. S. Kruglikov, Symplectic and contact Lie algebras with application to the Monge-Ampère equation (Russian) (232–246); O. R. Musin, Chebyshev systems and zeros of a function on a convex curve (Russian) (247–256); O. M. Myasnichenko, The symplectic Morse lemma and trajectories of Hamiltonian systems that arrive at the boundary of the domain of possible motions (Russian) (257–270); D. A. Panov, Parabolic curves and gradient mappings (Russian) (271–288); P. E. Pushkarʹ, A generalization of Chekanov's theorem. Diameters of immersed manifolds and wave fronts (Russian) (289–304); Beifang Chen and Min Yan, Singularity from Eulerian viewpoint (305–319).
   {Most of the papers are being reviewed individually.}

Citations

From References: 98

From Reviews: 0

MR1660090 (99f:58024) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Goryunov, V. V. (RS-MSAV)
Moscow ``S. Ordzhonikidze'' Aviation Institute125871 Moscow, Russia
; Lyashko, O. V. (RS-MATU)
N. E. Zhukovskiĭ Military Aviation Technological University125190 Moscow, Russia
; Vasilʹev, V. A. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Singularity theory. I.
Translated from the 1988 Russian original by A. Iacob. Reprint of the original English edition from the series Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences [Dynamical systems. VI, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 6, Springer, Berlin, 1993; MR1230637]. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1998. iv+245 pp. ISBN: 3-540-63711-7
58C27 (32Sxx)

Related

Iacob, A.

The Russian original has been reviewed [Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 6, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1988; MR1088738].

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR1659315 (99m:53073) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir (F-PARIS9-A)
Centre de Recherche de Mathématiques de la Décision (CEREMADE), Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France

On the problem of realization of a given Gaussian curvature function.
Topol. Methods Nonlinear Anal. 11 (1998), no. 2, 199–206.
53C21 (35J60 35K55)
The author investigates the local realisation problem for the Gaussian curvature of a surface, that is, given a germ $g$ of a smooth function of two variables near the origin, find a surface with Gaussian curvature agreeing with $g$. The main result is that the problem can be solved whenever $g$ has a critical point of finite multiplicity at the origin (the surface is given by the graph of a function after performing a suitable local diffeomorphism). Similar results are proved for the local realisation problem for the Hessian determinant. The proof proceeds by first solving the problem in the setting of formal power series. The author then considers the surface given by the graph of a polynomial obtained by truncating the formal power series solution. This has Gaussian curvature $g+r$, where $r$ can be made to have a critical point of arbitrarily high multiplicity by taking the degree of the polynomial large enough. If $g$ itself has a critical point of finite multiplicity $\mu$, then a result from [V. I. Arnolʹd, S. M. Gusein-Zade and A. N. Varchenko, Singularities of differentiable maps. Vol. I, Translated from the Russian by Ian Porteous and Mark Reynolds, Birkhäuser Boston, Boston, MA, 1985; MR0777682] shows that locally $g+r=g\circ\phi$ for some diffeomorphism $\phi$, provided $r$ has a critical point of multiplicity at least $\mu+2$.
Reviewed by Ben Andrews

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1652667 (99m:00018) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir Igorevich (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

"Hard'' and "soft'' mathematical models. (Catalan. Catalan summary)
Translated from the Russian to Spanish by Rafael Ramirez and Natalia Sadowskaia and translated from the Spanish to Catalan by Llorenç Roselló.
Butl. Soc. Catalana Mat. 13 (1998), no. 1, 7–26.
00A71
The author discusses some examples of mathematical models of phenomena that are best described via qualitative means. The first one is Lancaster's model of combat. The hard model is $\dot{x}=-by,\ \dot{y}=-ax,$ while the soft model is $\dot{x}=-b(x,y)y,\ \dot{y}=-a(x,y)x$. Note that the hard model has an explicit solution while the soft model does not. The other simple examples that he discusses are the Malthus population model, the Lotka-Volterra population model, multistage control, "perestroika'', and the statistics of the first digits of powers of $2$ as it relates to population problems. At the end the author discusses some questions of education and mathematical education.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1652462 (99e:00031) Reviewed
Singularities.
The Brieskorn anniversary volume. Papers from the Conference in Honor of the 60th Birthday of Egbert V. Brieskorn held at the Mathematisches Forschungsinstitut Oberwolfach, Oberwolfach, July 1996. Edited by V. I. Arnold, G.-M. Greuel and J. H. M. Steenbrink. Progress in Mathematics, 162. Birkhäuser Verlag, Basel, 1998. xxvi+458 pp. ISBN: 3-7643-5913-7
00B30 (14-06 32-06)
Display contents as search results

Contents:

Gert-Martin Greuel, "Some aspects of Brieskorn's mathematical work”, xv–xxii.

"Publication list: Prof. Dr. Egbert Brieskorn”, xxiii–xxv.

Yuri A. Drozd [Yu. A. Drozd] and Gert-Martin Greuel, "On Schappert's characterization of strictly unimodal plane curve singularities”, 3–26.

Gert-Martin Greuel and Gerhard Pfister, "Geometric quotients of unipotent group actions. II”, 27–36.

Helmut A. Hamm, "Hodge numbers for isolated singularities of non-degenerate complete intersections”, 37–60.

Weiming Huang and Joseph Lipman, "Differential invariants of embeddings of manifolds in complex spaces”, 61–92.

András Némethi, "On the spectrum of curve singularities”, 93–102.

Mihai Tibăr, "Embedding nonisolated singularities into isolated singularities”, 103–115.

Andrew A. du Plessis and Charles T. C. Wall, "Discriminants and vector fields”, 119–140.

Wolfgang Ebeling and Sabir M. Gusein-Zade, "Suspensions of fat points and their intersection forms”, 141–165.

Claus Hertling, "Brieskorn lattices and Torelli type theorems for cubics in ${\bf P}^3$ and for Brieskorn-Pham singularities with coprime exponents”, 167–194.

Eugenii Shustin [Evgeniĭ Shustin], "Equiclassical deformation of plane algebraic curves”, 195–204.

Victor A. Vassiliev [V. A. Vassiliev], "Monodromy of complete intersections and surface potentials”, 205–237.

Klaus Altmann, "P-resolutions of cyclic quotients from the toric viewpoint”, 241–250.

Antonio Campillo and Gérard González-Sprinberg, "On characteristic cones, clusters and chains of infinitely near points”, 251–261.

Heiko Cassens and Peter Slodowy, "On Kleinian singularities and quivers”, 263–288.

Herwig Hauser, "Seventeen obstacles for resolution of singularities”, 289–313.

Enrique Artal-Bartolo, Pierrette Cassou-Noguès and Alexandru Dimca, "Sur la topologie des polynômes complexes [On the topology of complex polynomials]”, 317–343.

Alan H. Durfee, "Five definitions of critical point at infinity”, 345–360.

Joel Feldman, Horst Knörrer, Robert Sinclair and Eugene Trubowitz, "Evaluation of fermion loops by iterated residues”, 361–398.

Victor Goryunov [V. V. Goryunov] and Clare Baines, "Möbius and odd real trigonometric $M$-functions”, 399–408.

Mutsuo Oka [Mutsuo Oka1], "Moduli space of smooth affine curves of a given genus with one place at infinity”, 409–434.

Michael Polyak, "Shadows of Legendrian links and $J^+$-theory of curves”, 435–458.


   {The papers are being reviewed individually.}

Citations

From References: 8

From Reviews: 0

MR1647816 (99m:58030) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

On the Legendrian Sturm theory of space curves. (Russian. Russian summary)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 32 (1998), no. 2, 1–7, 95; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 32 (1998), no. 2, 75–80
58C27 (58E05)
Sturm theory is an extension of the Morse inequalities to operators that include higher derivatives. Legendrian Morse theory is an extension of the Morse inequalities to multiple-valued functions (corresponding to unknotted Legendrian submanifolds of spaces of $1$-jets of functions). In this paper the author describes a way of extending Legendrian Morse theory to higher derivatives, giving a Legendrian Sturm theory. The theory gives an estimate from below for the number of flattening points on a convex closed curve in three-dimensional projective space that has a convex projection. The proof of this result is separated out according to different properties of perestroikas of the wavefront of the curve, for example, whether the number of swallowtails varies or not.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR1627748 (99d:00007) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

"Hard'' and "soft'' mathematical models. (Russian. Russian summary)
Priroda 1998, no. 4, 3–14.
00A71 (34-01 34A26 58F25)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This paper gives an account of a lecture by the author in a seminar "Analytical geometry in state institutions''. Amongst the topics which he discusses are models of war, the connection between optimisation and catastrophe, modelling and false predictions, reconstruction and reorganisation and modelling in the contemporary world. The treatment is mainly verbal and there is very little mathematics.
Reviewed by Ll. G. Chambers
MR1618209 (99k:00011) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On the teaching of mathematics. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 53 (1998), no. 1(319), 229–234; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 53 (1998), no. 1, 229–236
00A35 (00A30)
The author gives a lot of (mainly anecdotal) evidence that there exists a tendency to teach mathematics in an unnecessarily abstract form, without giving students motivation and intuitive examples, and that this tendency often decreases the quality of mathematical education: e.g., many definitions and results about groups become much clearer if a student knows the notion of a transformation group (and ideally, the result that every group can be represented as a transformation group).
   The article has many such examples and overall, it is very well written and convincing. Its impact, however, may be somewhat lessened by arguable statements such as "mathematics is a part of physics'' (this is actually the very first sentence of the paper). Surely, the author is right that geometry and physics often clarify and simplify the understanding of mathematical notions, but he may be overemphasizing physics, as other mathematical notions may be better understood in the context of applications to biology, computer science, cryptography, etc.
Reviewed by V. Ya. Kreinovich
MR1612569 (99b:58002) Reviewed
Arnold, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Khesin, Boris A. (3-TRNT)
Department of Mathematics, University of TorontoSt. George Campus Toronto, Ontario, M5S 3G3, Canada

Topological methods in hydrodynamics. (English summary)
Applied Mathematical Sciences, 125. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1998. xvi+374 pp. ISBN: 0-387-94947-X
58-02 (35Q30 58B25 58D05 76-02 76M30)
Topological hydrodynamics is a relatively recent part of mathematics in which the topological, group-theoretic and geometric problems of hydrodynamics are studied from a unified point of view. This area of study was opened by the well-known paper of Arnolʹd [Ann. Inst. Fourier (Grenoble) 16 (1966), fasc. 1, 319–361; MR0202082] in which the geometry of infinite-dimensional groups of volume-preserving diffeomorphisms was applied for the first time to the study of motions of an ideal incompressible fluid. The proposed approach allowed one to apply topological and differential-geometric methods to the study of hydrodynamics. Furthermore it has given powerful stimulus for the development of the geometry of infinite-dimensional manifolds. Arnolʹd's approach was developed by D. G. Ebin and J. Marsden [Ann. of Math. (2) 92 (1970), 102–163; MR0271984]. The general theory of groups of diffeomorphisms was developed by H. Omori [Infinite dimensional Lie transformation groups, Lecture Notes in Math., 427, Springer, Berlin, 1974; MR0431262]. N. K. Smolentsev [Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 20 (1979), no. 5, 1092–1098, 1167; MR0559071] offered methods for the study of motions of an ideal barotropic fluid, using the group of all diffeomorphisms of the manifold. The problems of the differential geometry of groups of diffeomorphisms were considered by A. M. Lukatskiĭ, Smolentsev and A. I. Shnirelʹman. The book sums up long-term research by both of its authors and a large number of other mathematicians. This book is the first monograph on topological hydrodynamics.
   In the book the following problems are considered. (1) Group and Hamiltonian structures of fluid dynamics: Lie groups and their application to hydrodynamics and magnetohydrodynamics; ideal hydrodynamics on Riemannian manifolds; Hamiltonian structure for the Euler equation; finite-dimensional approximations. (2) Topology of steady fluid flows: Classification of three-dimensional steady flows; stability of planar fluid flows; the linearized and shortened Euler equations; features of higher-dimensional steady flows. (3) Topological properties of magnetic and vorticity fields. (4) Differential geometry of diffeomorphism groups: Sectional curvatures; Riemannian geometry of the group of area-preserving diffeomorphisms of the two-torus; diffeomorphism groups and unreliable forecasts; exterior geometry; conjugate points in diffeomorphism groups; diameter of the group of volume-preserving diffeomorphisms and the group of Hamiltonian diffeomorphisms; symplecto-hydrodynamics. (5) Kinematic fast dynamo problems. (6) Dynamical systems with hydrodynamical background: The Korteweg-de Vries equation as an Euler equation; Virasoro algebra; digression on Lie algebra cohomology and the Gelʹfand-Fuchs cocycle; gas dynamics and compressible fluids; Kähler geometry and dynamical systems on the space of knots.
Reviewed by Nikolai K. Smolentsev

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1767108 (2001a:00040) Reviewed
Topics in singularity theory.
V. I. Arnold's 60th anniversary collection. Edited by A. Khovanskiĭ, A. Varchenko and V. Vassiliev. Translation edited by A. B. Sossinsky. American Mathematical Society Translations, Series 2, 180. Advances in the Mathematical Sciences, 34. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1997. xiv+255 pp. ISBN: 0-8218-0807-9
00B30 (57-06 58Kxx)
Display contents as search results

Contents:

J. W. Bruce and V. M. Zakalyukin, "On the geometry of caustics”, 1–11.

Yu. V. Chekanov, "Lagrangian embeddings and Lagrangian cobordism”, 13–23.

S. Chmutov and V. Goryunov [V. V. Goryunov], "Polynomial invariants of Legendrian links and plane fronts”, 25–43.

G. Felder [Giovanni Felder], V. Tarasov [V. O. Tarasov] and A. Varchenko, "Solutions of the elliptic qKZB equations and Bethe ansatz. I”, 45–75.

Alice Fialowski and Dmitry Fuchs, "Singular deformations of Lie algebras. Example: deformations of the Lie algebra $L_1$”, 77–92.

Sergeĭ Finashin and Eugeniĭ Shustin [Evgeniĭ Shustin], "On imaginary plane curves and spin quotients of complex surfaces by complex conjugation”, 93–101.

Alexander Givental, "Stationary phase integrals, quantum Toda lattices, flag manifolds and the mirror conjecture”, 103–115.

S. M. Gusein-Zade, "On a problem of B. Teissier”, 117–125.

Yu. Ilyashenko, "Embedding theorems for local maps, slow-fast systems and bifurcation from Morse-Smale to Smale-Williams”, 127–139.

Maxim È. Kazaryan [M. È. Kazaryan], "Topological invariants of fiber singularities”, 141–146.

Boris A. Khesin, "Informal complexification and Poisson structures on moduli spaces”, 147–155.

A. Khovanskiĭ [Askolʹd G. Khovanskii], "Consistent partitions of polytopes and polynomial measures”, 157–166.

S. K. Lando, "On primitive elements in the bialgebra of chord diagrams”, 167–174.

S. M. Natanzon, "Spaces of meromorphic functions on Riemann surfaces”, 175–180.

Leonid Polterovich, "Hamiltonian loops and Arnold's principle”, 181–187.

Inna Scherbak [I. G. Shcherbak], "Singularities in the presence of symmetries”, 189–195.

V. D. Sedykh, "Discrete versions of the four-vertex theorem”, 197–207.

M. B. Sevryuk, "Excitation of elliptic normal modes of invariant tori in Hamiltonian systems”, 209–218.

B. Shapiro [Boris Z. Shapiro], M. Shapiro [Mikhail Shapiro] and A. Vainshtein [A. D. Vaĭnshteĭn], "Ramified coverings of $S^2$ with one degenerate branching point and enumeration of edge-ordered graphs”, 219–227.

Serge Tabachnikov [Sergei Tabachnikov], "On zeros of the Schwarzian derivative”, 229–239.

Victor A. Vassiliev [V. A. Vassiliev], "Stratified Picard-Lefschetz theory with twisted coefficients”, 241–255.


   {The papers are being reviewed individually.}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1702335 Indexed
Vladimir Igorevich Arnolʹd (on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday). (Russian)
V. I. Arnolʹd (on the occasion of his 60th birthday) (Russian).
Regul. Khaoticheskaya Din. 2 (1997), no. 3-4, 3–8.
01A70
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1702334 Indexed
В. И. Арнольду—60 лет. (Russian) [V. I. Arnolʹd (on the occasion of his 60th birthday)]
Regul. Khaoticheskaya Din. 2 (1997), no. 3-4. Izdatelʹstvo "URSS'', Moscow, 1997. pp. 1–178.
00B30

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1693731 (2000j:01037) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Vishik, M. I.; Kalashnikov, A. S.; Maslov, V. P.; Nikolʹskiĭ, S. M.; Novikov, S. P.
Olʹga Arsenʹevna Oleĭnik (on the occasion of her seventieth birthday). (Russian)
Tr. Semin. im. I. G. Petrovskogo No. 19 (1996), 5–25; translation in
J. Math. Sci. (New York) 85 (1997), no. 6, 2249–2259
01A70
The authors discuss, in some detail, the work of the analyst O. A. Oleĭnik. The list of her scientific publications is continued (items 254–340).
MR1656199 (2000b:37054) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I.; Kozlov, V. V.; Neishtadt, A. I.
Mathematical aspects of classical and celestial mechanics.
Translated from the 1985 Russian original by A. Iacob. Reprint of the original English edition from the series Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences [Dynamical systems. III, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 3, Springer, Berlin, 1993; MR1292465]. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1997. xiv+291 pp. ISBN: 3-540-61224-6
37Jxx (70Fxx 70Hxx 70Jxx 70Kxx)

Related

Iacob, A.

Originally published in English ten years ago as a volume of the Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, this book has earned well-deserved praise as an excellent overview of the field of classical mechanics.
   The book is organized as follows. Chapters 1, 3, 4 and 5 are devoted to the basic "working apparatus'' of classical mechanics. Chapter 1 presents the various formulations of mechanics and Chapter 3 is concerned with the symmetry groups of mechanical systems and the corresponding conservation laws. Chapter 4 briefly discusses the problem of integrability and the most general methods of integration of the equations of motion, and Chapter 5 is devoted to perturbation theory. Chapter 2 is concerned with the classical problems of celestial mechanics, including topics on the two-body problem, singularities and particular solutions of the $n$-body problem, the restricted three-body problem and Hill's problem. Chapter 6 is devoted to nonintegrable systems and obstructions to integrability, and Chapter 7 covers the theory of small oscillations.
   The authors' stated purpose of acquainting the reader with classical mechanics as a whole, in both its classical and contemporary aspects, is brilliantly achieved. Although the text is not meant to be a complete exposition of the topics covered, the proof of many of the results is at least outlined. The main ideas are discussed and illustrated through examples, making the text self-contained and highly readable. The book also provides many historical details, putting the main results into their context in the global development of this branch of mathematics.
   {The first Russian edition of this book has been reviewed [MR0833508]; see also [MR0923953] and [MR1292465 ,b].}
Reviewed by Ana Nunes
MR1647728 (99j:01025) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, Vladimir Igorevich (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Избранное-60. (Russian) [Selecta-60] Izdatelʹstvo FAZIS, Moscow, 1997. xlviii+770 pp. ISBN: 5-7036-0034-0
01A75 (00B60)
This collection of selected works by V. Arnolʹd was published on the occasion of his 60th birthday. All the articles had been selected by the author. The volume consists of three parts: Vita (including a complete list of publications and a description of the main results), Selected mathematical papers (59 items), Selected papers on the history of mathematics, mathematical education, interviews, etc. (11 items). The mathematical papers included in the collection represent numerous fundamental contributions of Arnolʹd to Hilbert's 13th problem, KAM theory, singularity theory, symplectic topology, real algebraic geometry, projective topology, Hamiltonian mechanics, etc.
   The book is well illustrated by photographs, and the typographical quality is very high. It is a pity this edition is not available in English. The book was published by an emerging private Moscow publishing house, Phasis, that, as far as I know, has become the main publisher of mathematical literature in Russia.
Reviewed by Serge L. Tabachnikov
MR1641652 (2000e:35001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow State University119992 Moscow, Russia

Лекции об уравнениях с частными производными. (Russian. Russian summary) [Lectures on partial differential equations]
Second edition. Библиотека Студента-Математика [Undergraduate Mathematics Library], 2. Izdatelʹstvo FAZIS, Moscow, 1997. xii+175 pp. ISBN: 5-7036-0035-9
35-01
The book under review is a revised and supplemented edition of the original, which was published by the College of Mathematics of the Independent University of Moscow in 1995 and was based on a short course delivered by the author in the fall semester of the 1994/1995 academic year.
   The author pays particular attention in this book to the interaction of the theory of partial differential equations with subjects from other fields of mathematics, such as geometric manifolds, symplectic and contact geometry, complex analysis, variational calculus, and topology. He expects that curious students and even professional mathematicians from other fields of mathematics could become acquainted with the basic and prime ideas of mathematical physics and the theory of partial differential equations through this book.
   The contents are as follows: Preface to the second edition (pp. ix–xi); Lecture 1, General theory of a single equation of first order (pp. 1–12); Lecture 2, General theory of a single equation of first order (continued) (pp. 13–23); Lecture 3, Huygens' principle in wave propagation (pp. 25–32); Lecture 4, The string (d'Alembert's method) (pp. 33–41); Lecture 5, Fourier's method (for a string) (pp. 43–48); Lecture 6, Oscillation theory. Variational principle (pp. 49–59); Lecture 7, Oscillation theory. Variational principle (continued) (pp. 61–76); Lecture 8, Properties of harmonic functions (pp. 77–88); Lecture 9, Fundamental solutions of the Laplace operator. Potentials (pp. 89–106); Lecture 10, Double-layer potential (pp. 107–118); Lecture 11, Spherical functions, Maxwell's theorem on removable singularities (pp. 119–134); Lecture 12, Boundary value problems for the Laplace equation. Theory of linear equations and systems (pp. 135–149); Appendix 1, Topological contents of Maxwell's theorem; Appendix 2, Problems.
Reviewed by Qi Xiao Ye

Citations

From References: 16

From Reviews: 0

MR1633529 (99h:58053) Reviewed
Anosov, D. V. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Aranson, S. Kh. (RS-NZNV-RAM)
Research Institute for Applied Mathematics and Cybernetics, Nizhniĭ Novgorod ``N. I. Lobachevskiĭ'' State University603005 Nizhniy Novgorod, Russia
; Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Bronshtein, I. U.; Grines, V. Z. (RS-NNAG)
Department of Mathematics, Nizhniĭ Novgorod Agricultural Institute603076 Nizhniy Novgorod, Russia
; Ilʹyashenko, Yu. S. (RS-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow State University119992 Moscow, Russia

Ordinary differential equations and smooth dynamical systems.
Translated from the 1985 Russian original by E. R. Dawson and D. O'Shea. Third printing of the 1988 translation [Dynamical systems. I, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 1, Springer, Berlin, 1988; MR0970793]. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1997. vi+233 pp. ISBN: 3-540-61220-3
58Fxx (34Axx 34Cxx 54H20)
This book is a copy of the first edition of 1988, which was originally published as [Dynamical systems, I, Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 1, Springer, Berlin, 1988; MR0970793]. The two chapters were reviewed as separate papers ([V. I. Arnolʹd and Y. S. Ilʹyashenko, in Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 1, 7–149, 244, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985; MR0823489] for the first one and [D. V. Anosov et al., in Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 1, 151–242, 244, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985; MR0823490] for the second one).
Reviewed by Robert Roussarie

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR1632109 (99h:58029) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Remarks on the Morse theory of a divergence-free vector field, the averaging method, and the motion of a charged particle in a magnetic field. (Russian)
Tr. Mat. Inst. Steklova 216 (1997), Din. Sist. i Smezhnye Vopr., 9–19; translation in
Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 1997, no. 1(216), 3–13
58E05 (34C29 58F22 78A35)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The Morse-Conley-Zehnder theory and the averaging method are applied to study the topology of motion of a classical particle on a surface in an orthogonal magnetic field. The main results are the following: It is shown that for the motion of a charged particle on a flat 2-dimensional torus in a strictly positive magnetic field the Conley-Zehnder theory gives us the following estimate: there exist at least 3 geometrically different periodic trajectories (at least 4 trajectories in the non-degenerate case). The same estimate follows from the method of overthrowing circles (S. P. Novikov).
   It is well known that if the magnetic field is strong (or, equivalently, the velocity of the particle is small) then the particle moves along slowly drifting small circles. A Hamiltonian system describing this motion in the case of non-flat surfaces is derived and discussed in detail.
Reviewed by Piotr G. Grinevich

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

Citations

From References: 11

From Reviews: 0

MR1608963 (99h:53013) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Remarks on parabolic curves on surfaces and on higher-dimensional Möbius-Sturm theory. (Russian. Russian summary)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 31 (1997), no. 4, 3–18, 95; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 31 (1997), no. 4, 227–239 (1998)
53A20 (58C27)
The classical Möbius theorem states that an embedded noncontractible closed curve in the projective plane has at least 3 inflections. The paper under review concerns multidimensional analogs of this and similar results. Namely, consider a smooth perturbation of a flat projective plane inside 3-dimensional real projective space. The resulting surface contains a number of parabolic curves that consist of points at which the surface has a higher-than-usual contact with the tangent plane. F. Aicardi conjectured that the number of these parabolic curves is not less than 4. This estimate is proved in the present paper for certain special deformations of the projective plane.
   Such a deformation is determined, in homogeneous coordinates, by the equation $w=f(x,y,z)$, where $f$ is a homogeneous function of degree 1. One case in which the author proves the conjectured estimate on the number of parabolic curves is when $f$ is a generalized odd spherical function satisfying the equation $\Delta f+2f=g$, where $\Delta$ is the Laplace operator on the unit sphere and $g$ is a combination of $\delta$-functions The proof is based on an estimate below the number of poles of such a function.
   Another class of deformations for which the estimate on the number of parabolic curves is proved is as follows. One starts with a surface with a degenerate parabolic curve and then considers a generic deformation of the surface in a neigborhood of the curve. For example, the parabolic curve on the surface $z=1/(x^2+y^2)$ is a line at infinity. The results are based on a topological study of gradient maps of the plane to the plane.
Reviewed by Serge L. Tabachnikov

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1608959 Indexed
{Dedicated to V. I. Arnolʹd on his 60th birthday}. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 31 (1997), no. 4. Rossiĭskaya Akademiya Nauk, Matematicheskiĭ Institut im. V. A. Steklova (MIAN), Moscow, 1997. pp. 1–91.
00B30

Related

Arnolʹd, V. I.

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1490031 (98k:01015) Reviewed
Anosov, D. V.; Bolibrukh, A. A.; Vasilʹev, V. A.; et al.;
Vladimir Igorevich Arnolʹd (on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 52 (1997), no. 5(317), 235–255; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 52 (1997), no. 5, 1117–1139
01A70
This scientific biography of V. I. Arnolʹd includes a photo and the list of his publications (329 titles at present).

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1480166 (98f:01055) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Bolibrukh, A. A.; Gamkrelidze, R. V.; Maslov, V. P.; Mishchenko, E. F.; Novikov, S. P.; Osipov, Yu. S.; Sinaĭ, Ya. G.; Stepin, A. M.; Faddeev, L. L.
Dmitriĭ Viktorovich Anosov (on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 52 (1997), no. 2(314), 193–200; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 52 (1997), no. 2, 437–445
01A70
This is a scientific biography of D. V. Anosov, including a photo and the list of his publications.
MR1435453 (97k:01039) Reviewed
Lui, S. H. (HK-HKST)
Department of Mathematics, Hong Kong University of Science and TechnologyKowloon, People's Republic of China

An interview with Vladimir Arnolʹd.
Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 44 (1997), no. 4, 432–438.
01A70
In this interview, conducted on November 11, 1995, Arnolʹd answers questions on his education, and gives his opinions on mathematical education in general and on the differences in the ways people from different cultures do mathematics.
MR1429887 (97m:57044) Reviewed
Arnold, V. (F-PARIS9-A)
Centre de Recherche de Mathématiques de la Décision (CEREMADE), Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France

Topological classification of real trigonometric polynomials and cyclic serpents polyhedron. (English summary) The Arnold-Gelfand mathematical seminars, 101–106, Birkhäuser Boston, Boston, MA, 1997.
57R45 (05A19 58C27)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
Summary: "The goal of this paper is the study of the manifold of real trigonometric polynomials of degree $n$ having the maximal possible number $(2n)$ of real critical points ($M$-polynomials).
   "We find the number of the connected components of the space of the generic $M$-polynomials, having $2n$ different critical values. We construct a polyhedral model of the manifold of $M$-polynomials and a real algebraic diffeomorphism sending the manifold of $M$-polynomials onto the interior of a convex polyhedral cone over the product of two simplices of dimension $n-1$ and of a line. Those polynomials which are not generic are sent onto some diagonal hyperplanes of this polyhedral cone. This diffeomorphism can be continued as a homeomorphism up to the boundary of the cone (and defines the diffeomorphisms on the interior parts of the boundary faces of all dimensions).''

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1429883.} Reviewed by V. D. Sedykh

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 1

MR1429883 (97g:00016) Reviewed
The Arnold-Gelfand mathematical seminars.
Geometry and singularity theory. Edited by V. I. Arnold, I. M. Gelfand, V. S. Retakh and M. Smirnov. Birkhäuser Boston, Inc., Boston, MA, 1997. x+437 pp. ISBN: 0-8176-3883-0
00B25 (57-06 58-06)
Display contents as search results

Contents:

Francesca Aicardi, "Discriminants and local invariants of planar fronts”, 1–76.

J. C. Alvarez [Juan Carlos Alvarez Paiva], I. M. Gelfand and M. Smirnov [Mikhail M. Smirnov], "Crofton densities, symplectic geometry and Hilbert's fourth problem”, 77–92.

S. Anisov, "Projective convex curves”, 93–99.

V. Arnold, "Topological classification of real trigonometric polynomials and cyclic serpents polyhedron”, 101–106.

Ilia A. Bogaevski [I. A. Bogaevskiĭ], "Singularities of short linear waves on the plane”, 107–112.

Yu. V. Chekanov, "New generalizations of Poincaré's geometric theorem”, 113–121.

S. Chmutov and S. Duzhin, "Explicit formulas for Arnold's generic curve invariants”, 123–138.

A. S. Fokas, I. M. Gelfand and M. V. Zyskin, "Nonlinear integrable equations and nonlinear Fourier transform”, 139–170.

Igor B. Frenkel and Vladimir G. Turaev, "Elliptic solutions of the Yang-Baxter equation and modular hypergeometric functions”, 171–204.

Israel M. Gelfand [Izrailʹ Moiseevich Gelʹfand], Mark I. Graev [M. I. Graev] and Alexander Postnikov [A. E. Postnikov], "Combinatorics of hypergeometric functions associated with positive roots”, 205–221.

Victor V. Goryunov [V. V. Goryunov], "Local invariants of mappings of surfaces into three-space”, 223–255.

L. Guieu, E. Mourre and V. Yu. Ovsienko, "Theorem on six vertices of a plane curve via Sturm theory”, 257–266.

S. M. Gusein-Zade and S. M. Natanzon, "The Arf-invariant and the Arnold invariants of plane curves”, 267–280.

Max Karoubi, "Produit cyclique d'espaces et opérations de Steenrod [Cyclic product of spaces and Steenrod operations]”, 281–323.

M. É. Kazarian [M. È. Kazaryan], "Characteristic classes of singularity theory”, 325–340.

A. Kazarnovski-Krol, "Value of generalized hypergeometric function at unity”, 341–345.

A. Kazarnovski-Krol, "Harish-Chandra decomposition for zonal spherical function of type $A_n$”, 347–359.

François Lalonde and Dusa McDuff, "Positive paths in the linear symplectic group”, 361–387.

V. D. Sedykh, "Invariants of submanifolds in Euclidean space”, 389–395.

Boris Shapiro [Boris Z. Shapiro], Michael Shapiro [M. Z. Shapiro] and Alek Vainshtein [A. D. Vaĭnshteĭn], "On combinatorics and topology of pairwise intersections of Schubert cells in ${\rm SL}_n/\scr B$”, 397–437.


   {The papers are being reviewed individually.}

Citations

From References: 6

From Reviews: 0

MR1418366 (97i:34119) Reviewed
Arnold, V. (D-DORT-MI)
Mathematisches Institut, Universität DortmundD-44221 Dortmund, Germany
; Kalf, H. (D-MNCH-MI)
Mathematisches Institut, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität MünchenD-80333 Munich, Germany
; Schneider, A. (D-DORT-MI)
Mathematisches Institut, Universität DortmundD-44221 Dortmund, Germany

Separated Dirac operators and asymptotically constant linear systems.
Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 121 (1997), no. 1, 141–146.
34L40 (34B20)
The Levinson theorem is a well-known tool in the spectral analysis of ordinary differential operators. The authors present a result which describes the solutions of asymptotically constant linear systems, under weaker assumptions than the Levinson theorem for ordinary differential operators. Moreover, it is shown that all important limit point and limit circle criteria follow from the main theorem.
Reviewed by Olusola Akinyele

Citations

From References: 14

From Reviews: 0

MR1641656 (99g:58010) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow State University119992 Moscow, Russia

Особенности каустик и волновых фронтов. (Russian. Russian summary) [Singularities of caustics and wave fronts]
Библиотека Математика [Mathematics Library], 1. Izdatelʹstvo FAZIS, Moscow, 1996. x+334 pp. ISBN: 5-7036-0021-9
58C27 (58F05 58F14)
This is a Russian edition of a book that appeared in English in 1990 [Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 1990; MR1151185]; the present edition contains a number of new sections ($\S\S5.7$, 7.8, 8.5). The book provides a very clear introduction to symplectic and contact geometry along with a detailed discussion of the Lagrangian singularity theory and its applications to the theory of wave propagation. Most of the results were obtained by the author and his school.
Reviewed by Serge L. Tabachnikov

Citations

From References: 10

From Reviews: 0

MR1481696 (99c:33029) Reviewed
Arnold, V. (F-PARIS9-A)
Centre de Recherche de Mathématiques de la Décision (CEREMADE), Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)75016 Paris, France

Topological content of the Maxwell theorem on multipole representation of spherical functions.
Topol. Methods Nonlinear Anal. 7 (1996), no. 2, 205–217.
33D55 (14P25)
The classical Maxwell theorem asserts that any nonzero spherical harmonic function is an $n{\rm th}$ derivative of the function $1/r$ along $n$ constant nonzero vector fields in ${\bold R}^3$ and defines this $n$-tuple of vector fields uniquely up to permutation and multiplication by constant scalars. The article contains a proof of the Maxwell theorem and a discussion of how the theorem leads to homeomorphisms (sometimes smooth): $\text{\rm Sym}^n({\bold R}^2)\simeq{\bold R}^{2n}\simeq({\bold C}^1)^n/B(n),\ {\rm Sym}^n({\bold C}^1)\simeq({\bold C}^1)^n/S(n)\simeq{\bold C}^n,\ {\bold C}^2/\text{\rm conj}\simeq S^4,\ ({\bold C}^1)^n/D(n)\simeq S^{2n}$, where $B(n)$ is the braid group, $S(n)$ is the symmetric group, $D(n)$ is the Coxeter group acting on the space of ordered $n$-tuples of complex lines in ${\bold C}^2$ by permutation and replacement of even number of lines by their Hermitian orthocomplements. Moreover, it is shown that the Maxwell theorem provides explicit formulas for the above homeomorphisms.
Reviewed by Eugenii Shustin

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1454334 Indexed
Arnold, V. I.
Will mathematics survive? Report on the Zurich Congress [Math. Intelligencer 17 (1995), no. 3, 6–10]. (Czech)
Translated from the English by Jiří Fiala.
Pokroky Mat. Fyz. Astronom. 41 (1996), no. 1, 38–44.
01A80 (00A99)

Related

Fiala, Jiří

Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
MR1398914 (97i:53004) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Remarks on the extactic points of plane curves. (English summary) The Gelfand Mathematical Seminars, 1993–1995, 11–22,
Gelfand Math. Sem., Birkhäuser Boston, Boston, MA, 1996.
53A04 (58C05)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
Summary: "There exists an interesting relation between the points where a plane curve has an unusually high tangency with an algebraic curve of degree $n$ and the flattening points of space curves (points where the highest torsion vanishes). For the cases $n=1$, $2$ and $3$ this relation leads directly to the minorations of the numbers of the points of higher order tangency, but for $n\geq 4$ the problem of finding such a minoration is wide open (even for the curves close to a circle).
   "Along with the proof of the minoration of the numbers of the $n$-extactic points for $n<4$, this paper contains the applications of the same ideas to the study of trigonometic polynomials, approximating a periodic function. The resulting minoration of the number of points where the order of the approximation is unusually high may be viewed as an extension of the Morse inequality to higher derivatives.
   "These results show that extactic points theory, as well as flattening point theory, belongs to symplectic and contact topology rather than to projective geometry [cf. V. I. Arnolʹd, in Sinaĭ's Moscow Seminar on Dynamical Systems, 11–22, Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2, 171, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1996; MR1359089; M. È. Kazaryan, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Sér. I Math. 323 (1996), no. 1, 63–68; MR1401630].''

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1398912.} Reviewed by Maria Carmen Romero-Fuster
MR1392670 (97c:58001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Topological problems in the theory of wave propagation. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 51 (1996), no. 1(307), 3–50; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 51 (1996), no. 1, 1–47
58-02 (58C27 58F05)
This is Arnolʹd's talk at the Applied and Industrial Mathematics Congress at Hamburg, July 1995. In the first section, entitled "Apology of applied mathematics'', the author maintains that the difference between pure and applied mathematics is only a social one: a pure mathematician is paid to discover new mathematical facts, an applied one to solve concrete problems. This section also contains a strong criticism of formalistic tendencies in modern mathematical education. "The goal of a mathematical lecture should not be a logical deduction of some incomprehensible statements from other (equally incomprehensible) ones; one should explain to the audience the heart of the matter and teach them to use not only the results but—and this is most important of all—the methods and ideas.''
   The remaining 11 sections are a survey of various modern generalizations of the classical 4-vertex theorem (a plane oval has at least 4 curvature extrema). Many of these results were obtained by Arnolʹd in recent years. We mention a few samples. (1) Consider a generic smooth plane wave front close to a circle. Then in the process of its propagation inwards there will appear a front with at least 4 cusps (Arnolʹd). (2) The Schwarzian derivative of a real projective line diffeomorphism has at least 4 zeroes (É. Ghys). (3) If a closed simple curve on the 2-sphere bisects its area then this curve has at least 4 (spherical) inflections (Arnolʹd's "tennis ball theorem''). (4) A 3-inflection point of a smooth plane curve is a point at which the multiplicity of its intersection with some cubic curve is at least 10. If a curve is sufficiently close to the smooth oval of a nondegenerate cubic curve then it has at least 10 3-inflections (Arnolʹd).
   The methods used in this study vary from Sturm theory to symplectic geometry to knot theory. The paper contains various conjectures and open questions. It is a very good introduction to an active area of research.
Reviewed by Serge L. Tabachnikov
MR1387484 (97d:32053) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Topological classification of complex trigonometric polynomials and the combinatorics of graphs with an identical number of vertices and edges. (Russian. Russian summary)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 30 (1996), no. 1, 1–17, 96; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 30 (1996), no. 1, 1–14
32S50 (05C30 14E20 20F36)
It is proved that the number $M(p,q)$ of classes of topologically equivalent Laurent polynomials having two poles of orders $p$ and $q$ with fixed $p+q$ pairwise distinct finite critical values is equal to $p^pq^q(p+q-1)!/p!q!$ for $p\neq q$ and $p=q=1$, and to one-half of this value for $p=q>1$. The proof is based essentially on a natural bijective correspondence between the set of such classes of Laurent polynomials and the set of graphs having $p+q=n$ vertices whose edges are enumerated by the set of positive integers $\{1,\cdots,n\}$. The author also shows that the corresponding manifold of classes of Laurent polynomials is an Eilenberg-Mac Lane $K(\pi, 1)$-space, where $\pi$ is the subgroup of the braid group on $p+q=n$ strings of index $M(p,q)$.
Reviewed by Aleksandr G. Aleksandrov

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR1384305 (97f:57003) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I.
Remarks on the enumeration of plane curves. (English summary) Topology of real algebraic varieties and related topics, 17–32,
Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2, 173, Adv. Math. Sci., 29, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1996.
57M15 (57R45)
This paper discusses combinatorial problems related to the classification of generic immersions of a circle into the plane. These problems are reduced to the study of special functions on vertices of trees and these special functions are enumerated for the simplest trees. Tables of curves on the sphere with different numbers of double points are presented.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1384302.} Reviewed by Louis H. Kauffman
MR1359089 (96i:53070) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

On the number of flattening points on space curves. Sinaĭ's Moscow Seminar on Dynamical Systems, 11–22,
Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. Ser. 2, 171, Adv. Math. Sci., 28, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1996.
53C75 (34A99 53A04)
This paper concerns inflection (or flattening) points of closed smooth curves in linear or projective space. An inflection point is a stationary point of the osculating hypersurface of the curve. A closed curve in ${\bf R}{\rm P}^m$ is called convex if every hyperplane intersects it at most $m$ times (multiplicities counted). Theorem 1. The number of inflection points of a curve in ${\bf R}{\rm P}^m$ that has a convex projection to a hyperplane is greater than $m$. Let us illustrate the method of proof in the linear case. Consider a convex closed curve $\gamma(t)\subset{\bf R}^{2n}$. The space of periodic functions $\{1,f_1(t),\cdots,f_{2n}(t)\}$, where $f_i$ is the $i$th coordinate of $\gamma(t)$, is a Chebyshev system on the circle. This means that every (nontrivial) linear combination of these functions has at most $2n$ zeroes (with multiplicities). Let $L=(\partial/\partial t)^{2n+1}+\cdots$ be the linear differential operator whose kernel is the above Chebyshev system. An operator whose kernel is a Chebyshev system is called disconjugate. Let $\Gamma(t)=(\gamma(t),\phi(t))\subset{\bf R}^{2n+1}$ be a curve whose projection is $\gamma(t)$. Then its inflections are the roots of the equation $(L\phi)(t)=0$. Theorem 2. Let $L$ be a disconjugate differential operator of degree $2n+1$ on the circle. For every function $\phi(t)$ on the circle the function $(L\phi)(t)$ has at least $2n+2$ distinct zeroes. It follows that $\Gamma$ has at least $2n+2$ inflections. To prove Theorem 2 one proves that the adjoint operator $L^*$ is also disconjugate: the corresponding curve is projectively-dual to the one corresponding to $L$. Since $L(\phi)$ is $L_2$-orthogonal to ${\rm ker}\,L^*$, the result follows from Theorem 3: Let $L$ be a disconjugate operator of degree $2n+1$ on the circle. If a function $\phi(t)$ is $L_2$-orthogonal to ${\rm ker}\,L^*$ then it has at least $2n+2$ distinct zeroes. This theorem is proved as follows: If $\phi$ has fewer zeroes one can find a function $\psi\in{\rm ker}\,L^*$ with the same intervals of constant signs as $\phi$. Then $\int\phi\psi\not=0$, a contradiction. Theorem 1 is a generalization of the classical 4-vertex theorem. Theorems 2 and 3, in the particular case of the operator $$L=(\partial/\partial t)((\partial/\partial t)^2+1)((\partial/\partial t)^2+4)\cdots((\partial/\partial t)^2+n^2),$$
go back to Hurwitz.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1359087.} Reviewed by Serge L. Tabachnikov
MR1422217 (97k:57037) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Invariants and perestroikas of fronts on a plane. (Russian)
Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 209 (1995), Osob. Gladkikh Otobrazh. s Dop. Strukt., 14–64.
57R42 (57M25 58C27)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The paper is devoted to the topological study of co-oriented plane wave fronts. The infinite-dimensional space of such fronts contains the discriminants $D_\pm$ consisting of the fronts with, respectively, dangerous and safe self-tangencies. The former means that the co-orientations at the point of tangency coincide, and the latter that they are opposite. These discriminants are co-oriented. The invariants $J^\pm$ of co-oriented plane wave fronts are defined; their jumps along a generic path in the space of fronts are their intersection indices with $D_\pm$.
   These invariants, along with the third invariant ${\rm St}$ ("strangeness''), were previously defined and studied by the author for closed immersed plane curves. The theory of such invariants resembles the theory of Vassiliev knot invariants. The invariant $J^\pm$ generalizes the Thurston-Bennequin invariant of Legendrian knots in simply connected contact $3$-manifold.
   The first half of the paper contains a detailed study of the invariants $J^\pm$. The second half concerns the Lagrangian collapse theorem generalizing the classical $4$-vertex theorem of differential geometry. The standard Lagrangian collapse is the projection on the base $\bold R^n$ of the standard Lagrangian cylinder $L_0\subset T^*\bold R^n$; $L_0=\{(q,p)|\ p^2=1$, $q=tp$ for some $t\in\bold R\}$. Theorem. Let $L\subset T^*\bold R^2$ be a generic small perturbation of the standard Lagrangian cylinder $L_0$. Then the caustic of the projection of $L$ on $\bold R^2$ has at least 4 cusps.
   One of the applications concerns singularities of the caustics of ellipsoids, a problem that goes back to Jacobi.
Reviewed by Serge L. Tabachnikov

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR1397266 (97c:57005) Reviewed
Atʹya, M. (4-CAMBT)
Trinity College, University of CambridgeCambridge, CB2 1TQ, England

Геометрия и физика узлов. (Russian. Russian summary) [The geometry and physics of knots]
Translated from the 1990 English original by V. N. Leksin and I. G. Shcherbak. With a preface by V. I. Arnolʹd. "Mir'', Moscow, 1995. 192 pp. ISBN: 5-03-002892-7
57M25 (14D20 32G81 58F06 81S10 81T40)
The English original has been reviewed [Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 1990; MR1078014].
MR1362824 (96m:32043) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Some remarks on symplectic monodromy of Milnor fibrations. The Floer memorial volume, 99–103,
Progr. Math., 133, Birkhäuser, Basel, 1995.
32S55 (32S40 57R15)
A theorem of W. Neumann and the reviewer [Comment. Math. Helv. 65 (1990), no. 1, 58–78; MR1036128] suggests a general relation between the Floer homology (or at least its Euler characteristic—the Casson invariant) or a (homology sphere) link of a hypersurface singularity in $\bold C^3$ and the signature of the Milnor fibre. The author and A. Floer have suggested higher-dimensional analogues; these require understanding extra structure on the links (e.g., CR or contact structure) and Milnor fibre (e.g., symplectic structure). A general question is posed: If one has a fibration with symplectic fibres, can loops in the base be lifted to a family of symplectomorphisms in the fibres, inducing a representation of the fundamental group of the base into the symplectomorphism group of the fibre? Because of the relation between simple singularities and simple complex Lie groups, the author studies (real) symplectic structures on the regular orbits of the coadjoint representation on $A_n={\rm SL}(n+1,\bold C)$. Second, he solves the "symplectic monodromy'' problem for $A_1$, i.e., for a Morse function in 3 complex variables.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1362819.} Reviewed by Jonathan M. Wahl
MR1356438 (96g:58020) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Sur les propriétés topologiques des projections lagrangiennes en géométrie symplectique des caustiques. (French. French summary) [Topological properties of Lagrangian projections in the symplectic geometry of caustics]
Rev. Mat. Univ. Complut. Madrid 8 (1995), no. 1, 109–119.
58C27 (58F05)
The caustics of a point on a Riemannian manifold consist of the set of intersection points of infinitesimally closed geodesics starting at this point. Jacobi observed that the caustics of a point on a closed convex surface should have a cusp. He also announced that for the surface of the ellipsoid the number of cusps is equal to four (the author calls this "The last geometrical theorem of Jacobi'').
   The author proves the four cusps theorem for caustics of the projection of the deformed Lagrangian cylinder to the plane in the framework of symplectic topology. This theorem is considered as a beautiful generalization of Sturm theory and is also closely related to the classical four vertices theorem on plane curves.
Reviewed by Shyūichi Izumiya

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1349438 Indexed
Arnolʹd, Vladimir
Les mathématiques vont-elles survivre? (French) [Will mathematics survive?]
Gaz. Math. No. 65 (1995), 3–10.
01A99

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1349334 (96d:01035) Reviewed
Osipov, Yu. S.; Gonchar, A. A.; Novikov, S. P.; Arnolʹd, V. I.; Marchuk, G. I.; Kulish, P. P.; Vladimirov, V. S.; Mishchenko, E. F.
Lyudvig Dmitrievich Faddeev (on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 50 (1995), no. 3(303), 171–186; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 50 (1995), no. 3, 643–659
01A70
A brief scientific biography (with a photo) of the physicist L. D. Faddeev is followed by the list of his publications.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1347888 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Will mathematics survive? Report on the Zurich Congress.
Math. Intelligencer 17 (1995), no. 3, 6–10.
01A80 (00A99)
MR1335556 Indexed
Nash, Charles (IRL-MNTH-MP)
Department of Mathematical Physics, National University of Ireland, MaynoothMaynooth (Co. Kildare), Ireland

Book review-survey of Dynamical systems. VI [Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 6, Springer, Berlin, 1993; MR1230637] and Dynamical systems. VIII [ibid., 39; MR1218886] edited by V. I. Arnolʹd.
Irish Math. Soc. Bull. No. 34 (1995), 50–71.
58F14 (58C27)

Related

Arnolʹd, V. I.

MR1331356 (96f:57015) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

The geometry of spherical curves and quaternion algebra. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 50 (1995), no. 1(301), 3–68; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 50 (1995), no. 1, 1–68
57M99 (53A04 58C27)
Many interesting and new features of the geometry of curves on the standard unitary two-dimensional sphere are established. Curves may have double self-intersections and cusps. They are called fronts.
   The key object here is the space of unitary quaternions which is the two-fold covering of the space of co-oriented contact elements on the two-sphere. The three natural complex structures on the quaternion space are applied.
   To a Legendrian curve in this contact space there correspond three projections, whose images are the front, its dual and the derivative of the front on the two-sphere. In other words, the dual of the front is the set of its points shifted by π/2 along the geodesics, which are (positive) normals to the front. The derivative is obtained by the π/2 shifts along the geodesics tangent to the initial front.
   The derivative of a generic front turns out to be smooth. It divides the square of the sphere into two equal parts, if it has no self-intersections. In general, the following topological quantisation condition holds: The conformal invariant indices of a hypersurface in an oriented even-dimensional sphere are introduced. They permit one to define a characteristic chain of the hypersurface. The integral of the square of the chain for the derivative of the front equals the integral of geodesic curvature along the derivative and is proportional to the Maslov index of the initial front.
   The caustic of the the system of equidistants to a front is dual to its derivative.
   The author proves and discusses in detail these and many other results on various generalisations of the classical four-vertex theorem, the spherical version of the Gauss-Bonnet formula, explicit formulas for the Maslov index of a Lagrangian curve, a conformal invariant of immersions of the circle into the plane which generalises the Bennequin invariant, the duality length-square, and flattening points of pseudo-functions on the sphere.
Reviewed by V. M. Zakalyukin
MR1327227 (96c:58024) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Remarks on eigenvalues and eigenvectors of Hermitian matrices, Berry phase, adiabatic connections and quantum Hall effect. (English summary)
Selecta Math. (N.S.) 1 (1995), no. 1, 1–19.
58C27 (05A19 05E10 57R45 58A35 81V70)
Summary: "The singularities of the stratification of the space of Hermitian matrices according to the multiplicities of the eigenvalues are described as an informal complexification of the previous study of the space of the real symmetric matrices. The degeneration of the spectral sequence associated to this stratification provides some strange combinatorial identities. The eigenvector bundles over the manifold of the Hermitian matrices with simple spectra are equipped with natural connections, describing also the adiabatic approximation to the oscillations of the linear systems defined by the slowly varying skew Hermitian matrices. The curvature of this connection is singular at the codimension-3 variety of Hermitian matrices having multiple eigenvalues. The resulting jumps of the integrals of the curvature form at the crossings of this variety by the moving surface of integration are responsible for the quantum Hall effect.''
Reviewed by Jens Bolte

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR1301827 (96a:58024) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Topological properties of Legendre projections in contact geometry of wave fronts. (Russian)
Algebra i Analiz 6 (1994), no. 3, 1–16; translation in
St. Petersburg Math. J. 6 (1995), no. 3, 439–452
58C27 (57M50 57R45)
This paper deals with differential geometric properties of certain special plane and spherical curves arising as stable deformations of wave fronts. The investigation is carried out in the framework of contact geometry of wave fronts. The notion of standard Legendrian collapse over the plane is introduced, which mimics the behavior of equidistant curves of a convex plane curve. The main result yields that typical Legendrian deformations of the standard collapse over the plane generate fronts with not less than four cusps. Similar results are obtained for spherical curves. In particular, it is proved that a smooth closed curve on the two-sphere dividing the latter into two domains of equal area has not less than four points at which its geodesic curvature vanishes. The author does not present all details of the sufficiently involved proof of the last result, referring to an analogy with arguments in another paper of his [Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 29 (1988), no. 5, 36–47, 237; MR0971226]. Several illustrative examples and possible generalizations are also discussed.
Reviewed by Aleksandr G. Aleksandrov

Citations

From References: 10

From Reviews: 0

MR1350971 (96i:58001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Sur quelques problèmes de la théorie des systèmes dynamiques. (French) [Some problems of the theory of dynamical systems]
Topol. Methods Nonlinear Anal. 4 (1994), no. 2, 209–225.
58-02 (34Cxx 58Fxx)
The author discusses eight areas which he feels are useful and interesting for further development. They are exotic R4's and dynamical systems, pseudoperiodic maps (i.e., the sum of a linear map and a periodic map) and the topology of their inverse images, numbers of periodic points and limit cycles, asymptotic topological complexity of intersections, growth of Milnor numbers in holomorphic dynamics, the infinitesimal variant of Hilbert's 16th problem and Abelian integrals, the materialization of resonances in holomorphic dynamics, and analytic and geometric unsolvability in chaos theory. Throughout the paper the author gives various examples and remarks.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 13

From Reviews: 0

MR1341819 (96m:57010) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

The Vassiliev theory of discriminants and knots. First European Congress of Mathematics, Vol. I (Paris, 1992), 3–29,
Progr. Math., 119, Birkhäuser, Basel, 1994.
57M25 (11M41 57R45)
The Vassiliev theory of knots has been very successful in organizing quantum invariants of knots. In the article under review, the author gives an introduction to Vassiliev theory. In Section 1, he defines Vassiliev invariants, and explains the motivations using resolutions of singularities. In Section 2, the Vassiliev invariants of lower order are calculated. Section 3 discusses the group of diagrams. In Section 4, the Kontsevich integrals for Vassiliev invariants are presented. Several beautiful computations related to D. Zagier's ζ-functions of several variables are carried out. This is an excellent introduction to the subject and a good place to start learning the theory. A more recent introduction can be found in a paper of D. Bar-Natan [Topology 34 (1995), no. 2, 423–472].

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1341818.} Reviewed by Zhenghan Wang
MR1310595 (95m:57009) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Plane curves, their invariants, perestroikas and classifications.
With an appendix by F. Aicardi. Adv. Soviet Math., 21, Singularities and bifurcations, 33–91, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1994.
57M25

Related

Aicardi, F.

Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
This paper completes and extends previous results stated in the first chapter of a book by the author [Topological invariants of plane curves and caustics, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1994; MR1286249]. The goal of the article is the study of the geometry and topology of the discriminant hypersurface of all nongeneric immersions in the space of all immersions of the circle in the plane. This leads immediately to nontrivial information on generic immersions, as in the case of Vassiliev invariants of knots.
   In the first part the basic invariants St, J+, J are introduced from the topological and axiomatic viewpoints by prescribing their jumps across the discriminant; the main point is the construction of a coorientation for the discriminant. Some of their properties are established and complete computations in the case of extremal curves (whose classes are in bijection with rooted trees) are given. As a consequence the number of values of the parameter for which the immersed curve (in a 1-parameter family) has a direct tangency is always even. Also, the difference between the numbers of positive and negative direct tangencies is independent of the generic path connecting two immersions.
   In the second part the components of the complements of different strata of the discriminant are studied. This leads to eight cobordism theories according to the three branches of the discriminant (direct or inverse self-tangencies and perestroikas) and their intersections. The semigroups of cobordism classes are explicitly computed. Further, long curves and their invariants are discussed. The paper ends with a table of curves by F. Aicardi, for small values of the number of double points.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1310593.} Reviewed by Louis Funar

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1310593 (95g:57002) Reviewed
Singularities and bifurcations.
Edited by V. I. Arnolʹd. Translated from the Russian. Translation edited by A. B. Sossinsky [A. B. Sosinskiĭ]. Advances in Soviet Mathematics, 21. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1994. x+262 pp. ISBN: 0-8218-0237-2
57-06
Display contents as search results

Contents:

F. Aicardi, "Tree-like curves”, 1–31.

V. I. Arnolʹd, "Plane curves, their invariants, perestroikas and classifications”, 33–91.

S. A. Barannikov, "The framed Morse complex and its invariants”, 93–115.

S. V. Chmutov, S. V. Duzhin and S. K. Lando, "Vassiliev knot invariants. I. Introduction”, 117–126.

S. V. Chmutov, S. V. Duzhin and S. K. Lando, "Vassiliev knot invariants. II. Intersection graph conjecture for trees”, 127–134.

S. V. Chmutov, S. V. Duzhin and S. K. Lando, "Vassiliev knot invariants. III. Forest algebra and weighted graphs”, 135–145.

Victor V. Goryunov [V. V. Goryunov], "Symmetric quartics with many nodes”, 147–161.

Victor V. Goryunov [V. V. Goryunov], "Subprincipal Springer cones and morsifications of Laurent polynomials and Dμ singularities”, 163–188.

S. M. Guseĭn-Zade, "On the enumeration of curves from infinity to infinity”, 189–198.

Alexander B. Merkov, "On the classification of ornaments”, 199–211.

I. Shcherbak and A. Szpirglas, "Boundary singularities: topology and duality”, 213–223.

Victor A. Vassiliev [V. A. Vassiliev], "Invariants of ornaments”, 225–262.


   {The papers are being reviewed individually.}

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1289402 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Birman, M. Sh.; Gelʹfand, I. M.; et al.;
Anatoliĭ Moiseevich Vershik (on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 49 (1994), no. 3(297), 195–204; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 49 (1994), no. 3, 207–221
01A70

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 6

MR1287421 (95c:58058) Reviewed
Dynamical systems. V.
Bifurcation theory and catastrophe theory. A translation of Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions. Vol. 5 (Russian), Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1986 [MR0895652]. Translation by N. D. Kazarinoff. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, 5. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1994. viii+271 pp. ISBN: 3-540-18173-3
58Fxx
{Vol. IV has been reviewed [MR1042758].}

Contents:

V. I. Arnolʹd, V. S. Afrajmovich [V. S. Afraĭmovich], Yu. S. Ilʹyashenko and L. P. Shilʹnikov, "Bifurcation theory [see MR0895652]”, 1–205.

V. I. Arnolʹd, "Catastrophe thory [see MR0895652]”, 207–264.

MR1286249 (95h:57003) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Topological invariants of plane curves and caustics.
Dean Jacqueline B. Lewis Memorial Lectures presented at Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey. University Lecture Series, 5. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1994. viii+60 pp. ISBN: 0-8218-0308-5
57M25 (53A04 57-02 57R42 58C28)
This monograph describes recent progress in the topological study of plane curves. Some applications to the geometry of caustics and wave fronts in contact and symplectic geometry are established in the second part: extensions of the classical four-vertex theorem of elementary plane geometry to estimates on the minimal number of cusps necessary for the reversion of a wave front and generalizations of the last geometric theorem of Jacobi on conjugate points on convex surfaces. These estimates open a new chapter in symplectic topology: the theory of Lagrangian and Legendrian collapses, providing an unusual and far-reaching higher-dimensional extension of Sturm theory of the oscillations of linear combinations of eigenfunctions.
   The topological classification approach follows a strategy going back to Poincaré and fully exploited in recent work of Vassiliev on knot invariants. One considers the infinite-dimensional space of objects under consideration, including generic objects as nondegenerate objects. The degenerate objects form a codimension one subvariety Σ in this infinite-dimensional space F which is called the discriminant hypersurface, following a terminology specific to singularity theory. Each connected component of FΣ consists of nondegenerate objects of the same topological type, and having the same discrete invariants. The topological invariants can be identified in this way with the ring H0(FΣ), being locally constant functions on the complement of Σ. The standard technique to study the cohomology of the complement is to use infinite-dimensional versions of Alexander duality, provided that the space F is homologically sufficiently simple. The natural stratification of the discriminant according to different singularities of the objects analyzed gives information about the discriminant hypersurface and then, by duality, it is transformed into information about the cohomology of the complement.
   This approach is carried out for immersions of the circle in the plane and for Legendrian knots. In the first case a well-known result of Whitney states that two immersions can be deformed into one another iff their indices coincide. However, a generic path in the space of immersions crosses several times a discriminant hypersurface made up by three types of singularities: triple crossings, direct self-tangencies and inverse self-tangencies. The three basic invariants for the generic immersions (where only double points can occur) are introduced by prescribing coherently their jumps when crossing the discriminant. Their basic properties and the computations in terms of combinatorial data (such as, for example, the Gauss diagram of the immersion) as well as many examples are explained. Further, a similar invariant for Legendrian knots in R2×S1 is derived. Notice that, by a result of Gromov, for Legendrian immersions in the plane, the connected components are parametrized by the Legendrian index and the Maslov indices.
   These results are applied in the second part to the study of the singularities of wave fronts and caustics. We reproduce here only one beautiful result, the "tennis ball theorem'': a closed simple smooth spherical curve dividing the sphere into two parts of equal area has at least four inflection points.
   In summary, this book provides an attractive introduction to one of the most exciting and active fields of topology.
Reviewed by Louis Funar
MR1277190 (95d:00012) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Mathematical problems in classical physics. Trends and perspectives in applied mathematics, 1–20,
Appl. Math. Sci., 100, Springer, New York, 1994.
00A79
From the introduction: "Mathematics is the name for those domains of theoretical physics that are temporarily unfashionable. The advantage of being unfashionable is that it presents the possibility of the rigorous and deep investigation of well-established mathematical models. A sleeping `physical theory' can be formulated as a chain of statements having exact mathematical meaning of mathematical conjectures. Such conjectures can then be proved or disproved. In many cases the mathematical problems arising this way are very difficult, and progress is rather slow. It is much easier to obtain a new result in an unexplored domain. Hence, most researchers carefully avoid any thinking on the old classical problems.
   "On the other hand, most of the new developments in physics are due to the exploitation by physicists of the theories developed by mathematicians in previously unfashionable domains. Thus, it is useful to compile from time to time the lists of sleeping problems in unfashionable domains—just to know that the problems are still open.''
   The section headings in the article are: 1. Differential invariants and functional moduli, 2. Logarithmic asymptotics and wave fronts, 3. Hydrodynamical attractors, 4. Fast dynamo and stochastization problems, 5. Minimal magnetic field, 6. Gravitational shock waves, 7. Oscillating integrals, 8. Hamiltonian chaos.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1277189.}
MR1256257 (94h:58069) Reviewed
Dynamical systems. VII.
Integrable systems, nonholonomic dynamical systems. A translation of Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 16 (Russian), Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1987 [MR0922069]. Translation by A. G. Reyman [A. G. Reĭman] and M. A. Semenov-Tian-Shansky [M. A. Semenov-Tyan-Shanskiĭ]. Translation edited by V. I. Arnolʹd and S. P. Novikov. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, 16. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1994. vi+341 pp. ISBN: 3-540-18176-8
58Fxx (58-06)
{Vol. VI has been reviewed [MR1230637].}

Contents:

A. M. Vershik and V. Ya. Gershkovich, "Nonholonomic dynamical systems, geometry of distributions and variational problems [MR0922070]”, 1–81.

M. A. Olshanetsky, A. M. Perelomov, A. G. Reyman and M. A. Semenov-Tian-Shansky, "Integrable systems. II [MR0922071]”, 83–259.

V. V. Trofimov and A. T. Fomenko, "Geometric and algebraic mechanisms of the integrability of Hamiltonian systems on homogeneous spaces and Lie algebras [MR0922072]”, 261–333.

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR1727743 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On A. N. Kolmogorov. (Russian) Reminiscences about Kolmogorov (Russian), 144–172, Fizmatlit "Nauka'', Moscow, 1993.
01A70
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1727741.}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 8

MR1292465 (95d:58043a) Reviewed
Dynamical systems. III.
Mathematical aspects of classical and celestial mechanics. Second edition. A translation of Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 3 (Russian), Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985 [MR0833508]. Translation by A. Iacob. Translation edited by V. I. Arnolʹd. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, 3. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1993. xiv+291 pp. ISBN: 3-540-57241-4
58Fxx (58-03 70Fxx 70Hxx 70Jxx 70Kxx)
Display contents as search results
MR1292466 (95d:58043b) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Kozlov, V. V. (RS-MOSC-MM)
Department of Mechanics and Mathematics, Moscow State University117234 Moscow, Russia
; Neĭshtadt, A. I. (RS-AOS-SP)
Institute for Space Research (IKI), Russian Academy of Sciences117997 Moscow, Russia

Mathematical aspects of classical and celestial mechanics. Dynamical systems, III, pp. viixiv and 1–291,
Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 3, Springer, Berlin, 1993.
58Fxx (58-02 70Fxx 70Hxx 70Jxx 70Kxx)
The first English edition has been reviewed [MR0923953].

Citations

From References: 17

From Reviews: 0

MR1264427 (95f:58015) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Problems on singularities and dynamical systems. Developments in mathematics: the Moscow school, 251–274, Chapman & Hall, London, 1993.
58C27 (53A05 57R45 58-02)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
This paper more or less reproduces the 1991 list of problems of the Singularity Seminar at Moscow State University. Some of the author's previous lists (compiled every year) of open problems in this area have been published: [in Theory of cubature formulas and the application of functional analysis to problems of mathematical physics (Russian), 5–15, 165, Akad. Nauk SSSR Sibirsk. Otdel., Novosibirsk, 1976; MR0568056; Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. Math. Sci. 90 (1981), no. 1, 1–9; MR0653941; in Singularities, Part I (Arcata, CA, 1981), 57–69, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., 40, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1983; MR0713046; in Theory of singularities and its applications, 1–8, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1990; MR1089668].
   The main subject headings are: Fake R4 and dynamical systems. Limit cycles and elliptic curves. Pseudoperiodic topology and Fermi surfaces. Bifurcation complexity and Skolem's theorem. Quasiconvex hypersurfaces and projective topology. 4-vertex theorem and 4-umbilical point theorem revisited. Critical points and Lagrangian singularities.
   All the problems are accompanied by explanations, background discussion and references.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1264420.} Reviewed by D. R. J. Chillingworth

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1264420 (94i:00009) Reviewed
Developments in mathematics: the Moscow school.
Edited by V. Arnold and M. Monastyrsky [M. I. Monastyrskiĭ]. Chapman & Hall, London, 1993. xii+285 pp. ISBN: 0-412-45270-7
00B10 (58-06)
Display contents as search results

Contents:

Oleg I. Bogoyavlenskii [O. I. Bogoyavlenskiĭ], "Systems of hydrodynamic type connected with the Toda lattice and Volterra model”, 1–33.

Fedor A. Bogomolov [F. A. Bogomolov], "Tensors in algebraic geometry”, 34–53.

Andrey A. Bolibruch [A. A. Bolibrukh], "Hilbert's twenty-first problem for Fuchsian linear systems”, 54–99.

Sergey M. Natanzon [S. M. Natanzon], "Moduli spaces of Riemann and Klein supersurfaces”, 100–130.

Michael A. Soloviev [M. A. Solovʹev], "Beyond the theory of hyperfunctions”, 131–193.

Victor A. Vassiliev [V. A. Vassiliev], "Invariants of knots and complements of discriminants”, 194–250.

V. Arnolʹd, "Problems on singularities and dynamical systems”, 251–274.


   {The papers are being reviewed individually.}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1259682 Indexed
Musès, C.
The living legend of Vladimir Arnolʹd, master system theorist and philosopher of mathematics.
Kybernetes 22 (1993), no. 7, 50–52.
01A70

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR1246569 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On A. N. Kolmogorov. Golden years of Moscow mathematics, 129–153,
Hist. Math., 6, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1993.
01A70

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1246563.}

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1239863 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Bakhvalov, N. S.; Brushlinskiĭ, K. V.; et al.;
Nikolaĭ Nikolaevich Chentsov. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 48 (1993), no. 2(290), 165–168; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 48 (1993), no. 2, 161–166
01A70
MR1230637 (94b:58018) Reviewed
Dynamical systems. VI.
Singularity theory. I. A translation of Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 6 (Russian), Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1988 [MR1088738]. Translation by A. Iacob. Translation edited by V. I. Arnolʹd. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, 6. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1993. iv+245 pp. ISBN: 3-540-50583-0
58C27 (32Sxx)

Contents:

V. I. Arnolʹd, V. A. Vasilʹev, V. V. Goryunov and O. V. Lyashko, "Singularities. Local and global theory [MR1088739]”, 1–245.


   {The paper in this collection has been reviewed from the Russian original.}
MR1218886 (93k:58028) Reviewed
Dynamical systems. VIII.
Singularity theory. II. Applications. A translation of Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 39 (Russian), Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1989 [MR1039614]. Translated by J. S. Joel. Translation edited by V. I. Arnolʹd. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, 39. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1993. iv+235 pp. ISBN: 3-540-53376-1
58C27

Contents:

V. I. Arnolʹd, V. A. Vasilʹev, V. V. Goryunov, and O. V. Lyashko, "Singularity theory. II. Classification and applications [MR1039615]”, 1–235.

MR1215971 (94i:32039) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow State University119992 Moscow, Russia

Bounds for Milnor numbers of intersections in holomorphic dynamical systems. Topological methods in modern mathematics (Stony Brook, NY, 1991), 379–390, Publish or Perish, Houston, TX, 1993.
32H50 (58F23)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
Introduction: "Let us move a smooth plane curve, containing the origin, by the iterations of an origin-preserving diffeomorphism of the plane to itself. It follows from the general theorems of this paper that the orders of tangency of the resulting curves with any fixed line through the origin are uniformly bounded (provided, of course, that each of these orders is finite).
   "We also prove the boundedness of the Milnor numbers, describing the tangency of a moving submanifold with a fixed submanifold of arbitrary dimension in the phase space of a higher-dimensional dynamical system.
   "If we move a curve by a degenerate smooth plane mapping (which is not a diffeomorphism), the order of tangency of the moving curve with a fixed curve at the origin may grow with the number of iterations. We prove that the growth rate is at most exponential, provided that the moving curve remains smooth at the origin.
   "We conjecture that a similar exponential bound should hold in the general case of submanifolds of arbitrary dimension in arbitrary finite-to-one holomorphic dynamical systems.''

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1215954.} Reviewed by Peter M. Makienko

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1209037 (94a:11024) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Congruences for Euler, Bernoulli and Springer numbers of Coxeter groups. (Russian. Russian summary)
Izv. Ross. Akad. Nauk Ser. Mat. 56 (1992), no. 5, 1129–1133; translation in
Russian Acad. Sci. Izv. Math. 41 (1993), no. 2, 389–393
11B50 (05A19 20F55 58C27)
Let f(n) and g(n), n0, be sequences of integers defined by f(n)zn/n!=1+tanhz and g(n)zn/n!=1/coshz, and let p>1 be an odd number. The author proves congruences between f(n) and g(n) modulo p and a sum/difference (with signs in a particular order) of nth powers of the numbers 1,,p. These representations lead to congruences modulo powers of an odd prime p between the elements Fk,l of the Euler-Bernoulli triangles (generated by Fk,l(xk/k!)(yl/l!)=ex/cosh(x+y)) and the values of some polynomials of two variables on sublattices with stepsize p1. Then similar congruences are obtained for the Springer numbers (maximum number of Weyl chambers in the domain bounded by extending the arcs that form the walls of one Weyl chamber) in the case of Weyl groups of series B and D.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1204948 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Will Russian mathematics survive?
Special issue on mathematics in the former Soviet Union.
Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 40 (1993), no. 2, 104–107.
01A67 (01A80)

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1204947.}
MR1199634 (94h:58071) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Poly-integrable flows. (Russian. Russian summary)
Algebra i Analiz 4 (1992), no. 6, 54–62; translation in
St. Petersburg Math. J. 4 (1993), no. 6, 1103–1110
58F05 (58F14 58F25)
Dynamical systems with m1 first integrals on m-dimensional manifolds are considered. The author investigates topological properties of such systems, especially in the case of integrals which are multivalued on the manifolds and become pseudoperiodic functions on the covering spaces.
   Let (M,μ) be a smooth m-dimensional manifold with a fixed volume element μ, and (N,ν) be an (m1)-dimensional manifold with a fixed volume element ν. Let H:MN be a smooth mapping. Then there arises a vector field v on M which is called a poly-integrable field with the poly-Hamiltonian H. Phase curves of the field v are preimages of points under the mapping H, the velocity of motion depending on the volume elements μ and ν.
   Let us consider a system on a 3-dimensional torus given by the mapping H:R3R2, H(x)=Ω(x)+h(x), where h(x+k)=h(x) for any kZ3 and the linear mapping Ω gives a monomorphism Z3R3. In this paper it is proved that if the corresponding vector field v on T3=R3/Z3 has no singular points then it can be linearized. The author also extends this result on poly-integrable fields without singular points to a torus of arbitrary dimension.
Reviewed by L. S. Polyakova
MR1194622 (93j:01016a) Reviewed
Poincaré, Henri
New methods of celestial mechanics. Vol. 1.
Periodic and asymptotic solutions. Translated from the French. Revised reprint of the 1967 English translation. With endnotes by V. I. Arnolʹd. Edited and with an introduction by Daniel L. Goroff. History of Modern Physics and Astronomy, 13. American Institute of Physics, New York, 1993. xxiv+I108+316+E6+v pp. ISBN: 1-56396-114-8
01A75 (34-03 58-03 70-03)
MR1194623 (93j:01016b) Reviewed
Poincaré, Henri
New methods of celestial mechanics. Vol. 2.
Approximations by series. Translated from the French. Revised reprint of the 1967 English translation. With endnotes by V. M. Alekseev. Edited and with an introduction by Daniel L. Goroff. History of Modern Physics and Astronomy, 13. American Institute of Physics, New York, 1993. pp. ixxiv, 317–722, E7–E18 and xxvxxix. ISBN: 1-56396-115-6
01A75 (34-03 58-03 70-03)
MR1194624 (93j:01016c) Reviewed
Poincaré, Henri
New methods of celestial mechanics. Vol. 3.
Integral invariants and asymptotic properties of certain solutions. Translated from the French. Revised reprint of the 1967 English translation. With endnotes by G. A. Merman. Edited and with an introduction by Daniel L. Goroff. History of Modern Physics and Astronomy, 13. American Institute of Physics, New York, 1993. pp. ixx, 723–1078, E19–E23 and xxixxv. ISBN: 1-56396-116-4
01A75 (34-03 58-03 70-03)
From the editor's introduction: "Volumes I and II of Poincaré's Les méthodes nouvelles de la mécanique céleste were published in 1892 and 1893, respectively. Presumably much of the new material was compiled for the course of the three-body problem which Poincaré conducted at the Sorbonne in 1890. Following the death of Félix Tisserand, Poincaré was asked by Darboux, who was then the Dean of the Science Faculty of the University of Paris, to assume the Chair of Mathematical Astronomy and Celestial Mechanics in 1896.''
   This treatise is a translation of Les méthodes nouvelles de la mécanique céleste, originally published in 1892–1899. Poincaré's original two volumes are here edited in three parts (labeled "volumes'').
   Part 1 contains: Preface to the French edition; Introduction; Chapters: 1. Generalities and the Jacobi method; 2. Series integration; 3. Periodic solutions; 4. Characteristic exponents; 5. Nonexistence of uniform integrals; 6. Approximate development of the perturbative function; 7. Asymptotic solutions; Poincaré's footnotes; Russian endnotes, translation of excerpts from commentaries in Henri Poincaré's Selected works in three volumes [Vol. I (Russian), "Nauka'', Moscow, 1971; MR0384459; Vol. II, 1972; MR0384460]; Index.
   In the preface to Part 2 of the French edition Poincaré writes: "The methods to be discussed in this second volume have been elaborated by numerous contemporary astronomers; however, the methods developed by Gyldén, which range among the most perfect known, will be given the largest coverage. All these methods have one characteristic in common. The scientists who conceived these methods attempted to expand the stellar coordinates in series all of whose terms are periodic and to thus cause vanishing of so-called secular terms.''
   Part 2 contains: Preface to Part 2 of the French edition, review of notations; Chapters: 8. Formal calculus; 9. Methods of Newcomb and Lindstedt; 10. Application to the study of secular variations; 11. Application to the three-body problem; 12. Application to orbits; 13. Divergence of the Lindstedt series; 14. Direct calculation of the series; 15. Other methods of direct calculation; 16. Gyldén methods; 17. Case of linear equations; 18. Case of nonlinear equations; 19. Bohlin methods; 20. Bohlin series; 21. Extension of the Bohlin method; Poincaré's footnotes; Russian endnotes; Index.
   Part 3 contains the following chapters: 22. Integral invariants; 23. Formation of invariants; 24. Use of integral invariants; 25. Integral invariants and asymptotic solutions; 26. Poisson stability; 27. Theory of consequents; 28. Periodic solutions of the second kind; 29. Different forms of the principle of least action; 30. Formation of solutions of the second kind; 31. Properties of solutions of the second kind; 32. Periodic solutions of the second kind; 33. Doubly asymptotic solutions; Russian endnotes; Index.
Reviewed by Peeter Müürsepp

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR1209147 (93m:01052) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; et al.;
Obituary: Dmitriĭ Andreevich Gudkov. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 47 (1992), no. 6(288), 195–198; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 47 (1992), no. 6, 193–197
01A70
This is a brief obituary (with a photo and the list of his publications) for D. A. Gudkov (1918–1992), who worked in algebraic geometry and contributed to the solution of Hilbert's 16th problem.
MR1178935 (93h:58018) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Catastrophe theory.
Translated from the Russian by G. S. Wassermann. Based on a translation by R. K. Thomas. Third edition. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1992. xiv+150 pp. ISBN: 3-540-54811-4
58C28 (00A05 00A69 32S05 58-02 58C27)
This book is named in honour of the theory developed in the 1960s by R. Thom ("the great topologist'', to use Arnolʹd's words in the preface) and his followers. The name is taken to include, in present-day terms, singularity theory and bifurcation theory, whether applied to mappings or to dynamical systems, and (very importantly) all the many applications of these disciplines to the world of science. Thus, among the topics treated are bifurcations of equilibrium states, caustics, wavefronts, projections of surfaces, the bypassing of obstacles, symplectic and contact geometry and complex singularities.
   The preface states that the aim of the book is to explain how the theory works, to readers with no mathematical background. Perhaps it would be more realistic to say "readers without a highly specialised mathematical background'', for the text is full of formulae, and most of the diagrams make no sense without at least some understanding of the text. The diagrams are wonderful: the author has a rare gift for condensing a great deal of information into a diagram without making it appear cluttered. Although there are many formulae, there are no proofs: the book is a compendium of results with a little explanation of the meaning and origin of each one.
   One part of the book which is new to this third edition is certainly not for nonmathematical readers. It is a collection of problems, a few on the material of each chapter. Even amongst the "elementary'' problems, some are reasonably straightforward exercises (e.g. "How many cusp points does the map zz2+ϵz¯¯¯ have?'') and others are tough problems (e.g., to investigate the structure of the tangent developable of a space curve in the neighbourhood of a point of zero torsion). The problems will certainly be useful to professional mathematicians, either as a source of exercises for their students, or as a source of information.
   Many sections have been given additional material in this edition. There is new material on delayed loss of stability of dynamical systems under slow change of parameter, the theory of boundary singularities, the metamorphoses of shockwaves, the role of the group H4 in singularity theory, the universal period doubling phenomenon, etc. (The book has reached a size where an index would be a considerable asset, but none is provided.) There are also more historical remarks than in previous editions, including a section on the precursors of catastrophe theory: Huygens, de l'Hôpital, Hamilton, Cayley, Jacobi, Poincaré, Andronov and many others. The first section of the book is unchanged from the first edition and covers some of the history of catastrophe theory proper; an alternative and more balanced account is to be found in the very useful MR review of the second edition [1986; MR0845781].
   It has to be understood that the book is largely a report on the very substantial contribution made by the Russian school of singularity theory, which is still led by Arnolʹd himself (though some of his former pupils are now nearly as famous as he is). There are a few references to non-Russian literature, but there is no systematic attempt to mention parallel or similar work outside Russia.
   The author's dismissive views on "mystical'' catastrophe theory and "unscientific'' applications are well known. There is perhaps a detectable mellowing of outlook in this edition, and the author does not take his own words too seriously: at the end of the book there is a discussion of the change from an administered economy to a market economy which is almost worthy of the authors he castigates.
   If Arnolʹd has a hero among mathematicians of the last 100 years or so, it has to be Poincaré, and as well as mentioning his fundamental insights into differential equations, Arnolʹd echoes Poincaré's views on the superiority of concrete and "naive'' definitions to the axiomatic method, especially as applied to the teaching of mathematics.
   There is probably no one else in the world who could have written this book. It remains an engrossing summary of a vast body of work which is one of the major achievements of twentieth-century mathematics.
Reviewed by Peter Giblin
MR1171862 (93h:20042) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Snake calculus and the combinatorics of the Bernoulli, Euler and Springer numbers of Coxeter groups. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 47 (1992), no. 1(283), 3–45, 240; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 47 (1992), no. 1, 1–51
20F55 (05A10 58C27)
Recently it was shown [V. I. Arnolʹd, Duke Math. J. 63 (1991), no. 2, 537–555; MR1115120; T. A. Springer, Nieuw Arch. Wisk. (3) 19 (1971), 30–36; MR0338199] that the classical Bernoulli and Euler numbers govern the topology of the bifurcation diagrams of simple function singularities and also play a crucial role in the enumerative combinatorics (Springer numbers) of projective hyperplane arrangements in Pn, coming from mirror arrangements of the Coxeter groups in Rn+1. The author's aim is to explain the beautiful (sometimes mysterious) connections between combinatorics of the Coxeter groups and singularities.
Reviewed by O. V. Shvartsman

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1169236 (93g:01083) Reviewed
Sena, L. A.; Feoktistov, L. P. (RS-AOS-PI)
P. N. Lebedev Physics Institute, Russian Academy of Sciences117924 Moscow, Russia
; Smirnov, Yu. N. (RS-AOS-R)
O. Yu. Shmidt Institute of Earth Physics, Russian Academy of Sciences123812 Moscow, Russia
; Gershteĭn, S. S. (RS-HEP)
Institute for High Energy PhysicsSerpukhov, Russia
; Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Dolgov, A. D. (RS-ITEP)
Institute of Theoretical and Experimental Physics117259 Moscow, Russia

Master. (Russian)
Priroda 1992, no. 2, 84–111.
01A70
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This article contains recollections and biographic commentaries about the physicist Yakob Borisovich Zelʹdovich (1914–1987). The individual contributions are (fragments) taken from a forthcoming memorial collection, to be published by "Nauka'' in Moscow.
MR1162307 (93b:34001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, Vladimir I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Ordinary differential equations.
Translated from the third Russian edition by Roger Cooke. Springer Textbook. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1992. 334 pp. ISBN: 3-540-54813-0
34-01 (34Cxx 58-01)

Related

Cooke, Roger

The Russian original has been reviewed [first edition, "Nauka'', Moscow, 1971; MR0361231; third edition, "Nauka'', Moscow, 1984; MR0799024].

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1161073 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Trivium mathématique. (French) [Mathematical trivium]
Gaz. Math. No. 52 (1992), 87–96.
00A08 (00A07)

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1161069 (92m:01049) Reviewed
Audin, Michèle; Iglésias, Patrick
Questions à V. I. Arnolʹd. (French) [Interview with V. I. Arnolʹd]
Gaz. Math. No. 52 (1992), 5–12.
01A70

Related

Arnolʹd, V. I.

In this interview Arnolʹd answers questions concerning his favorite of his own mathematical results (on the relationship between ovals of real plane algebraic curves, 4-manifolds, and quadratic forms), his mathematical "upbringing'', comparisons between mathematics (and mathematical education) in France and Russia, and on political and economical changes in the (former) Soviet Union and their impact on science.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 22

From Reviews: 0

MR1145009 (93d:58020) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Khesin, B. A. (1-CA)
Department of Mathematics, University of CaliforniaBerkeley, California, 94709

Topological methods in hydrodynamics. Annual review of fluid mechanics, Vol. 24, 145–166, Annual Reviews, Palo Alto, CA, 1992.
58D05 (58B20 58F32 76A02)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
In this paper, the authors survey the recent investigations of the group-theoretical approach to hydrodynamics by considering hydrodynamics to be the differential geometry of diffeomorphism groups. They point out that conservation laws of incompressible and barotropic fluid flows, and of superconductivity, are determined by the infinitesimal structure of the corresponding diffeomorphism groups, i.e. the structure of their Lie algebras and coalgebras. They go on to prove that the ideal hydrodynamics equations (as well as the barotropic fluid and superconductivity equations) have an infinite number of invariants for flows on an arbitrary even-dimensional manifold ("generalized enstrophies'') and have at least one first integral in an odd-dimensional case ("generalized helicity''). They present new energy estimates for nontrivial linked fields and an ergodic interpretation of multidimensional hydrodynamic invariants as the average multilinking number of certain surfaces and an interpretation of Novikov invariants and of Godbillon-Vey-type characteristic classes. Finally, they discuss some further results concerning the geometry and curvatures of the different diffeomorphism groups themselves.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1145005.} Reviewed by Bing Hong Wang
MR1144436 (93d:58013) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Springer numbers and Morsification spaces.
J. Algebraic Geom. 1 (1992), no. 2, 197–214.
58C27 (05A15 20F55)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Let G be a finite group of linear transformations, generated by reflections, in k-dimensional Euclidean space. The mirrors of the group divide the space into simplicial cones that are called chambers. Each chamber is bounded by k hyperplanes dividing the space into 2k parts. The author calls the number of chambers in the largest of these cones the Springer number of a Coxeter group G. This is closely related to the numbers considered in an earlier note of T. A. Springer [Nieuw Arch. Wisk. (3) 19 (1971), 30–36; MR0338199], where an algorithm for calculating them was described.
   In the present note the author discusses the topological meaning of Springer numbers in the theory of singularities of smooth functions. In particular, he proves that these numbers enumerate the topological types of the odd Morse functions of one variable. An algorithm for easy computation of Springer numbers is also presented.
   It should be remarked that in the meanwhile an expanded version of this work has appeared [V. I. Arnolʹd, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 47 (1992), no. 1(283), 3–45, 240; MR1171862], which contains some additional interesting details.
Reviewed by Aleksandr G. Aleksandrov
MR1255826 (96k:76001) Reviewed
Gurbatov, S. N. (RS-NZNV-RP)
Department of Radiophysics, Nizhniĭ Novgorod ``N. I. Lobachevskiĭ'' State University603600 Nizhniy Novgorod, Russia
; Malakhov, A. N. (RS-NZNV-RP)
Department of Radiophysics, Nizhniĭ Novgorod ``N. I. Lobachevskiĭ'' State University603600 Nizhniy Novgorod, Russia
; Saichev, A. I. (RS-NZNV-RP)
Department of Radiophysics, Nizhniĭ Novgorod ``N. I. Lobachevskiĭ'' State University603600 Nizhniy Novgorod, Russia

Nonlinear random waves and turbulence in nondispersive media: waves, rays, particles. (English summary)
Translated from the Russian. Supplement 1 by Adrian L. Melott and Sergei F. Shandarin. Supplement 2 by V. I. Arnolʹd, Yu. M. Baryshnikov and I. A. Bogayevsky [I. A. Bogaevskiĭ]. Translation edited and with a preface by D. G. Crighton. Nonlinear Science: Theory and Applications. Manchester University Press, Manchester, 1991. x+308 pp. ISBN: 0-7190-3275-X
76-02 (35Q35 35R60 76D33 76F99 76M35 82C44)
From the introduction: "This book is concerned with random nonlinear waves in nondispersive media. As a characteristic feature of these waves we consider an avalanche-type growth of the wave harmonic number; the wave components interact efficiently, leading, in particular, to the small-scale structure emergence in a wave. Such waves include, for instance, nonlinear acoustic waves whose profile distorts nonlinearly during propagation, to eventually give way to the formation of discontinuities, i.e. creation of shock pressure fronts.
   "In understanding the peculiarities of the nonlinear wave evolution in nondispersive media, a vital role is played by comparatively simple model equations allowing for the main mechanisms of the wave self-action. First of all, it is the Riemann equation v/t+vv/x=0 that describes the nonlinear distortions of the wave profile due to the dependence of the propagation velocity of the wave on the wave magnitude, and then the Burgers equation v/t+vv/x=μ2v/x2, the right-hand side of which takes into account the wave small-scale component dissipation responsible for the shock front stabilisation.
   "The solution of the Riemann equation has an obvious physical interpretation: it describes the velocity field of a noninteracting particle flow. This field can be described in two ways: Either we observe a wave profile at a fixed point and at a fixed time instant (Eulerian description), or we look at the separate particle behaviour (Lagrangian description). Whereas under the Lagrangian description the movement of an individual particle proves trivial, that is to say it travels with constant velocity with all nonlinear effects clearly absent, when one observes the velocity profile of the particle flow, such nonlinear effects as profile steepening and change of the spatial spectral composition can be distinguished.
   "In this connection it should be emphasised that nonlinear effects may equally well appear in linear hyperbolic systems. Thus, if one is interested in the complex phase of the field described by the linear wave equation, the necessity arises to analyse nonlinear equations. Namely, if we confine ourselves to the geometrical optics approximation, then the evolution of the arrival angles of a wave front (phase gradient) in a two-dimensional homogeneous medium is governed by the Riemann equation, and the equation for intensity coincides with that of continuity with respect to the density of the noninteracting particle flows. Consequently, one can observe such typically nonlinear effects as steepening of the slope of the angle profile, including the appearance of non-single-valuedness that physically corresponds to multi-stream regimes of propagation, and the emergence of localised regions of increased intensity.
   "The above-mentioned equations and their analogues not only adequately embody nonlinear acoustic waves, but successfully simulate wave phenomena of quite different physical origins: nonlinear waves in long transmission lines, kinematic waves, optical waves in the geometrical optics approximation, hydrodynamic flows of particles, and so on. Therefore, the variety of applications and heuristic value of the Riemann and Burgers equations render them standard when analysing the behavior of nonlinear waves in nondispersive media.
   "Still more important, as compared with the investigation of such nonlinear dynamics effects, appears to be the discussion of the evolution of statistical properties for solutions of the corresponding equations with random initial conditions. The fact is that the Burgers equation, for example, serves as the simplest model equation of strong hydrodynamic turbulence that allows for the joint action of the two mechanisms which are of paramount importance in establishing the properties of real hydrodynamic turbulence—inertial nonlinearity and viscosity. For this reason we pay much attention in this book to studying statistical characteristics of Burgers turbulence such as the energy spectra, correlation functions, probability distributions, shock front statistical properties, distances between the shocks, and so on.
   "The book consists of six chapters. The first chapter contains a brief review of physical examples of nonlinear waves in nondispersive media. The key notions which characterise such waves are discussed. Through the example of Burgers turbulence we illuminate several aspects of the traditional hypotheses and approximations employed to analyse strongly nonlinear turbulence.
   "The second chapter offers the exact solution of the Burgers equation for arbitrary initial conditions. The behaviour of the solution at large Reynolds numbers is considered in detail. An evident geometrical interpretation of the solution at infinite Reynolds number is demonstrated. We then discuss evolution of various types of disturbance which, as separate bricks, compose more complex fields ending up with the Burgers turbulence. An analogy is shown, among the Burgers equation solution, noninteracting particle hydrodynamics, and the field of an optical wave in the geometrical optics approximation.
   "The third chapter develops an efficient method to analyse the statistics of nonlinear fields in nondispersive media. It is based on establishing connections between the statistical properties of the fields of hydrodynamic type in Lagrangian and Eulerian coordinate systems.
   "The fourth chapter deals with the calculation and physical interpretation of the probability distributions, spectra and correlation functions of noninteracting particle flows in a homogeneous medium, and of acoustic noise waves at a stage before discontinuity formation. Attention is also drawn to the problem of nonlinear interaction between regular waves and noise. The intensity fluctuations due to caustic singularities of optical waves are investigated. An extension to particle motion in a field of random external forces is carried out.
   "The fifth chapter develops a sufficiently comprehensive theory of Burgers turbulence which explicitly takes into account the initiation and further multiple merging of the turbulent field discontinuities. A detailed description is given, as regards the quasi-ordered dissipative structure of the Burgers turbulence realisations at the stage of fully developed discontinuities. It is found that at this stage the statistical properties of the Burgers turbulence have a self-preserving character. The concluding stage of Burgers turbulence linear decay is studied with due attention.
   "In the sixth chapter we treat the dynamical and statistical properties concerning the evolution of the so-called potential turbulence described by a three-dimensional Burgers equation, which simulates the nonlinear stage of the gravitationally interacting particle gas instability. Within the framework of the given model we follow the formation and transformation of a cellular large-scale structure of matter distribution in the Universe. Model results are compared with numerical ones allowing for gravitational interaction of cold particles.
   "There is an appendix in the book which incorporates a set of formulae connected with the use of a body of delta-function properties in statistical problems, and there are two supplements. Supplement 1, written by Melott and Shandarin, gives the results of numerical simulation of a two-dimensional gas of gravitationally interacting particles. The process of formation and evolution of a cellular structure of matter distribution is shown, as well as a very complicated inner structure of singularities. Supplement 2, contributed by Arnolʹd, Baryshnikov and Bogayevskiĭ, suggests a rigorous mathematical classification of singularities for the two- and three-dimensional Burgers equation with vanishing viscosity, and outlines the ways of reconstructing these singularities.''
   {The Russian original has been reviewed [MR1109494].}
MR1175399 (93d:01096) Reviewed
Kolmogorov, A. N.
Selected works of A. N. Kolmogorov. Vol. I.
Mathematics and mechanics. With commentaries by V. I. Arnolʹd, V. A. Skvortsov, P. L. Ulʹyanov et al. Translated from the Russian original by V. M. Volosov. Edited and with a preface, foreword and brief biography by V. M. Tikhomirov. Mathematics and its Applications (Soviet Series), 25. Kluwer Academic Publishers Group, Dordrecht, 1991. xx+551 pp. ISBN: 90-277-2796-1
01A75 (60-03)
Selected works of Kolmogorov (1903–1987) have been published (in Russian) in three volumes: I. Mathematics and mechanics [1985; MR0796132], II. Probability theory and mathematical statistics [1986; MR0861120], III. Information theory and the theory of algorithms [1987; MR0912887]. This is a translation of Volume I.
MR1142204 (93e:58104) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Topological and ergodic properties of closed 1-forms with incommensurable periods. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 25 (1991), no. 2, 1–12, 96; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 25 (1991), no. 2, 81–90
58F11 (58A10)
From the introduction: "Consider a closed differential 1-form on a compact manifold. Our aim is to investigate families of hypersurfaces on which the form vanishes in the case in which the periods of the form are incommensurable, but otherwise the form is in general position. It turns out that this problem is equivalent to the problem of hyperplane sections of period noncompact manifolds in Euclidean spaces. We prove that a hyperplane pseudo-periodic section divides a periodic manifold into two unbounded parts (and also arbitrarily many bounded parts).
   "From this it follows that the Hamiltonian system corresponding to a multivalued Hamiltonian on a two-dimensional torus decomposes into cells that are filled up by periodic trajectories and an ergodic component of positive measure, on which the phase flow is isomorphic to the special flow over the rotation of the circle (by an angle equal to 2π times the ratio of the periods of the form).''

Citations

From References: 13

From Reviews: 0

MR1135891 (93e:92007) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow State University119992 Moscow, Russia

Cardiac arrhythmias and circle mappings.
Chaos 1 (1991), no. 1, 20–24.
92C50 (58F08)
This article is an excerpt from the diploma dissertation of V. I. Arnold (Moscow State University, Moscow, 1959) which was omitted from the published version of that work [Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 25 (1961), 21–86; MR0140699; translated in Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. (2) 46 (1965), 213–284; see MR0183601]. The author applies the theory of circle mappings to explain cardiac arrhythmias.
   The underlying model is attributed to Gelfand and Tsetlin. It establishes a relation tn+1=P(tn) between successive times tn of ventricular beats as follows. Given t0, the time t1=P(t0) is determined by the point where the line tt0 hits an oscillating threshold 1f(t). The forcing function f(t) is assumed to be of period T and amplitude A. If the rotation number of P is m/n, then this signifies a phase locking, where m impulses of f correspond to n jumps.
   The author analyzes these resonance zones (now known as Arnold tongues) in the (T,A) parameter plane for various special shapes of the impulses f (momentary, rectangular, symmetric triangular, sinusoidal). Two basic lemmata on rotation numbers are shown to organize these diagrams.
   See also the preceding review.
Reviewed by Wolf-Jürgen Beyn

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1125276 (92h:01043) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Vaĭnberg, B. R.; Kudryavtsev, L. D.; et al.;
Mikhail Vasilʹevich Fedoryuk. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 46 (1991), no. 2(278), 205–207; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 46 (1991), no. 2, 237–240
01A70
This is a brief obituary for Fedoryuk (1934–1990), with a photo but no bibliography.

Citations

From References: 7

From Reviews: 0

MR1124924 (92f:76060) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

Kolmogorov's hydrodynamic attractors.
Turbulence and stochastic processes: Kolmogorov's ideas 50 years on.
Proc. Roy. Soc. London Ser. A 434 (1991), no. 1890, 19–22.
76F20 (58F40 76-03 76Exx)
Summary: "We briefly discuss the content and the lasting influence of Kolmogorov's 1958 seminar on dynamical systems and hydrodynamic instability.''

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1124921.}

Citations

From References: 10

From Reviews: 0

MR1122147 (92i:58020) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
The theory of singularities and its applications.
Lezioni Fermiane. [Fermi Lectures] Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, Rome; Scuola Normale Superiore, Pisa, 1991. 73 pp. ISBN: 0-521-42280-9
58C27 (57R45 58F14)
Since the time of Bernhard Riemann (1826–1866) singularities of various objects: mappings, differential equations, surfaces, etc., have played an increasingly important role in many branches of mathematics.
   Leading results in singularity theory of functions, Lagrangian and Legendrian varieties and the theory of bifurcations were obtained by the author's school. This is mainly a review paper containing brief (in the author's unique style) descriptions of these results obtained during the last few years. The first part of the paper starts with the formulation of very interesting problems (with answers) concerning the global functions of one variable with nondegenerate critical points. Then the author describes "the zoo of singularities'', i.e., singularities of generic caustics and evolving wavefronts in the obstacle by-passing problem (related to the icosahedron or to the hypericosahedron symmetry groups), which completes the author's celebrated correspondence between the Coxeter groups generated by reflections (their discriminants) and singularities of Lagrangian and Legendrian varieties. He displays the geometric manner in which the new generic singularities, open swallowtail and open and folded Whitney umbrella, appear in mathematical optics. Singularities of the projections of generic surfaces in R3 (apparent contours) were classified by O. A. Platonova [Trudy Sem. Pe- trovsk. No. 10 (1984), 135–149; MR0778883]. The author reports on these very original results including the aesthetic pictures of the classified perestroikas of projections of surfaces.
   In the second part "the object of interest is the bifurcation diagram formed by the values of the parameters for which a qualitative change in the objects of the family occurs. The objects forming the families may be very different: manifolds or mappings, vector fields or differential equations, abelian differentials or integrals, and so on'' (p. 44). Singularities of bifurcation diagrams of families of functions are classified and the theorems on biholomorphical equivalence of these diagrams to the corresponding discriminants of the finite reflection groups Ak,Bk,Ck,Dk,Ek,F4 are formulated. These theorems are astonishing, "since there is no evident relation between the classification of the Weyl groups of simple Lie algebras and of the simple singularities of functions. The proofs are based on a comparison of two independent classifications and on a more or less direct comparison of the discriminants with the bifurcation diagrams. The coincidence confirms the general principle of unity of mathematical beings (like the relation between the problems on tangents and on areas, basic to calculus)'' (p. 46). Finally, the typical singularities of the boundaries of ellipticity, hyperbolicity and the sets of fundamental systems of linear differential equations of nth order are classified.
Reviewed by Stanisław Tadeusz Janeczko

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

This is a brief obituary for Fedoryuk (1934–1990), with a photo but no bibliography.
MR1115120 (93b:58020) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Bernoulli-Euler updown numbers associated with function singularities, their combinatorics and arithmetics.
Duke Math. J. 63 (1991), no. 2, 537–555.
58C27 (05A19 11B68)
The Euler-Bernoulli number of a critical point of a function is the number of Morsifications of it with the maximum number of real nondegenerate critical points born from the initial degenerate critical point. (A Morsification is a representative of a connected component of the complement of the bifurcation diagram of functions in a neighborhood of the given function.) Let Kn be the number of such "maximal'' Morsifications that are not equivalent. The number Kn can be determined from the generating function n=0Kntn/n!=sect+tant. (So K2r=Er is the Euler number and K2r1=Tr, where Tr=(4r(4r1)/2r)Br.) The author's first main result is that the Euler-Bernoulli numbers of the singularities of the series Bn=xn+y2 and Cn=xy+yn on the plane with boundary x=0 are equal to Kn+1. This implies Theorem 1: The sum Vi of the variations Vi=|i0i1|+|i1i2|++|inin+1| of all the Kn of sequences i0<i1>i2<in+1, {i1,,in}={1,,n}, i0=0, in+1=0 if n is odd and in+1=n+1 if n is even, is equal to the number Kn+2 of the sequences () i0<i1>i2in+1, where {i0,,in+1}={0,,n+1}.
   Sequences of the type () are called updown sequences. The number of updown sequences of length n is called the updown number. A "shuttle sequence'' is a finite sequence of integers i0i1<i2i3<i4in, 0iss for all s.
   A second result is that the total number of shuttle sequences with n elements is equal to the updown number of sequences of length n. Shuttle sequences provide itineraries through the Bernoulli-Euler triangle, a Pascal-like triangle in which each number is equal to the number of shuttle ways connecting it to the top vertex (Bernoulli on the left side of the triangle, Euler on the right side). The final section is devoted to arithmetic properties, such as periodicities mod 2b and other congruences. A brief review can only sketch the depth of insight into the behavior of functions provided by this paper.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR1108394 (92a:34001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Gewöhnliche Differentialgleichungen. (German) [Ordinary differential equations]
Translated from the third Russian edition by B. Mai and W. Plischke. Second edition. Hochschulbücher für Mathematik [University Books for Mathematics], 83. Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1991. 340 pp. ISBN: 3-326-00637-3
34-01 (58-01)
The third Russian edition of this book has been reviewed ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1984; MR0799024].
MR1151185 (93b:58019) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Singularities of caustics and wave fronts.
Mathematics and its Applications (Soviet Series), 62. Kluwer Academic Publishers Group, Dordrecht, 1990. xiv+259 pp. ISBN: 0-7923-1038-1
58C27 (58F05 58F14 78A05)
This book is an account of the main results on the singularities of caustics and wave fronts obtained by the author and his colleagues since 1972, when the relation between singularities of ray systems, their caustics, wave fronts, Legendre transformations and Coxeter groups was discovered. Topics covered include: a survey of symplectic geometry; applications of the theory of Lagrangian singularities, including perestroikas of caustics, shock wave singularities and perestroikas of Maxwell sets; contact geometry, including perestroikas of fronts; convolution of invariants and period maps; Lagrangian and Legendre topology; projection of surfaces and singularities of apparent contours; the "obstacle problem'', including its relationship to the icosahedral group H3 and the hypericosahedral group H4; and the transformation of waves defined by hyperbolic variational principles. There is an extensive bibliography.
Reviewed by I. R. Porteous
MR1139553 (93c:58031) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Dynamics of complexity of intersections.
Bol. Soc. Brasil. Mat. (N.S.) 21 (1990), no. 1, 1–10.
58C27 (53C99 57R99 58F14)
Consider quadruples (M,A,X,Y), where Mm is a compact manifold, A:MmMm is a diffeomorphism, and Xk and Yl are submanifolds of M. Consider a p-parameter deformation of Y, i:Y×TM, denote the submanifolds i(Y×t) by Yt (tT) and let Zt(N)=(ANX)Yt. The author proves inequalities of the shape |Zt(N)|CeλN for all N0, with C and λ positive and independent of N, for "generic'' families. Here |Zt(N)| means, in particular, the total Morse number (i.e., the minimal number of critical points of a Morse function) or the total Betti number (the sum of the Betti numbers) for almost all t. The genericity assumption is that of the family {Yt}'s being very rich. The family {Yt} is rich if the derivative of i at each point of Y×0 is a mapping onto the tangent plane of M. Rich families form an open dense set in the space of families. A very rich family {Yt} is a family such that the induced family {Y˜t} of tangent s-dimensional subspaces of Yt is rich. Another invariant |Zt(N)| for which the result holds is the volume of the set of tangent planes of the intersection Z in the total space of the bundle of Grassmann manifolds of s-planes tangent to M. As usual with the author, there are many interesting remarks (and examples) throughout the paper.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR1096419 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Contact geometry and wave propagation.
Enseign. Math. (2) 36 (1990), no. 3-4, 215–266.
58F05
MR1095332 (92d:58205) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

Contact geometry: the geometrical method of Gibbs's thermodynamics. Proceedings of the Gibbs Symposium (New Haven, CT, 1989), 163–179, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1990.
58G17 (58C27 80A10)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
This paper contains a summary of some of the main facts in contact geometry and its role in the understanding of physics and thermodynamics. In particular, it refers to Legendre singularities and their applications to the study of wavefront propagation. Comments on the relationship of Legendre singularities with finite reflection groups are made.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1095324.} Reviewed by Maria Carmen Romero-Fuster

Citations

From References: 23

From Reviews: 0

MR1090321 (91k:58013) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Теория катастроф. (Russian) [Catastrophe theory]
Third edition. With an English summary. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1990. 128 pp. ISBN: 5-02-014271-9
58C28
The first English edition has been reviewed [Springer, Berlin, 1984; MR0727639].
   The present edition includes a survey of recent results in the theory of metamorphoses ("perestroĭkas''), additional references, and a list of exercises.
MR1089668 (91k:58001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Ten problems. Theory of singularities and its applications, 1–8,
Adv. Soviet Math., 1, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1990.
58-02 (32Sxx 58C27)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
The author states ten problems that are related to various aspects of singularity theory: (1) Minkowski's problem for nonconvex surfaces (differential geometric), (2) mappings with mild singularities (topology of spaces of polynomials), (3) vanishing inflection points (several complex variables), (4) multiplicities of fixed points of iterations (global analysis), (5) higher Painlevé equations and sphere neighborhoods (dynamical systems and several complex variables), (6) cycles of correspondences (real algebraic geometry), (7) zeros of abelian integrals (holomorphic differential equations, algebraic geometry and special functions), (8) topology of trains in flag spaces (algebraic topology), (9) the converse of Archimedes' theorem that the area of the spherical segment is proportional to its height (global analysis, geometry), (10) nonintegrable dynamical systems (dynamical systems). Each of these ten problems is discussed in a brief fashion and suggestions given.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1089667.} Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1089667 (91i:58003) Reviewed
Theory of singularities and its applications.
Edited by V. I. Arnolʹd. Translated from the Russian. Advances in Soviet Mathematics, 1. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1990. x+333 pp. ISBN: 0-8218-4100-9
58-06 (00B15 32Sxx 58C27)

Related

Arnolʹd, V. I.

Display contents as search results

Contents:

V. I. Arnolʹd, "Ten problems”, pp. 1–8.

V. A. Vassiliev [V. A. Vasilʹev], "Topology of complements to discriminants and loop spaces”, pp. 9–21.

V. A. Vassiliev [V. A. Vasilʹev], "Cohomology of knot spaces”, pp. 23–69.

A. B. Giventalʹ, "Nonlinear generalization of the Maslov index”, pp. 71–103.

B. A. Khesin, "Singularities of light hypersurfaces and structure of hyperbolicity sets for systems of partial differential equations”, pp. 105–118.

I. A. Bogaevsky [I. A. Bogaevskiĭ], "Degree of smoothness for visible contours of convex hypersurfaces”, pp. 119–127.

Yu. M. Baryshnikov, "Real vanishing inflections and boundary singularities”, pp. 129–135.

Yu. M. Baryshnikov, "Indices for extremal embeddings of 1-complexes”, pp. 137–144.

M. E. Kazarian [M. È. Kazaryan], "Bifurcation of flattenings and Schubert cells”, pp. 145–156.

V. V. Goryunov, "Projections of generic surfaces with boundaries”, pp. 157–200.

V. M. Zakalyukin, "Generating ideals of Lagrangian varieties”, pp. 201–210.

A. G. Aleksandrov, "Nonisolated hypersurface singularities”, pp. 211–246.

V. N. Karpushkin, "Structure of uniform estimates in partial phase deformation”, pp. 247–250.

V. P. Kostov, "On the stratification and singularities of the Stokes hypersurface of one- and two-parameter families of polynomials”, pp. 251–271.

B. Z. Shapiro and A. D. Vaĭnshteĭn, "Euler characteristics for links of Schubert cells in the space of complete flags”, pp. 273–286.

V. I. Bakhtin, "Weierstrass preparation theorem for finitely smooth modules”, pp. 287–294.

A. N. Shoshitaĭshvili, "Singularities for projections of integral manifolds with applications to control and observation problems”, pp. 295–333.


   {The papers are being reviewed individually.}
MR1078625 (91h:01014) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

Huygens and Barrow, Newton and Hooke.
Pioneers in mathematical analysis and catastrophe theory from evolvents to quasicrystals. Translated from the Russian by Eric J. F. Primrose. Birkhäuser Verlag, Basel, 1990. 118 pp. ISBN: 3-7643-2383-3
01A45 (58-03 70-03)
The Russian original has been reviewed ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1989; MR1008242].

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR1050930 (91h:01039) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Vitushkin, A. G.; Gorin, E. A.; et al.;
Vyacheslav Alekseevich Oleĭnikov. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 45 (1990), no. 1(271), 163–165; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 45 (1990), no. 1, 191–194
01A70
This is a brief obituary for Oleĭnikov (1939–1989), with a photo and a list of his publications.
MR1042758 (90j:58039) Reviewed
Dynamical systems. IV.
Symplectic geometry and its applications. A translation of Современные проблемы математики. Фундаментальные направления, Том 4, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985 [MR0842907]. Translation by G. Wassermann. Translation edited by V. I. Arnolʹd and S. P. Novikov. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, 4. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1990. vi+283 pp. ISBN: 3-540-17003-0
58Fxx

Contents:

V. I. Arnolʹd and A. B. Giventalʹ, "Symplectic geometry [MR0842908]”, pp. 1–136.

A. A. Kirillov, "Geometric quantization [MR0842909]”, pp. 137–172.

B. A. Dubrovin, I. M. Krichever and S. P. Novikov, "Integrable systems. I [MR0842910]”, pp. 173–280.

MR1039340 (91f:58010) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

Dynamics of intersections. Analysis, et cetera, 77–84, Academic Press, Boston, MA, 1990.
58C35 (57R99 58F15)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
Let A:MM be a smooth mapping of a compact manifold M and let X, Y be smooth submanifolds of M. The author shows that "generically'' the (dimX+dimYdimM)-dimensional measure of the intersection (AnX)Y grows at most exponentially as n.
   A number of examples and open problems are presented, in particular, concerning the possibility of an overexponential growth in a (nongeneric) analytic situation.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1039336.} Reviewed by Y. Yomdin
MR1024727 (91c:01018a) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Vasilʹev, V. A. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Newton's Principia read 300 years later.
Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 36 (1989), no. 9, 1148–1154.
01A45 (01A65)

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR1033942 (91c:01018b) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Vasilʹev, V. A.
Addendum to: "Newton's Principia read 300 years later''.
Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 37 (1990), no. 2, 144.
01A45 (01A65)
In this stimulating paper, the authors describe several generalisations of theorems originally given in a different setting by Newton. First, his theorem that there is no convex nonsingular algebraic curve segments of which depend only algebraically on the position of the secant line. This has distinct generalisations to ovaloids in spaces of even or odd dimensions: algebraically integrable ovaloids can only exist in spaces of odd dimension. The existence of smooth algebraically integrable irreducible ovaloids of degrees 3 or more seems to be an open problem. Then Newton's results on the attraction of spheres are generalised to hypersurfaces of arbitrary degree and certain regions of the ambient space. Magnetic field analogies are proposed. Finally a pleasing duality between attraction laws is discussed. In most of the authors' examples it is easy enough to define the appropriate function locally, but its analytic continuation (whether algebraic or transcendental) is shown to be more informative.
   A remark on the historical comments is in order. The paper is rich in quotations and summaries of the views not just of Newton but also Leibniz and Huygens. The authors have drawn a well of inspiration from their study of the Principia which deserves to excite others. But they do themselves and all who seek to stand on the shoulders of giants a disservice by writing that "Newton discovered an astonishingly modern topological proof of the transcendence of Abelian integrals''. This is tendentious: Newton could not give a topological proof, he did know what an abelian integral was, the very idea of a complex curve or Riemann surface was not available to him because those concepts had not then been created. More accurate, and fairer to the authors' creativity, would be to say that Newton gave a proof readily re-interpreted along those lines. This leaves Newton's achievements in a clearer light, and allows the paper to exemplify the opportunities that exist when one goes back to the masters.
   In the addendum the authors note that a duality law described in their main paper still holds in quantum mechanics, as was shown by the Saigon mathematician R. Faure[C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 237 (1953), 603–705; MR0057184].
Reviewed by Jeremy Gray
MR1345386 (96c:70001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia

Mathematical methods of classical mechanics.
Translated from the 1974 Russian original by K. Vogtmann and A. Weinstein. Corrected reprint of the second (1989) edition. Graduate Texts in Mathematics, 60. Springer-Verlag, New York, [1989?]. xvi+516 pp. ISBN: 0-387-96890-3
70-02 (58F05 58Fxx 70Hxx)
The second edition has been reviewed [Springer, New York, 1989; MR0997295].

Citations

From References: 25

From Reviews: 0

MR1089616 (92d:01077) Reviewed
Kleĭn, F.
\cyr Lektsii ob ikosaèdre i reshenii uravneniĭ pyatoĭ stepeni. (Russian) [Lectures on the icosahedron, and solutions of equations of the fifth degree]
Translated from the German by A. L. Gorodentsev and A. A. Kirillov. Translation edited and with a preface by A. N. Tyurin. With appendices by V. I. Arnolʹd, J.-P. Serre and Tyurin. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1989. 336 pp. ISBN: 5-02-014197-6
01A75 (12-03 14-03 51-03)
This volume is primarily a translation of Klein's famous book on the icosahedron [Vorlesungen über das Ikosaeder und die Auflösung der Gleichungen vom fünften Grade, Teubner, Leipzig, 1884], which has also appeared in English [Dover, New York, 1956; MR0080930]. Klein's book is remarkable in that it unites geometry, Galois theory (equations), group theory, differential equations and invariant theory. One nice feature of this Russian translation is the appendices.
   The first appendix is a (translation of a) letter from Serre to J. Gray from 1978 containing a discussion of some themes from Klein's book. It originally was reproduced in the framework of the 1979–1980 College de France seminar on number theory. The second appendix is a translation of a paper by Arnolʹd [Phys. D 33 (1988), no. 1-3, 21–25; MR0984606], concerning the role of quasicrystallographic symmetries in mathematics. The third appendix, by Tyurin, concerns the Horrocks-Mumford bundle, the problem of finding all the ample divisors on abelian surfaces, and jump planes for the Horrocks-Mumford bundle. This appendix is written so as to stress the connections with Klein's book. The fourth appendix, also by Tyurin, is concerned with the solution of equations of degree six. The final appendix, by Tyurin, is concerned with some of the principles used nowadays in the classification of algebraic surfaces, including a discussion of Barlow's surface. The last three appendices indicate in a fairly natural way how some of the results presented in Klein's book have been extended in the last century. Another relatively recent source is Brieskorn's Havana lecture notes. Tyurin's preface mentions some of the difficulties that Klein's mathematical style presents for contemporary readers.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 1

MR1088738 (91h:58010a) Reviewed
Современные проблемы математики. Фундаментальные направления. Том 6. (Russian) [Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions. Vol. 6]
Динамические системы. 6. [Dynamical systems. 6] Edited by R. V. Gamkrelidze. Итоги Науки и Техники. [Progress in Science and Technology] Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1988. 257 pp.
58C27
Display contents as search results
MR1088739 (91h:58010b) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Vasilʹev, V. A.; Goryunov, V. V.; Lyashko, O. V.
Singularities. I. Local and global theory. Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 6, 5–257,
Itogi Nauki i Tekhniki, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1988.
58C27
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR1039614 (91h:58010c) Reviewed
Современные проблемы математики. Фундаментальные направления. Том 39. (Russian) [Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions. Vol. 39]
Динамические системы. 8. [Dynamical systems. 8] Edited by R. V. Gamkrelidze. Итоги Науки и Техники. [Progress in Science and Technology] Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1989. 256 pp.
58C27
Display contents as search results
MR1039615 (91h:58010d) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Vasilʹev, V. A.; Goryunov, V. V.; Lyashko, O. V.
Singularities. II. Classification and applications. (Russian)
With the collaboration of B. Z. Shapiro. Itogi Nauki i Tekhniki, Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 39 (Russian), 5–256, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1989.
58C27

Related

Shapiro, B. Z.

Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
These two volumes, subtitled "Singularities'', comprise a comprehensive survey of recent results in singularity theory and its applications, with extensive bibliographies and indices. The range of contents can be inferred from the following summaries: Volume I, Local and Global Theory: Chapter 1, Critical points of functions: §1 Invariants of critical points, §2 Classifications of critical points, §3 An introduction to normal forms; Chapter 2, Monodromy groups of critical point: §1 Picard-Lefschetz theory, §2 Dynkin diagrams and monodromy groups, §3 Complex monodromies and period maps, §4 Mixed Hodge structures in vanishing cohomologies, §5 Simple singularities, §6 Topologies of the complements to the discriminants of singularities; Chapter 3, Basic properties of maps: §1 Stable maps and maps of finite degree, §2 The finite determinacy of germs of maps and their versal deformations, §3 Topological equivalence; Chapter 4, The global theory of singularities: §1 Thom polynomials for maps of smooth manifolds, §2 Integral characteristic classes and universal complexes of singularities, §3 Multiple points and multisingularities, §4 Spaces of functions with critical points of moderate complexity, §5 The removal of singularities and the solution of differential conditions, §6 Tangential singularities and vanishing inflections.
   Volume II, Classifications and applications: Chapter 1, Classifications of functions and maps: §1 Functions on manifolds with boundary, §2 Complete intersections, §3 Projections and left-right equivalence, §4 Nonisolated singularities of functions, §5 Vector fields tangential to the bifurcation manifolds, §6 Divergent and cyclical diagrams of maps; Chapter 2, Applications of the classification of the critical points of functions: §1 Legendre singularities, §2 Lagrange singularities, §3 Singularities of the Maxwell set, §4 Bifurcations of the singular points of gradient dynamical systems; Chapter 3, Singularities of the boundaries of domains of functional spaces: §1 The boundary of stability, §2 The boundary of ellipticity, §3 The boundary of hyperbolicity, §4 The boundary of the domain of fundamental systems, §5 Linear differential equations and manifolds of complete flags; Chapter 4, applications of branching integrals and generalisations of Picard-Lefschetz theory: §1 Newton's theorem on nonintegrability, §2 The branching of solutions of hyperbolic equations, §3 Integrals of branched form and monodromies of homologies with nontrivial coefficients; Chapter 5, deformations of real singularities and local Petrovskiĭ lacunae: §1 Local Petrovskiĭ cycles and their properties, §2 Local lacunae for concrete singularities, §3 The complements to the discriminants of real singularities.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1039614.} Reviewed by I. R. Porteous
MR1037020 (93c:70001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
\cyr Matematicheskie metody klassicheskoĭ mekhaniki. (Russian) [Mathematical methods of classical mechanics]
Third edition. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1989. 472 pp. ISBN: 5-02-014282-4
70-02 (58F05 70Hxx)
Let S1= {the most influential books of the second half of this century}, S2= {the most frequently quoted books}, S3= {books that have the highest probability of surviving into the 21st century}, S4= {books that are very useful in teaching}, S5= {books characterized by a very strong personal style}, S6= {books that provide a delightful reading experience}, A= the book under review. Proposition: A6i=1Si.
   Readers familiar with the previous editions of this book (see, e.g., the translation into English of the second Russian edition [Springer, New York, 1989; MR0997295]) will probably agree that the so-called "Appendices'' (13 in the first two editions) provide considerable insight into an amazing number of different ramifications and applications of the theory elaborated upon in the main text, and generously offer a wealth of ideas for future research; thus, they may be considered as even more important than the main text itself. To reflect the explosive development of the theory of "modern geometrical mechanics'', especially that of (completely integrable) Hamiltonian systems of "mechanical'' or "nonmechanical'' nature over the last 20–25 years, the author has added three new appendices to the present edition, again extremely rich in ideas, comments, and ramifications. No. 13, "Poisson structures'', deals with very natural "degenerate'' generalizations of the symplectic structures and manifolds and their "morphisms'', which arise in various problems of mechanics and mathematical physics, both finite- and infinite-dimensional, and which are currently under intense study. Among the topics discussed are Poisson manifolds and maps, Poisson structures on the plane, powers of volume forms, and an interesting relation between Poisson structures and period maps, with special attention devoted to problems of classification, normal forms, and singularities. It is needless to emphasize again how far some of these topics are from the "classical'' Classical Mechanics. No. 14, "On elliptic coordinates'', deals with Jacobi's elliptic coordinates, their generalizations to infinite-dimensional (Hilbert) spaces, and their relations with geometry, geodesic flows, and completely integrable Hamiltonian systems. The last part is devoted to applications of elliptic coordinates to potential theory (what the author refers to as "magnetic analogues of the theorems of Newton and Ivory''). Finally, No. 15, "Singularities of systems of rays'', deals with symplectic manifolds and systems of rays, submanifolds of symplectic manifolds, related Lagrangian manifolds, the contact geometry of systems of rays and of wave fronts, applications of contact geometry to symplectic geometry, tangential singularities, the problem of bypassing an obstacle—topics in which the author and his school have made major contributions. Beautiful illustrations from the "zoo'' of singularities and their metamorphoses are provided.
   References to a number of new sources on "mechanics'', the theory of dynamical systems, and the theory of singularities are provided in the preface to the present edition. A translation into English will probably be available soon.
Reviewed by Andrei Iacob
MR1033735 (91k:58129) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

Contact geometry and wave propagation.
Monographies de L'Enseignement Mathématique [Monographs of L'Enseignement Mathématique], 34. Série des Conférences de l'Union Mathématique Internationale [Lecture Series of the International Mathematics Union], 9. L'Enseignement Mathématique, Geneva, 1989. 56 pp.
58G17 (58C27)
This is a survey on contact geometry from the viewpoint of its applications to wave propagation. The contents are distributed as follows: The first section introduces the idea of contact structures on a manifold and the main related concepts. It also includes various useful examples. Given a hypersurface in a contact manifold, the contact structure determines some distinguished tangent lines on it, called characteristic directions, which, in turn, lead to the characteristic curves on the hypersurface. These are quite relevant for the geometrical understanding of wave propagation associated to a hyperbolic PDE on a manifold. There are also two other types of characteristic curves related to a contact structure, in particular one of these can be used to define a symplectization functor. The study of these three types of characteristic curves together with the relations among them is made in Section 2.
   Section 3 deals with the properties of submanifolds of a contact manifold (among them we can distinguish the Legendre submanifolds, closely related to the concept of wavefront). An interesting application to the geometry of hypersurfaces in a Riemannian manifold is given.
   The next two sections include respectively: (4) Legendre fibrations and their generic singularities, with some references, in the form of examples, to the global theory of Legendre cobordisms and characteristic classes (widely treated by V. A. Vassilʹev[Lagrange and Legendre characteristic classes, English translation, Gordon and Breach, New York, 1988]), and (5) a summary of results related to the obstacle problem on an n-dimensional manifold, that is, the study of the generic singularities of Legendre varieties arising from the presence of an obstacle in the propagation medium. These singularities also correspond to those of the duals of projective space curves as described by O. P. Shcherbak[Trudy Tbiliss. Univ. 232/233 (1982), 280–336; MR0743259].
Reviewed by Maria Carmen Romero-Fuster
MR1030327 (91c:58006) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

Bifurcations and singularities in mathematics and mechanics. Theoretical and applied mechanics (Grenoble, 1988), 1–25, North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1989.
58C27 (58F14)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
In this paper the author reviews—in very general terms, and in his particular style—the role played by bifurcation theory in modern theoretical mechanics and physics. The topics discussed include stability boundaries in linear systems, wavefronts and their "perestroikas'', singularities of caustics, bifurcation of shock waves, relaxation oscillations, interior scattering of waves in nonhomogeneous media, periodic solutions in reversible systems, equivariant bifurcations, and period doubling cascades. The main theme of the review is that, via bifurcation theory, abstract mathematics, such as algebraic geometry, topology and theory of Lie algebras, has a direct impact on mechanical problems, while problems from applied mechanics lead to deep mathematical questions which need abstract mathematics to get a solution.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1030326.} Reviewed by A. Vanderbauwhede
MR1026983 (90m:58016) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Spaces of functions with moderate singularities. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 23 (1989), no. 3, 1–10, 96; translation in
Funct. Anal. Appl. 23 (1989), no. 3, 169–177 (1990)
58C27 (14G30 57M05 57R45 58D15)
The author begins a study of the topology of complements in spaces of real functions to subsets consisting of functions with rather complicated singularities. After his earlier works it became well known that the space of complex polynomials without multiple roots (i.e., the complement in Cn to an (n1)-dimensional swallow tail) has a very interesting topology (it is a K(π,1)-space for the braid group on n strands). The author's interest in infinite-dimensional spaces arose in connection with the search for different higher-dimensional generalizations of Poincaré's last geometric theorem: in the present case—in connection with the search for a symplectic analogue of the theorem on the existence of 4 vertices in a planar curve. Although he has not yet succeeded in finding a corresponding analogue, the results obtained are interesting in themselves.
   The author computes here: (1) the fundamental group of the space of real smooth functions on the circle that have no critical points of multiplicity >2; (2) the fundamental group of the space of planar curves that have no horizontal inflection tangents (but have, in general, simple double points); (3) under certain constraints on the dimension, the homotopy groups and the homology groups of the space Gkd of real polynomials of degree d, which have no roots of multiplicity higher than k.
   This recently published paper already has a continuation written by V. A. Vasilʹev. The paper under review allows one to hope that the topology of infinite-dimensional function spaces may turn out to be of use to "finite-dimensional'' mathematics.
Reviewed by A. G. Khovanskii
MR1023106 (90m:00003) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Vishik, M. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Ilʹyashenko, Yu. S. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Kalashnikov, A. S. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Kondratʹev, V. A. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Kruzhkov, S. N. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Landis, E. M. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Millionshchikov, V. M. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Oleĭnik, O. A. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Filippov, A. F. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Shubin, M. A. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Some unsolved problems in the theory of differential equations and mathematical physics. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 44 (1989), no. 4(268), 191–202; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 44 (1989), no. 4, 157–171
00A05 (34-02 35-02 39-02 58-02)
The authors individually propose a number of problems in different areas, with remarks of varying degrees of completeness concerning motivation, etc. Arnolʹd discusses five problems, in rather different fields. Vishik discusses two problems, one on the asymptotic behavior of reaction-diffusion equations and hyperbolic equations with dissipation, the other to find a lower bound for the Hausdorff dimension of an attractor for the two-dimensional Navier-Stokes equation for large Reynolds number. Ilʹyashenko considers three problems related to Hilbert's 16th problem. Kalashnikov discusses four questions related to the existence and behavior of nonlinear parabolic systems. Kondratʹev mentions two problems on the regularity of a nonlinear parabolic equation. Kruzhkov discusses five problems related to the Cauchy problem for parabolic and hyperbolic systems, and for some special equations. Landis raises eight questions concerning elliptic equations. Millionshchikov raises two questions concerning two specific ordinary differential equations. Oleĭnik discusses problems related to the stationary equations of linear elasticity and the biharmonic equation. Filippov discusses two problems related to the upper and lower tangent cones of a differential inclusion. Finally, Shubin discusses membrane eigenvalues and their relations to topological invariants.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel
MR1008799 (90h:32025) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

A-graded algebras and continued fractions.
Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 42 (1989), no. 7, 993–1000.
32C40 (11A55 13A99 58C27)
An n-dimensional A-graded algebra over R or C is one that has one additive generator of any given degree an (). Thus it is isomorphic as a graded linear space to the algebra of polynomials in one variable (n=) or to polynomials truncated at degree n (finite n). The author considers these algebras with up to 3 multiplicative generators. For two generators the classification turns out to be easy and the bulk of the paper concerns three generators. With generators of degrees 1<u<v, say, the number of isomorphism classes of such algebras is denoted by Nu,v(n). For large n, the author expresses this number in terms of the continued fraction expansion of v/u, and calculations and tables for small n are also included.
   The author states that the problem arose in a cohomology calculation for the space of real polynomials in one variable having all roots of multiplicity less than some constant, and he expresses the hope that the classification of A-graded algebras with four or more generators will lead to natural generalizations of continued fractions.
Reviewed by Peter Giblin
MR1008242 (90i:01008) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Гюй генс и Барроу, Ньютон и Гук. (Russian) [Huygens and Barrow, Newton and Hooke]
\cyr Pervye shagi matematicheskogo analiza i teorii katastrof, ot èvolʹvent do kvazikristallov. [First steps in mathematical analysis and catastrophe theory, from evolutes to quasicrystals] With an English summary. Современная Математика для Студентов [Contemporary Mathematics for Students], 1. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1989. 96 pp. ISBN: 5-02-013935-1
01A45 (58-03 70-03)
This short and entertaining book explores the prefigurations of twentieth-century algebraic geometry and catastrophe theory in the mathematical physics of the seventeenth century. The titles of the five chapters convey a good sense of the contents: The law of universal gravitation; Mathematical analysis; From evolutes to quasicrystals; Celestial mechanics; Kepler's second law and the topology of abelian integrals. The author explores many interesting questions along the way, such as: Did Newton prove that orbits are elliptical?, Is the Moon falling?, etc.
Reviewed by R. L. Cooke

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0997712 (90d:01047) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Viro, O. Ya.; Leontovich-Andronova, E. A.; et al.;
Dmitriĭ Andreevich Gudkov (on the occasion of his seventieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 44 (1989), no. 1(265), 223–225; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 44 (1989), no. 1, 271–273
01A70
A brief scientific biography of Gudkov (born 1918) with a photograph.
MR0997295 (90c:58046) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Mathematical methods of classical mechanics.
Translated from the Russian by K. Vogtmann and A. Weinstein. Second edition. Graduate Texts in Mathematics, 60. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1989. xvi+508 pp. ISBN: 0-387-96890-3
58Fxx (70-02 70H05)
The first English edition was reviewed [1978; MR0690288]. It does not appear in MR indices. The present second edition includes corrections to errors and three new appendices, on Poisson structures, elliptic coordinates and integrable systems, and singularities of ray systems. The author has added a preface which serves as a guide to more recent developments in many of the areas treated in the book.

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR0993175 (90e:01015) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Topological proof of the transcendence of the abelian integrals in Newton's Principia. (Russian)
Istor.-Mat. Issled. No. 31 (1989), 7–17.
01A45 (14-03)

Related

Newton, Isaac

Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The author considers Lemma XXVIII of I. Newton'sPhilosophiae naturalis principia mathematica (1687). This outstanding result contains a surprising topological proof of the transcendence of the abelian integrals. The author presents the result in modern terminology and discusses the proof from the Principia. Newton's lemma states that every C-smooth algebraic oval is not squarable, and for every n there are Cn-smooth squarable ovals, of class C everywhere excepting a point. In this paper the author obtains a refinement of Newton's result and presents a generalization obtained by V. A. Vasilʹevin 1987. This interesting paper also refers to the criticism by Leibniz and Huygens of the Principia, to the version of Lemma XXVIII presented in the second edition (1714) and to the consideration of Newton's result by Jacob Bernoulli(1691), E. Waring(1772) and other mathematicians.
Reviewed by Doru Ştefănescu

Citations

From References: 9

From Reviews: 0

MR0933050 (89e:58040) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Remarks on Poisson structures on a plane and on other powers of volume elements. (Russian. English summary)
Trudy Sem. Petrovsk. No. 12 (1987), 37–46, 242; translation in
J. Soviet Math. 47 (1989), no. 3, 2509–2516
58F05 (58C27)
A Poisson structure on the (x,y) plane may be considered as a "differential form'' of the type f(x,y)(dxdy)1, where f is a smooth or holomorphic function. The author considers the classification of these structures as a special case of the classification of objects on Rn of the form f(dx)α=f(x1,,xn)(dx1dxn)α, where α may be any complex number. Equivalently, one may study forms fβdx, where β=1/α.
   The function f is assumed to generate the same ideal as a quasihomogeneous polynomial with a singularity of finite multiplicity. If f has weight 1, then any holomorphic form fβhdx is proven to be locally equivalent to one of the form fβ(1+ϕ)dx, where ϕ is also quasihomogeneous of weight βσ, σ being the sum of the weights of the coordinate variables.
   For instance, it is shown that all planar Poisson structures not belonging to a certain submanifold of codimension 8 can be put in a normal form corresponding to a member of the A,D,E series. Rather than being simple as is the case for singularities of functions, some of these normal forms admit moduli; the number of these moduli is one less that the number of irreducible components of the curve of zeros.
Reviewed by Alan Weinstein
MR1048504 (91d:58245) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

On the interior scattering of waves, defined by hyperbolic variational principles.
J. Geom. Phys. 5 (1988), no. 3, 305–315.
58G16 (35L85 58C27 58G25)
In this paper the author is concerned with the light hypersurface in a contact manifold. This is the mathematical formulation of the characteristics of interior scattering in multidimensional variational hyperbolic linear systems. The main result is a formal normal form for the light hypersurface of a typical variational hyperbolic system. Using his previous work he shows that any 2D-dimensional light hypersurface of a typical variational system is locally diffeomorphic to the quadratic cone u2+v2=w2 in R2D+1 in some neighbourhood of a typical singular point of the hypersurface. The main result is as follows: Under a generic condition, any variety, diffeomorphic to the cone u2+v2=w2 in the space R2D+1 (D>1), equipped with a contact structure α=0, is reducible by a formal local diffeomorphism to normal form H=0, where H=p21±q21q22, α=dz+(pdqqdp)/2, p=(p1,,pD), q=(q1,,qD).
   This normal form allows us to find the geometry of the rays and wave fronts.
Reviewed by Shyūichi Izumiya

Citations

From References: 114

From Reviews: 0

MR1007828 (90e:58001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Mathematische Methoden der klassischen Mechanik. (German) [Mathematical methods of classical mechanics]
Translated from the second Russian edition by Peter Möbius. VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1988. 520 pp. ISBN: 3-326-00182-7
58-01 (58Fxx 70-02)

Related

Möbius, Peter

This is a translation of the second Russian edition ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1979; MR0542447]. It contains three new appendices, corresponding to Appendices 14–16 in the second English edition [Springer, New York, 1989; MR0997295].

Citations

From References: 71

From Reviews: 0

MR0990889 (91b:34001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Équations différentielles ordinaires. (French) [Ordinary differential equations]
Translated from the Russian by Djilali Embarek. Fourth edition. Traduit du Russe: Mathématiques. [Translations of Russian Works: Mathematics] "Mir'', Moscow, 1988. 334 pp. ISBN: 5-03-000299-5
34-01 (58Fxx)
From the preface of the fourth French edition (translated from the French): "The first two chapters of this work have been considerably revised and substantially expanded by the addition of sections on elementary integration methods (for first-order nonhomogeneous and homogeneous linear equations, homogeneous and quasihomogeneous equations), on first-order linear and quasilinear partial differential equations, on equations not solved with respect to their derivatives and on Sturm theorems relative to the zeros of second-order linear equations.''
   {The first Russian edition has been reviewed [MR0361231].}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0986682 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Barkov, L. M.; Belyaev, S. T.; Dimov, G. I.; Kadomtsev, B. B.; Kruglyakov, E. P.; Meshkov, I. N.; Ryutov, D. D.; Sidorov, V. A.; Skrinskiĭ, A. N.
Boris Valerianovich Chirikov (on his sixtieth birthday).
Soviet Phys. Uspekhi 31 (1988), no. 7, 682–683 (1989); translated from
Uspekhi Fiz. Nauk 155 (1988), no. 3, 543–544 (Russian)
01A70
MR0984606 (90b:58060) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

Remarks on quasicrystallic symmetries.
Progress in chaotic dynamics.
Phys. D 33 (1988), no. 1-3, 21–25.
58F05 (52A45 58F27)
Introducing the concept of Penrose partitions and Penrose quasiperiodic functions the author explains some relations between seemingly unrelated topics concerning quasicrystallic symmetries as they are encountered in the study of singularities of optical ray symmetries, in the Sinaĭ construction of Markov partitions of the ergodic theory of dynamical systems, in computer experiments with iterations of mappings of the plane and in the statistical study of the topology of the level lines of quasiperiodic Hamiltonian functions.
Reviewed by Helmut Rüssmann

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR0983876 (90c:01054) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Some thoughts about Andreĭ Nikolaevich Kolmogorov. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 43 (1988), no. 6(264), 37; translation in
Russian Math. Surveys 43 (1988), no. 6, 43–44
01A70
A personal tribute to Kolmogorov's memory.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0972500 (89h:58023) Reviewed
Brus, Dzh. (4-NWCT)
Department of Mathematics, University of Newcastle upon TyneNewcastle upon Tyne, NE1 7RU, England
; Dzhiblin, P. (4-LVRP)
Department of Mathematics, University of LiverpoolLiverpool, L69 3BX, England

Кривые и особенности. (Russian) [Curves and singularities]
Геометрическое введение в теорию особенностей. [A geometric introduction to singularity theory] Translated from the English by I. G. Shcherbak. Translation edited and with a preface by V. I. Arnolʹd. Современная Математика: Вводные Курсы. [Contemporary Mathematics: Introductory Courses] "Mir'', Moscow, 1988. 264 pp. ISBN: 5-03-001194-3
58C27
The English original was reviewed [Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 1984; MR0774048]. This translation contains an interesting preface by Arnolʹd, essentially giving a history of the theory of singularities; 27 references have been added.
MR0971226 (90a:57037) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
The branched covering CP2S4, hyperbolicity and projective topology. (Russian)
Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 29 (1988), no. 5, 36–47, 237; translation in
Siberian Math. J. 29 (1988), no. 5, 717–726 (1989)
57R19 (14N05 32G10 52A05 57N13)
Some methods from the theory of hyperbolic equations are applied to projective topology. The author starts by proving the diffeomorphy of the 4-sphere with the quotient of the complex projective plane by a conjugacy using elementary constructions. This proof was first outlined by the author himself in 1971 [cf. Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 5 (1971), no. 3, 1–9; MR0286790], but has since become known as a result of N. H. Kuiper[cf. Math. Ann. 208 (1974), 175–177; MR0346817].
   The quotient is identified with the set of degenerate negative quadratic forms in three variables having trace equal to 1, with the set being diffeomorphic to S4. This fact is a special case of convexity properties of more general hyperbolic polynomials. Using these results the author obtains alternative proofs of known estimates on the number of points of inflexion and extremal points of real plane curves.
   Furthermore, a connected real projective hypersurface with everywhere positive definite (locally convex) second fundamental form does not intersect a certain hyperplane and is the boundary of a convex body in the complementary affine space. Generalizing a hypothesis of convexity, properties are formulated for so-called quasiconvex hypersurfaces (connected with nondegenerate quadratic forms) and illustrated by examples and indications.
Reviewed by Bernd Martin

Citations

From References: 213

From Reviews: 0

MR0970794 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (RS-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Russian Academy of Sciences117333 Moscow, Russia
; Ilʹyashenko, Yu. S. (RS-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow State University119992 Moscow, Russia

Ordinary differential equations [Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 1, 7–149, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985; MR0823489].
Translated from the Russian by E. R. Dawson and D. O'Shea. Encyclopaedia Math. Sci., 1, Dynamical systems, I, 1–148, Springer, Berlin, 1988.
34Cxx (58Fxx)

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0970793.}
MR0970793 (89g:58060) Reviewed
Dynamical systems. I.
Ordinary differential equations and smooth dynamical systems. Translated from the Russian [MR0823488]. Edited by D. V. Anosov and V. I. Arnolʹd. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, 1. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1988. x+233 pp. ISBN: 3-540-17000-6
58Fxx (34Cxx)
Display contents as search results

Contents:

V. I. Arnolʹd and Yu. S. Ilʹyashenko, "Ordinary differential equations [Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 1, 7–149, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985; MR0823489]”, pp. 1–148.

D. V. Anosov, I. U. Bronshteĭn, S. Kh. Aranson and V. Z. Grines, "Smooth dynamical systems [Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 1, 151–242, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985; MR0823490]”, pp. 149–233.

MR0970068 (90d:58036) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

On some problems in symplectic topology. Topology and geometry—Rohlin Seminar, 1–5,
Lecture Notes in Math., 1346, Springer, Berlin, 1988.
58F05 (57R70 57S10 58E05)
After recalling the Conley-Zehnder theorem on the number of fixed points of symplectomorphisms of (even-dimensional) tori, the author shows how to relate it to the following conjecture: There exist at least 3 geometrically distinct closed orbits on the 2-torus and homotopic to zero (at least 4 when counted with multiplicities). He concludes with six problems and notes in a remark that, since the principal text was completed in February 1985, some of the problems have been solved.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0970066.} Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0969234 (90a:01020) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

Three hundred years of mathematical natural sciences and celestial mechanics. (Bulgarian)
Translated from the Russian by G. I. Chobanov.
Fiz.-Mat. Spis. Bʺlgar. Akad. Nauk. 30(63) (1988), no. 3, 181–190.
01A45 (01A50 01A55 01A60)

Related

Chobanov, G. I.

Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This is a translation of an article originally published in Russian [Priroda 1987, no. 8, 5–15; see the preceding review], concerned with Newton's contributions to mechanics and later developments in those areas.
MR0966191 (89g:58024) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Guseĭn-Zade, S. M. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Varchenko, A. N. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Singularities of differentiable maps. Vol. II.
Monodromy and asymptotics of integrals. Translated from the Russian by Hugh Porteous. Translation revised by the authors and James Montaldi. Monographs in Mathematics, 83. Birkhäuser Boston, Inc., Boston, MA, 1988. viii+492 pp. ISBN: 0-8176-3185-2
58C27 (32B30 32C40 32G11)
The Russian original was reviewed ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1984; MR0755329] as was the English translation of Volume I [Birkhäuser Boston, Boston, MA, 1984; MR0777682].
MR0964700 (90a:58122) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC-MM)
Department of Mechanics and Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Contact structure, relaxation oscillations and singular points of implicit differential equations. Global analysis—studies and applications, III, 173–179,
Lecture Notes in Math., 1334, Springer, Berlin, 1988.
58F14 (58F22)
The author considers implicit differential equations in terms of fast and slow variables. The dynamics is given by a vector field on a fibre bundle, consisting of a perturbation of a so-called fast vector field. This fast (unperturbed) field is tangent to the fibres (or vertical), while the zero manifold of the fast field is a smooth manifold (the so-called slow manifold) of the same dimension as the base space of the bundle, although it is not necessarily a section. The perturbation of the fast field then by the bundle projection gives a smooth direction field on the slow manifold. The present paper studies a smooth and fibred classification of the singularities of this direction field for the case where the bundle has a two-dimensional base space and a one-dimensional fibre (so with one fast and two slow variables). Results of A. A. Davydovare announced that continue and improve earlier work of R. Thom and L. Daraconcerning a topological classification. Details and further generalisations are to be found in a forthcoming paper in the Matematicheskiĭ Sbornik.
   For related results in the topological context cf. a paper of F. Takens[in Structural stability, the theory of catastrophes, and applications in the sciences (Seattle, WA, 1975), 143–234, Lecture Notes in Math., 525, Springer, Berlin, 1976; MR0515875].

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0964691.} Reviewed by Henk Broer
MR0962370 (90a:58176) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

Surfaces defined by hyperbolic equations. (Russian)
Mat. Zametki 44 (1988), no. 1, 3–18, 154; translation in
Math. Notes 44 (1988), no. 1-2, 489–497 (1989)
58G16
The author studies the existence of microlocal normal forms for manifolds with singular points related to hyperbolic systems with characteristics with variable multiplicity. He proves that such manifolds are locally diffeomorphic to a quadratic cone in a contact space. The structure of this cone is investigated in more detail. Some applications concerning the interaction and scattering of waves of different types are discussed.
Reviewed by Vesselin M. Petkov
MR0947141 (89h:58049) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR

Geometrical methods in the theory of ordinary differential equations.
Translated from the Russian by Joseph Szücs [József M. Szűcs]. Second edition. Grundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften [Fundamental Principles of Mathematical Sciences], 250. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1988. xiv+351 pp. ISBN: 0-387-96649-8
58Fxx (34Cxx 70H05 70K30 70K99)

Related

Szucs, Joseph

The first edition of the translation was reviewed [1983; MR0695786]. There is a new preface listing some recent developments and some updating has been done in scattered places throughout the text. On the other hand, it is embarrassing to see "Tarski'' misspelled as "Tarsky'' on pp. 338ff.
MR0923953 (88m:58043) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-AOS)
V. A. Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Academy of Sciences of the USSR117333 Moscow, USSR
; Kozlov, V. V. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Neĭshtadt, A. I. (2-AOS-SP)
Institute for Space Research, Academy of Sciences of the USSRMoscow, USSR

Dynamical systems. III.
Translated from the Russian by A. Iacob. Encyclopaedia of Mathematical Sciences, 3. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1988. xiv+291 pp. ISBN: 3-540-17002-2
58Fxx (70Fxx 70Hxx 70Jxx 70Kxx)

Related

Iacob, A.

This volume appeared in Russian and was reviewed [Current problems in mathematics, Vol. 3. Dynamical systems (Russian), Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985; MR0833508].

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0979687 (90a:01019) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

The tercentennial of mathematical sciences and celestial mechanics. (Russian)
Priroda 1987, no. 8, 5–15.
01A45 (01A50 01A55 01A60)

Related

Newton, Isaac

Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The author gives an excellent survey of the development of celestial mechanics and the related mathematics, starting from the publication of Newton's Principia up to the present. He characterizes the unreasonable effectiveness of mathematics in the natural sciences by Steven Weinberg's(Nobel Prize in Physics, 1979) citation: "It is that mathematicians (or at least some of them) have sold their souls to the devil in return for advance information about what sort of mathematics will be of scientific importance.''
   The author finishes his article with the conclusion that in the next billion years the solar system will hardly change essentially and the "clock mechanism'' described by Newton will continue to work correctly.
Reviewed by Peeter Müürsepp

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0933048 (89b:01034) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Vishik, M. I.; Egorov, Yu. V.; Kalashnikov, A. S.; Novikov, S. P.; Sobolev, S. L.
Olʹga Arsenʹevna Oleĭnik (on the occasion of her sixtieth birthday). (Russian)
Trudy Sem. Petrovsk. No. 12 (1987), 3–21.
01A70
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
A brief scientific biography of Oleĭnik is accompanied by a photograph and lists of 253 scientific and 65 other publications.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0929824 (89f:58121) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Contact structure, relaxation oscillations and singular points of implicit differential equations. (Russian) Geometry and the theory of singularities in nonlinear equations (Russian), 3–8, 182,
Novoe Global. Anal., Voronezh. Gos. Univ., Voronezh, 1987.
58F30 (34C05 34C15 58C27 58F05)
Let (E,B,π) be a fibre bundle with two-dimensional base B (the space of "slow'' variables) and one-dimensional fiber F (the space of "fast'' variables). In the theory of relaxation oscillations, a vertical vector field on E determines a "fast'' motion in the space E and the set of all zeros of this vertical vector field is a submanifold M in E, called the slow manifold. An arbitrary (nonvertical) small perturbation of the vertical vector field defines a line field on M. The singularities of this line field are described. The appearance of the complex Whitney umbrella among these singularities is an interesting result.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0929823.} Reviewed by Alois Klíč
MR0921027 (88k:58032) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Geometrische Methoden in der Theorie der gewöhnlichen Differentialgleichungen. (German) [Geometrical methods in the theory of ordinary differential equations]
Translated from the Russian by Ernst Günter Giessmann, Bernd Graw and Horst Theel. Birkhäuser Verlag, Basel, 1987. 320 pp. ISBN: 3-7643-1879-1
58Fxx (34-02 34Cxx)
The East German printing of this translation has been reviewed [Deutscher Verlag Wissensch., Berlin, 1987; see the preceding review [MR0907023]].

Citations

From References: 10

From Reviews: 0

MR0915560 (88m:58045) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

First steps of symplectic topology. VIIIth international congress on mathematical physics (Marseille, 1986), 1–16, World Sci. Publishing, Singapore, 1987.
58F05 (78A10)
This paper is a slightly shortened version of a paper that has appeared elsewhere [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 41 (1986), no. 6(252), 3–18].

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0915559.}

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0912071 (88i:01148) Reviewed
Vladimir Igorevich Arnolʹd (on the occasion of his fiftieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 42 (1987), no. 4(256), 197.
01A70
A photograph and a note of congratulation.

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR0908586 (88i:01141) Reviewed
Zdravkovska, Smilka (1-MR)
Mathematical ReviewsAnn Arbor, Michigan, 48107

Conversation with Vladimir Igorevich Arnolʹd.
Math. Intelligencer 9 (1987), no. 4, 28–32.
01A70 (00A25)
The author, as interlocutor, elicits vigorous and frank comments from Arnolʹd on his style of thinking, Kolmogorov as a supervisor, the genius of Newton, pusillanimous reviewers and western bias against Soviet sources. Arnolʹd's assertion that "the 200-year interval from Huygens and Newton to Riemann and Poincaré seems to me to be a mathematical desert filled only with calculations'' surely deserves a critical response. Particularly provocative is his pejorative use of `only'.
   Although the author asked Arnolʹd some good questions she failed to follow up on the many loose ends he left dangling. Those practising the difficult genre of mathematical interviewing have much to learn from journalists.
Reviewed by Jack D. Gray
MR0907023 (88k:58031) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Geometrische Methoden in der Theorie der gewöhnlichen Differentialgleichungen. (German) [Geometrical methods in the theory of ordinary differential equations]
Translated from the Russian by Ernst Günter Gießmann, Bernd Graw and Horst Theel. Hochschulbücher für Mathematik [University Books for Mathematics], 90. VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin, 1987. 320 pp. ISBN: 3-326-00011-1
58Fxx (34-02 34Axx)
MR0906029 (88m:58036) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Convex hulls and the increase of efficiency of systems under impulse loading. (Russian)
Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 28 (1987), no. 4, 29–31, 224.
58E15 (52A40 73F15)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
In this paper the author investigates, in connection with a problem of chemical engineering, the extremal construction of a convex set. The mathematical procedures are only indicated.
   English translation: Siberian Math. J. 28 (1987), no. 4, 540–542.
Reviewed by R. Kodnár

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR0895654 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Catastrophe theory. (Russian) Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 5 (Russian), 219–277, <span class="rm">i</span>,
Itogi Nauki i Tekhniki, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1986.
58C28 (58F14)

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0895652.}

Citations

From References: 58

From Reviews: 0

MR0895653 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Afrajmovich, V. S.; Ilʹyashenko, Yu. S.; Shilʹnikov, L. P.
Bifurcation theory. (Russian) Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 5 (Russian), 5–218, <span class="rm">i</span>,
Itogi Nauki i Tekhniki, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1986.
58F14
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0895652.}
MR0891881 (89m:58053) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
The asymptotic Hopf invariant and its applications.
Selected translations.
Selecta Math. Soviet. 5 (1986), no. 4, 327–345.
58E30 (22E65 55Q25 58D99 76A05 76W05)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
From the introduction: "The classical Hopf invariant distinguishes among the homotopy classes of continuous mappings from the three-sphere to the two-sphere and is equal to the linking number of the two curves that are the preimages of any two regular points of the two-sphere.
   "The asymptotic Hopf invariant is an invariant of a divergence-free vector field on a three-dimensional manifold with given volume element. It is invariant under the group of volume-preserving diffeomorphisms, and describes the `helicity' of the field, i.e., the mean asymptotic rotation of the phase curves around each other. The asymptotic Hopf invariant coincides with the classical Hopf invariant for the unitary vector field that is tangent to the Hopf bundle. In the general case the asymptotic Hopf invariant can have any real value (whereas the classical Hopf invariant is always an integer).
   "The asymptotic Hopf invariant can also be considered as a quadratic form on the Lie algebra of the volume-preserving diffeomorphisms of the three-dimensional manifold that is invariant under the adjoint action of the group on the algebra.
   "In this paper we present the definition and simplest properties of the asymptotic Hopf invariant, as well as some of its applications to an unusual variational problem that arises in magnetohydrodynamics which was called to our attention by Ya. B. Zelʹdovich. In connection with this problem there arise a whole series of unsolved mathematical problems, some of which appear to be difficult. The main object of this paper is to discuss the unsolved problems; all the theorems in the paper are obvious.''

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0891880.} Reviewed by Yakov Eliashberg
MR0890489 (89d:58034) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

The first steps of symplectic topology. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 41 (1986), no. 6(252), 3–18, 229.
58F05 (53C57 57R50)
In this stimulating paper, the author reviews the recent (1982–1986) progress towards the existence of "symplectic topology'': this is, roughly speaking, a description of the topological constraints on symplectomorphisms. One of their most important properties ("existence theorem of symplectic topology'') is their C0-rigidity, due to Ya. M. Eliashbergand M. Gromov: If a C0-uniform limit of symplectomorphisms is a diffeomorphism, then it is symplectic. Other important results are the ones about the existence of fixed points of symplectomorphisms and intersection points of Lagrangian submanifolds (or analogous problems in contact geometry): they partially answer some of the well-known conjectures of the author, dating from the sixties, generalising the "geometric theorem of Poincaré'', which were the starting point of the whole theory.
   The author explains his hopes that these results may be the beginning of a vast programme of "symplectisation'', and he gives specific conjectures in this direction.
   Reviewer's remarks: (1) To the reviewer's knowledge, the question "can a symplectic camel go through the eye of a needle?'' has not appeared in print, and it is not quite obvious how to deduce it from Gromov's paper. (2) There is a mistake in the translation on page 7, line 9: the question is whether a symplectomorphism must have (at least) three different fixed points. A positive answer is then given by the paper of A. Floermentioned below. (3) To update the bibliography, let us mention: I. Ekelandand H. Hofer["Symplectic topology and Hamiltonian dynamics'', Preprint, Rutgers Univ., New Brunswick, N.J., 1988; per rev.]: this contains a new and simpler proof of the C0-rigidity of symplectomorphisms; Eliashberg [Functional Anal. Appl. 21 (1987), no. 3, 227–232; MR0911776]; and Floer [J. Differential Geom. 28 (1988), no. 3, 513–547].
   English translation: Russian Math. Surveys 41 (1986), no. 6, 1–21.
Reviewed by Jean-Claude Sikorav
MR0879421 (89b:58016) Reviewed
Griffit·s, F.
Внешние дифференциальные системы и вариационное исчисление. (Russian) [Exterior differential systems and the calculus of variations]
Translated from the English by S. K. Lando. Translation edited and with a preface by V. I. Arnolʹd. With an appendix by A. M. Vershik and V. Ya. Gershkovich. "Mir'', Moscow, 1986. 360 pp.
58A15 (49F05 58E15)
Most of this book is a translation from the English original [Birkhäuser, Boston, Mass., 1983; MR0684663]. This edition includes a thirty-page appendix by Vershik and Gershkovich, entitled "Nonholonomic problems and the geometry of distributions''. The appendix provides a brief presentation of results on nonholonomic (i.e., nonintegrable) problems of the calculus of variations and mechanics. Following an introduction, there is a section of basic definitions ("Distributions, differential systems and codistributions''); this section includes in particular a purely algebraic interpretation of the Frobenius theorem. The next section begins with the Rashevskiĭ-Chow theorem (usually called Chow's theorem in Western literature—Rashevskiĭ's work appeared in Russian in 1938) and the nonholonomic Riemannian metric associated with a quadratic functional. It continues with the result of Gershkovich [Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 278 (1984), no. 5, 1040–1044; MR0765608] giving a two-sided estimate for a nonholonomic metric. The next section considers some examples (mostly from mechanics) and the final section contains a discussion of Lie algebras generated by sets of vector fields and distributions. The appendix has a separate bibliography of 35 items.
MR0871873 (88f:01059) Reviewed
Petrovskiĭ, I. G.
Избранные труды. (Russian) [Selected works]
\cyr Sistemy uravneniĭ s chastnymi proizvodnymi. Algebraicheskaya geometriya. [Systems of partial differential equations. Algebraic geometry] Edited and with a preface by V. I. Arnolʹd, N. N. Bogolyubov, A. N. Kolmogorov, O. A. Oleĭnik, S. L. Sobolev and A. N. Tikhonov. Compiled by Oleĭnik. With commentaries by Kolmogorov, L. R. Volevich, V. Ya. Ivriĭ, I. M. Gelʹfand, G. E. Shilov, Oleĭnik, V. P. Palamodov, A. M. Gabrièlov and V. M. Kharlamov. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1986. 501 pp.
01A75 (35-03)
This is the first of two planned volumes of selected works of Petrovskiĭ (1901–1973). As with other volumes in this series, there are extensive commentaries setting the papers in a broader context. Most of the papers in this volume were not originally published in Russian, and have been translated for publication here.
   The volume begins with a reprint of Kolmogorov's brief obituary of Petrovskiĭ [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 29 (1974), no. 2(176), 3–5; MR0389504] and a paper by Oleĭnik, "I. G. Petrovskiĭand contemporary mathematics''. This paper contains a biography of Petrovskiĭ and a discussion of his scientific work. It also contains two photographs of Petrovskiĭ.
   The first section of papers contains six concerned with partial differential equations. Most of these papers are very famous. (1) "On the Cauchy problem for systems of partial differential equations'' (originally published in German) [Mat. Sb. (N.S.) 2(44) (1937), no. 5, 815–868; Zbl 18, 405]; (2) "On the Cauchy problem for systems of linear partial differential equations in a domain of nonanalytic functions'' [Byull. Moskov. Univ. Mat. Mekh. 1 (1938), no. 7, 1–72]; (3) "On the Cauchy problem in a domain of nonanalytic functions'' [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 1937, no. 3, 234–238]; (4) "On the analyticity of solutions of systems of partial differential equations'' (originally published in French) [Mat. Sb. (N.S.) 5(47) (1939), no. 1, 3–70; MR0001425]; (5) "On the diffusion of waves and lacunas for systems of hyperbolic equations'' [Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 8 (1944), 101–106; MR0011880]; (6) "On the diffusion of waves and the lacunas for hyperbolic equations'' (originally published in English) [Mat. Sb. (N.S.) 17(59) (1945), 289–370; MR0016861]. Items 2 and 4 have a couple of pages of remarks added following them. There is a commentary to papers 1 and 3 by Volevich and Ivriĭ, "Hyperbolic equations'', in which they give a survey of problems relating to the well-posedness of the Cauchy problem and the mixed problem for hyperbolic equations of higher orders and for systems; there is a bibliography of 95 items. For paper 2 there is both an appendix and a commentary. The first of these is a paper by Gelʹfand, Petrovskiĭ, and Shilov, "The theory of systems of partial differential equations'', which appeared in 1958 [in Proceedings of the Third All-Union Mathematical Congress, 1956, Vol. 3 (Russian), 65–72, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Moscow, 1958; RZhMat 1960:3005], and gives a survey up to 1956 of results on uniqueness classes and well-posedness classes for the Cauchy and mixed problems for general evolution systems. The commentary to paper 2 is by Oleĭnik and Palamodov and contains a discussion of recent results on uniqueness classes and well-posedness for parabolic equations and systems (the paper by Gelʹfand, Petrovskiĭ and Shilov also included hyperbolic equations); it contains a bibliography of 75 items. The commentary to paper 4, "On the analyticity of solutions of systems of partial differential equations'', by Volevich and Oleĭnik, provides a survey of recent results on the problem posed in that paper, best known now under the name "analytic hypoellipticity''; there is a bibliography of 62 items. Papers 5 and 6 again have a joint commentary, and an appendix. The commentary, "Huygens' principle and its generalizations'', by Gabrièlov and Palamodov, contains a good overview of the contents of Petrovskiĭ's papers and surveys more recent developments, in particular the work of Atiyah-Bott-Gårding and the problems that arise in the variable-coefficient case; there is a bibliography of 32 items. The appendix, by Gabrièlov, contains a proof of Petrovskiĭ's criterion for the presence of a lacuna for a strictly hyperbolic operator in the spirit of Atiyah-Bott-Gårding; the proof becomes simpler than ABG in this case because they were after various generalizations.
   The second part contains two papers on real algebraic geometry: (7) "On the topology of real algebraic curves'' (originally published in English) [Ann. of Math. (2) 39 (1938), 189–209]; (8) "On the topology of real algebraic surfaces'' (joint paper with Oleĭnik) [Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 13 (1949), 389–402; MR0034600]. The commentary, by Kharlamov, is 30 pages long and contains a sketch of the history and the contemporary state of the study of the topology of real algebraic varieties; this has a bibliography of 84 items. The volume concludes with a list of Petrovskiĭ's publications, indicating those that will appear in the second volume.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0870151 (88f:58012) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Teória katastrof. (Slovak) [Catastrophe theory]
Translated from the second Russian edition and with a preface by Jaroslav Smítal. Edícia Matematicko-Fyzikálnej Literatúry. [Publications in Mathematics and Physics] Alfa—Vydavatelʹstvo Technickej a Ekonomickej Literatúry, Bratislava, 1986. 112 pp.
58C28 (00A69)
This volume was translated from the second Russian edition [Moskov. Gos. Univ., Moscow, 1983]. The English translations of the first [Springer, Berlin, 1984; MR0727639] and second [Springer, Berlin, 1986; MR0845781] editions have been reviewed.

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

This obituary of Rokhlin (1919–1984) contains a photograph, a brief description of his work and a list of 15 publications updating earlier lists [Forty years of mathematics in the USSR: 1917–1957, Vol. 2 (Russian), 603–604, Gos. Izdat. Fiz.-Mat. Lit., Moscow, 1959; Mathematics in the USSR 1958–1967, Vol. II (Russian), 1142–1143, "Nauka'', Moscow, 1969].
   English translation: Russian Math. Surveys 41 (1986), no. 3, 189–195.
MR0847139 (87k:58029) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Hyperbolic polynomials and Vandermonde mappings. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 20 (1986), no. 2, 52–53.
58C27 (58G16)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
A hyperbolic polynomial is a polynomial P=xn+λ1xn1++λn over R all of whose roots are real. The author investigates (mostly without proofs) this subset of Rn (coordinates (λ1,,λn)) and more general objects associated with the "Vandermonde mapping'' RnRn given by yi=a1xi1++anxin (i=1,,n), where aRn is fixed. (If a1==an=1, then the image of this map is diffeomorphic to the set of hyperbolic polynomials of degree n in Rn.) In particular, he proves that the "pyramid'' Π of hyperbolic polynomials with fixed degree n having λ1=0 and |λ2|1 satisfies the following condition of Whitney: there is a constant C such that any two points of Π can be joined by an arc in Π whose length is C times the Euclidean distance between the points. (An earlier proof of this is attributed to V. P. Kostov.)
   English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 20 (1986), no. 2, 125–127.
Reviewed by Peter Giblin
MR0845781 (87k:58038) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Catastrophe theory.
Second edition. Translated from the Russian by G. S. Wassermann. Based on a translation by R. K. Thomas. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1986. xiv+108 pp. ISBN: 3-540-16199-6
58C28 (00A05 57R45 78A05)
In its brief life of a quarter century, catastrophe theory has taken on at least three different forms, which continue to develop and influence each other. First of all, it can be considered, in René Thom'shands, the mathematical formulation of structuralism, one of the main currents of contemporary intellectual life on the Continent. The roots of structuralism are usually traced to Ferdinand de Saussure, whose linguistic theories have been adapted to such diverse fields as anthropology and literary criticism. Thom's work was stimulated by several scientific questions, the dominant one perhaps being tissue differentiation in developmental biology. The question is this: how do the biochemical processes occurring at the different sites in an embryo—processes which apparently vary continuously from point to point—lead to an adult organism with distinct tissues and organs? The answer is simple in concept: since the processes are chemical reactions described by families of differential equations parametrized by the space-time points of the world-path of the developing organism, the nature of the tissue is determined by its chemical constituents at any point, and these in turn are determined by an attractor of the dynamical system associated with that point. In effect, there is a fibration whose base is space-time and whose fibre is a dynamical system on the space of chemical concentrations. A tissue with stable properties corresponds to an attractor in the fibre which persists under perturbation of the base point. In contrast, when an attractor loses its stability and disappears, the system jumps "catastrophically'' to a new attractor. This produces a new tissue with noticeably different properties.
   Thom's explanation was geometric, and not simply phenomenological. The shapes which tissues assume under differentiation are not arbitrary; in the base of the fibration, the stability boundary of a specific attractor corresponds to a tissue boundary. Thom called each distinct local shape which occurred a "catastrophe'', and his idea was that any aspect of morphology—whether it be tissue differentiation, wavefront evolution, or the events described by a declarative sentence—would be organized by one of these catastrophes. Of course, Thom had in mind arbitrary dynamical systems, and their catastrophes remain unclassified even today.
   The second form which catastrophe theory took, under Christopher Zeeman'sguidance, was in some ways broader, and in others more sharply focussed, than Thom's. Zeeman opened up the subject by considering dynamical processes of all sorts, not just those parametrized by space-time. On the other hand, the dynamics were usually restricted to be of gradient type, and this made it possible to pay greater attention to the precise relationship between the dynamical variables and the parameters which controlled them. The catastrophes of gradient systems are said to be "elementary''; they are much simpler and better understood. In fact, Thom studied them using Whitney's theory of singularities of mappings, stimulating an intense and fruitful mathematical analysis of singularities in the process. Thom had already shown that only seven elementary catastrophes typically occur in space-time, and Zeeman pointed out that of these only two—the cusp and the butterfly—could stand on their own, in the sense that every fibre contained at least one stable behavior.
   During the 1970s physicists and engineers, mainly in Britain, applied Zeeman's ideas to optical and structural problems, acknowledging the analytical power and coherence which catastrophe theory gave them. Zeeman was bolder, though, and turned his remarkable expository skill to showing how catastrophe theory could express and interpret aspects of animal and human behavior. While the mathematicians whose attention was now captured by catastrophe theory had, as a group, little interest or background in structuralism or developmental biology—and so were not in a position to appreciate or criticize Thom's work—a number of them considered themselves students of human behavior and readily offered opinions about what Zeeman was saying. This led to the "catastrophe theory controversy'' of the late 1970s. Although it has now died down, and never produced a lasting effect in Western Europe, it left a cloud of suspicion and confusion lingering over the subject in America.
   Catastrophe theory assumes its third form in the work of V. I. Arnolʹdand the Soviet school he leads. Arnolʹd eschews the structuralist and behavioral viewpoints of Thom and Zeeman, and sticks to material for which he can find immediate sources in geometry or physics. From this stance, however, he frees catastrophe theory from its subordination to dynamics; it becomes, in his hands, a basis from which to develop all applications of singularity theory, whatever their origin. To be sure, Arnolʹd has also made major contributions along the traditional paths. For example, in the early 1970s he classified degenerate critical points of functions, providing thereby the definitive mathematical framework for future studies of the elementary catastrophes.
   Arnolʹd's little book on catastrophe theory does treat this topic and other traditional ones, but very briefly; it is really devoted to laying out the particular contributions of Arnolʹd's school. So we find short chapters on the singularities of optimization problems and of optimal control; the classification of local forms of the views of a transparent surface; the problem of finding shortest paths around an obstacle; and the forms which condensing matter takes—a cosmological question. We also get a glimpse of Arnolʹd's larger project in symplectic and contact geometry, so important in contemporary physics. Indeed, it was Arnolʹd who placed elementary catastrophe theory within symplectic geometry, by identifying catastrophes with singularities of Lagrangian maps. The book has evolved through several stages. This second English edition, which is actually a retranslation of the Russian, has two salient additions. First, there is now an extensive bibliography of the original contributions by the members of Arnolʹd's school. Since each topic is only briefly sketched in the book, this addition is invaluable. Second, there is new material. Some fragments are scattered through the book, but the bulk is found in a new chapter on complex singularities. Much of Arnolʹd 's approach to singularities derives from the complex case, so this chapter will be particularly useful to those who come to his work from fields other than algebraic geometry.
   There is an extraordinary amount of material packed into the book, and it is accessible to a nonexpert mathematician. To accomplish this the author found a way to convey ideas directly through geometric intuition, without building an elaborate framework of formal technique. Of course illustrations are essential here— the 93 pages of text carry 72 diagrams—but the success of the book is ultimately founded on Arnolʹd's pedagogical insights. Some reviews of the first edition have seen things rather differently; they say the book has "a minimum of mathematics'', or is "nonmathematical''. Make no mistake: the book is mathematics from start to finish. If Arnolʹd's exposition runs contrary to current practice, it is no accident; in fact, on page 13 he suggests that the long delay between the formulation of Poincaré's bifurcation program and its albeit modest realization in catastrophe theory is to be blamed, at least in part, on "the dominance of the axiomatic-algebraic style''. Concerning the orthodox approach to teaching mathematics, Arnolʹd finds an ally in Bertrand Russell(page 68): "the axiomatic method [has] many advantages, similar to the advantages of stealing over honest work''. Nor does Arnolʹd conceal his opinions of the other approaches to catastrophe theory. Some readers may delight in the jibes which crop up in the text, but others, with no preconceptions about the subject or its practitioners, may be perplexed or dismayed; they could even suppose, as Arnolʹd does when he contemplates on page 9 the transgressions of others, that "the motive is more social than scientific''.
Reviewed by James Callahan

Citations

From References: 6

From Reviews: 0

MR0847709 (87h:58056) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Математически методи на класическата механика. (Bulgarian) [Mathematical methods of classical mechanics]
Second edition. Translated from the Russian by Ivan Dimovski. Nauka i Izkustvo, Sofia, 1985. 448 pp.
58F05 (70-02)

Related

Dimovski, Ivan

This is apparently a reprint of a 1978 translation of the 1974 Russian edition ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1974; MR0474390]. In his preface to the (first) Bulgarian edition the author suggests a couple of references concerning KdV-type equations. The English translation [Springer, Berlin, 1978; MR0690288] does not appear in MR indexes.
MR0842908 (88b:58044) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Giventalʹ, A. B.
Symplectic geometry. (Russian) Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 4, 5–139, 291,
Itogi Nauki i Tekhniki, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985.
58F05 (53C57 58C27 58E30)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
Symplectic geometry gives us a powerful mathematical apparatus in the field of physics, classical and quantum mechanics as well as geometric optics and thermodynamics. In fact, it simplifies the problems by means of Hamiltonian dynamics and variational calculus in such a way that the usual geometry of linear spaces reduces the cumbersome coordinate computations on the basis of a small number of simple principles. In this survey article, the authors treat a number of interesting applications of symplectic geometry in connection with several fields of mathematics such as Lie group theory, differential equations, the theory of singularities and topology. The authors begin with elementary explanations about linear symplectic geometry such as linear symplectic space, linear Hamiltonian systems and symplectic groups. Next, the notion of symplectic manifolds is introduced (in Chapter 2) and then Poisson brackets and Lagrangian submanifolds are treated. The authors give (in Chapter 3) variational principles and study completely integrable systems and Hamiltonian systems, and Hamiltonian symmetries. In the fourth chapter, the notion of contact manifolds is introduced and the methods of symplectification and characteristics are studied. In the fifth chapter, which is the most important part of this article, the authors study Lagrangian and Legendre maps and give their remarkable results concerning the classification of critical points of differentiable functions. In the final chapter, the authors treat topics concerning Lagrangian and Legendre cobordisms containing the Maslov index and characteristic numbers. Usually, for the important theorems, at least outlines of the proofs are given and many figures are added, which make this article very readable and attractive.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0842907.} Reviewed by A. Morimoto
MR0833508 (87i:58151) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Kozlov, V. V.; Neĭshtadt, A. I.
Современные проблемы математики. Фундаментальные направления. Том 3. (Russian) [Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions. Vol. 3]
Динамические системы. 3. [Dynamical systems. 3] \cyr Matematicheskie aspekty klassicheskoĭ i nebesnoĭ mekhaniki. [Mathematical aspects of classical and celestial mechanics] Edited by R. V. Gamkrelidze. Итоги Науки и Техники. [Progress in Science and Technology] Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985. 304 pp.
58F40 (58-02 70F15)
The authors begin (in Chapter 1) with basic principles and methods used in classical mechanics such as Newtonian, Lagrangian, Hamiltonian mechanics, basic remarks being given from the mathematical standpoint. Next, the problem of n bodies is considered, especially the problem of three bodies, containing the ergodic theory of celestial mechanics (Chapter 2). Groups of symmetries and the lowering of orders in certain mechanics are also considered (Chapter 3). In Chapters 4–6, the authors treat the integrability of Hamiltonian systems, theory of bifurcations of integrable systems, including the theory of Kolmogorov, Arnolʹd and Moser as well as the theory of nonintegrable systems. Finally they study the theory of oscillations and give applications of the general results to problems of stability in celestial mechanics. The purpose of the book, as the authors note, is to acquaint the readers quickly with classical mechanics in the large as well as its modern aspects. Therefore, detailed proofs of theorems are often omitted—the readers have to consult the original books or articles.
Reviewed by A. Morimoto

Citations

From References: 9

From Reviews: 0

MR0832676 (87c:34001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Equações diferenciais ordinárias. (Portuguese) [Ordinary differential equations]
Translated from the Russian by M. Dombrovsky. "Mir'', Moscow, 1985. 327 pp.
34-01 (58-01)

Related

Dombrovsky, M.

This is a Portuguese translation of the original Russian ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1971; MR0361231].
MR0823489 (87e:34049) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Ilʹyashenko, Yu. S.
Ordinary differential equations. (Russian) Current problems in mathematics. Fundamental directions, Vol. 1, 7–149, 244,
Itogi Nauki i Tekhniki, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1985.
34Cxx (58Fxx)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
This is a survey article devoted basically to the local theory of ordinary differential equations—in particular, the investigation of singular points and limit cycles in real or complex domains; bifurcation theory is excluded. There are seven chapters with the following titles: 1, Basic notions, 2, Differential equations on surfaces, 3, Singular points of differential equations in a real phase space of higher dimension, 4, Singular points of differential equations in a complex phase space, 5, Singular points of vector fields on the real or complex plane, 6, Cycles and 7, Analytic theory of differential equations, concluding with the final section of the Riemann-Hilbert problem. Descriptions are in general very readable—every chapter begins with elementary definitions suitable for nonspecialists. Usually theorems are stated without proof. The authors try to survey the significant results obtained before 1984.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0823488.} Reviewed by A. Morimoto
MR0820079 (87j:58033) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Sturm theorems and symplectic geometry. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 19 (1985), no. 4, 1–10, 95.
58F05 (34B25 34C10 58E10 58F22)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This paper contains some interesting generalizations of Sturm's theorem concerning the oscillations of the solutions for a linear Hamiltonian system interpreted from the viewpoint of symplectic geometry.
   English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 19 (1985), no. 4, 251–259.
Reviewed by Nicolae H. Pavel

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 1

MR0810827 (87e:01031) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Vishik, M. I.; Gelʹfand, I. M.; Egorov, Yu. V.; Kalashnikov, A. S.; Kolmogorov, A. N.; Novikov, S. P.; Sobolev, S. L.
Olʹga Arsenʹevna Oleĭnik (on the occasion of her sixtieth birthday). (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 40 (1985), no. 5(245), 279–293.
01A70

Related

Oleĭnik, O. A.

This article contains an appreciation of the work of Oleĭnik, a photo, and the continuation of her bibliography. That list was begun elsewhere [Forty years of mathematics in the USSR: 1917–1957, Vol. II (Russian), 521–522, Gos. Izdat. Fiz.-Mat. Lit., Moscow, 1959; MR0115874; Mathematics in the USSR: 1958–1967, Vol. II (Russian), 990–992, "Nauka'', Moscow, 1970; MR0381900].
   English translation: Russian Math. Surveys 40 (1985), no. 5, 267–287.
   See also the preceding review [MR0806348].

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR0801647 (86j:58009) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Singularities, bifurcations and catastrophes. (Bulgarian)
Translated from the Russian by E. Khorozov.
Fiz.-Mat. Spis. Bʺlgar. Akad. Nauk. 27(60) (1985), no. 1, 25–48.
58C27 (58C28 78A10)

Related

Khorozov, E.

Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The English translation of the Russian original has been reviewed [Soviet Phys. Uspekhi 26 (1983), no. 12, 1025–1037; MR0761338].
MR0796132 (87k:01082) Reviewed
Kolmogorov, A. N.
Избранные труды. Математика и механика. (Russian) [Selected works. Mathematics and mechanics]
With commentaries by P. L. Ulʹyanov, I. I. Parovichenko, V. A. Skvortsov, E. P. Dolzhenko, S. A. Telyakovskiĭ, V. M. Tikhomirov, G. G. Magaril-Ilʹyaev, E. A. Gorin, Yu. A. Rozanov, V. A. Uspenskiĭ, V. E. Plisko, G. S. . Chogoshvili, A. V. Arkhangelʹskiĭ, A. V. Mikhalëv, G. I. Barenblatt, A. M. Yaglom and V. I. Arnolʹd. Edited by S. M. Nikolʹskiĭ. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1985. 470 pp.
01A75
Kolmogorov (born 1903) is probably the most versatile mathematician of our times. This volume contains his papers on trigonometric and orthogonal series, set theory, measure and integration, discontinuities of functions, theory of approximation, inequalities for derivatives, rings of continuous functions, curves in Hilbert space, intuitionistic logic, homology theory, open mappings, axiomatics of projective geometry, the diffusion equation, turbulence, classical mechanics, and superposition of functions. There are commentaries by Kolmogorov and others on each of these topics, a complete bibliography, a brief biography, and a portrait. Papers not originally in Russian have been translated. A second volume is to contain Kolmogorov's work on probability and information theory (which, remarkably, was somehow not considered to be "mathematics'').
Reviewed by R. P. Boas
MR0777682 (86f:58018) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Guseĭn-Zade, S. M. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Varchenko, A. N. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Singularities of differentiable maps. Vol. I.
The classification of critical points, caustics and wave fronts. Translated from the Russian by Ian Porteous and Mark Reynolds. Monographs in Mathematics, 82. Birkhäuser Boston, Inc., Boston, MA, 1985. xi+382 pp. ISBN: 0-8176-3187-9
58C27
The Russian original has been reviewed ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1982; MR0685918]. The bibliography has been increased by 65 items.

Citations

From References: 24

From Reviews: 0

MR0898218 (88e:58027) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Chapitres supplémentaires de la théorie des équations différentielles ordinaires. (French) [Supplementary chapters to the theory of ordinary differential equations]
Translated from the Russian by Djilali Embarek. Reprint of the 1980 edition. "Mir'', Moscow, 1984. 329 pp.
58Fxx (34-02)
This is a reprint of the first French edition [1980; MR0626685]. An English translation [Geometric methods in the theory of ordinary differential equations, Springer, New York, 1983; MR0695786] and the Russian original ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1978; MR0526218] have been reviewed.

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR0849334 (88b:58043) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Evolution of a magnetic field under the action of drift and diffusion. (Russian) Some problems in modern analysis, 8–21, Moskov. Gos. Univ., Mekh.-Mat. Fak., Moscow, 1984.
58F05 (58C05 78A25)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
The author considers the equation H˙={v,H}+μΔH of evolution of a magnetic field H of divergence 0 under the action of drift by the flow with the velocity field v=(cosy+sinz)x+(cosz+sinx)y+(cosx+siny)z of divergence 0 and diffusion with the diffusion coefficient μ, where {,} denotes the Poisson bracket. Some symmetry and group properties are established, and numerical examples are given.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0849332.} Reviewed by J. Ławrynowicz

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0831975 (87k:58238) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Exponential scattering of trajectories and its hydrodynamic applications. (Russian) N. E. Kochin and the development of mechanics, 185–193, 254, "Nauka'', Moscow, 1984.
58F40 (58D05 76X05)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
The author discusses three recent examples exhibiting the interrelationship of the theory of finite-dimensional dynamical systems and the theory of fluid dynamics. The first is the problem posed by A. N. Chetaevon the dimension of the attracting sets of certain flows. This involves the theory of so-called "k-contracting systems'', developed by Chetaev and by Yu. S. Ilʹyashenko, interpolating between the theory of contracting mappings and the theory of systems with negative divergence. He states a result on the vanishing of (Hausdorff) k-measure of a subset of Euclidean space invariant under a "k-contraction'' and indicates some further results on this problem. The second example is the relation between the curvature of diffeomorphism groups and the motion of an ideal (incompressible inviscid) fluid. This is an area whose study was pioneered by the author more than 20 years ago; the results discussed here are due to A. M. Lukatskiĭ and A. I. Shnirelʹman. The author also discusses how this problem is related to the problem of the dimension of attractors. The last topic is a problem related to steady-state kinematic dynamos: can the magnetic field H grow exponentially in time? (H is to satisfy the usual MHD equations, written in a form linear with respect to the unknown magnetic field H:
H/t={v,H}+μΔH,divH=0,
where the velocity field v has divergence zero and the magnetic viscosity μ is small, and the braces denote the Poisson bracket. The fields v and H are assumed to be compactly supported or to satisfy an appropriate boundary condition.) Ya. B. Zelʹdovich showed in 1956 that such a dynamo is impossible if v is two-dimensional. The remaining three pages of the paper are devoted to a discussion of some of the results on the three-dimensional case.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0831963.} Reviewed by J. S. Joel
MR0824779 (87d:58056) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Reversible systems. Nonlinear and turbulent processes in physics, Vol. 3 (Kiev, 1983), 1161–1174, Harwood Academic Publ., Chur, 1984.
58F05 (58F22)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
A diffeomorphism f:MM is called an involution if f2=id. A diffeomorphism A:MM is said to be reversible (with respect to the involution f) if f transforms A into A1. The author gives several examples of the behavior of such systems, indicating the similarity between them and Hamiltonian systems, e.g. the existence of KAM-tori, the theory of normal forms, resonances, bifurcations and stability. He gives a proof of the following theorem: Consider a reversible system of differential equations with phase space R2n and assume that the manifold of fixed points of the involution is Rn. Suppose that the system has a periodic solution whose phase curve intersects the manifold of fixed points at a nonzero angle. The involution maps this phase curve onto itself with reversed orientation. For generic reversible systems with the above conditions: (1) symmetric cycles that are close to the given one form a one-parameter family; (2) this family is structurally stable.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0824776.}
MR0804675 (87h:58019) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Singularities of ray systems. Proceedings of the International Congress of Mathematicians, Vol. 1, 2 (Warsaw, 1983), 27–49, PWN, Warsaw, 1984.
58C27
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
This is a survey of the theory of Lagrangian and Legendrian singularities and its applications. The main theme of the paper is the application of the relation between singularities of ray systems and reflection groups. The basic facts of the theory have been obtained by the author and members of his seminar at Moscow University.
   The survey begins with the recollection of fundamental results and notions of contact and symplectic geometries. The exposition is full of interesting examples and unexpected parallels. Here is the list of topics discussed in the paper: singularities in the obstacle problem, i.e., singularities of the shortest path length from a point in space to a fixed initial set, among paths avoiding the obstacle; tangential singularities, i.e., singularities of the arrangement of a projective manifold with respect to its tangents of all dimensions; applications of Lagrangian and Legendrian singularities. There are many "classic-like'' theorems among the results discussed and it is strange that they are quite new. For example, the local classification of projections of surfaces in general position in the usual 3-space was discovered (by O. P. Platanova and O. P. Shcherbak) only in 1981. The number of nonequivalent projection germs is 14.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0804670.} Reviewed by Yakov Eliashberg
MR0799024 (86i:34001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Обыкновенные дифференциальные уравнения. (Russian) [Ordinary differential equations]
Third edition. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1984. 272 pp.
34-01 (58-01)
The author supplements the third edition with some samples of examination questions at the end of the text.
   The first edition has been reviewed [1971; MR0361231].
   REVISED (May, 2004)

Current version of review. Go to earlier version.
MR0795215 (87d:01039) Reviewed
Veĭlʹ, G.
Избранные труды. (Russian) [Selected works]
Математика. Теоретическая физика. [Mathematics. Theoretical physics] Translated from the French. Translation edited and with a preface by V. I. Arnolʹd and A. N. Parshin. With an appendix by C. Chevalley, A. Weil and H. Weyl. With commentaries by Arnolʹd, A. A. Dezin, A. G. Dragalin, G. M. Khenkin, B. M. Levitan, A. V. Malyshev, W. Müller, Parshin, V. L. Popov, A. G. Postnikov, M. Wodzicki and M. I. Zelikin. Классики Науки. [Classics of Science] "Nauka'', Moscow, 1984. 512 pp.
01A75
This volume contains translations of the following papers by Weyl: (1) Das asymptotische Verteilungsgesetz der Eigenschwingungen eines beliebig gestalteten elastischen Körpers [Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo 39 (1915), 1–50]; (2) Über die Gleichverteilungen von Zahlen mod Eins [Math. Ann. 77 (1915/16), 313–352]; (3) Der circulus vitiosus in der heutigen Begründung der Analysis [Jahresber. Deutsch. Math.-Verein. 28 (1919), 85–92]; (4) Theorie der Darstellung Kontinuierlicher halb-einfacher Gruppen durch lineare Transformationen [Math. Z. 23 (1925), 271–309; ibid. 24 (1926), 328–376; ibid. 24 (1926), 377–395; ibid. 24 (1926), 789–791]; (5) Elektron und Gravitation [Z. Phys. 56 (1929), 330–352; Jbuch 55, 513]; (6) Eine für die Valenztheorie geeignete Basis der binären Vektorinvarianten (with G. Rumerand E. Teller) [Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Göttingen. Math.-Phys. Kl. 1932, 499–504; Zbl 6, 149]; (7) Spinors in n dimensions (with R. Brauer) [Amer. J. Math. 57 (1935), no. 2, 425–449; Zbl 11, 244]; (8) On the volume of tubes [Amer. J. Math. 61 (1939), no. 2, 461–472; Zbl 21, 355]; (9) The ghost of modality [Philosophical essays in memory of Edmund Husserl, 278–303]; (10) The method of orthogonal projection in potential theory [Duke Math. J. 7 (1940), 411–444; MR0003331]; (11) On geometry of numbers [Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 47 (1942), 268–289; MR0006212]; (12) Mathematics and logic [Amer. Math. Monthly 53 (1946), 2–13; MR0014999]; (13) Inequalities between the two kinds of eigenvalues of a linear transformation [Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 35 (1949), 408–411; MR0030693]; (14) The main features of the physical world; morphe and evolution [Philosophy of mathematics and natural science, Appendix F, see pp. 285–301, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1949; MR0029851]; (15) Ramifications, old and new, of the eigenvalue problem [Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 56 (1950), 115–139; MR0034940]. Supplements: (i) Felix Kleins Stellung in der mathematischen Gegenwart [Naturwissenschaften 18 (1930), 4–11]; (ii) Emmy Noether[Scripta Math. 3 (1935), 201–220] {abridged}. These items are of course all available in their original languages in the four volumes of Weyl's Collected works, Vol. I, II, III, IV (German) [Springer, Berlin, 1968; MR0230597]; in the volume of Selecta [Birkhäuser, Basel, 1956; MR0075883] compiled in honor of Weyl's 70th birthday (and turned into a memorial volume by his death) only papers (1), (2), (4), (7) and (10) (as well as 14 others) appear. The present volume therefore gives a somewhat more balanced overview of Weyl's work than the volume of Selecta, which concentrates more on mathematical analysis.
   The last 100 pages of this volume contain several appendices. The first is the necrology written by Chevalleyand Weil[Enseign. Math. (2) 3 (1957), 157–187; MR0097295]. Next is a bibliography, containing besides the expected lists of books and papers lists of translations into Russian, and literature about Weyl. There are about 60 pages of commentaries on the papers. Some are extensive histories of the problems considered in the papers commented upon. For example, the commentary on (1) contains a discussion of the development of the theory of elliptic operators on manifolds (Atiyah-Singer index formula, the Selberg trace formula, spectral geometry), the commentary on (5) contains a discussion of Yang-Mills theory and the Penrose transform, and the commentary on (10) develops the foundations of Hodge theory, Kodaira-Spencer deformation theory and the ¯¯¯-Neumann problem. Finally there is an index of names.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0788207 (86e:01063) Reviewed
Vladimir Igorevich Arnolʹd. (French)
C. R. Acad. Sci. Sér. Gén. Vie Sci. 1 (1984), no. 6, 511.
01A70
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The works of Arnolʹd (born 1937) on the n-body problem are discussed, honoring his election as a Foreign Member of the Academy.

Citations

From References: 4

From Reviews: 0

MR0768938 (86m:58027) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Varchenko, A. N. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Giventalʹ, A. B. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR
; Khovanskiĭ, A. G. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Singularities of functions, wave fronts, caustics and multidimensional integrals.
Translated from the Russian. Soviet Sci. Rev. Sect. C: Math. Phys. Rev., 4, Mathematical physics reviews, Vol. 4, 1–92, Harwood Academic Publ., Chur, 1984.
58C27 (14B05 32B30 78A05)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
This is a useful survey paper, written at a somewhat more demanding level than Arnolʹd's survey [Uspekhi Fiz. Nauk 26 (1983), no. 12, 569–590; MR0761338]. Most of the results appear in more detail in the books by Arnolʹd, Varchenko and S. Guseĭn-Zade [Singularities of differentiable mappings (Russian), "Nauka'', Moscow, 1982; MR0685918; for Vol. II see the preceding review]. The survey seems to have been written around 1982, so that later work, for example, that of J. W. Bruce et al., is not mentioned.
   The first section is devoted to the basic notions of singularity theory and the application of them to the classification of singularities of wave fronts and caustics, and their "metamorphosis'', using the theory of bifurcations of families of functions depending on a parameter. This section was written mainly by Giventalʹ. The second section, written by Varchenko, applies the classification information to the study of oscillatory integrals, which arise, for example, in studying the short-wave asymptotics in neighborhoods of singularities of caustics. The stationary phase method is described in detail in this situation. A reference that is used for many of the results is an excellent book that has not received much notice among singularity-theorists in the West [M. V. Fedoryuk, The saddle point method (Russian), "Nauka'', Moscow, 1977; MR0507923]. There is a brief discussion of P. K. Mandrykin's results on zones of light, shadow and penumbra. The reviewer has not seen these results before (pp. 50–52). The section continues with a discussion of the relation of oscillation indices and results concerning Newton polyhedra. The last of these leads to a discussion of the results of Varchenko and of Y. Colin de Verdièreon the number of lattice points in a prescribed region, and to the last section of the paper. In this section Khovanskiĭ describes the results, due largely to him, on how these results on lattice points and on the volumes of polyhedra can be applied to other problems in algebra and analysis, concerning the Newton polyhedron (the number of solutions of a system of equations with a given Newton polyhedron, germs of analytic functions, complete intersections), the index of a vector field, and the geometry of "fewnomials'' [see Khovanskiĭ, Proceedings of the international congress of mathematicians, Vol. 1, 2 (Warsaw, 1983), 549–564, PWN, Warsaw, 1984].

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0768937.} Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0755329 (86m:58026) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Varchenko, A. N.; Guseĭn-Zade, S. M.
Особенности дифференцируемых отображений . II. (Russian) [Singularities of differentiable mappings. II]
Монодромия и асимптотики интегралов [Monodromy and the asymptotic behavior of integrals]. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1984. 336 pp.
58C27 (32B30 32C40)
This book is the second volume of Singularities of differentiable mappings. The first volume, subtitled The classification of critical points, caustics and wave fronts [(Russian), "Nauka'', Moscow, 1982; MR0685918], contains basic concepts, classification tables and applications to the geometry of caustics and wave fronts. The singularities can be either real or complex. The second volume, subtitled Monodromy and asymptotic integrals, is largely about complex singularities. The three main sections are: the topological structure of isolated critical points of functions, oscillatory integrals, and integrals of holomorphic forms over vanishing cycles.
   The first part of the book is about the topological structure of isolated critical points of complex functions. The first chapter discusses the elements of Picard-Lefschetz theory, including monodromy, variation, vanishing cycles, monodromy group, and distinguished and weakly distinguished bases. The Picard-Lefschetz theorem is proved. The second chapter is on the topology of the Milnor fiber; the approach taken is different from that of the classic book by J. Milnor[Singular points of complex hypersurfaces, Ann. of Math. Stud., 61, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1968; MR0239612]. The intersection form on the middle homology of the Milnor fiber is described, as is the Seifert form for its homological structure as a knot. The direct sum of mappings is discussed. Chapter 3 is about bifurcation diagrams and the monodromy group, in particular versal and miniversal deformations, the Dynkin diagram and its connectedness, braid groups, the μ-constant stratum, the theorem of Lê and Ramanujam, the connection between monodromy and resolutions, quasinilpotence, Newton diagrams and polar curves. Chapter 4 discusses the computation of the intersection matrix of the singularity of a curve from a picture over the reals, following work of A'Campo and Guseĭn-Zade. Chapter 5 is about intersection forms of singularities of functions with finite group actions, singularities of functions on manifolds with boundary, the topology of complete intersections and singularities of projections onto a line.
   Part 2 of the book is on asymptotic oscillatory integrals, that is, integrals of the form I(τ)=Rneiτf(x)φ(x)dx1dxn for large values of the real parameter τ, where φ and f are smooth functions. Chapter 6 is a discussion of results and examples. The examples include that of a surface in three-space, each point of which emits a wave. Also discussed is the principle of stationary phase, Fresnel integrals and the oscillation and singularity index. The oscillation index is computed in terms of the Newton polyhedron, the volume of a level tube around a critical level of a function is expanded in an asymptotic series, and the number of integral points in a family of homothetic regions is estimated. The next three chapters contain the proofs of these results, and further discussion.
   Part 3 is on the integrals of holomorphic forms over vanishing cycles. The basic idea is to start with a complex function with an isolated critical point and consider a family of level surfaces approaching the critical point. One then takes a holomorphic form defined on a neighborhood of the critical point and a cycle in each level surface forming a continuous family, and integrates the form on each cycle of the family. The values of these integrals then contain information about the critical point. Chapter 10 discusses examples and basic properties, such as holomorphic dependence on parameters, the corespondence between branching and monodromy, expansion in series, and holomorphic dependence on parameters. Chapter 11 discusses results on complex oscillatory integrals. Chapter 12 proves that the integrals are solutions of a linear ordinary homogeneous differential equation with regular singular points, and introduces the Gauss-Manin connection. Chapter 13 uses the coefficients of the series expansion to define a Hodge filtration in the cohomology of the Milnor fiber. This, together with a weight filtration defined by the monodromy, gives a mixed Hodge structure. The mixed Hodge structure is compared with the one defined by Steenbrink. The spectral pairs are defined, shown to be computable from the Hodge numbers, and their properties with respect to the Newton polygon and the sum of functions is discussed. Chapter 14 defines abstract mixed Hodge structures and gives examples. A survey of results about mixed Hodge structures and singularities is given, including the intersection form, deformations, the arrangements of ovals, Bernstein polynomials, and the local algebra. Chapter 15 uses the period map to transfer the intersection form on the homology of the fiber to a bilinear form on the tangent bundle of the base of a versal deformation. In a number of cases this is a symplectic structure.
   The authors cover in this volume a large amount of material previously available only in many scattered research papers; they do not duplicate material covered in other texts. The style is pleasantly discursive. Each fundamental concept is introduced and followed by examples, so it is easy to get a feeling for the topic under discussion. There is a large bibliography. The book is excellent, both as an introduction for students and a reference for experts. (The reviewer gratefully acknowledges the use of a preliminary translation by Hugh Porteous.)
Reviewed by Alan H. Durfee
MR0745699 (85g:14007) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Vanishing inflections. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 18 (1984), no. 2, 51–52.
14B07 (32B30 58C28)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Let (X0,0)(Cn,0) be the germ of a generic isolated hypersurface singularity defined by an equation with nondegenerate quadratic term (Morse point), and Xt a smoothing. Plucker proved that in the case of a plane curve, 6 inflection points of Xt deform to the singular point 0 of X0. In this paper this result is generalized to (n1)-dimensional Morse points: There are (n+1)! inflection points collapsing at the singular point.
  
   English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 18 (1984), no. 2, 128–130.
Reviewed by Gerhard Pfister

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0742147 (85m:58027) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Some remarks on elliptic coordinates. (Russian. English summary)
Differential geometry, Lie groups and mechanics, VI.
Zap. Nauchn. Sem. Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. Steklov. (LOMI) 133 (1984), 38–50.
58C25 (31C12)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
A survey of the finite-dimensional theory of elliptic coordinates is given. In particular, the fundamental properties of tangents to confocal quadrics are presented. Some generalisations of well-known results on Newton potentials of ellipsoids are also presented.
Reviewed by G. N. Khimshiashvili
MR0727639 (85c:58023) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Catastrophe theory.
Translated from the Russian by R. K. Thomas. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1984. iv+79 pp. ISBN: 3-540-12859-X
58C28 (00A25 58-01)

Related

Thomas, R. K.

The author explains what catastrophe theory is and why it has become an issue of heated controversy. This thin but illuminative book contains an excellent discussion of noncontroversial results from the mathematical theories of singularities and bifurcations. There is a minimum of mathematics, but "the reader is assumed to have an inquiring mind''. The philosophy is simply this: smooth mappings are found everywhere, and since Whitney's theory gives significant information on singularities of generic mappings, we try to use this information to study large numbers of different phenomena and processes in all areas of science. This simple idea is the whole essence of catastrophe theory. In many situations such applications do indeed lead to useful results, such as in the theory of elasticity, the theory of singularities of caustics and wave fronts, etc. Other applications are very speculative and subject to criticism. As the author says in the last chapter: "The nice results of singularity theory are happily not dependent upon the dark mystics {editor's note: `somber mystique' in the Russian original}of catastrophe theory.'' {Reviewer's remark: In the list of references it would have been better to refer to original books and not to their Russian translations (one wouldn't have "Giiemin'' instead of Guillemin, "Breaker'' instead of Brocker).}
Reviewed by Zdeněk Ertinger

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0767296 Indexed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Problems on the frontier of mathematical research. (Russian) Outlines of the development of mathematics in the USSR, 421–426, "Naukova Dumka'', Kiev, 1983.
01A60 (58-03)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0767265.}
MR0761338 (85m:58032) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Singularities, bifurcations, and catastrophes.
Soviet Phys. Uspekhi 26 (1983), no. 12, 1025–1037 (1984); translated from
Uspekhi Fiz. Nauk 141 (1983), no. 4, 569–590 (Russian)
58C27 (58C28 78A10)
This note, intended for nonspecialists, gives brief and frequently illuminating discussions of singularities of wave fronts and caustics and how they metamorphose through space and time, and the relationship of these topics with short-wave asymptotics, monodromy, the A,D,E classification, versal deformations, the theory of reflection groups, and dynamical systems theory. The bibliography refers mostly to other surveys, as one might expect for this sort of paper.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel
MR0735439 (85m:58031) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Singularities in the calculus of variations. (Russian) Current problems in mathematics, Vol. 22, 3–55,
Itogi Nauki i Tekhniki, Akad. Nauk SSSR, Vsesoyuz. Inst. Nauchn. i Tekhn. Inform., Moscow, 1983.
58C27 (49-02 58C28 58E05)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
The author describes the program he set up a number of years ago for studying the application of the theory of singularities of smooth maps to the solution of variational problems. The "classical'' example of this procedure is the variational problem of finding the shortest path from a point on the plane to an ellipse, for which the extremals are the normals to the ellipse. The functional "the length of the path'', as a function of the original point, has singularities along the line segment joining the foci of the ellipse, four cusps in the caustic (the envelope of the system of extremals), and these singularities are stable. At other points the above function satisfies a Hamilton-Jacobi equation, and the level lines of the solution of the Hamilton-Jacobi equation are called fronts. In the example the fronts are the lines equidistant to the ellipse; they also have four cusps, and these are stable. One can also consider other critical points and other functionals. Consider the distance to the ellipse as a function of the end-point. This is multiple-valued and the graph of this function has a characteristic singularity in a neighborhood of a focus of the ellipse and this singularity is diffeomorphic to a swallowtail (x4+ax2+bx+c). The program has three main parts: (1) Produce a list of standard singularities. These singularities are usually connected with the geometry of reflection groups. In the above example, these singularities are the cusp and the swallowtail. (2) Prove that the standard singularities are stable and that only they arise in generic situations. In the example, note first that the caustic of a circle consists of a single point (the center of the circle), but under a generic small perturbation, this singularity at the center goes to a curve close to the center, whose only singularities are cusps and points of transversal self-intersection. (3) Finally, these two steps reduce the study of singularities and metamorphosis of different items connected with generic variational problems to the study of corresponding properties of the standard singularities. For example, the study of the metamorphosis of fronts reduces to the study of hypersurface sections of generalized swallowtails.
   The author provides a survey of some of the main results he (and some of his students) have obtained relative to this program since 1972. In 1972 the author obtained results for singularities/reflection groups of types A, D, E, and in 1978 he introduced the notion of boundary singularities (corresponding to reflection groups of types B, C, F). The group H3 waited until 1982 for clarification: this group, the group of symmetries of the icosahedron, controls the singularities in the problem of avoiding an obstacle bounded by a generic plane curve, in which case the fronts are the Huygens evolvents of the curve close to its inflection point.
   The first two sections of this paper provide surveys of symplectic and contact geometry while the third section discusses the obstacle problem. Section 4 is concerned with so-called asymptotic rays. These roughly correspond to the projection onto the base singularity of an "unfolding'' (or "unfurling'' [see the author, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 15 (1981), no. 4, 1–14; MR0639196]) in the space of characteristics (in the symplectic case). The contact case has been studied in papers by E. E. Landis . The special case of geodesics is also discussed and it is shown how to apply this general theory to the obstacle problem. In particular, this problem is reduced to the study of unfurled swallowtails: singularities of a Langrangian manifold which have escaped from the surface of the obstacle along a ray in the symplectic space of all rays (or Legendre manifolds of the elements of fronts and of the 1-jets of functions of time). The remaining two sections are concerned with the unfurled swallowtail (in an English article in which some of these results are described [Ergodic Theory Dynamical Systems 2 (1982), no. 3, 301–309; MR0721725], the author uses the term "open'' swallowtail). In Section 5 he describes the singularities of unfurled swallowtails in terms of the geometry of the spaces of polynomials and binary forms. In Section 6 the author combines these results to explain how the manifolds of polynomials with roots of high multiplicity yield the singularities of Lagrangian and Legendre manifolds in higher-dimensional variational problems with unilateral constraints. This uses the notions of symplectic triads and contact triads, the latter of which are discussed in the last reference cited above.
   Throughout the paper there are many examples, and the exposition is phrased in relatively "down-to-earth'' terms. It is unfortunately not possible in this limited space to give more than a brief indication of the aims and tools used in this theory.
   {In the abstract of a lecture [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 39 (1984), no. 4, 114], O. P. Shcherbak announced a parametrization of the set of nonregular orbits of the reflection group H4.}
   {For the entire collection see MR0735438}.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0735438.} Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR0717603 (85c:85009) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Some algebro-geometrical aspects of the Newton attraction theory. Arithmetic and geometry, Vol. II, 1–3,
Progr. Math., 36, Birkhäuser Boston, Boston, MA, 1983.
85A40 (58C27 58F14)
The text is apparently an extract from a letter of the author to M. Artin dated May 10, 1982. In it the author explains the background to and formulates two results generalizing some results in the theory of attraction that go back to Newton: A uniform spherical layer does not attract interior points, and attracts exterior ones as if the mass were concentrated at its center. Ivory generalized these results to ellipsoids, and the author has found: (1) The charge on a second-degree hypersurface, associated to a point, does not attract this point. (Here the charge associated to a point is that Coulomb charge spread along the hypersurface with natural density, with charge + at points which can see the given one, and charge (1)p for points for which the line of sight is obstructed p times). (2) The charge associated to a hyperbolic point does not attract this point. (A point is hyperbolic with respect to a hypersurface if all real lines through it meet the hypersurface at real points only.)
   {For the entire collection see MR0717602}.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0717602.}
MR0713046 (84j:32011) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Some open problems in the theory of singularities.
Translated from the Russian. Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., 40, Singularities, Part 1 (Arcata, Calif., 1981), 57–69, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1983.
32B30 (14B05 32C40 57R45 58C27)
The original Russian article was reviewed [Theory of cubature formulas and the application of functional analysis to problems of mathematical physics (Russian), 5–15, Akad. Nauk SSSR Sibirsk. Otdel., Novosibirsk, 1976; MR0568056]. For the translation the author has added comments regarding progress on the problems and also comments on the problems in a different survey with the same title [Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. Math. Sci. 90 (1981), no. 1, 1–9; MR0653941].

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0713042.} Reviewed by J. S. Joel
MR0710120 (85d:34032) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Remarks on perturbation theory for problems of Mathieu type. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 38 (1983), no. 4(232), 189–203.
34B30 (70J30)
It follows from general theorems given in this paper that instability zones for the Hill equation (1) x′′+(ω2+εa(t))x=0, where a(t) is any trigonometric polynomial, have the same property as for the Mathieu equation (2) x′′+(ω2+εcost)x=0, namely, that the width of every zone of parametric resonance decreases like a power with decreasing depth of modulation ε, where the exponent is proportional to the number of the zone. As the power of the polynomial increases, the exponent of the zone width decreases in inverse proportion to the power.
   If in (1), a(t) is any periodic coefficient, then things are quite different and the width of any zone decreases like the first power of ε for typical a(t).
   The author demonstrates that, in view of the general algebraic nature of the proof, it is applicable to many other problems in which the perturbation is a trigonometric polynomial. Two examples of such problems are given.
   {English translation: Russian Math. Surveys 38 (1983), no. 4, 215–233}.
   REVISED (1985)

Current version of review. Go to earlier version.
Reviewed by G. A. Losʹ

Citations

From References: 1

From Reviews: 0

MR0703861 (84k:58065) Reviewed
Arnold, W. I.
Teoria równań różniczkowych. (Polish) [Theory of differential equations]
Translated from the Russian by Maciej Wojtkowski. Państwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe (PWN), Warsaw, 1983. 299 pp. ISBN: 83-01-03902-7
58Fxx (34-01 34Dxx 58-01)
Published summary: "This book is a supplement to the author's Ordinary differential equations (Russian) ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1971; MR0361231] and an expanded version of part of his Mathematical methods of classical mechanics (Russian) ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1974; MR0474390]. It contains a number of fundamental ideas and methods used in the theory of differential equations such as: structural stability, the theory of perturbations of normal forms, the local theory of bifurcation, and asymptotic averaging methods. The book is written clearly and contains a number of examples. It is intended for advanced students of mathematics and scientists in all disciplines concerned with the theory of differential equations.''
MR0695786 (84d:58023) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Geometrical methods in the theory of ordinary differential equations.
Translated from the Russian by Joseph Szücs. Translation edited by Mark Levi. Grundlehren der Mathematischen Wissenschaften, 250. Springer-Verlag, New York-Berlin, 1983. xi+334 pp. ISBN: 0-387-90681-9
58Fxx (34-02 34Cxx)
The Russian original [Supplementary chapters to the theory of ordinary differential equations (Russian), "Nauka'', Moscow, 1978; MR0526218] and a French translation ["Mir'', Moscow, 1980; MR0626685] have been reviewed.
This article is a monumental synthesis, rounded out by a 107-title bibliography, of recent results concerning the classification of singular Lagrangian and Legendre manifolds. The first of its six chapters is dedicated to notions pertaining to symplectic geometry, the most fundamental of which is the notion of Lagrangian bundle p:EB, where E is a symplectic manifold of dimension 2n and form ω, whose fibers are Lagrangian submanifolds, i.e. n-dimensional and integral for ω. A Lagrangian morphism is then given by L\hookrightarrow E@>p>>B, where L is a Lagrangian submanifold. The set of critical values of pL is called the caustic of L\hookrightarrow E@>p>>B. The author surveys the results, starting with his own [Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 6 (1972), no. 4, 3–25; MR0356124], on the classification of singularities of pL with respect to Weyl groups.
   In Chapter II, which concerns certain applications of the notions described above, he first studies the estimates of β and γ in the asymptotic expression hβ(q)lnγ(q)h+ of an oscillatory integral eiF(x,q)/ha(x,q)dx and compares among others the results of Y. Colin de Verdière [Ann. Sci. École Norm. Sup. (4) 10 (1977), 559–575; MR0480399] with those of A. N. Varchenko [Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 10 (1976), no. 3, 13–38; MR0422257]. He then exposes the relation between this problem and the problem of integer points, i.e. the asymptotic estimate of λnVN(λ), where V is the volume of a domain GRn with smooth boundary and N(λ) the number of points with integer coordinates of λG, and he discusses among others the very recent results of Varchenko [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 37 (1982), no. 3(225), 177–178; MR0659434]. The chapter concludes with a presentation of some results in R3 on the metamorphoses of the caustics of a family of Lagrangian morphisms parametrized by R.
   In Chapter III, notions similar to those of Chapter I are developed in the context of contact geometry. A submanifold of the contact manifold V is called a Legendre submanifold if its dimension is the integer part of 12dimV and if it is integrable for the contact form. A bundle whose fibers are Legendre submanifolds is called a Legendre bundle. Such is the case of the natural projection J1(M,R)M×R, where the manifold J1(M,R) of infinitesimal jets of real functions on the manifold M is equipped with its natural contact structure. A Legendre morphism is given by M\hookrightarrow E@>p>>V, where p:EV is a Legendre bundle and M a Legendre submanifold; p(M) is called the front of M\hookrightarrow E@>p>>V. In his parallel treatment of the classification of singularities of Legendre morphisms and the corresponding theory of Lagrangian morphisms, the author evokes among others the results of V. M. Zakalyukin [Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 10 (1976), no. 1, 26–36; MR0413174]. The chapter ends with a study of the metamorphoses of fronts in space-time, along with, among others, results of the author [Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 29 (1976), 557–582; MR0436200].
   Chapter IV deals with the convolution of invariants of a finite group generated by reflections in Rn, and thus acting on Cn. A holomorphic mapping α:CnC that is compatible with the projection π from Cn onto the orbit space B is called a group invariant. The convolution of invariants of the group under consideration is the bilinear mapping Φ that is defined by Φ(α,β)π=(απ),(βπ), where  ,  is the scalar product of Cn and the gradient. For fixed α, Φ(α,) is a derivation and thus defines on B a vector field vα that is tangent to the manifold of nonregular orbits. The author recalls his own fundamental results [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 34 (1979), no. 2(206), 3–38; MR0535708] on the structure of the vα and their role in the study of singularities of fronts as well as on the role of the Lie algebra formed by the linear fields wα, αT, on the tangent space T at 0 to the manifold of nonregular orbits. The definition of the fields wα requires the notion of linearized convolution of invariants φ:T×TT, defined by φ(da,db)=d(Φ(a,b)). The author also presents a careful discussion of the recent theory of representations of the periods and intersection forms due to Varchenko and A. B. Giventalʹ [Varchenko, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 16 (1982), no. 1, 1–12; MR0648803], which allows one to extend the convolution of invariants to the case of nonsimple singularities.
   Chapter V concerns two aspects of the topology of Lagrangian and Legendre manifolds: characteristic classes and cobordism classes. The Lagrangian boundary of a Lagrangian submanifold LTV, where V has boundary, is defined as the immersion of L(TV) in T(V) obtained by restricting the natural mapping (TV)T(V). Two Lagrangian submanifolds L0 and L1 of TV are said to be cobordant if T(V×[0,1]) has a Lagrangian submanifold whose Lagrangian boundary is L0×{0}L1×{1}. Defining the cobordism of two Legendre submanifolds of J1(M,R) in a similar way, the author evokes some of his own results [ibid. 14 (1980), no. 3, 1–13; ibid. 14 (1980), no. 4, 8–17; MR 83a:57049ab] on these cobordism groups, which can be calculated in small dimensions on the basis of lists of metamorphoses of caustics. The Lagrangian and Legendre characteristic classes are cobordism-invariant cohomology classes of closed Lagrangian or Legendre manifolds and are dual to suitable manifolds with singularities. The general theory of these classes, elaborated by V. A. Vasilʹev [ibid. 15 (1981), no. 3, 10–22; MR0630336], is discussed.
   In the last chapter the author first presents some results, including those of O. A. Platonova [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 36 (1981), no. 1(217), 221–222; MR0608956], on the classification of singularities of the projections MRP3{0}>p>>RP2, with center 0, where M is a surface and p associates with every point of RP3{0} the line joining it to 0. He then presents the results of V. V. Goryunov [Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 15 (1981), no. 2, 1–8; MR0617465]. The last section concerns the geometry of bifurcation diagrams and includes a discussion of the results of O. V. Lyashko [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 34 (1979), no. 3(207), 205–206; MR0542251].
   {English translation: Russian Math. Surveys 38 (1983), no. 2, 87–176.}
Reviewed by P. Ver Eecke
MR0743248 (85j:31006) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

The Newton potential of hyperbolic layers. (Russian. English, Georgian summary)
Trudy Tbiliss. Univ. 232/233 (1982), 23–29.
31B15 (58C27)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Author's summary: "Two generalizations of the Newton theorem on the attraction of an interior point by an ellipsoidal layer are proved: for a second-order hypersurface and for a zero-hypersurface of any hyperbolic polynomial.''
MR0721725 (85f:58011) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I. (2-MOSC)
Department of Mathematics, Moscow ``M. V. Lomonosov'' State University117234 Moscow, USSR

Singularities of Legendre varieties, of evolvents and of fronts at an obstacle.
Ergodic Theory Dynam. Systems 2 (1982), no. 3-4, 301–309 (1983).
58C27 (53C15)
The author considers a notion of singular Legendre submanifolds of a contact manifold, and some normal forms for the singularities of these objects. This notion is the "contact'' variant of the singular Lagrangian manifolds studied by A. B. Givental [Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 38 (1983), no. 6(234), 109–110]. The definition of singular Legendre manifolds is motivated by the "obstacle problem'', i.e. the study of the singularities of the "distance from a point'' function in a Riemannian manifold with boundary (here the complement of an open set in Rn with smooth boundary Γ). By studying this problem, one gets a singular Lagrangian manifold, the set of lines in Rn that are tangent to a family of geodesics of Γ [see the author, Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 15 (1981), no. 4, 1–14; MR0639196]. Here the situation is "contactized'' (with the introduction of the "time along the geodesic'' function) and leads to the notion of contact triad: a contact triad is given in a contact manifold by a hypersurface H transversal to the contact structure and by a (smooth) Legendre manifold L tangent to H along a smooth hypersurface l of L. This notion is the "contactization'' of the notion of symplectic triad defined by Givental. A singular Legendre manifold is by definition the image of the germ at a point of l in the space of characteristics of H, equipped with its natural contact structure. The author then gives a series of examples of singular Lengendre manifolds, which are subspaces of polynomial spaces, and which generalize (in the context of contact geometry) the open (or unfurled) swallowtail described in his previous article [op. cit.]. These singular Legendre manifolds, which are projected onto germs of singular Lagrangian manifolds in ad hoc symplectic spaces, were shown by Givental to be the normal forms of singular Lagrangian manifolds defined by symplectic triads. The author deduces that these examples are the normal forms of singular Legendre manifolds; in particular they provide normal forms in the obstacle problem.
Reviewed by Michèle Audin
MR0685918 (84m:58016) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Varchenko, A. N.; Guseĭn-Zade, S. M.
Особенности дифференцируемых отображений. (Russian) [Singularities of differentiable mappings]
Классификация критических точек, каустик и волновых фронтов. [Classification of critical points, caustics and wave fronts] "Nauka'', Moscow, 1982. 304 pp.
58C27 (32C40 58-02)
The three chapters in this book are quite different in style and aim. The first, "Basic concepts'' (138 pp.), is an introduction to a selection of the key ideas of singularity theory, assuming little previous knowledge of the subject, presenting many examples and applications, and avoiding great technicality. The second, "Critical points of smooth functions'' (86 pp.), is an exposition, close in content to a series of papers by Arnolʹd, of techniques and results in the classification of real or complex (mainly complex) function of n variables up to right-equivalence. The third, "Singularities of caustics and wave fronts'' (63 pp.), is, firstly, a detailed exposition of the theory of Lagrangian and Legendrian mappings (assuming knowledge of differential forms, fibre bundles, etc.) and, secondly, a survey, largely without proofs, of work mainly of the Moscow school of singularity theory in this area, up to about 1981. There is a large bibliography, 264 references, just under half being to Russian authors. Here is a more detailed summary of the contents of the three chapters.
   Chapter I. Stable functions on Rn and on smooth manifolds; Morse lemma (statement). Critical points of maps; right-left equivalence, germs, group actions giving this equivalence. Stability; discussion of Whitney's results of maps plane to plane. Brief nonmathematical example of catastrophes (due to Zeeman). Example showing the breakup of complicated singularities (plane to plane) into stable ones. Maps from R2 to R3, Whitney umbrella, embeddings of Mn in N2m+1. Now starts the more formal treatment. Singularity classes Σi; stratification of matrices by rank. Transversality; pullback of a manifold under a map transverse to it. Proof of the "weak transversality theorem'' on density of maps AB transverse to CB (A,C closed). Sketch of proof of Sard's theorem. Order of contact of two maps MmNn at x in M (using Riemannian metrics); jets and jet spaces, strong transversality theorem (tranversality to closed manifolds of jet spaces), with proof. Proof that Σif is smooth for a generic f. Higher-order singularity sets. Statement of Boardman's results. Morin singularities. Calculation of the Boardman number occurring in the formula for the codimension of ΣI. Newton/Young diagrams. Mather's description of Boardman classes. Quadratic differentials and intrinsic derivatives. Application to distinguishing germs up to right-left equivalence. Discussion of nice and bad dimensions for stable maps. Local algebra, Weierstrass preparation theorem (proof only in formal case). Statement that the smooth theory parallels the holomorphic one. Division theorem. This section gives a clear idea of what the preparation theorem is about without getting involved in technical details. Local multiplicity of f:Cn, aCn, 0; index. Theorems (proved in detail, 23 pp.): index=multiplicity for finite multiplicity, which is equivalent to f1(0) being isolated. Index of a real germ. Connexions (complex case) with number of solutions of deformations of f. Inverse Jacobian theorem, Euler-Jacobi formula, trace theorem. Stability and infinitesimal stability. Finite-dimensional analogies. Statement of infinitesimal stability implies stability theorem—proof given in local case. Applications. Contact equivalence (K-equivalence, V-equivalence), infinitesimal V-stability, proof that this implies V-stability in the formal case. Versal deformations (right, right-left and V cases). Tangent spaces to orbits. Transversality condition ("infinitesimal versality'') for versality. Proof (details at the formal level in the V case) of sufficiency of the condition. Stability of versal deformations, uniqueness (proof in V case). Classification of right-left stable germs reduced to V-classification of "genotype''. Deduction of lists of stable germs (Morin singularities; R4 to R4). Lists of V-simple germs Cs, 0Ct, 0, st, up to V-equivalence and suspension (no proofs, but forward reference to Chapter II where similar things are done for right-equivalence). Other classes "bordering the simple germs''. Some adjacencies. Stability of diagrams of maps—survey of some results including "divergent'' diagrams such as M1M2M3. Discussion of stratifications, isotopy lemmas, C0-stability, topological invariants of map germs.
   The contents of Chapters II and III are more predictable from their titles, so I shall be briefer.
   Chapter II. Simple, unimodal, quasihomogeneous and semiquasihomogeneous germs CnC. Normal forms for QH and SQH singularities. Multiplicity and Poincaré polynomial of a QH map. QH diffemorphisms and vector fields. Classification of QH functions. Spectral sequences for reduction to normal form (not assuming much knowledge of spectral sequences nor describing the connexions with the usual algebraic constructions). Lists of singularities (simple, unimodular, bimodular, corank 2 with nonzero 4-jet, corank 3 with nonzero 3-jet). Some adjacencies. 105 theorems to find the place of any singularity in the lists. Indications of proofs, but references to many papers for the details. Some tables of real singularities and adjacencies. Minimum functions of a family {fλ} on a closed manifold M (F(λ)=minxMfλ(x)). Normal forms for 1 or 2 parameters, adjacencies. Discussion of the equivariant case (with respect to linear action of a compact group on Ck). Examples of symmetric group actions. Discussion of boundary singularities and tangential singularities.
   Chapter III. Detailed description of Lagrangian singularities, symplectic structures, generating families. Legendrian singularities, contact manifolds, generating families. Reduction of Lagrangian and Legendrian singularities to the study of singularities of families of functions and hypersurfaces, via generating functions. Application of earlier results to the classification of Lagrangian and Legendrian singularities (for generic Lagrangian maps to n-dimensional space, n10; for generic Legendrian maps, n11). Applications to caustics and wavefronts. Bifurcations of caustics and wavefronts in 1-parameter families. Brief description of the connexion with groups generated by reflexions. Statements of normal forms of Zakalyukin and others. Bifurcations in generic 1-parameter families of maps and a special case of the classification of map diagrams. Statement of results of Dufour and others. Convex envelopes; Lagrangian and Legendrian cobordism (brief descriptions).
   {Reviewer's remark: An English translation of the book, edited by I. R. Porteous, is in press at Birkhäuser.}
Reviewed by Peter Giblin
MR0685264 (84i:58003) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Some remarks on the antidynamo theorem. (Russian. English summary)
Vestnik Moskov. Univ. Ser. I Mat. Mekh. 1982, no. 6, 50–57, 121.
58A10 (58G11 76X05)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The author studies the evolution of smooth k-forms ω on a compact m-dimensional boundaryless Riemannian manifold M under transport by the flow of a given vector field v on M and under diffusion with diffusion coefficient D>0; i.e. he studies solutions to the equation () ω/t=Lvω+DΔω, where Lv is the Lie derivative. A solution (closed k-form) ω is said to be stationary ("steady-state'') if ω/t=0. Theorem 1: The number of linearly independent stationary k-forms is at least equal to the kth Betti number of M. There are examples in which the first number is strictly greater than the second. Theorem 2: If the diffusion coefficient D is sufficiently large, then the two numbers in Theorem 1 are equal and: (i) there is a stationary form in each cohomology class of closed k-forms; (ii) this form is unique; (iii) evolution under () with any closed (i.e. vorticity-free) initial condition leads in the limit to the stationary form belonging to the same cohomology class, i.e., with the same integrals over k-cycles; (iv) evolution under () with an arbitrary initial condition leads in the limit to a closed form; (v) all stationary solutions are closed. When k=0 (functions) or k=m (densities) the two numbers in Theorem 1 are equal and the evolution as t tends to a constant or to the stationary solution with arbitrary given integral over all of M. For closed 1-forms, the two numbers are equal and the evolution with arbitrary initial condition tends as t to the stationary solution with arbitrary given integrals over 1-cycles. For k=m1 (vector densities Ω, and ω=iΩvol, and () becomes Ω˙={Ω,v}+Ω divv+DΔΩ, where {,} is the usual Poisson bracket) as t the divergence of the evolving density tends to 0 (but the evolution does not lead to a stationary solution m=dimM=2). In particular when k=2 and m=3, there are examples to show that the dimension of the space of linearly independent stationary solutions to () may be strictly greater than b2 and the evolution of a divergence-free field in general position as t tends to an exponentially increasing field (if the viscosity D is sufficiently small), not to a stationary one. This increasing field is cohomologous to zero. This is in contrast to the case k=1, m=2 in which every field evolves to a stationary one. The proofs use various results on elliptic operators such as the Atiyah-Singer index theorem, the strong maximum principle, spectral theory for the operator Lv+DΔ and a special contraction mapping principle. There are analogues for the discrete case.
   {English translation: Moscow Univ. Math. Bull. 37 (1982), no. 6, 57–66.}
Reviewed by J. S. Joel

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR0681023 (84j:76059) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Zelʹdovich, Ya. B.; Ruzmaĭkin, A. A.; Sokolov, D. D.
Stationary magnetic field in a periodic flow. (Russian)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 266 (1982), no. 6, 1357–1361.
76W05
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
From the text: "In the consideration of a magnetic field in a given flow of a conducting fluid the problem of strengthening or maintenance of the initial magnetic field (kinematic dynamo) is of particular interest. Stationary fields (the maintenance case) usually arise when the magnetic Reynolds number increases, when the exponential attenuation changes to exponential growth, which is finally limited by the nonlinearity arising because of the effect of the field on the motion. We indicate another type of stationary magnetic field which exists for any magnetic Reynolds number. The simplest example of such a field is a nonzero averaged field in infinite space. The attenuation mechanism associated with dissipation leads in a finite system, as a rule, to an attenuation time τ proportional to the square L2 of characteristic size. When L, τ, we can say that the attenuation disappears in the limit L. However, we can construct an analogue of this situation with finite dimensions. This is the subject of this paper. Maintenance of stationary unattenuated fields proves possible in multiply connected (or periodic) velocity fields. Although stationary fields of this topological type have been obtained in a number of cases [see, for example, H. K. Moffatt, Excitation of a magnetic field in a conducting medium, Russian translation, "Mir'', Moscow, 1980; per bibl.], the principal difference between them and stationary fields of the first type has not been discussed. We discuss the problem of the existence and number of such solutions.''
MR0673155 (84k:58069) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Reconstructions of singularities of potential flows in a collision-free medium and caustic metamorphoses in three-dimensional space. (Russian. English summary)
Trudy Sem. Petrovsk. No. 8 (1982), 21–57.
58F05 (58C27 85A40)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Motivated by a new application, the author has continued his study of singularities of projections of Lagrangian submanifolds, obtaining here some very detailed results on the changes of form which occur in one-parameter families of Lagrangian projections.
   The new application is to cosmology. (The "old'' one was to shortwave asymptotics.) A theory of Zelʹdovich and others to explain the large-scale structure of the universe involves the assumption that at some early moment the velocity distribution of particles in the universe was given by an irrotational vector field, i.e., a Lagrangian section L in the cotangent bundle TX of three-dimensional space X. With the passage of time, the section evolved by canonical transformations of TX so that eventually the projection of L onto TX acquired singularities, these "caustics'' corresponding to clumps of matter which eventually became clusters or superclusters of galaxies. A recent introduction to this cosmological theory has been given by J. Silk, A. Szalay and Yu. Zelʹdovich [Scientific American 249 (1983), no. 4, 72–80].
   In the paper under review, the author studies one-parameter families of Lagrangian singularities over Rn for n=2 and 3 by beginning with his classification of Lagrangian singularities over Rn+1 and then considering normal forms for the "time function''. The author had already classified these families [Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 29 (1976), 557–582; MR0436200], but the present paper involves a thorough geometric description of all the cases, including a large number of drawings. Special attention is paid to the bicaustics traced out by the cuspidal edges of moving caustics.
Reviewed by Alan Weinstein

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR0657014 (83h:83052) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Zelʹdovich, Ya. B.; Shandarin, S. F.
The large-scale structure of the universe. I. General properties. One-dimensional and two-dimensional models. (Russian. English summary)
Akad. Nauk SSSR Inst. Prikl. Mat. Preprint 1981, no. 100, 31 pp.
83F05 (58C27 58F14 85A40)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
From the summary: "Evolution of initially smooth perturbations in a cold self-gravitating medium in a Friedmann universe gives rise to formation of singularities in the distribution of density in the spirit of catastrophe theory. Objects initially formed were found in the approximate nonlinear theory of gravitational instability to possess a very flattened shape—`pancakes' [Zelʹdovich, Astronom. and Astrophys. 5 (1970), 84–89]. This result is shown in this paper to be a general feature of evolution of so-called Lagrangian systems [Arnolʹd, Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, English translation, Springer, Berlin, 1978; MR0690288]. Pancakes are one of the few kinds of generic singularities forming at the nonlinear stage of evolution of such a system. Some of them are cusp, beak-to-beak and swallowtail. In this paper we present the full list of singularities in the one- and two-dimensional cases. The three-dimensional singularities are discussed in the second part of the paper. We discuss geometrical and some dynamical properties of each kind of singularity. We give asymptotic laws of growth of density near each kind of singularity. This list of singularities gives elements from which the large-scale structure of the Universe is constructed.''
This paper was also published in a volume dedicated to V. K. Patodi [Geometry and analysis, pp. 1–9, Indian Acad. Sci., Bangalore, 1980].
MR0639196 (83c:58011) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Lagrangian manifolds with singularities, asymptotic rays and the unfurled swallowtail. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 15 (1981), no. 4, 1–14, 96.
58C27 (58F05)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The ordinary swallowtail is the surface in R3 consisting of those (a,b,c) for which the polynomial x4+ax2+bx+c has a multiple root. The line of double points in the swallowtail (corresponding to pairs of double roots) is resolved in the unfurled swallowtail, consisting of those (A,B,C,D) in R4 for which x5+Ax3+Bx2+Cx+D has a root of multiplicity at least 3. This surface occurs in glancing ray problems involving nonconvex obstacles in R3 and corresponds to rays which touch the boundary of the obstacle in directions of zero-geodesic curvature.
   The main theorem of the paper is a normal form theorem which implies that, for generic surfaces in R3 and families of geodesics on them, the corresponding family of rays in R3 gives rise to a surface which is formally equivalent to the unfurled swallowtail. The proof involves a combination of symplectic geometry and singularity theory to find normal forms for pairs of hypersurfaces under canonical transformation. (This work extends earlier results of R. B. Melrose [Invent. Math. 37 (1976), no. 3, 165–191; MR0436225].) An interesting ingredient in the proof is the use of Poincaré series to compare the dimensions of spaces of coefficients for various classes of formal power series.
   {English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 15 (1981), no. 4, 235–246 (1982).}
Reviewed by Alan Weinstein
MR0631683 (83d:58016) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Singularity theory.
Selected papers. Translated from the Russian. With an introduction by C. T. C. Wall. London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 53. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge-New York, 1981. i+266 pp. ISBN: 0-521-28511-9
58C27

Related

Wall, C. T. C.

This volume contains the following seven survey papers on singularity theory written by Arnolʹd between 1968 and 1979 and reprinted from the translations in "Russian Math. Surveys'': (1) "Singularities of smooth mappings'' [Cycle of lectures read at the Summer School in Katsiveli and at the Moscow State University in 1966. Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 23 (1968), no. 1(139), 3–44; MR0226655; English translation, Russian Math. Surveys 23 (1968), no. 1, 1–43]; (2) "On matrices depending on parameters'' [ibid. 26 (1971), no. 2(158), 101–114; MR0301242; English translation, Russian Math. Surveys 26 (1971), no. 2, 29–43]; (3) "Remarks on the stationary phase method and Coxeter numbers'' [ibid. 28 (1973), no. 5(173), 17–44; MR0397777; English translation, Russian Math. Surveys 28 (1973), no. 5, 19–48]; (4) "Normal forms of functions in neighbourhoods of degenerate critical points'' [Collection of articles dedicated to the memory of Ivan Georgievich Petrovskiĭ (1901–1973), I, ibid. 29 (1974), no. 2(176), 11–49; MR0516034; English translation, Russian Math. Surveys 29 (1976), no. 2, 10–50]; (5) "Critical points of smooth functions and their normal forms'' [ibid. 30 (1975), no. 5 (185), 3–65; MR0420689; English translation, Russian Math. Surveys 30 (1975), no. 5, 1–75]; (6) "Critical points of functions on a manifold with boundary, the simple Lie groups Bk, Ck, and F4 and singularities of evolutes'' [ibid. 33 (1978), no. 5(203), 91–105; MR0511883; English translation, Russian Math. Surveys 33 (1978), no. 5, 99–116]; (7) "Indices of singular points of 1-forms on a manifold with boundary, convolution of invariants of reflection groups, and singular projections of smooth surfaces'' [ibid. 34 (1979), no. 2(206), 3–38; MR0535708; English translation, Russian Math. Surveys 34 (1979), no. 2, 1–42].
   The author is well known as one of the founders of modern singularity theory and as a leading authority in this field. The papers here included are far from reflecting his many contributions, but they provide an image of his main ideas, of his ways in approaching new problems (like starting with a concrete problem, building up a general theory, and applying this theory back to the original problem), and of the style of his exposition. They contain many important results, obtained by the author and by his students, such as: the classification of critical points of smooth functions; the reinterpretation of the functions with normal form depending on at most one parameter in relation to Lie groups, spherical and hyperbolic triangles, and definiteness of the intersection form; the relations between the singularities of functions, the singularities of projections of Lagrangian and Legendre submanifolds, and the structure of caustics; the analysis of singularities of evolutes and the investigation of singularities on manifolds with boundary. Classifications are currently provided with complete lists and detailed calculations. In his introduction, Wall points out that: "The reader of this volume should not expect completeness: the results in these papers have stimulated much further work, and much yet remains to be discovered. But these surveys do contain Arnolʹd's own analysis and synthesis of a decade's work on a fascinating topic.'' The appearance of this volume will make Arnolʹd's work accessible to a much wider audience; it will surely be met with satisfaction by all those people who are interested in singularity theory and its applications.
Reviewed by Jack Weinstein

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

Alekseev (1932–1980) was one of the "pioneers'' in the modern rediscovery of the use of symbolic dynamics in celestial mechanics. He is best known for his result on the final attracting state of the 3-body problem. This obituary contains a photograph and 22 publications continuing an earlier list [Mathematics in the USSR 1958–1967, Vol. II, p. 37, "Nauka'', Moscow, 1969].

Citations

From References: 13

From Reviews: 0

MR0608786 (82e:70001) Reviewed
Arnold, W. I.
Metody matematyczne mechaniki klasycznej. (Polish) [Mathematical methods of classical mechanics]
Translated from the Russian by Piotr Kucharczyk. Państwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe (PWN), Warsaw, 1981. 430 pp. (loose errata). ISBN: 83-01-00143-7
70-02 (58F05)
This translation is based on the original Russian edition ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1974; MR0474390]. French [Éditions Mir, Moscow, 1976; MR0474391] and English [Springer, New York, 1978; MR0690288] translations are also available. An unrevised second edition of the Russian original has appeared ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1979; MR0542447].
MR0626685 (83a:34003) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V.
Chapitres supplémentaires de la théorie des équations différentielles ordinaires. (French) [Supplementary chapters to the theory of ordinary differential equations]
Translated from the Russian by Djilali Embarek. "Mir'', Moscow, 1980. 324 pp.
34-02 (58F99)
The Russian original ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1978; MR0526218] has been reviewed.
MR0583797 (83a:57049a) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Lagrange and Legendre cobordisms. I. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 14 (1980), no. 3, 1–13, 96.
57R90 (58C27 58F05)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
MR0595724 (83a:57049b) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Lagrange and Legendre cobordisms. II. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 14 (1980), no. 4, 8–17, 95.
57R90 (58C27 58F05)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
In this paper the author gives a classification of 1-dimensional Lagrangian or Legendre manifolds immersed in the standard Lagrange or Legendre bundles, up to the Lagrange or Legendre cobordisms. The classes of the cobordant Lagrangian of Legendre 1-manifolds form groups which are computed by the author. The first part of the paper contains two sections, the second one contains the third section. The first section is preliminary and contains a survey of the obtained results as well as some basic definitions and results. In the second section Lagrange cobordisms are studied. The author defines the Lagrange boundary of a Lagrangian submanifold of the cotangent bundle to a differentiable manifold; then he defines a Lagrange cobordism over an ordinary cobordism. The main result of this section is the following theorem. The group ωLag(B) of the oriented Lagrange cobordism classes of curves on the phase space TB is isomorphic to Z+R. In the third section the author deals with similar questions for the Legendre cobordisms. First he defines the Legendre boundary, then the cobordism of two Legendre manifolds. The results of this section are concerned with the computation of the Legendre cobordism groups of Legendre curves in the case of different base spaces.
   {English translation: part I, Functional Anal. Appl. 14 (1980), no. 3, 167–177 (1981); part II, ibid. 14 (1980), no. 4, 252–260 (1981).}
Reviewed by V. Oproiu
MR0592248 (84i:58019) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V.
On some problems in singularity theory. Geometry and analysis, pp. 1–9, Indian Acad. Sci., Bangalore, 1980.
58C27 (32B30)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
The author of the article under review has played a major role in bringing singularity theory to a very exciting stage. We are very fortunate to have him share his insights on the subject at this time. The article is very useful in the development of singularity theory. The author discusses the spectrum of a singularity and conjectures that the spectrum is semicontinuous. He points out that even in simple and explicitly calculable cases, this conjecture is a nontrivial arithmetical assertion on integral points in convex polyhedra. Among many other applications of this conjecture, he predicts that the semicontinuity of the first point of the spectrum is very important for the theory of asymptotic integrals. He also discusses some interesting problems concerning the bifurcation diagrams of complex singularities, cohomology of complements to bifurcation diagrams, modality, topology of real singularities and maxima singularities.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0592246.} Reviewed by Stephen Shing-Toung Yau
MR0575199 (81g:52011) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Statistics of integral convex polygons. (Russian)
Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 14 (1980), no. 2, 1–3.
52A40 (10E05)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The author considers convex polygons in the plane where vertices are at points with integer coordinates. The area of such a polygon is 12A, A an integer. Two polygons are equivalent if they are images of one another in an affine map of the integer lattice into itself. The author first proves that the number of vertices is 16A1/3 and derives from this that the logarithm of the number of equivalence classes H(A) of polygons of given area satisfies, for sufficiently large A, the inequalities c1A1/3H(A)c2A1/3lnA. He then notes that for similar inequalities concerning convex polytopes in the lattice Zn, the exponent will be (n1)/(n+1).
   {English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 14 (1980), no. 2, 79–81.}
Reviewed by H. W. Guggenheimer
MR0569932 (81e:34001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Gewöhnliche Differentialgleichungen. (German) [Ordinary differential equations]
Translated from the Russian by Brigitte Mai. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-New York, 1980. 275 pp. ISBN: 3-540-09216-1
34-01 (58-01)

Related

Mai, Brigitte

The original Russian edition appeared in 1975 ["Nauka'', Moscow, 1975; MR0382755]. An English translation is available [MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass., 1978; MR0508209].

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0620563 (82h:70025) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Steady oscillations with potential energy harmonic in space and periodic in time.
J. Appl. Math. Mech. 43 (1979), no. 2, 385–389 (1980); translated from
Prikl. Mat. Mekh. 43 (1979), no. 2, 360–363 (Russian)
70K20 (49A40 58F10)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Let N and ε be positive numbers and S a symmetric matrix of order n (n>2), with zero trace, such that the eigenvalues of S2 are positive and distinct. Define the matrix function A(t), tR, as follows: A(t)=32NS for t[0,1/N], A(t)=0 for t[1/N,1/N+ε3) and for t[3/N+ε3,3/N+ε), A(t)=32NS for t[1/N+ε3,2/N+ε3), A(t)=34NS for t[2/N+ε3,3/N+ε3), A(t)=34NS for t[3/N+ε,4/N+ε), and continue A(t) periodically with period 4/N+ε. Note that the potential corresponding to A(t) is harmonic.
   Theorem 1: If ε and 1/N are sufficiently small, then the equilibrium state x=0 of x¨=A(t)x is stable.
   Theorem 2: Let Aδ(t) be a smooth periodic matrix function with zero trace such that its graph lies in the δ-neighbourhood of that of A(t). If δ, ε and 1/N are sufficiently small, then the equilibrium state x=0 of x¨=Aδ(t)x is stable. Here Aδ(t)=U(x,t)/x and the potential U is harmonic. (This gives a positive answer to the problem of Išlinskiĭ.)
Reviewed by J. Daneš

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR0561402 (82e:14064) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Oleĭnik, O. A.
Topology of real algebraic varieties. (Russian)
Vestnik Moskov. Univ. Ser. I Mat. Mekh. 1979, no. 6, 7–17.
14N99 (14G30)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The authors give a sketch of the historical development and the current state of the subject. The last section of the paper is devoted to unsolved problems. Besides classical problems (which take their origin from Hilbert's 16th problem) a number of new ones are formulated.
   {English translation: Moscow Univ. Math. Bull. 34 (1979), 5–17.}
Reviewed by V. M. Kharlamov
MR0542447 (80h:70001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
\cyr Matematicheskie metody klassicheskoĭ mekhaniki. (Russian) [Mathematical methods of classical mechanics]
Second edition, unrevised. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1979. 431 pp.
70-02 (58-01 58Fxx)
The first edition has been reviewed [1974; MR0474390].
MR0535708 (81e:58041) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Indexes of singular points of 1-forms on manifolds with boundary, convolutions of invariants of groups generated by reflections, and singular projections of smooth surfaces. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 34 (1979), no. 2(206), 3–38.
58F14 (14E99 57R45 58C27)
Let M be a smooth manifold with boundary bM and Ω a 1-form on M. A point xbM is called a boundary singularity of Ω if Ω vanishes on T(bM)x. If xbM is an isolated singularity then the index of Ω at x,i+(Ω;x), is defined as follows: Let f (0) be an equation for bM near x such that df does not vanish at any point of a neighborhood of x, and let S be a sufficiently small hemisphere centered at x; then i+(Ω,x) is the intersection number of Ω|S and df|S considered as sections of TM|S (roughly speaking, this is the number of points of S such that Ωy=λdfy, λ>0). If M is compact and Ω has only isolated singularities (on the boundary or in the interior of M), it is proved that the sum of the indexes of the singularities is equal to the Euler characteristic of the manifold. The proof is based on some formulas concerning the index of a boundary singularity.
   Let Rn+ and Rn be the half-spaces determined by x10 and x10, respectively, and Rn1=Rn+Rn. Given a 1-form Ω=ω1dx1++ωndxn on Rn with 0 an isolated boundary singularity of Ω|Rn+ (and clearly of Ω|Rn as well), one defines i+(Ω)=i+(Ω|Rn+;0), i(Ω)=i+(Ω|Rn;0), i0(Ω) = the (usual) index of Ω|Rn1 at 0, i(Ω)=i+(Ω)i(Ω), i1(Ω) = the (usual) index of Ω at 0, and i~+(Ω) = the (usual) index of Ω~ at 0~R~n+, where R~n+={(z2,x2,,xn,z)Rn+1}, 0~=(0,,0), p:R~n+Rn+, p(z2,x2,,xn,z)=(z2,x2,,xn) and Ω~=p(Ω). The author determines some important relations between these indexes and some other indexes attached to certain vector fields associated with Ω. For example, i~+(Ω)=2i+(Ω)i0(Ω), i+(Ω)+i(Ω)=i1(Ω)i0(Ω).
   Next the author considers the following local algebras:
QQ1Q~=R[[x1,,xn]]/(x1ω1,ω2,,ωn),=R[[x1,,xn]]/(ω1,,ωn),=R[[z,x2,,xn]]/(zω~1,ω~2,,ωn),
where ω~(z,x2,,xn)=ω(z2,x2,,xn). Also let
JJ1=(x1ω1,ω2,,ωn)/(x1,,xn),=(ω1,,ωn)/(x1,,xn)
and J~=(zω~1,ω~2,,ω~n)/(z,x2,,xn) be the corresponding Jacobians, and let α:QR, α1:Q1R and α~:Q~R be linear forms which are positive on the corresponding Jacobians. Assuming that Q,Q1 and Q~ are finite-dimensional one can see that the following bilinear symmetric forms φα,φ1 and φ~ on Q,Q1 and Q~, respectively, are nondegenerate: φα(a,b)=α(ab), φ1(a,b)=α1(ab), φ~(a,b)=α~(ab). Using a result of D. Eisenbud and H. Levine [Ann. of Math. (2) 106 (1977), no. 1, 19–44; MR0467800] and G. N. Himšiašvili [Sakharth. SSR Mecn. Akad. Moambe 85 (1977), no. 2, 309–312; MR0458467], the author proves that the index of φα [resp. φ1; φ~] is just i(Ω) [resp. i1(Ω); i~+(Ω)].
   Now let G be an irreducible finite group of automorphisms of Rμ generated by reflections. Then G acts also on Cμ and the orbit space B=Cμ/G is diffeomorphic to Cμ; let π:CμB be the projection, ΣB the manifold of nonregular orbits, O the algebra of germs at 0 of holomorphic functions on B, and let T be the tangent space of B at 0. Define Φ:O×OO and φ:T×TT by Φ(a,b)=ππa,πb and φ(α,β)=d(Φ(a,b)), where  ,  is the Euclidean scalar product, is the gradient, α=da, β=db and d is differentiation at 0. For any qT let ψq:T×TR, ψq(α,β)=φ(α,β)(q). It is proved that ψq is nondegenerate if qTΣ0.
   Now, to such a group G one may associate a "simple singularity'', i.e. a function f:Rn+R such that 0 is a boundary singularity of Ω=df of the "simplest'' type. It is proved that i(Ω) equals the signature of ψq. Moreover, Q=R[[x1,,xn]]/(x1f/x1,f/x2,,f/xn) can be identified with T and thus φα determines an isomorphism QT, hence determines a bilinear symmetric form on T, which is of the form ψq for a certain qT! The relationship, given by the above correspondence, between the parameters α and q is also studied.
   The paper ends with some applications concerning the normal forms of certain curves, the normal forms of "projected'' surfaces of R3 and some partial results on vector fields on B tangent to Σ.
   {English translation: Russian Math. Surveys 34 (1979), no. 2, 1–42.}
Reviewed by A. Verona
MR0474391 (57 #14033a) Reviewed
Arnold, V.
Les méthodes mathématiques de la mécanique classique. (French)
Traduit du russe par Djilali Embarek. Éditions Mir, Moscow, 1976. 470 pp.
58F05 (70.58)
MR0690288 (57 #14033b) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Mathematical methods of classical mechanics.
Translated from the Russian by K. Vogtmann and A. Weinstein. Graduate Texts in Mathematics, 60. Springer-Verlag, New York-Heidelberg, 1978. x+462 pp. ISBN: 0-387-90314-3
58F05 (70.58)
This is a straightforward translation of the book reviewed above [MR0474390]. Some misprints in the original have been corrected, but others have been introduced. {One unfortunate feature of the translation is that the references in the appendices to Russian translations of books and articles in Western languages have mostly been left as references to those translations. In addition, the references to Russian articles and books have been recapitulated without referring to translations.}
   The English translation, on the other hand, does rectify these problems, and clarifies various uses of terminology.
Reviewed by J. S. Joel
MR0526218 (80i:34001) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Дополнительные главы теории обыкновенных дифференциальных уравнений. (Russian) [Supplementary chapters to the theory of ordinary differential equations] "Nauka'', Moscow, 1978. 304 pp.
34-02 (58Fxx)
This is a very attractive book on differentiable dynamical systems on compact manifolds as well as vector fields around their critical points. However, contrary to the author's previous book [Ordinary differential equations (Russian), "Nauka'', Moscow, 1971; MR0361231; English translation, MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass., 1973; MR0361233], this book contains rather advanced material and consequently seems to be less easy to read. This book consists of 6 chapters as follows: 1. Special equations; 2. Partial differential equations of first order; 3. Structural stability; 4. Perturbation theory; 5. Normal forms; and 6. Local theory of bifurcations. Chapter 1 begins with differential equations invariant with respect to a group of symmetries. The author next treats the resolution of singularities of differential equations by σ-processes. Normal forms of equations and stationary Schrödinger equations are studied. This chapter ends with the geometry of second order differential equations and the geometry of pairs of direction fields in three-dimensional spaces. Chapter 2 is divided into the studies of linear, quasilinear, and nonlinear partial differential equations of first order and closes with the Frobenius theorem of the integrability of differential 1-forms. In Chapter 3 the notion of structural stability for dynamical systems is introduced and its relations to the hyperbolic structures are studied. Anosov systems are defined and the author refers to the structural stability theorem of Anosov without proof. He also mentions the nondenseness of structurally stable systems, due to Smale, in the space of all dynamical systems. Chapter 4 treats the perturbations of differential equations by means of the averaging method in several cases such as simple oscillation systems, Hamiltonian systems and Seifert bundles. Chapter 5 treats the theory of reduction to normal forms of differential equations, due mainly to Poincaré and Siegel. In Chapter 6, bifurcations of singular points of vector fields are studied. Versal deformations of equivariant vector fields on the plane are also treated and the book ends by considering the classification of singular points of vector fields. Each chapter is divided into several sections and each section begins with some preliminaries followed by definitions. Definitions are followed in general by some examples, and then a proposition or theorem is stated. Some recent results are stated without proof. The beginning and end of each proof are marked by black triangles. Generally speaking, the description is very clear and often illustrated by some figures (the number of figures is more than 150). It is unfortunate to find neither an index nor references at the end of the book, although there are a number of references in the text. Since the chapters are fairly independent of each other, one can pick up a chapter and read it without any reference to the previous chapters. The selection and arrangement of chapters seems to be due to the author's preference.
Reviewed by A. Morimoto
MR0511883 (80j:58008) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Critical points of functions on a manifold with boundary, the simple Lie groups Bk, Ck, F4 and singularities of evolutes. (Russian)
Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 33 (1978), no. 5(203), 91–105, 237.
58C25 (14B05 14B07 32C40 58C27 58F14)
In der vorliegenden Arbeit dehnt der Autor seine früheren Untersuchungen kritischer Punkte von Funktionen [same journal 30 (1975), no. 5(185), 3–65; MR0420689] auf den Fall aus, wo es sich um einen kritischen Punkt auf dem Rand einer Mannigfaltigkeit handelt. Es zeigt sich, dass sich die früher entwickelten Begriffe weitgehend übertragen lassen. Lokal geht es darum, für K=R Keime von Funktionen f:(Kn,0)(K,0) modulo solcher Koordinatentransformationen zu untersuchen, die die Hyperebene x1=0 in sich überführen; der analoge Fall K=C wird gleichzeitig mitbehandelt. Zunächst werden die einfachen Singularitäten untersucht, d.h. solche, bei deren Deformation lokal nur endlich viele Typen von Singularitäten auftreten. Bis auf stabile Äquivalenz ergeben sich hierbei die folgenden Normalformen: Bk:±xk1±x22, Ck:x1x2±xk2, F4:±x21+x32, k2. Die Wahl der Bezeichnungen Bk,Ck,F4 rührt daher, dass die Bifurkationsmenge der semiuniversellen Deformation jeweils die Menge der singulären Orbits einer komplexen Spiegelungsgruppe vom entsprechenden Typ ist. Ausser den kritischen Punkten der durch Deformation entstandenen Funktionen fλ sind noch diejenigen von fλ|{x1=0} zuberücksichtigen; dementsprechend wird zwischen verschwindenden Zyklen und Halbzyklen unterschieden. Mittels der Funktion f^(x1,,xn)=f(x21,x2,,xn) wird eine Schnittform eingeführt, die sich im Fall einfacher Singularitäten am Dynkindiagramm ablesen lässt. Es ist nun sinnvoll, von elliptischen, parabolischen und hyperbolischen Singularitäten zu sprechen; die elliptischen Singularitäten stimmen mit den einfachen überein. Ausser diesen werden alle parabolischen, hyperbolischen und unimodalen Singularitäten von Funktionen zweier Veränderlicher klassifiziert. Zum Schluss wird gezeigt, dass die Bifurkationsmengen vom Typ B2 und B3 bei der Betrachtung der Evoluten einer ebenen Kurve in Erscheinung treten.
   {English translation: Russian Math. Surveys 33 (1978), no. 5, 99–116.}
Reviewed by Helmut Hamm
MR0508209 (58 #22707) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Ordinary differential equations.
Translated from the Russian and edited by Richard A. Silverman. MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass.-London, 1978. ix+280 pp. ISBN: 0-262-51018-9
34-01 (58-01)
This is a paperback edition of the 1973 English translation [MR0361233].
MR0498592 (58 #16685) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
The index of a singular point of a vector field, the Petrovskiĭ-Oleĭnik inequalities, and mixed Hodge structures. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 12 (1978), no. 1, 1–14.
14H99 (34C05 57D25)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
If V is an algebraic hypersurface in real projective n-space, the Petrovskiĭ-Oleĭnik inequality gives a bound for either the Euler characteristic of V, or the difference between the Euler characteristics of the parts into which V separates the surrounding space, the two forms of the inequality depending on the parity of n. In this article the two forms of this inequality are unified as an inequality independent of the parity of n.
   In the first place, if f=0 is the equation of V, it is shown that the left side of the Petrovskiĭ-Oleĭnik inequality (that is to say the part containing the Euler characteristics) is the index of the vector field grad f. In the second place, it is shown that the right side of the Petrovskiĭ-Oleĭnik inequality (giving the appropriate bounds) is the Petrovskiĭ number πn(m), namely, the number of points with integral coordinates in the n-cube (0,m)n, where m is the degree of f. Alternatively, the right side of the Petrovskiĭ-Oleĭnik inequality can be expressed in terms of the Hodge numbers hp,q associated with f. A detailed combinatorial description of these numbers is given.
   In this final form the inequality of Petrovskiĭ-Oleĭnik appears as a special case of an inequality which can be formulated for more general functions f. Examples suggest that this is the appropriate generalization (Steenbrink hypothesis).
   {English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 12 (1978), no. 1, 1–12.}
Reviewed by A. H. Wallace
MR0467801 (57 #7652) Reviewed
Golubitskiĭ, M.; Giĭemin, V.
Устой чивые отображения и их особенности. (Russian) [Stable mappings and their singularities]
Translated from the English by A. G. Kušnirenko. Edited by V. I. Arnolʹd. Izdat. "Mir'', Moscow, 1977. 290 pp.
58C25
This is a Russian translation of the English original [Springer, New York, 1973; MR0341518].

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 13

MR0467797 (57 #7648) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Correction: "Wave front evolution and equivariant Morse lemma'' (Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 29 (1976), no. 6, 557–582).
Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 30 (1977), no. 6, 823.
58C25
The author lists a number of misprints in the original article [MR0436200]. Many of the misprints resulted from mistranslations.
MR0442987 (56 #1362) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Loss of stability of self-induced oscillations near resonance, and versal deformations of equivariant vector fields. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 11 (1977), no. 2, 1–10, 95.
58F10
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The author studies the problem of versal deformations of plane vector fields invariant under the action of the group of rotations through the angle 2πp/q, where the fraction p/q is in its lowest terms (such vector fields are called equivariant). The form of equivariant vector fields is considered and it is shown that q-equivariant differential equations, i.e., equations invariant under the rotations through the angle 2π/q, have the form (1) z˙=z(A+B|z|2)+Cz¯¯¯q1+O(|z|q+1),q>2.
   A vector field v0 is said to be singular if its linear part at zero is equal to 0. The deformation vε=εz+v0 of the singular q-equivariant field v0(q>2) is called the principal deformation of v0, where ε=ε1+iε2. A field invariant under the rotations through the angle 2π/q(q=1,2) is said to be singular if its linear part at 0 is the nilpotent Jordan block of order 2. The following equations are called the "main singular equations''. (2) x¨=ax2+bxy (for q=1), x¨=ax3+bx2y (for q=2), z˙=Az|z|2+Bz¯¯¯2 (for q=3), z˙=Az|z|2+Bz¯¯¯3 (for q=4).
   The list of the principal deformations of the equations (2) is as follows:
v(α,β):x¨=α+βx+ax2+bxy(q=1),x¨=αx+βy+ax3+bx2y(q=2),vε:z˙=εz+Az|z|2+Bz¯¯¯2(q=3),z˙=εz+Az|z|2+Bz¯¯¯3(q=4).

   The field v(0,0) (q=1,2) is said to be nondegenerate if a0, b0. The field v0 is said to be nondegenerate if ReA(0)0, B0 (for q=3). If q=4, the vector field v0 is said to be nondegenerate if to the above conditions for q=3 the following are added: |A|2|B|2, |ReA||B|, ImA(|B|2+Re2A)/(|B|2Re2A)1/2.
   The main results are the following: (1) Nondegenerate fields form a finite union of open domains. (2) The principal deformation of the germ of a nondegenerate field at zero is versal and all such deformations in each domain of connectivity are topologically equivalent. (3) There is an open dense set in the set of all 2-parameter systems of q-equivariant vector fields such that each parametrized vector field from that set is such that only for isolated points of the parameters is the corresponding vector field singular and, for a parameter from a neighbourhood of such values, the corresponding vector field is equivalent to the versal deformation of the nondegenerate main singular field.
   Generic bifurcations near critical points and closed orbits are also discussed.
   {English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 11 (1977), no. 2, 85–92.}
Reviewed by Milan Medveď
MR0649253 (58 #31167) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Spectral sequences for the reduction of functions to normal forms. (Russian) Problems in mechanics and mathematical physics (Russian), pp. 7–20, 297, Izdat. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1976.
58C25 (57D45)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
The results of this paper were announced previously [Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 9 (1975), no. 3, 81–82; MR0383451]. The reviewer is unfortunately unable to add anything to his review on that occasion, since he does not understand the spectral sequence any better; he would appreciate hearing from anyone who does. Fortunately a number of explicit examples aid in the understanding. {Misprints: p. 9, 1. 21, read: "S0p=ap/ap+1, A0p=Ap/Ap+1'' for "Srp=ap/ap+1, Arp=Ap/Ap+1''; p. 16, line 21, read "qем 3k1'' for "qем 3k2''.}
   {For the entire collection see MR0444361.}

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0444361.} Reviewed by J. S. Joel
MR0568056 (81k:32009) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Some unsolved problems of singularity theory. (Russian) Theory of cubature formulas and the application of functional analysis to problems of mathematical physics (Russian), pp. 5–15, 165,
Proc. Sobolev Sem., No. 1, 1976, Akad. Nauk SSSR Sibirsk. Otdel., Inst. Mat., Novosibirsk, 1976.
32B30 (14B05 32C40 57R45 58C27)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
The author summarizes and discusses various unsolved problems in the theory of singularities of analytic functions. Among them are the following problems: (1) the smoothness of the μ= const stratum, (2) the equality of the real and the complex modalities, (3) computation of various invariants of a Γ-nondegenerate function (the modality, the signature, the Hodge numbers, the monodromy operator) via its Newton diagram Γ, (4) uniform estimates of oscillating integrals, (5) the ADE-problem (explanation of various classification problems related to Dynkin diagrams from a unified point of view), (6) the K(π,1)-problem (the study of the homotopy type of the complement to the bifurcation diagram), (7) generalization of the Brieskorn-Grothendieck construction of the versal deformation of simple singularities to the case of nonsimple singularities, (8) generalization of the Cerf-Hatcher-Wagoner-Volodin theory to the complex case, (9) computation of the stable cohomology ring of the complement to the bifurcation diagram, (10) typical singularities of solutions of variational problems.
   For recent progress in problems (3) and (7) we refer to works of V. I. Danilov [Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 13 (1979), no. 2, 32–47; MR0541636], J. Steenbrink [Compositio Math. 34 (1977), no. 2, 211–223; MR0453735], A. N. Varčenko [Invent. Math. 37 (1976), no. 3, 253–262; MR0424806], A. Kušnirenko [ibid. 32 (1976), no. 1, 1–31; MR0419433], E. Looijenga [ibid. 61 (1980), no. 1, 1–32], and P. Slodowy ["Chevalley groups over C((t)) and deformations of simply elliptic singularities'', Publ. Res. Inst. Math. Sci., to appear].

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0568055.} Reviewed by I. Dolgachev
MR0467795 (57 #7646) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Local normal forms of functions.
Invent. Math. 35 (1976), 87–109.
58C25 (57D70)
This article is a translation of §§ 12–14 of another paper of the author [Uspehi Mat. Nauk 30 (1975), no. 5 (185), 3–65; MR0420689; English translation (with addenda), Russian Math. Surveys 30 (1975), no. 5, 1–75] with comments on the proofs of the 105 theorems stated there, excerpted from §§ 15–18. Page 27 of the English translation cited above contains a misprint in the expression for the singularity Dk; it should read Dkx2y+yk1 (k4). Periodicities in the author's lists of singularities have been observed by D. Siersma [#7647 below].
Reviewed by J. S. Joel
MR0436200 (55 #9148) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Wave front evolution and equivariant Morse lemma.
Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 29 (1976), no. 6, 557–582.
58C25 (58E05 58F99)
The author obtains local normal forms for certain holomorphic, real-analytic or smooth functions that are invariant under the action of a finite reflection group, and applies the results and techniques to several interesting classification problems in singularity theory. He proves the Morse lemma for functions invariant under the action of a compact Lie group (for smooth invariant functions this was previously proved by A. G. Wasserman [Topology 8 (1969), 127–150; MR0250324]), and obtains closely related results of the following type. Let λi=ρi(x1,,xk), i=1,,k, be the basic homogeneous invariants for the action on Rk of a finite irreducible group generated by reflections. Suppose that λ1=ρ1(x) is the invariant of degree 2. If f is a smooth invariant function defined in a neighborhood of λ=0 in Rk, such that f(0)=0 and f/λ1(0)0, then f can be reduced to a normal form f=±λ1 by a diffeomorphism that preserves the orbit space ρ(Rk) and lifts to an equivariant diffeomorphism. Normal forms are also given in the case with parameters, and for the simplest degeneracies in the case of coordinate permutation groups. The latter case provides normal forms for the time function in the study of the bifurcations of caustic and wave front singularities. The information developed is applied to give normal forms for generic singularities of 1-parameter families of smooth mappings of cornak 1, and of 1-parameter families of curves and surfaces at their envelopes. The author also lists normal forms for the bifurcations of singularities of generic 1-parameter families of wave fronts and caustics in low dimensions, and discusses their relationship with a theory of Ja. B. Zelʹdovič [Uspehi Mat. Nauk 30 (1975), no. 6 (186), 204] of "galaxy'' generation in a medium of non-interacting particles. The proofs of some of the classification theorems are to appear elsewhere.
Reviewed by E. Bierstone
MR0431285 (55 #4286) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Bifurcations of invariant manifolds of differential equations, and normal forms of neighborhoods of elliptic curves. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 10 (1976), no. 4, 1–12.
58F99
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The author indicates a connection between the invariant surfaces of vector fields in C3 near a singular point of Siegel type (or the invariant curves of local hyperbolic automorphisms in C2) and the imbeddings of elliptic curves with self-intersection index zero in complex analytic surfaces.
   For example, consider a one-parameter family of hyperbolic linear automorphisms of the complex plane C2 (i.e., the eigenvalues λ1,λ2 of the automorphisms lie on different sides of the unit circle). In passing to a resonance value (i.e., a value ε0 of the parameter such that λ1(ε0)m1λ2(ε0)m2=1 for some natural numbers m1,m2) there arises a cylinder in C2 that is invariant relative to the action of an automorphism. Factorizing a neighborhood of a sufficiently large piece of this cylinder by the action of an automorphism, we will obtain a neighborhood of an elliptic curve with self-intersection index zero on a complex surface. In particular, in this way one proves the divergence of the Poincaré series linearizing the field or diffeomorphism in the case of an accumulation of invariant manifolds at the singular point.
   The use of the above connection "in the other direction'' is based on the possibility of representing a neighborhood of an elliptic curve in a complex-analytic surface as the quotient of a domain in C2 by the action of a suitable hyperbolic automorphism. As a result, using the method of "small denominators'' we can obtain normal forms for the imbeddings of elliptic curves. In particular, the author describes the bifurcation for a suitable one-parameter family of imbeddings by the resonance value (the materialization of resonance).
   {English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 10 (1976), no. 4, 249–259 (1977).}
Reviewed by Ju. E. Gliklih

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR0437834 (55 #10755) Reviewed
Arnold, W. I.
Równania różniczkowe zwyczajne. (Polish) [Ordinary differential equations]
Translated from the first Russian edition by Alicja Derkowska and Gabriel Derkowski. Państwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe, Warsaw, 1975. 264 pp.
34-02 (58FXX)
This is a translation of the first Russian edition [Izdat. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1971; MR0361231]. A reprint of the first edition, labeled "second edition'', has been reviewed [Izdat. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1975; MR0382755].
MR0431217 (55 #4218) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Critical points of smooth functions. Proceedings of the International Congress of Mathematicians (Vancouver, B.C., 1974), Vol. 1, pp. 19–39, Canad. Math. Congr., Montreal, QC, 1975.
57D70 (58C25)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
Research in singularity theory is very active and wide ranging, and the author is one of the most active and versatile researchers in the field. This is an excellent exposition of certain aspects of current work.
   The first section discusses normal forms for smooth functions at a critical point, including the author's results for simple and unimodular germs. These results, together with those for bimodal germs and certain germs with higher modality have been summarized by the author [Invent. Math. 35 (1976), 87–109] and more fully discussed elsewhere [Uspehi Mat. Nauk 30 (1975), no. 5 (185), 3–65; MR0420689]. The second paper is an expanded version of this address. The work of I. Dolgačev is mentioned next. The discussion in this paper concerns discrete groups of motions of the Lobačevskiĭ plane. J. Milnor has published an account of work closely related to that of Dolgačev [Milnor, Knots, groups, and 3-manifolds (Papers dedicated to the memory of R. H. Fox), pp. 175–225, Ann. of Math. Studies, No. 84, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1975; MR0418127]. The middle part of the present paper is devoted to the geometry of singularities and to applications. Critical points in families of functions are discussed in relation to Lagrange singularities (caustics), Legendre singularities (wave fronts), and oscillatory integrals (stationary phase method). The paper ends with a brief introduction to the Newton diagram and some general problems. In a problem published in 1976 [Mathematical developments arising from Hilbert problems (Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., Vol. 28, Northern Illinois Univ., De Kalb, Ill., 1974), p. 46, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R.I., 1976; see MR0419125] the author draws attention to the problem of finding the full significance of the Coxeter-Dynkin graphs Ak, Dk, and Ek, which appear frequently in the classification of singularities and elsewhere.
   {For the entire collection see MR0411878.}

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0411878.} Reviewed by Leslie Lander
MR0420689 (54 #8701) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Critical points of smooth functions, and their normal forms. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 30 (1975), no. 5(185), 3–65.
58C25 (32C40 57D70)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This paper contains an excellent survey of recent work on critical points of smooth functions and their bifurcations. In the first chapter, "General survey'', the author describes the classification of critical points, simple and unimodular singularities, the inter-section form on the Milnor fibre, the monodromy groups, vanishing cycles and Dolgačev's work on certain unimodular singularities and triangles in the Lobačevskiĭ plane. Moreover, he mentions versal deformations and theorems concerning the discriminant and bifurcation sets of simple singularities. Next he gives applications in the theory of Lagrange singularities (or caustics), Legendre singularities (or wave fronts), oscillating integrals (or stationary phase method). The general survey ends with a treatment of the Newton polygon of a singularity and comments on the calculation of numerical invariants (e.g., the Milnor number) from the Newton diagram. This Chapter I is a slightly modified version of the author's paper [Proceedings of the International Congress of Mathematicians (Vancouver, B.C., 1974), Vol. 1, pp. 19–39, Canad. Math. Congress, Montreal, Que., 1975]. It differs from it at the end, where the author describes recent work of I. N. Bernšteĭn, A. G. Kušnirenko and A. G. Hovanskiĭ, from which Varčenko was able to compute the ζ-function of the monodromy and the index of singularities of oscillatory integrals in terms of the Newton polyhedra.
   Chapter II is called: "The hierarchy of singularities''. §§ 12, 13 and 14 are also published elsewhere [Invent. Math. 35 (1976), 87–109]. § 12 contains a discussion of normal forms, series of singularities, periodicity and classes of singularities with a small number of moduli. §§ 13 and 14 contain a singularity determinator and lists of all singularities with modality m=0, 1 and 2, all singularities of corank 2 with non-zero 4-jet, all singularities of corank 3, which determine an irreducible cubic and some other singularities. In §§ 15–18 the author gives the proofs of the classification theorems. They are based on the Newton-method of a moving ruler, a quasi-homogeneous Lie algebra "roots'' technique and a spectral sequence [cf. the author, Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 9 (1975), no. 3, 81–82; MR0383451]. The quasi-homogeneous Lie algebra "root'' technique which is described in detail reduces the computations for the quasi-homogeneous functions to those for homogeneous functions, and to the study of the action of subgroups of GL(n,C) that leave some affine plane invariant in the space of homogeneous functions of a fixed degree. These problems can be identified with simple geometric classification problems, such as the linear classification of homogeneous polynomials of degree 3, 4, 5 in C2, the affine classification of cubic curves in C2 with a finite cusp point. As the classification of quasi-homogeneous functions (§ 16) is quite satisfactory and geometric, the semi-quasi homogeneous case (§ 17) gives rise to some ad-hoc computations. The paper ends with a list of 90 references.
   {In the English translation [Russian Math. Surveys 30 (1975), no. 5, 1–75], approximately 50 references have been added by the author and the translator.}
Reviewed by D. Siersma
MR0383451 (52 #4332) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
A spectral sequence for the reduction of functions to normal form. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 9 (1975), no. 3, 81–82.
58C25 (57D70)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The computations involved in obtaining normal forms for functions in a neighborhood of a critical point are frequently extremely complicated. As the author has expressed elsewhere, "At its present stage, the theory of singularities is an experimental science.'' One useful tool has turned out to be a spectral sequence determined by a "quasihomogeneous'' filtration of some subcomplex of the Koszul complex that is constructed with respect to the derivatives of the original function. The grading degxk=wk defines a "quasihomogeneous filtration'' A0A1 of type wNn in the ring A=C[[x1,,xn]], and one has the induced filtration A1A0A1 in the Lie algebra of formal vector fields of the form as/xs (asA), given by the condition aAp if and only if aAqAp+q for all q.
   If fAN and aA0, the differential a=af gives a complex 0A0AN0. The differential and the filtrations in A0 and AN define the spectral sequence. The rth term is dr:SprArp+r (r,p0), Sp0=Ap/Ap+1, Ap0=AN+p/AN+p+1 (in usual notation Spr=Erp,p+1, Apr=Erp,p). The author indicates a stabilization result and some results indicating the use of the sequence. These results are too technical to be stated here. The example of an f whose leading quasihomogeneous term is f0=x4+x2y2k+1, k1, is indicated in some detail. No proofs are given, but they will appear in 1976 in an Akad. Nauk SSSR volume dedicated to the memory of I. G. Petrovskiĭ.
   {English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 9 (1975), no. 3, 251–253.}
Reviewed by J. S. Joel
MR0382755 (52 #3637) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Обыкновенные дифференциальные уравнения. (Russian) [Ordinary differential equations]
Second edition, unrevised. Izdat. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1975. 239 pp.
34-02
The first edition has been reviewed [1971; MR0361231; English translation, The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, Mass., 1973; MR0361233; French translation, Éditions Mir, Moscow, 1974; MR0361232].
MR0380835 (52 #1732) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Classification of two-modal critical points of functions. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 9 (1975), no. 1, 49–50.
57D70 (32C40 58C25)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The modality (or number of moduli) of a point xX under the action of a Lie group G on a manifold X is the smallest number m such that some sufficiently small neighborhood of x is covered by a finite number of m-parameter families of orbits of G. The modality of the germ of a function at a critical point is the modality of its sufficient k-jet under the action of the group of k-jets of diffeomorphisms on the manifold of k-jets of functions with critical point 0 and critical value 0. In previous articles the author classified 0-modal and 1-modal germs [Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 6 (1972), no. 4, 3–25; MR0356124; Uspehi Mat. Nauk 28 (1973), no. 5 (173), 17–44] up to stable equivalence. In the present article he gives a classification of 2-modal germs up to stable equivalence: there are four infinite series of functions of two variables, four infinite series of functions of three variables and fourteen exceptional families. The Milnor numbers of the respective singularities are also given. The author also points out which of these singularities are quasihomogeneous, and mentions the relations with this classification found by V. S. Kulikov ["Degenerations of elliptic curves and surface singularities'' (Russian), Candidate's Dissertation, Moskov. Univ., Moscow, 1975; Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 9 (1974), no. 72–73; Uspehi Mat. Nauk 30 (1975), no. 2 (182), 215–216]. No proofs are given.
   {English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 9 (1975), no. 1, 43–44.}
Reviewed by J. S. Joel
MR0516034 (58 #24324) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Normal forms of functions in the neighborhood of degenerate critical points. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 29 (1974), no. 2(176), 11–49.
58C25 (14B05 57D70)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The author studies the critical points of quasihomogeneous (weighted homogeneous) and semiquasihomogeneous functions. He obtains a classification of all quasihomogeneous functions of intrinsic modality at most 1. The author indicates the normal forms of all such singularities.
   {English translation: Russian Math. Surveys 29 (1976), no. 2, 10–50.}
   {For the entire collection see MR0366573.}
Reviewed by G. R. Belitskiĭ
MR0474390 (57 #14032) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
\cyr Matematicheskie metody klassicheskoĭ mekhaniki. (Russian) [Mathematical methods of classical mechanics] Izdat. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1974. 431 pp.
58F05 (70.58)
This beautifully written book has much to offer to students (in the extended sense) of both mathematics and physics. The author frequently drops terms and makes approximations like a physicist, but as a mathematician he never neglects to investigate the consequences of approximating a complicated system by a simpler one. In fact, the question of the validity of approximation methods forms one of the recurring themes of the book; another theme is the role of symplectic geometry in the formal structure of mechanics.
   An attractive feature of the book is the frequent use of concrete examples to illustrate physical principles (the flow of specific rivers for Coriolis and centrifugal forces, the motion of a child on a swing for parametric resonance, etc.). These examples, as part of an overall attempt to present mechanics as it is understood by physicists, distinguish the book from more abstract recent works on mechanics [such as the books of R. Abraham, Foundations of mechanics, Benjamin, New York, 1967; MR0220467; C. Godbillon, Géometrie différentielle et mécanique analytique, Hermann, Paris, 1969; MR0242081; and J.-M. Souriau Structure des systèmes dynamiques. Maîtrises de mathématiques. Dunod, Paris, 1970; MR0260238]. On the other hand, the mathematical content of the book makes it quite unlike the standard texts written by physicists [such as the books by L. D. Landau and E. M. Lifšchitz, English translation, Course of theoretical physics, Vol. 1, Mechanics, Third edition, Pergamon, Oxford, 1976; and H. Goldstein, Classical mechanics, Addison-Wesley, Cambridge, Mass., 1951; MR0043608].
   The body of the text is divided into three major sections, on Newtonian, Lagrangian and Hamiltonian mechanics. Thirteen appendices are devoted to such diverse topics as Riemannian curvature, perturbation of conditionally periodic motion, shortwave asymptotics, and the Korteweg-de Vries equation.
   {Reviewer's remark: The reader should be aware that the reviewer participated in the English translation of the work under review, and so has been prejudiced in favor of the book by the pleasure which that project provided.}
Reviewed by Alan Weinstein

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 3

MR0381915 (52 #2804) Reviewed
Puankare, Anri; Puankare, Anri
Избранные труды в трех томах. (Russian) [Selected works in three volumes]
Том III: Математика. Теоретическая физика. Анализ математических и естественнонаучных работ Анри Пуанкаре. [Volume III: Mathematics. Theoretical physics. Analysis of the works of Henri Poincaré on mathematics and the natural sciences] With translations of biographical sketches by Gaston Julia, Jacques Hadamard, André Weil, Hans Freudenthal, Laurent Schwartz and Louis de Broglie. Edited by N. N. Bogoljubov, V. I. Arnolʹd and I. B. Pogrebysskiĭ. Translated from the French by Ju. A. Danilov, V. I. Danilov, I. S. Zarubina, E. M. Šifrina, A. M. Frenk, N. Ja. Rabinovič, T. D. Blohinceva and A. V. Černavskiĭ. Commentaries and annotations by È. B. Vinberg, Ju. S. Ilʹjašenko. V. I. Danilov, D. D. Ivanenko, I. Ja. Itenberg, A. M. Frenk, Ju. B. Molčanov, Ju. S. Sačkov, È. M. Čudinov, N. Ja. Pogrebysskiĭ and D. N. Zubarev. Классики Науки. [Classics of Science] Izdat. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1974. 771 pp.
01A75
Although the works of Poincaré are far from inaccessible, this is a most valuable selection, as may be seen from the table of contents. The first two volumes have appeared [Vol. 1: New methods of celestial mechanics, 1971; MR0384459; Vol. 2: New methods of celestial mechanics. Topology. Number theory, 1972; MR0384460].
   Table of Contents: From the editors (pp. 5–6); Mathematics: Theory of Fuchsian groups [Acta Math. 1 (1882), 1–62; Jahrbuch 14, 338; CEuvres de Henri Poincaré, Vol. II, pp. 108–168, Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1916] (pp. 9–62); Fuchsian functions [ibid. 1 (1882), 193–294; Jbuch 15, 342; OEuvres, Vol. II, pp. 169–257] (pp. 63–144); The groups of linear equations [Acta Math. 4 (1884), 201–312; Jbuch 16, 252; OEuvres, Vol. II, pp. 300–401] (pp. 145–234); Fuchsian functions and the equation Δu=eu [J. Math. Pures Appl. (5) 4 (1898), 137–230; Jbuch 29, 367; OEuvres, Vol. II, pp. 512–591] (pp. 235–309); Curves on algebraic surfaces [Ann. Sci. École Norm. Sup. (3) 27 (1910), 55–108; Jbuch 41, 490; OEuvres, Vol. VI, pp. 88–139, Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1953; see MR0062682] (pp. 310–350); Curves on algebraic surfaces [S.-B. Berlin. Math. Gesellsch. 10 (1911), 28–55; Jbuch 42, 651; OEuvres, Vol. VI, pp. 140–178] (pp. 351–381); Theoretical physics: Remarks on the kinetic theory of gases [J. Phys. Théoret. Appl. (4) 5 (1906), 369–403; Jbuch 37, 944; OEuvres, Vol. IX, pp. 587–619, Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1954; see MR0065486] (pp. 385–412); Electricity and optics: Introduction [Électricité et optique, Tome I, pp. v-xvii, Carré et Naud, Paris, 1890; Jbuch 22, 1261] (pp. 413–418); Measurement of time [Rev. Metaphys. et Morale 6 (1898), 1–13; Jbuch 29, 56] (pp. 419–428); The dynamics of the electron [C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 140 (1905), 1504–1508; Jbuch 36, 911; OEuvres, Vol. IX, pp. 489–493] (pp. 429–432); The dynamics of an electron [Rend. Circ. Math. Palermo 21 (1906), 129–176; Jbuch 37, 886; OEuvres, Vol. IX, pp. 494–550] (pp. 433–486); Dynamics of the electron [Rev. Gén. Sci. Pures Appl. 19 (1908), 386–402; Jbuch 39, 911; OEuvres, Vol. IX, pp. 551–586] (pp. 487–515); Quantum theory [C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 153 (1911), 1103–1108; Jbuch 42, 985; OEuvres, Vol. IX, pp. 620–625] (pp. 516–520); Quantum theory [J. Phys. Théoret. Appl. (5) 2 (1912), 5–34; Jbuch 43, 972; OEuvres, Vol. IX, pp. 626–653] (pp. 521–545); The quantum hypothesis [Rev. Sci. (4) 17 (1912), 225–232; Jbuch 43, 983; OEuvres, Vol. IX, pp. 654–668] (pp. 546–558); The present and future of mathematical physics [Bull. Sci. Math. (2) 28 (1904), 302–324; Jbuch 35, 68] (pp. 559–575); Analysis of Henri Poincaré's works on mathematics and the natural sciences of Henri Poincaré: H. Poincaré, Analytical résumé [Acta Math. 38 (1921), 3–135; see Jbuch 48, 1459] (pp. 579–663); Gaston Žjulia [Gaston Julia], Henri Poincaré, his life and work [CEuvres de Henri Poincaré, Vol. XI: Livre du centenaire, pp. 165–173, Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1956; see MR0086008] (pp. 664–673); Jak Hadamard [Jacques Hadamard], Henri Poincaré and mathematics [ibid., Vol. XI, pp. 50–57] (pp. 674–681); Andre Veĭlʹ [André Weil], Poincaré and number theory [ibid., Vol. XI, pp. 206–212] (pp. 682–686); Gans Freĭdentalʹ [Hans Freudenthal], Poincaré and the theory of automorphic functions [ibid., Vol. XI, pp. 212–219] (pp. 687–696]; Loran Švarc [Laurent Schwartz], Henri Poincaré and the differential equations of physics [ibid., Vol. XI, pp. 219–225] (pp. 697–702); Lui de Broĭlʹ [Louis de Broglie], Henri Poincaré and physical theories [ibid., Vol. XI, pp. 62–71] (pp. 703–711); Commentaries. Bibliography: Commentaries (pp. 715–737); Bibliography (pp. 738–763); Index of names (pp. 764–769).
   All the articles have been translated from the French.
MR0361232 (50 #13678) Reviewed
Arnold, V.
Équations différentielles ordinaires. (French)
Champs de vecteurs, groupes à un paramètre, difféomorphismes, flots, systèmes linéaires, stabilités des positions d'équilibre, théorie des oscillations, équations différentielles sur les variétés. Traduit du russe par Djilali Embarek. Éditions Mir, Moscow, 1974. 267 pp.
34-02
Translation of the book reviewed above [MR0361231]. For an English translation see MR0361233 below.
MR0397777 (53 #1635) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Remarks on the method of stationary phase and on the Coxeter numbers. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 28 (1973), no. 5(173), 17–44.
58C25 (14B05)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Es wird I(h,λ)=RneiF(x,λ)/hφ(x,λ)dx für h0 untersucht; φ, FC(Rn×R1,R), φ habe kompakten Träger. Sei zunächst λ=0. Als Singularitätsindex β von F(,0) in 0 wird das Infimum aller Zahlen γ mit folgender Eigenschaft bezeichnet: I(h,0)=O(hn/2γ), h0, für alle φ, deren Träger in einer genügend kleinen Umgebung von 0 liegen; β hängt nur vom Diffeomorphietyp des Keims von F(,0) in 0 ab. In der vorliegenden Arbeit werden nun (komplexe) Normalformen für alle Funktionskeime bis auf eine Ausnahmemenge der Kodimension 11 angegeben; diese Liste enthält gleichzeitig alle Singularitäten mit Milnorzahl μ<14. Es werden die zugehörigen Singularitätsindizes β angegeben. Dabei stellt sich übrigens heraus, daß N=(1/2β)1 ganzzahlig oder ist; für elliptische Singularitäten ist N die zugehörige Coxeterzahl. Aufgrund der Ergebnisse über β werden für 110 die Infima β1 aller Zahlen γ angegeben, die für h0 die folgende, in λ gleichmäßige Abschätzung erlauben: I(h,λ)=O(hn/2γ) für alle φ und fast alle F. Es wird gezeigt, daß gewisse allgemeine Hypothesen die Berechnung von β und β1 erleichtern würden.
   {English translation: Russian Math. Surveys 28 (1973), no. 5, 19–48.}
Reviewed by Helmut Hamm
MR0361233 (50 #13679) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Ordinary differential equations.
Translated from the Russian and edited by Richard A. Silverman. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, Mass.-London, 1973. ix+280 pp.
34AXX (34CXX)
Translation of the book reviewed above [MR0361231]. For a French translation see [MR0361232] above.
MR0324079 (48 #2431) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
A classification of the unimodal critical points of functions. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 7 (1973), no. 3, 75–76.
32K15 (58C25)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Two germs of smooth functions on Cn are said to be equivalent if they belong to the same orbit of the group of germs of diffeomorphisms of Cn around the origin. A list of representatives of classes under this equivalence is given, along with some remarks on the various types obtained. Proofs are not given.
   {This article has appeared in English translation [Functional Anal. Appl. 7 (1973), 230–231 (1974)].}
Reviewed by A. H. Wallace

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0436216 (55 #9164) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Versal families and bifurcations of differential equations. (Russian) Ninth Mathematical Summer School (Kaciveli, 1971) (Russian), pp. 42–49, Izdanie Inst. Mat. Akad. Nauk Ukrain. SSR, Kiev, 1972.
58F10 (34C15 58F99)
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
The author describes some of the ideas motivating the use of the theory of singularities of smooth mappings to study the bifurcation behavior of ordinary differential equations. (A more detailed version of this series of lectures has appeared [Uspehi Mat. Nauk 27 (1972), no. 5 (167), 119–184; MR0413191].) A primitive version of this theory may be considered as some of the underlying ideas of R. Thom's catastrophe theory. Some more recent work has involved bifurcation from multiple eigenvalues [the author, Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 10 (1976), no. 4, 1–12; MR0431285; J. K. Hale, to appear in Proc. Berlin Conference on Nonlinear Oscillations], the study of "chaotic'' dynamical systems [see, in particular, T. Y. Li and J. A. Yorke, Amer. Math. Monthly 82 (1975), no. 10, 985–992; MR0385028; and articles by J. Guckenheimer, O. Rössler, H. Haken, R. F. Williams et al. on "strange attractors''] and various applications [J. E. Marsden and M. McCracken, The Hopf bifurcation and its applications, Springer, New York, 1976; S. N. Chow, Hale and J. Mallet-Paret, Arch. Rational Mech. Anal. 59 (1975), no. 2, 159–188; MR0390852; ibid. 62 (1976), no. 3, 209–235; MR0415673]. However, in these works, the use of singularity theory is rather more implicit than explicit.
   {For the entire collection see MR0360101.}

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0360101.} Reviewed by J. S. Joel
MR0413191 (54 #1310) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Lectures on bifurcations and versal families. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 27 (1972), no. 5(167), 119–184.
58F99
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
These expository lectures begin with a general discussion of the notions of bifurcation, transversality, and versal deformations, illustrated by examples in the theory of matrices. Some of these examples are then applied to a study of "decrement diagrams'', which describe how the asymptotic stability of the linear equation x˙=Ax behaves as A is varied. Next are treated the topologically versal deformations of vector fields which are degenerate of codimension less than three, concluding with an example known currently as the "Hopf bifurcation'' but attributed by the author to Poincaré and Andronov. The following section, in which the versal families are constructed, contains a discussion of formal normal forms and the divergence "in general'' of the transformations that lead to these forms. The author concludes with a discussion of the decidability (by algebraic or transcendental computations in jet spaces) of various questions of stability and equivalence.
   {For the entire collection see MR0385876.}
Reviewed by Alan Weinstein

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 5

MR0384460 (52 #5337) Reviewed
Puankare, Anri; Puankare, Anri
Избранные труды в трех томах. (Russian) [Selected works in three volumes]
Том II: \cyr Novye metody nebesnoĭ mekhaniki. Topologiya. Teoriya chisel. [Volume II: New methods in celestial mechanics. Topology. Number theory] Edited by N. N. Bogoljubov, V. I. Arnolʹd and I. B. Pogrebysskiĭ. Translated from the French by V. K. Abalakin, A. A. Brjandinskaja, A. N. Bogoljubov, A. V. Černavskiĭ and Ju. N. Sudarev. With commentaries by G. A. Merman, I. B. Pogrebysskiĭ, A. V. Černavskiĭ, V. A. Zorič, V. I. Arnolʹd and Ju. I. Manin. With a biographical sketch by P. S. Aleksandrov. Классики Науки. [Classics of Science] Izdat. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1972. 999 pp. (1 plate).
01A75
Table of Contents: New methods in celestial mechanics, Vol. III: Integral invariants, periodic solutions of the second kind, doubly asymptotic solutions [Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1899; Jbuch 30, 834; English translation, Nat. Aeronaut. Space Admin., Washington, D.C., 1967; MR0237856] (pp. 9–356); The three body problem and the equations of dynamics, II [Acta Math. 13 (1890), 1–270; Jbuch 22, 907; reprinted in OEuvres de Henri Poincaré, Tome VII, pp. 262–479; Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1952; see MR0046985] (pp. 357–444); The three body problem [Rev. Gén. Sci. Pures Appl. 2 (1891), 1–5; OEuvres, Tome VIII, pp. 529–537, 1952; see MR0057814] (pp. 445–452); Topology: The topological works of Poincaré (pp. 455–456); Analysis situs [J. Ècole Polytech. (2) 1 (1895), 1–121; Jbuch 26, 541; OEuvres, Tome VI, pp. 193–288, 1953; see MR0062682] (pp. 457–548); Supplement to "Analysis situs'' [Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo 13 (1899), 285–343; Jbuch 30, 435; OEuvres, Tome VI, pp. 290–337, 1953; see MR0062682] (pp. 549–593); Second supplement to "Analysis situs'' [Proc. London Math. Soc. 32 (1900), 277–308; Jbuch 31, 477; OEuvres, Tome VI, pp. 338–370, 1953; see MR0062682] (pp. 594–622); On certain algebraic surfaces (third supplement to "Analysis situs'') [Bull. Soc. Math. France 30 (1902), 49–70; Jbuch 33, 499; OEuvres, Tome VI, pp. 373–392] (pp. 623–640); On cycles of algebraic surfaces (fourth supplement to "Analysis situs'') [J. Math. Pures Appl. (5) 8 (1902), 169–214; Jbuch 33, 500; OEuvres, Tome VI, pp. 397–434, 1953; see MR0062682] (pp. 641–675); Fifth supplement to "Analysis situs'' [Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo 18 (1904), 45–110; Jbuch 35, 504; OEuvres, Tome VI, pp. 435–498, 1953; see MR0062682] (pp. 676–734); Geodesic curves on convex surfaces [Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1905), 237–274; Jbuch 36, 669; OEuvres, Tome VI, pp. 38–84, 1953; see MR0062682] (pp. 735–774); A certain theorem of geometry [Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo 33 (1912), 375–507; OEuvres, Tome VI, pp. 499–538, 1953; see MR0062682] (pp. 775–807); P. S. Aleksandrov, Poincaré and topology; MR0384458 above] (pp. 808–816); Number theory: Ternary and quaternary cubic forms, I [J. École Polytech. 50 (1881), 199–253; Jbuch 15, 97; OEuvres, Tome V, pp. 28–72, 1950; see MR0044457] (pp. 819–860); Ternary and quaternary cubic forms, II [J. École Polytech. 51 (1882), 45–91; Jbuch 15, 97; OEuvres, Tome V, pp. 293–334, 1950; see MR0044457] (pp. 861–900); The arithmetic properties of algebraic curves [J. Math. Pures Appl. (5) 7 (1901), 161–233; Jbuch 32, 564; OEuvres, Tome V, pp. 483–548, 1950; see MR0044457] (pp. 901–960); Commentaries (pp. 963–995).
   {For Vol. I see MR0384459 above.}
MR0356124 (50 #8595) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Normal forms of functions near degenerate critical points, the Weyl groups Ak,Dk,Ek and Lagrangian singularities. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 6 (1972), no. 4, 3–25.
58C25
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
For germs of C functions, the author gives a complete classification of the degenerate critical points of codimension at most 5. He establishes normal forms for such singularities. The classification is carried out by means of the new concept of "simple orbit'', which also permits him to distinguish special degeneracies of arbitrary codimension. He points out a connection between these special singularities and simple Lie algebras. {Some of these results have been extended by D. Siersma [Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. Proc. Ser. A 76 (1973), 31–37; Classification and deformation of singularities, Univ. Amsterdam, Amsterdam, 1974; MR0350775] and by the author [Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. (1973), no. 3, 75–76; MR0324079; Uspehi Mat. Nauk 28 (1973), no. 5 (173), 17–44].}
Reviewed by G. R. Belitskiĭ
MR0356123 (50 #8594) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Integrals of rapidly oscillating functions, and singularities of the projections of Lagrangian manifolds. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 6 (1972), no. 3, 61–62.
58C25
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
In connection with the study of the asymptotic behavior of integrals of oscillating functions the author introduces the notion of the exponent of singularity of a germ of a C function at a critical point. This is a characteristic of the differentiability class of the germ. He computes the exponents of singularity for the simplest singularities.
   {English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 6 (1972), 222–224 (1973).}
Reviewed by G. R. Belitskiĭ
MR0297274 (45 #6331) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Modes and quasimodes. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 6 (1972), no. 2, 12–20.
57E15
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
From the author's introduction: "The aim of this note is to call attention on the fact that the quasiclassical representations about the form of high-frequency proper oscillations of bounded domains contradict general symmetry considerations. These considerations are based on the study of the stratification of the variety of ellipsoids corresponding to different symmetry groups. They are applicable to oscillating systems with a finite or infinite number of degrees of freedom and, generally, to all the problems where quadratic forms depending on parameters are encountered.''
Reviewed by I. Vaisman
MR0384459 (52 #5336) Reviewed
Puankare, Anri; Puankare, Anri
Избранные труды в трех томах. (Russian) [Selected works in three volumes]
Том I: \cyr Novye metody nebesnoĭ mekhaniki. [Volume I: New methods in celestial mechanics] With commentaries by V. I. Arnolʹd and V. M. Alekseev. Edited by N. N. Bogoljubov, V. I. Arnolʹd and I. B. Pogrebysskiĭ. Translated from the French by A. A. Brjandinskaja, I. V. Ioslovič and Ju. A. Danilov. Классики Науки. [Classics of Science] Izdat. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1971. 771 pp. (1 plate).
01A75
MR0361231 (50 #13677) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Обыкновенные дифференциальные уравнения. (Russian) [Ordinary differential equations] Izdat. "Nauka'', Moscow, 1971. 239 pp.
34-02
This is an elementary textbook, based closely on the lecture notes reviewed above [MR0361228; MR0361229; MR0361230]. However, as one would expect from the author, it is a most unusual book and, though most of the standard topics are covered, a great deal of routine and computational material is omitted and there is heavy emphasis on geometric qualitative ideas, on the one hand, and on applications to mechanics (both for their own sake and for a motivating source of ideas), on the other. Although the formal prerequisites are slight, some parts of the book (such as the last chapter) do require considerable mathematical maturity.
   Chapter headings: Basic concepts (including vector fields and the tangent space) (pp. 7–46); Basic theorems (including existence, continuous dependence, phase curves of autonomous systems, etc.) (pp. 47–85); Linear systems (including the topological classification of singular points and stability theory) (pp. 86–184); Proofs of the basic theorems (pp. 185–203); Differential equations on manifolds (pp. 204–233).
   This book is to be most highly recommended. The translations reviewed below [MR0361232, MR0361233] should help it reach the wide audience it deserves.
Reviewed by J. Burlak

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 3

MR0356089 (50 #8560) Reviewed
Milnor, Dzh.; Milnor, Dž.
Особые точки комплексных гиперповерхностей. (Russian) [Singular points of complex hypersurfaces]
Translated from the English by V. M. Buhštaber. With a preface by V. I. Arnolʹd. Izdat. "Mir'', Moscow, 1971. 127pp.
57D45 (14B05 32C40)
The original has been reviewed [Ann. of Math. Studies, No. 61, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1968; MR0239612].

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0321656 (48 #23) Reviewed
Transactions of the Moscow Mathematical Society for the year 1970 (Vol. 21).
Cover to cover translation prepared jointly by the American Mathematical Society and the London Mathematical Society. American Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, 1971. iii+316 pp.
00A10
Cover-to-cover translation of Volume 21 (1970) of Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obšč.
   Table of Contents: L. A. Aĭzenberg, Integral representations of holomorphic functions of several complex variables [MR0277748] (pp. 1–29); V. I. Arnolʹd, On some topological invariants of algebraic functions [MR0274462] (pp. 30–52); Ju. M. Berezanskiĭ, The generalized power moment problem [MR0270184] (pp. 53–113); Ju. S. Kolesov, Periodic solutions of quasilinear parabolic equations of second order [MR0271518] (pp. 114–146); D. E. Menʹšov, Limit functions in the restricted sense of trigonometric and orthogonal series [MR0267338] (pp. 147–223); B. M. Rudyk, Extensions of modules [MR0271144] (pp. 225–262); G. I. Èskin, The conjugacy problem for equations of principle type with two independent variables [MR0268532] (pp. 263–316).
MR0301242 (46 #400) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On matrices depending on parameters. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 26 (1971), no. 2(158), 101–114.
32G13 (14B05)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
As is well known, the Jordan normal form of a matrix does not depend in a continuous manner on the matrix elements. Thus, automatic computations of the Jordan form or reduction to Jordan form of matrices of rounded-off numbers are unreliable techniques. The author studies the problem of finding canonical forms that are stable under small perturbations of the original entries. He solves the problem for the case when the matrix entries depend holomorphically on parameters. Given an n×n matrix A0, there exists a minimal integer r and a versal family of n×n matrices A(Z1,,Zr) such that all small holomorphic variations of A0 reduce (by a holomorphically varying change of basis) to a subfamily of A(Z1,,Zr). (The reduction need not be unique.) Explicit coordinatization of versal families is achieved by noting that a family is versal if and only if it is transverse to the orbit of A0 (under conjugation by Gl(n,C)). A versal family of minimal dimension is A0+B, where B ranges over all matrices satisfying [B¯¯¯¯t,A]=0. If A0 is in Jordan form, the set of such B's is calculable and has dimension λj(2j1)nλj, where λ ranges over the eigenvalues of A and nλ1nλ2 are the sizes of the "Jordan blocks'' corresponding to λ. The author gives interesting applications to algebraic geometry, relating his versal deformations to versal deformations of singular varieties. The set of n×n matrices maps to Cn by assigning to each matrix the coefficients of its characteristic polynomial. If this map is restricted to a versal family, the fibre dimension becomes
(λj(2j1)nλj)n=λ(2nλ2+4nλ3+).
Therefore the fibres are surfaces if and only if every eigenvalue has one Jordan block except for one eigenvalue, which has two Jordan blocks, the second being a 1×1 block. These fibrations are precisely the versal deformations of the rational double points of type Ak studied by Artin, Brieskorn and Tjurina.
   {This article has appeared in English translation [Russian Math. Surveys 26 (1971), no. 2, 29–43].}
Reviewed by D. Lieberman

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

This is a brief account, with a bibliography of eleven items, of the work of a promising and versatile algebraic geometer, cut off by accidental drowning at the age of 32.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 2

This article is the first in an issue of Uspehi Matematičeskih Nauk in which all the articles are dedicated to the seventieth birthday of I. G. Petrovskiĭ (several articles in the following issue are also so dedicated). The first part of the article is devoted to his mathematical work, under the following headings: Systems of partial differential equations, Qualitative theory of hyperbolic equations, Topology of real algebraic varieties, Probability theory, Other questions. The second part of the article is concerned with his teaching activities and with his work and influence as Rector of Moscow State University.
   {This article has appeared in English translation [Russian Math. Surveys 26 (1971), no. 2, 1–28].}
MR0286790 (44 #3999) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
The situation of ovals of real plane algebraic curves, the involutions of four-dimensional smooth manifolds, and the arithmetic of integral quadratic forms. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 5 (1971), no. 3, 1–9.
14.01 (10.00)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
By Harnack's theorem a real algebraic curve of genus g in the real projective plane can consist of at most g+1 ovals. Let an M-curve be one for which this maximum is attained. Suppose that the curve is of even degree n=2k. Then each of its ovals has an interior (a disc) and an exterior (a Möbius strip). An oval is said to be positive if it lies inside an even number of others and negative if it lies inside an odd number of others. If p and m are the numbers of positive and negative ovals of an M-curve of degree Zk, then the main result of this paper is that pm=k2 mod4.
   To prove this let F(x0,x1,x2)=0 be the equation of the curve and let Y be the manifold z2=F(x0,x1,x2) contained in a line bundle over the complex plane. Y is a branched covering of the plane with an involution corresponding to changing the sign of z. Let A be the fixed point set of this involution. Also, let Π be the set of real points of Y. It is shown that Π and Y represent homologous cycles modulo 2. Also, the self-intersection number of (and so of Y mod2) is 2(mp). To complete the proof, information is needed on the self-intersection number of Y, in terms of k. This is obtained by an examination of the way in which the involution zz (operating on Y) behaves in relation to the bilinear form on H2(Y), modulo torsion, defined by the intersection number.
   {This article has appeared in English translation [Functional Anal. Appl. 5 (1971), 169–176].}
Reviewed by A. H. Wallace

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 13

MR0320429 (47 #8968) Reviewed
Труды V \cyr mezhdunarodnoĭ konferentsii po nelineĭnym kolebaniyam (Kiev, 1969 g.). Tom 1: Analiticheskie metody teorii nelineĭnykh kolebaniĭ. (Russian) [Proceedings of the Fifth International Conference on Nonlinear Oscillations (Kiev, 1969). Vol. 1: Analytic methods in the theory of nonlinear oscillations]
Edited by Ju. A. Mitropolʹskiĭ and A. M. Samoĭlenko. Izdanie Inst. Mat. Akad. Nauk Ukrain. SSR, Kiev, 1970. 647 pp.
34CXX (70.34)
Display contents as search results
Table of Contents: Preface (Russian and English) (pp. 5–13); Ju. A. Mitropolʹskiĭ [Ju. O. Mitropolʹsʹkiĭ], Welcoming address (Russian) (pp. 15–16); N. N. Bogoljubov, Welcoming address (Russian) (pp. 17–18); O. V. Gusēv, Welcoming address (Ukrainian) (pp. 19–20); Ju. A. Mitropolʹskiĭ [Ju. O. Mitropolʹsʹskiĭ], The averaging method in nonlinear mechanics (Russian) (pp. 21–39); H. A. Antosiewicz, A fixed point theorem and the existence of periodic solutions (English and Russian) (pp. 40–44); D. D. Baĭnov, Asymptotic formulas for a certain boundary value problem (Russian) (pp. 45–54); Ja. S. Baris and V. I. Fodčuk, Integral manifolds for an irregularly perturbed differential system in a Banach space (Russian) (pp. 55–59); J. A. Baticle, Study of slightly nonlinear structures (pp. 60–65); I. M. Blinov, The method of superfast convergence and its application to the problem of the reducibility of systems with almost periodic coefficients (Russian) (pp. 66–71); N. A. Bobylev and È. M. Muhamadiev, Direction functions and oscillations in systems with strong nonlinearities (Russian) (pp. 72–77); B. M. Bogatyrev and O. B. Lykova [O. B. Likova], On the reducibility of a certain differential equation in a Banach space (Russian) (pp. 78–82); Ju. G. Borisovič, On the theory of periodic and bounded solutions of differential-difference equations (Russian) (pp. 83–89); G. Bojadžiev, Periodic solutions of a certain quasi-linear system of differential equations in the critical case (Russian) (pp. 90–96); M. Bojadschiewa [M. Bojadžieva] Nichtlineare Schwingungen eines mechanischen Systems mit sich langsam änderten {sic} Parametern und großer Widerstandskraft (pp. 97–105); V. A. Brusin, Certain global properties of nonlinear nonautonomous dynamical systems that are uniform with respect to nonlinearity classes and external excitations (Russian) (pp. 106–111); A. D. Brjuno, The normal form of nonlinear oscillations (Russian) (pp. 112–119); V. Š. Burd, P. P. Zabreĭko, Ju. S. Kolesov and M. A. Krasnoselʹskiĭ, Small combination oscillations and the averaging principle (Russian) (pp. 120–125); K. G. Valēēv, Application of the Laplace transform to the investigation of linear systems (Russian) (pp. 126–132) A. van der Burgh, On second order asymptotic approximations for solutions of nonlinear differential equations (pp. 133–141); A. B. Vasilʹeva and A. A. Plotnikov, Equations of neutral type with small lag in critical cases (Russian) (pp. 142–148); A. B. Vasilʹeva, V. A. Tupčiev and A. N. Jarkin, Periodic solutions that are close to discontinuous solutions for systems of differential equations with a small parameter multiplying the derivatives (Russian) (pp. 149–157); F. Verhulst, Some nonlinear problems in celestial mechanics (pp. 158–166); V. M. Volosov, G. N. Medvedev and B. I. Morgunov, The averaging method in certain systems with deviating argument that contain slow and fast variables (Russian) (pp. 167–171); V. M. Volosov and B. I. Morgunov, A study of resonance phenomena in nonlinear systems with fast and slow motions (Russian) (pp. 172–178); N. N. Včerašnjuk and P. P. Včerašnjuk, A certain method of approximate solution of a second order nonlinear differential equation (Russian) (pp. 179–183); A. V. Gaponov, L. A. Ostrovskiĭ and M. I. Rabinovič, Asymptotic methods in the nonlinear theory of oscillations of distributed systems (Russian) (pp. 184–192); I. I. Gihman, The statistical theory of nonlinear systems with discontinuous trajectories (Russian) (pp. 193–205); L. S. Gnoenskiĭ, The maximal possible deviation under forced oscillations of nonlinear controlled systems and systems with lag (Russian) (pp. 206–211); N. V. Gordienko, A. N. Litvinov [O. M. Litvinov] and V. D. Taran, A certain method of prescribing perturbing forces (Russian) (pp. 212–215); D. Graffi, Sur une méthode approchée pour la résolution d'équations non-linéaires ayant des termes héréditaires (pp. 216–228); E. A. Grebenikov, Existence of conditionally periodic solutions with almost period 2πl for a certain multifrequency system that has a strong frequency resonance (Russian) (pp. 229–233); R. Gutovskiĭ [R. Gutowski] and B. Radziševskiĭ [B. Radziszewski], The asymptotic behavior of the solutions of a certain system of second order differential equations (Russian) (pp. 234–243); R. Gutovskiĭ [R. Gutowski] and B. Radziševskiĭ [B. Radziszewski], The behavior of the solutions of a certain system of differential equations as t (Russian) (pp. 244–249); H. H. Denman, Orthogonal polynomial approximations in nonlinear oscillations (pp. 250–256); S. P. Diliberto, Application of periodic surfaces to dynamical systems (pp. 257–264); A. N. Erugin, Problems of asymptotic properties (Russian) (pp. 265–270); S. T. Zavališčin, Discontinuous oscillations of systems without a phase portrait (Russian) (pp. 271–274); A. M. Zverkin, Integral manifolds for systems with lag (Russian) (pp. 275–281); M. Imanaliev and K. Kakišov, Asymptotic methods in the theory of periodic solutions of singularly perturbed hereditary systems in the critical case (Russian) (pp. 282–287); Al. Kelley, Changes of variables for analytic Hamiltonian systems with periodic coefficients (pp. 288–292); I. T. Kiguradze, The oscillatoriness of the solutions of nonlinear ordinary differential equations (Russian) (pp. 293–298); Ju. S. Kolesov, A new method for proving the existence of stable periodic solutions (Russian) (pp. 299–303); V. G. Kolomīēcʹ, The averaging principle for stochastic systems with after-effect (Russian) (pp. 304–310); C. Corduneanu, Periodic and almost periodic solutions of some convolution equations (pp. 311–321); M. A. Krasnoselʹskiĭ, Functional-analytic methods in the theory of nonlinear oscillations (Russian) (pp. 322–331); M. G. Kreĭn and Ju. L. Dalecʹkiĭ, Certain results and problems in the theory of stability of solutions of differential equations in a Banach space (Russian) (pp. 332–347); N. S. Kurpelʹ, Two-sided approximations to periodic solutions of differential equations (Russian) (pp. 348–352); G. S. Larionov and A. N. Filatov, Averaging methods in nonlinear differential and integro-differential equations (Russian) (pp. 353–361); M. Z. Litvin-Sedoĭ, Certain estimates of the motion of nonlinear systems (Russian) (pp. 362–367); S. A. Lomov, A certain general method of asymptotic solution of differential equations (Russian) (pp. 368–374); O. B. Lykova [O. B. Likova], Integral manifolds of nonlinear differential equations in a Banach space (Russian) (pp. 375–379); J. Mawhin, Periodic solutions of strongly nonlinear differential systems (pp. 380–400); S. Maezawa, Superharmonic resonance in piecewise linear system with unsymmetrical characteristics (pp. 401–422); D. I. Martynjuk [D. Ī. Martinjuk] and A. M. Samoĭlenko, A certain method of investigating periodic solutions of nonlinear systems (Russian) (pp. 423–428); N. Minorsky, Stroboscopic method (pp. 429–445); J. A. Morrison, Applications of some averaging schemes to certain nonlinear resonance problems (pp. 446–456); L. W. Neustadt, Existence and continuous dependence theorems for certain operator equations (pp. 457–462); S. B. Norkin, The peculiarities of the motions of a certain oscillatory system with self-regulating lag (Russian) (pp. 463–469); I. I. Pleškan and K. S. Sibirskiĭ, Questions of the isochrony of systems of two differential equations (Russian) (pp. 470–474); V. I. Rožkov, Asymptotic properties of the periodic solutions of systems of equations of neutral type with small lag (Russian) (pp. 475–481); E. Ja. Roĭtenberg, A certain method of determining the phase state of nonlinear systems (Russian) (pp. 482–488); Ju. A. Rjabov and I. L. Tolmačev, Construction of conditionally periodic solutions in problems of the theory of nonlinear oscillations by means of a computer (Russian) (pp. 489–494); A. M. Samoĭlenko, On the perturbation theory of invariant manifolds of dynamical systems (Russian) (pp. 495–499); P. M. Senik, Stationary oscillations in essentially nonlinear systems (Russian) (pp. 500–504); P. R. Sethna, Systems with fast and slow time (pp. 505–521); È. I. Smoljar, Certain estimates of the nature of the solutions of a system of linear differential equations with periodic coefficients (Russian) (pp. 522–529); P. E. Sobolevskiĭ and V. A. Pogorelenko, Periodic solutions of hyperbolic equations (Russian) (pp. 530–534); V. V. Strygin, Theorems on relatedness for the periodic problem of an autonomous system of first order ordinary differential equations (Russian) (pp. 535–539); N. A. Tihonov, A certain inverse problem for a nonlinear equation (Russian) (pp. 540–543); B. P. Tkač, The construction of periodic solutions of systems of partial differential equations with deviating argument of retarded type (Russian) (pp. 544–550); È. F. Faĭzibaev and O. B. Bekmurzaev, Nonlinear oscillations in a system with two degrees of freedom (Russian) (pp. 551–557); V. Ī. Fodčuk, Integral manifolds for systems with lag (Russian) (pp. 558–564); V. M. Fridman, Methods of functional analysis in the problem of nonlinear nonautonomous and autonomous periodic oscillations (Russian) (pp. 565–571); A. Halanay, Some new results and problems concerning periodic and almost-periodic solutions for systems with time lag (pp. 572–593); J. Szadkowski, Sur un problème de synthèse pour les équations différentielles non linéaires (pp. 594–597); A. N. Šarkovskiĭ [O. M. Šarkovsʹkiĭ], Smooth solutions of functional and differential-difference equations (Russian) (pp. 598–602); M. Schafer and D. Behr, Funktionalanalytische Iterationsverfahren zur Berechnung nichtlinearer Schwingungen von mehreren Freiheitsgraden und die Verbesserung der Fehlerabschätzung (pp. 603–616); S. N. Šimanov, On the theory of the periodic oscillations of quasilinear nonautonomous periodic systems with periodic lags (Russian) (pp. 617–622); N. I. Škilʹ [Škīlʹ, M. Ī.], The periodic solutions of systems of differential equations with a small parameter multiplying the derivatives (623–629); V. I. Arnolʹd, Trivial problems (Russian and English) (pp. 630–631); T. A. Burton, Oscillations in nonlinear second order systems (English and Russian) (pp. 632–633); O. Götz, A comparison of the asymptotic behavior of the solution of equilibrium in systems of real and complex differential equations (English and Russian) (p. 634); V. K. Melʹnikov, On existence of conditionally periodic solutions of Hamiltonian systems (Russian and English) (pp. 635–636).
   {The articles that are in final form and are of mathematical interest will be reviewed individually. The reviews will be indexed both under the names of the authors and under the following title: Proceedings of the International Conference on Nonlinear Oscillations, Fifth (Kiev, 1969), Vol. 1.}
Reviewed by Table of contents
MR0276244 (43 #1991) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Topological invariants of algebraic functions. II. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 4 (1970), no. 2, 1–9.
14.35
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Dans la première partie [Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obšč. 21 (1970), 27–46; MR0274462] l'auteur a utilisé la liaison entre les fonctions algébriques et les groupes de rubans pour calculer les groupes de cohomologie des groupes de rubans. Dans cet article il utilise les groupes de cohomologie du groupe de rubans pour montrer la non-représentation des fonctions algébriques de plusieurs variables comme des superpositions de fonctions algébriques dans un nombre plus petit de variables. Plus précisément, il montre le théorème suivant: La fonction algébrique dans les n1 variables a1,,an1 définie par zn+a1z++an1=0 n'est pas représentable comme une superposition de fonctions algébriques dans un nombre plus petit que n1 de variables si n=2r, r2. Le motif de cette non-représentation est d'ordre topologique: la représentation d'une fonction algébrique comme une superposition est empêchée par les classes non triviales de cohomologie du complément de le variété de ramification de la fonction, qui sont induites par les classes de cohomologie du groupe de rubans.
   {This article has appeared in English translation [Functional Anal. Appl. 4 (1970), 91–98.]}
Reviewed by D.-M. Popescu

Citations

From References: 5

From Reviews: 0

MR0276227 (43 #1974) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
The cohomology classes of algebraic functions that are preserved under Tschirnhausen transformations. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 4 (1970), no. 1, 84–85.
14.01
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
L'article est la suite d'un travail antérieur de l'auteur [Uspehi Mat. Nauk 23 (1968), no. 4 (142), 247–248; MR0231828]. On sait qu'il y a une analogie entre les fonctions alébriques et les fibrés vectoriaux, où le rôle de la variété Grassmannienne est joué par l'espace K(π,1) du groupe des rubans. Entre les classes de cohomologies complémentaires à la variété de ramification des fonctions algébriques, on remarque les classes induites par les classes de cohomologie du groupe des rubans. Quelques-unes de ces classes sont invariantes des transformations de Tschirnhausen. On donne des applications.
   {This article has appeared in English translation [Functional Anal. Appl. 4 (1970), 74–75].}
Reviewed by D.-M. Popescu
MR0274875 (43 #633) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Local problems of analysis. (Russian)
Vestnik Moskov. Univ. Ser. I Mat. Meh. 25 (1970), no. 2, 52–56.
34.51
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This paper describes a number of local analytic problems which are classified into "trivial'' and "non-trivial'' ones. As examples of such analytic problems we quote the following three: (1) Consider a real analytic function of n variables in the neighborhood of the origin and decide whether it has a minimum at the origin. (2) Consider a real analytic system of differential equations in the neighborhood of an equilibrium. Decide (a) whether the equilibrium is stable in the sense of Ljapunov, (b) whether it is asymptotically stable or (c) whether it possesses a real analytic Ljapunov function. (3) Again consider an analytic system of differential equations in the neighborhood of an equilibrium and classify the topological character of the flow near the equilibrium.
   The solution of the above problems can be expressed in terms of the Taylor coefficients of the given analytic functions. A problem is termed "trivial'' roughly if for any truncation of the Taylor expansion the problem can be decided in terms of a finite number of algebraic equations and inequalities, provided one neglects a set of systems of infinite codimensions. For example, an application of the theorem of Tarski and Seidenberg implies that problem (1) is "trivial''. On the other hand it is shown that problem (3) for complex analytic systems of differential equations is "non-trivial'' for n2. The problem (2a) turns out to be "trivial'' for real analytic vector fields in the plane, but, as is added in proof, this problem is "non-trivial'' in three dimensions.
   The paper concludes with a discussion of singularities of higher codimension, much in the spirit of the lectures of R. Thom and H. Levine [see Thom, Singularities of differentiable mappings, I (notes by H. I. Levine), Univ. Bonn., Bonn, 1959], however, applied to analytic problems. These remarks are closely related to the author's recent work [Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 3 (1969), no. 1, 1–6; MR0259944].
Reviewed by J. Moser
MR0274462 (43 #225) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Certain topological invariants of algebrac functions. (Russian)
Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obšč. 21 (1970), 27–46.
14.55
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
L'article présent est le développement d'un travail précédent de l'auteur [Uspehi Mat. Nauk 23 (1968), no. 4 (142), 247–248; MR0231828]. On donne les démonstrations complètes des résultats énoncés dans le premier travail, ainsi que de nouveaux résultats.
Reviewed by D.-M. Popescu
MR0273108 (42 #7989) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Algebraic unsolvability of the problem of Ljapunov stability and the problem of the topological classification of the singular points of an analytic system of differential equations. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 4 (1970), no. 3, 1–9.
34.41
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Die Arbeit enthält die Beweise zu den früher mitgeteilten Resultaten des Autors [Uspehi Mat. Nauk 25 (1970), no. 2 (152), 265–266; MR0261080]. Es wird gezeigt, daß die Ermittlung des Stabilitätsverhaltens und die topologische Klassifikation der singulären Punkte eines n-dimensionalen analytischen Differentialgleichungssystems dx/dt=f(x) nicht in allen Fällen durch endlich viele arithmetische Operationen an endlich vielen Koeffizienten der zugehörigen Taylorreihen erfolgen kann.
Reviewed by K. R. Schneider

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 1

MR0261080 (41 #5699) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Algebraic unsolvability of the problem of stability and the problem of the topological classification of the singular points of analytic systems of differential equations. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 25 (1970), no. 2(152), 265–266.
34.41
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Verfasser beweist, daß bei Systemen autonomer gewöhnlicher Differentialgleichungen nicht in jedem Fall algebraische Kriterien zur Ermittlung des Stabilitätsverhaltens und der toplogischen Struktur der singulären Punkte existeren. Diese Eigenschaft wird an einem System dritter Ordnung demonstriert, dessen rechte Seite aus Polynomen vom Grade 5 besteht.
Reviewed by K. R. Schneider
MR0361230 (50 #13676) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
\cyr Lektsii po obyknovennym differentsialʹnym uravneniyam. Chastʹ 3. (Russian) [Lectures on ordinary differential equations. Part 3] Moskov. Gosudarstv. Univ., Meh.-Mat. Fakulʹtet, Moscow, 1969. 41 pp.
34-02
Completion of the course of lectures reviewed above [MR0361228, MR0361229]. Part 3 covers Chapters 4 and 5 of the final version [MR0361231 below].

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 3

MR0361229 (50 #13675) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
\cyr Lektsii po teorii obyknovennykh differentsialʹnykh uravneniĭ. Chastʹ 2. (Russian) [Lectures on the theory of ordinary differential equations. Part 2] Moskov. Gosudarstv. Univ., Moscow, 1969. 75 pp.
34-02
This is a continuation of the book reviewed above [MR0361228] and covers the last 11 sections of Chapter 3 of the final version [MR0361231 below].

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 3

MR0361228 (50 #13674) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
\cyr Lektsii po teorii obyknovennykh differentsialʹnykh uravneniĭ. Chastʹ 1. (Russian) [Lectures on the theory of ordinary differential equations. Part 1] Moskov. Gosudarstv. Univ., Moscow, 1969. 113 pp.
34-02
This and the two books reviewed below [MR0361229, MR0361230] form the lecture notes that are the basis for the book reviewed below [MR0361231]. Part 1 covers chapters 1 and 2 and the first six sections of Chapter 3 of the final version, which follows the original notes closely.
MR0277163 (43 #2900) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
The Hamiltonian nature of the Euler equations in the dynamics of a rigid body and of an ideal fluid. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 24 (1969), no. 3(147), 225–226.
76.35 (22.00)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Using some concepts from Lie group theory the author derives two new conservation laws in the dynamics of an ideal fluid [cf. also V. I. Arnolʹd, Ann. Inst. Fourier (Grenoble) 16 (1966), fasc. 1, 319–361; MR0202082; Uspehi Mat. Nauk 18 (1963), no. 6 (114), 91–192; MR0170705; A. A. Kirillov, Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 2 (1968), no. 2, 40–55; MR0236318].
Reviewed by E. Leimanis
MR0263101 (41 #7706) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
The one-dimensional cohomologies of the Lie algebra of divergence-free vector fields, and the winding numbers of dynamical systems. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 3 (1969), no. 4, 77–78.
57.34
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Soit M une variété connexe et compacte de dimension n et soit ω une forme fermée sur M, de degré n ou 2. Soit A l'algèbre de Lie des champs de vecteurs X sur M, tels que les dérivées de Lie Lxω=0.
   Pour degω=n, en supposant que ω définit un élément de volume sur M, on montre que Xixω induit un isomorphisme A/[A,A]Hn1(M;R), tandis que dans le cas degω=2, en supposant ω nondégénérée, la même application induit un isomorphisme A/[A,A]H1(M;R).
   On a donc, dans les deux cas, H1(A;R)H1(M;R).
   {This article has appeared in English translation [Functional Anal. Appl. 3 (1969), 319–321].}
Reviewed by K. Teleman
MR0259944 (41 #4573) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Remarks on singularities of finite codimension in complex dynamical systems. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 3 (1969), no. 1, 1–6.
57.36 (32.00)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This is a study (with an eye to possible generalisations) of the simplest generic singularities of 1-parameter families of complex analytic dynamical systems. The bifurcation of the system is studied at a transversal crossing of a simple resonance. It is shown that in general such a crossing modifies an invariant manifold of codimension 1 in a well-defined way.
   There are two cases according as the convex hull of the eigenvalues of the linear part of the system does not (the Poincaré case) or does (the Siegel case) contain 0. What happens can be described in terms of a map of the system onto a 1-dimensional dynamical system, such a map being termed a 1-dimensional cocycle. With each resonance there is associated (but only in formal power series terms in the Siegel case) a 1-dimensional cocycle, whose singularities correspond to the invariant manifolds of the original system. An alternative description is in terms of real foliations of odd-dimensional spheres.
   {This article has appeared in English translation [Functional Anal. Appl. 3 (1969), 1–5].}
Reviewed by I. R. Porteous
MR0242196 (39 #3529) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
The cohomology ring of the group of dyed braids. (Russian)
Mat. Zametki 5 (1969), 227–231.
57.60
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Soit Mn={(z1,,zn)Cn|klzkzl}; c'est un espace K(π,1). En utilisant la fibration p:MnMn1, p(z1,,zn)=(z1,,zn1), on montre que l'anneau de cohomologie H(Mn;Z) est engendré par les classes de cohomologie des formes ωk,l=(1/2πi)(d(zkzl)/(zkzl)) (k<l) et que toute relation entre ces classes est une conséquence des relations ωk,lωl,m+ωl,mωm,k+ωm,kωk,l=0, une base additive de H(Mn,Z) étant donnée par les classes des formes ωk1,l1ωk2,l2ωkp,lp (ks<ls,l1<l2<<lp).
Reviewed by K. Teleman
MR0244266 (39 #5583) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
A remark on the branching of hyperelliptic integrals as functions of the parameters. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 2 (1968), no. 3, 1–3.
14.55
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Let A denote the representation of the fundamental group π1(B) into the group of automorphisms A(γ):Hk(F,Z)Hk(F,Z), γπ1(B). Applying the Picard-Lefschetz theorem, the author proves the remark, contained in an earlier communication [Uspehi Math. Nauk 23 (1968), no. 4 (142), 247–248; MR0231828], that when the base is the space of all regular hyperelliptic curves of degree n, the image of these representations AB(n) coincides with the complete symplectic group in the cases n=3,4 and 6, and only in these cases.
   The case n=6 has been studied in detail by C. Jordan [Traité des substitutions et des équations algébriques, Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1870].
   {This article has appeared in English translation [Functional Anal. Appl. 2 (1968), 187–189].}
Reviewed by Wazir Hasan Abdi

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0240827 (39 #2172) Reviewed
Особенности дифференцируемых отображений. (Russian) [Singularities of differentiable maps]
Translated from the English and French by S. M. Višik, A. G. Kušnirenko and M. V. Jakobson. Edited by V. I. Arnolʹd. Izdat. "Mir'', Moscow, 1968. 268 pp.
57.20
Display contents as search results
There are nine articles and an introduction by the editor. The articles will be reviewed individually.
MR0239217 (39 #574) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
A stability problem and ergodic properties of classical dynamical systems. (Russian) Proc. Internat. Congr. Math. (Moscow, 1966), pp. 387–392, Izdat. "Mir'', Moscow, 1968.
34.65
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
The author discusses results and problems connecting structural stability and ergodic properties of classical dynamical systems. For example, the following problem is proposed. Consider the motion determined by the system dϕ/dt=ω(I)+εf(I,ϕ),dI/dt=εF(I,ϕ), where ϕ=(ϕ1,,ϕh)(mod2π),I=(I1,,Il) and ε>0. Let the corresponding averaged system be given by dϕ/dt=ω(I)+εf(J,ϕ),dJ/dt=εF¯¯¯¯(J), where
F¯¯¯¯(J)=(2π)kTkF(I,ϕ)dϕ
and Tk is the k-dimensional torus determined by ϕ(mod2π). The problem is to determine how the motions I(t) and J(t) are connected on the interval 0<t<1/ε.
   {An English version of this article has appeared in Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. (2) 70 (1968), 5–11 [see MR0225620].}

{For the collection containing this paper see MR1581925.} Reviewed by R. F. Datko

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 9

MR0234705 (38 #3021) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
A letter to the editors. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 23 (1968), no. 6(144), 216.
85.34
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
An error is corrected on p. 114 of the author's article in same Uspehi 18 (1963), no. 6 (114), 91–192 [MR0170705].
MR0232910 (38 #1233) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Avez, A.
Ergodic problems of classical mechanics.
Translated from the French by A. Avez. W. A. Benjamin, Inc., New York-Amsterdam, 1968. ix+286 pp.
28.70 (70.00)
The original French edition has been reviewed [Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1967; MR0209436].
MR0231828 (38 #156) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Braids of algebraic functions and cohomologies of swallowtails. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 23 (1968), no. 4(142), 247–248.
14.55
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This paper gives some consequences of the fact that the manifold Gn of all nth degree polynomials with complex coefficients and without multiple roots is the space K(Π,1) for the group B(n) of bundles of n-braids, i.e., Π1(Gn)=B(n), and Πi(Gn)=0 for i>1. One remarks that Gn can be considered as the space of hyperelliptic curves of degree n, as well as the complement (in Cn) of the universal covering manifold associated with the values of an algebraic n-valued function z(a):zn+a1zn1++an1z+an=0 (the roots of the general equation of degree n as a function of its coefficients).
   From this one can see what the cohomology classes of Gn are. They coincide with the cohomology groups of the group of n-braids (the action of Z is the trivial one). This means Hi(Gn,Z)=Hi(B(n),Z).
   The author shows that the cohomology groups (except H0 and H1) of Gn are finite and Hi(B(n))=0, for in; he also estimates Hi(B(2n+1))Hi(B(2n)) and Hi(B(n))Hi(B(2i2)) for n2i2.
Reviewed by D.-M. Popescu
MR0226655 (37 #2243) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Singularities of smooth mappings. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 23 (1968), no. 1, 3–44.
57.20
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This is the text of the lectures delivered by the author at the Moscow University and contains the basic results of H. Whitney, R. Thom, B. Malgrange, J. N. Mather, J. M. Boardman, J.-C. Tougeron, etc., concerning the classification of the singularities and the stability of differentiable mappings. Numerous important examples are given. We also mention a simple proof of Malgrange's preparation theorem for complex analytic maps, which is used to obtain the analytic variants of some stability theorems, given by J. N. Mather for the C category. We first give the definitions used by the author and then state his main results.
   Definition 1: The analytic map f:CnCn, defined near O and fixing this point, is said to be stable at O when for each open set UO and each analytic map f0:UCn, sufficiently close to f (in the topology of the norm φ=max|x|<r{|φ(x)|}), there exist open sets U, W and analytic inclusions h:UU, k:WCn, such that OUU, OWf(U), f=k1f0h. Definition 2: The map f is said to be infinitesimally stable at O when for each analytic vector field φ, defined near OCn, there exist analytic vector fields h,k, defined near O, such that (1) φ(x)=f(x)h(x)+k(f(x)), where f is the differential of f. Theorem 1: Suppose that the analytic map f is such that there exist analytic n×n matrices Hi, Ki (i=1,,n), defined near OCn, satisfying the relations (2) xiE=f(x)Hi(x)+Ki(f(x)) (i=1,,n), where x=(x1,,xn)Cn and E is the unit matrix. Then f is stable at O. Theorem 2: The existence of Hi, Ki in (2) is equivalent to the infinitesimal stability property and there exist operators of finite order H,K such that (1) is satisfied by h=H(φ), k=K(φ).
   These theorems are obtained from a general stability principle, another consequence of which is a theorem of J.-C. Tougeron, stating that a complex analytic function is equivalent to a polynomial function near an isolated critical point. Results of H. Cartan and C. L. Siegel are also deduced.
Reviewed by K. Teleman

Citations

From References: 3

From Reviews: 0

MR0220969 (36 #4021) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
A remark on the Weierstrass preparation theorem. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 1 (1967), no. 3, 1–8.
32.40
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Let X and Y be complex manifolds, with structure sheaves OX and OY. Suppose xX, yY and there are neighborhoods U of x, V of y and a holomorphic map f:UV such that (U,f,V) is an r-sheeted analytic cover with f1(y)={x}. Then f induces a map f:OY,yOX,x, and it follows from the assumption on f that the local ring OX,x/f(my)OX,x is an r-dimensional vector space over OY,y/myC, where mx and my are the maximal ideals at x and y, respectively. The general form of the Weierstrass preparation theorem [see, e.g., B. Malgrange, Ideals of differentiable functions, Tata Inst. Fund. Res., Bombay, 1967; MR0212575] implies that OX,x is a free finitely-generated module over OY,y, where the action of OY,y on OX,x is given by setting ψφ=f(ψ)φ for ψOY,y, φOX,x. Thus there is a basis {e1,,er}, ejOX,x, such that any φOX,x has a unique expansion φ=φiei, φiOX,y. This defines a linear map W:OX,xOY,yr given by Wφ=(φ1,,φr). In this paper the author investigates this map on germs which have representatives in a fixed neighborhood. Suppose U and V are small enough so that each is contained in a coordinate chart centered at x and y, and let | |S denote the supremum norm over a set S in such a chart, where |z|=max(|z|,,|zn|). Let S+δ be the uniform neighborhood of S of size δ. The main result is as follows. Let f and {e1,,er} be fixed. Then for U and V sufficiently small, and for some δ0>0, there exists a constant C depending only on f,e1,,er, such that if φ is holomorphic in U+δ, then the germ WφxOY,yr has a representative WφΓ(V¯¯¯¯,OYr), and the estimate |Wφ|VCδ1r|φ|U+δ holds for any δ, 0<δ<δ0. In other words, the linear map W given by the Weierstrass preparation theorem extends to a mapping defined on a fixed neighborhood with an estimate which is the same estimate one would obtain if W were a differential operator of order (r1). The author gives a simple example to show this is the best estimate possible. The proof involves finding a representation for the Weierstrass expansion in terms of Cauchy integral formulas and using standard techniques of complex analysis.
Reviewed by Raymond O. Wells Jr.
MR0211415 (35 #2296) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On a characteristic class entering into conditions of quantization. (Russian)
Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 1 (1967), 1–14.
57.50 (35.00)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The aim of this paper is to introduce a new one-dimensional characteristic class and relate it to some known invariants of solutions of Hamiltonian systems of differential equations. In the study of such systems, a number of differential geometric structures on the vector space R2n play a role: the euclidean metric defined by the inner product (x,y), the complex structure defined by a linear transformation J such that J2=1, and the symplectic structure defined by the skew form [x,y]=(Jx,y). Let Λ(n) be the set of all unoriented n-planes in R2n such that [x,y]=0 for every pair of vectors x and y in the plane. Let Λk(n) be the set of all planes in Λ(n) whose intersection with a fixed plane has dimension k. If Mn is a differentiable manifold, then these structures are defined in the complexified tangent space at each point. Moreover, given a trivilization of the complexified tangent bundle (if one exists), one may define a map f:MnΛ(n) by projecting the real tangent space at each point into the typical fiber. In this paper it is shown that H1(Λ(n);Z) is free cyclic, and the Poincaré dual of the generator is the homology class of the closure of Λ1(n). If α is the generator of H1, α=fα is a characteristic class on M. If M is embedded in R2n so that the tangent space at each point lies in Λ(n), M may be placed in general position with respect to the projection of R2n onto the pure imaginary vectors. The exact meaning of this general position is analyzed, and the result is used to show that α may be computed by the method of V. P. Maslov [Theory of perturbations and asymptotic methods (Russian), Izdat. Moskov. Gos. Univ., Moscow, 1965] and therefore Maslov's index is a special case of α. This index occurs in certain asymptotic formulas for solutions of the Schrödinger equations. It is also shown that the Morse index of a geodesic is a special case of α.
Reviewed by Bruce L. Reinhart
MR0209436 (35 #334) Reviewed
Arnold, V. I.; Avez, A.
Problèmes ergodiques de la mécanique classique. (French)
Monographies Internationales de Mathématiques Modernes, 9. Gauthier-Villars, Éditeur, Paris, 1967. ii+243 pp.
28.70 (70.00)
This monograph is not a textbook but an extremely useful and important outline of some of the relationships between ergodic theory and classical mechanics. The book consists of 4 chapters and 34 appendices. It is impossible to list here in detail the many topics covered. The chapter headings: (1) Notion of a dynamical system; (2) Ergodic properties; (3) Unstable systems; (4) Stable systems. The 34 appendices are devoted to either examples or proofs of some of the theorems mentioned in the chapters. Many of the theorems mentioned are not proved in the text. In these cases, references to the literature are given. For many other theorems, the authors indicate only the idea of the proof. The chapters include topics such as K-systems, entropy, C-systems, foliations associated with C-systems, structural stability of C-systems, fixed points, periodic orbits, invariant tori.
   It should be stressed that the authors make available proofs of many theorems and many examples which are scattered throughout the literature. They have also given extensive references to the literature. To the western reader who has not mastered the Russian language, the authors give an insight into some of the recent work in this field which has been done in the Soviet Union.
   The reviewer feels that the book will not be suitable for the beginning student unless he has the guidance of a more experienced person. The book certainly belongs in the libraries of mathematicians interested in this field.
Reviewed by F. Hahn
MR0235578 (38 #3882) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On the topology of three-dimensional steady flows of an ideal fluid.
J. Appl. Math. Mech. 30 (1966), 223–226; translated from
Prikl. Mat. Meh. 30 183–185 (Russian)
57.36 (76.00)
In this brief note the author studies the topology of the integral curves of the special vector fields which describe 3-dimensional steady flows of ideal fluids. This means vector fields v defined on some region DR3 which satisfy the partial differential equations v×curlv=grada and divv=0, where a=p+12|v|2 and p is an arbitrary real-valued function defined on D which is physically interpreted as the pressure of the fluid. The author assumes that D is a compact, connected analytic submanifold of R3 with boundary Γ, that v is analytic, and that v is tangent to Γ. Using the crucial additional hypothesis that curlv×v0 in D, the author proves the following theorem. A value a0 of a(x) is called poor if a0 is a critical value of a or if there exists x0Γ1 such that a(x0)=a0 and (grada)(x0) is perpendicular to Γ. By the analyticity of everything the poor values are finite in number. All other values are said to be good. Theorem: Let a0 be a good value of a. Then the level surface a1(a0) (called the Bernoulli surface) is a torus if a1(a0)Γ=, or a ring (S1×[0,1]) if a1(a0)Γ. If we are in the first case, the integral curves of v through points on the torus lie on the torus and are either closed curves or everywhere dense on the torus. If we are in the second case, then the integral curves of v through points on the ring lie on the ring and are all closed.
Reviewed by E. A. Feldman
MR0205552 (34 #5379) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
An a priori estimate in the theory of hydrodynamic stability. (Russian)
Izv. Vysš. Učebn. Zaved. Matematika 1966 (1966), no. 5(54), 3–5.
76.41
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
L'auteur considère un écoulement plan stationnaire d'un liquide parfait; soit ψ la fonction de courant de cet écoulement, les vecteurs ψ et Δψ sont collinéaires, leur rapport étant supposé positif borné inférieurement et supérieurement par c et C; soit φ une perturbation non stationnaire de la fonction de courant, il est établi que
D(|φ|2+c|Δφ|2)dxdyD(|φ0|2+C|Δφ0|2)dxdy
si φ0 est la valeur initiale de φ et si la circulation associée à φ0 autour de la frontière de D est nulle. Ce résultat permet d'obtenir des critères de stabilité.
Reviewed by J. P. Guiraud
MR0202082 (34 #1956) Reviewed
Arnold, V.
Sur la géométrie différentielle des groupes de Lie de dimension infinie et ses applications à l'hydrodynamique des fluides parfaits. (French)
Ann. Inst. Fourier (Grenoble) 16 (1966), fasc. 1, 319–361.
57.50 (57.55)
It is well-known that the equations of motion of the finite-dimensional mechanical systems governed by Newtonian mechanics can be interpreted as the geodesic equations of a Riemannian metric on configuration space [L. Brillouin, Les tenseurs on mécanique et en élasticité, Dover, New York, 1946; MR0016996; second edition, Masson, Paris, 1960; MR0164478; English translation, Academic Press, 1964]. For example, the motion of a force-free rotating rigid body is governed by a left-invariant Riemannian metric on the Lie group SO(3,R). In principle, if this were to be considered carefully from the point of view of manifold theory, the purely formal parts of the theory would carry over in a routine way to systems with an infinite number of degrees of freedom. To the reviewer's knowledge, this has never been carried out explicitly; in this paper the author considers the case of certain systems occurring in fluid mechanics, concentrating on investigating in a semi-intuitive manner the connection between this insight and results in fluid mechanics.
   In the first part, the author develops formulas for the curvature, geodesics and covariant derivative of a left-invariant metric on a finite-dimensional Lie group. There are no references given to the differential-geometric literature, and the results are derived by an ingenious but rather complicated method. {There is a much simpler method, as follows. Suppose that G is a Lie group, and that (wi), 1i,j,kn, is a basis for left-invariant 1-forms on G such that the metric is given by wiwi=ds2. Suppose dwi=cjkiwjwk, where (cjki) are the structure constants of the Lie algebra of G with respect to the basis of the Lie algebra dual to the wi. The connection forms wij are characterized by the conditions wij+wji=0, dwi=wijwj. The formula giving the wij in terms of the c's and w's can be readily found, and then the covariant derivative, geodesics and curvature are determined by routine calculations.}
   At any rate, once these formulas are found, they can be expressed in terms of the Lie algebra of G, independently of the chosen basis. This enables the author to carry over the formulas to infinite-dimensional Lie groups; the case of the group of volume-preserving diffeomorphisms of a domain leads to certain equations of hydrodynamics.
   The paper is rich in insights and indications of useful areas of study in differential geometry and mechanics.
Reviewed by R. Hermann

Citations

From References: 2

From Reviews: 0

MR0193797 (33 #2012) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Stability and instability in classical mechanics. (Russian) Second Math. Summer School, Part II (Russian), pp. 85–119, Naukova Dumka, Kiev, 1965.
70.99
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
This is a simplified and condensed version of two papers by the author published in Uspehi Mat. Nauk 18 (1963), no. 5 (113), 13–40 [MR0163025]; ibid. 18 (1963), no. 6 (114), 91–192 [MR0170705].

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0189952.} Reviewed by E. Leimanis
MR0193645 (33 #1861) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, Vladimir
Sur une propriété topologique des applications globalement canoniques de la mécanique classique. (French)
C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 261 (1965), 3719–3722.
57.50 (34.65)
Let Ω=Tn×Bn, where Tn=S1××S1 is an n-torus, and BnRn, 0Bn. (The author states no hypotheses for Bn; however, it appears one should assume Bn is a connected submanifold of Rn, possibly with boundary, having a non-empty interior.) In this note the author studies some topological properties of a class of diffeomorphisms of Ω called globally canonical diffeomorphisms. The main tool is the Morse inequalities. These maps apparently arise in studying the restricted n-body problem in mechanics.
   Let Bn have coordinates p=(p1,,pn) inherited from Rn, and let Tn have coordinates (q mod2n)=(q1,,qn). A map A is called globally canonical if it is homotopic to the identity and if σpdq=Aσpdq, where pdq=ni=1pidqi and σ is an arbitrary closed differentiable curve in Ω.
   Let P(x)=p(Ax) and Q(x)=q(Ax) for every xΩ. The author shows that A is globally canonical if and only if a(x)=xx0(Qq)dP+(pP)dq is single valued. He then applies the Morse theory to the function a(x) to sketch proofs of his two main theorems, the first concerning the intersection of tori, and the second concerning the number of fixed points of the Nth iterate of a globally canonical diffeomorphism sufficiently close to a globally canonical diffeomorphism of a very special type. As a typical result, the first theorem will now be stated. Let T be the torus p=0, and assume that the torus AT is of the form p=p(q), |p/q|<, where A:ΩΩ is a globally canonical diffeomorphism. Then T and AT have at least 2n points in common, counting multiplicities.
   The paper closes with a list of conjectures for possible extensions of the results.
Reviewed by E. A. Feldman
MR0182025 (31 #6249) Reviewed
Milnor, Dž.
Теория Морса. (Russian) [Morse theory]
Translated from the English by V. I. Arnolʹd. Izdat. "Mir'', Moscow, 1965. 184 pp.
57.50 (57.20)

Related

Arnolʹd, V. I.

This is a translation of the book originally published by Princeton University Press in 1963 [MR0163331]. There is a foreword by the translator and a supplement by D. V. Anosov on the Whitehead homotopy equivalence theorem for complexes and on Poincaré duality.
MR0180949 (31 #5179) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, Vladimir
Sur la topologie des écoulements stationnaires des fluides parfaits. (French)
C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 261 (1965), 17–20.
53.72 (57.47)
The author proves the following: Let M be a three-dimensional orientable compact analytic Riemannian manifold whose first Betti number is zero. Let a and b be two analytic commuting vector fields on M2, both having zero divergence. Suppose further that a and b are not everywhere colinear. Theorem 1 asserts that almost all of the trajectories of a are either closed or dense in an analytic embedding of the two-dimensional torus. The remaining trajectories form a proper analytic compact subset of M. This theorem is then extended to Riemannian manifolds with boundary.
   In Theorem 2, D is a compact connected three-dimensional Riemannian domain with boundary D. Let ν be the velocity field of a stationary flow of a perfect fluid. Assume ν and rot ν are not everywhere colinear. Then almost all the streamlines of the flow are either closed or dense in an analytic embedding of a two-dimensional torus. The remaining lines form a proper compact analytic subset of D.
Reviewed by F. Hahn
MR0180051 (31 #4288) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On conditions for non-linear stability of plane stationary curvilinear flows of an ideal fluid. (Russian)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 162 (1965), 975–978.
76.35
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Dans le travail l'auteur utilise quelques résultats relatifs à la stabilitá des systèmes différentiels linéaries pour étudier par des méthodes analogues certaines problèmes de stabilité dans la théorie des écoulements incompressibles d'un liquide idéal. L'outil est formé par deux intégrales des équations du mouvement, soit d'une part l'énergie totale d'autre part une fonction convenable du tourbillon intégrie dans tout le domaine occupé par le liquide. En s'arrangeant pour que la variation seconde d'une expression formée avec les intégrales ait un signe défini, ou peut retrouver des résultats classiques. En particulier la stabilité d'un profil non inflexionnel s'obtient comme conséquence de la théorie pour un écoulement plan par filets parallèles.
   {This article has appeared in English translation [Soviet Math. Dokl. 6 (1965) 773–777].}
Reviewed by J. P. Guiraud
MR0179413 (31 #3661) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Applicability conditions and an error bound for the averaging method for systems in the process of evolution through a resonance. (Russian)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 161 (1965), 9–12.
34.45
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This paper contains a study of the "average method'' and gives an estimate for the error in the solution which one commits by replacing the differential equation by the averaged one. Specifically, the system
φ˙=ω(I,ε)+εf(I,φ,ε),I˙=εF(I,φ,ε),(1)
is considered, where φ=(φ1,φ2) consists of two angular variables and I is a vector. The vector functions f, F are assumed to be defined and analytic in a complex domain.
   This system is contrasted with the averaged system (2) J˙=F¯¯¯¯(J), where F¯¯¯¯(J) is the average of F(J,φ,0) over the torus 0φ1, φ22π.
   Under appropriate conditions, it is shown that for solutions I(t), J(t) of (1), (2), respectively, with the same initial values, one has c1ε<|I(t)J(t)|<c(ε)log2ε1 for t1/ε. For the lower estimate a simple example is given, while the upper estimate is proven under a condition which expresses that ω1/ω2 varies in time, so that solutions pass through resonances.
   The proof consists of careful estimates of the time the solution spends in various resonance regions. For a related (weaker, but more general) result, see Anosov, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 24 (1960), 721–742 [MR0126592].
   {This article has appeared in English translation [Soviet Math. Dokl. 6 (1965), 331–334].}
Reviewed by J. Moser

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0178435 (31 #2692) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, Vladimir
Sur la courbure de Riemann des groupes de difféomorphismes. (French)
C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 260 (1965), 5668–5671.
57.50 (22.90)
The author considers a Lie group G with Lie algebra G. On G he fixes a left invariant Riemannian metric g. If X and Y are in G, let X,Y be the inner product defined in G by g. The metric g is completely determined by  , . There is a unique left invariant affine connection on G whose torsion is zero and such that parallel displacement preserves the inner product on tangent spaces. If X and Y are linearly independent vectors in G, then the sectional curvature RXY at e in the section determined by X and Y is given in terms of  ,  and . The sign of the formula for RXY is chosen as in Milnor's Morse theory [Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1963; MR0163331].) It is known that the left invariant affine connections on G are in one-to-one correspondence with the bilinear mappings of G×G into G. Thus one can express RXY in terms of  ,  and a bilinear map B:G×GG. In fact, B can be determined by  , . This then is the author's program—to express RXY in terms of a bilinear map B:G×GG which is determined by  , . Next, he considers a class of infinite dimensional Lie groups for which there exists a natural inner product on the Lie algebras. For these he defines the sectional curvature RXY by applying his previous formula. He then computes this curvature in certain examples.
   More specifically, for a Lie group G the author defines the bilinear map B:G×GG by the formula [X,Y],Z=B(Z,X),Y. In Lemma 3 he computes the affine connection in terms of  ,  and B. The result of Theorem 1 is to express RXY in terms of  ,  and B. The author then considers the group G of all diffeomorphisms of a Riemannian manifold M with boundary M. The diffeomorphisms are subject to the condition that they leave the volume element invariant. The algebra G is the set of all vector fields X on M for which divX=0 and XN=0 on the boundary M (N is normal to M). The inner product  ,  in G is defined by X,Y=Mg(X,Y)dx, where dx is the volume element in M. Theorem 2 computes B if M is a subset of E3. In Theorem 3, M is taken to be the two-dimensional torus with a flat metric; the author then computes the sectional curvature of the previous diffeomorphism group G at e and shows it is negative.
Reviewed by F. Hahn
MR0164049 (29 #1348) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V.
Correction to V. Arnolʹd's paper: "Small denominators. I.''. (Russian)
Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 28 (1964), 479–480.
57.48
The original paper appeared in same Izv. 25 (1961), 21–86 [MR0140699].
MR0163026 (29 #329) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Instability of dynamical systems with many degrees of freedom. (Russian)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 156 (1964), 9–12.
34.65 (57.48)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This note contains an example which is basic for the stability theory of Hamiltonian systems. In the previous work of Kolmogorov and the author [see Kolmogorov, Proc. Internat. Congr. Mathematicians (Amsterdam, 1954), Vol. 1, pp. 315–333, Noordhoff, Groningen, 1957; MR0097598; the author, #328] for nearly integrable Hamiltonian systems of n degrees of freedom n-dimensional invariant tori had been constructed and were shown to form the majority of the solutions, the exceptional set having small measure. The present paper is concerned with the subtle problem of investigating the flow in the exceptional set.
   The example is described by the Hamiltonian
H=12(I12+I22)+ε(cosϕ11)(1+μ(sinϕ2+cost)),
where Iν,ϕν are canonically conjugate variables and ε,μ small parameters. It is stated (Theorem 3): For given 0<A<B and ε>0 there exists a μ0>0 such that for 0<μ<μ0 there exists a trajectory which connects the set I2<A with I2>B. The time required to pass from one set to the other is extremely large, namely, of the order exp{ε1/2}.
   For systems of two degrees of freedom (i.e., for a 4-dimensional phase space) such exceptional sets of solutions are also present but separated by invariant tori; therefore in 4-dimensional phase space the above phenomenon cannot occur. The above example shows that already for a 5-dimensional phase space the exceptional set may be traversed by a trajectory. It is expected this example is typical.
   To establish these statements the author constructs unstable invariant tori ("whiskered'' tori) and investigates the intersection of the asymptotic manifold of solutions for different tori. They provide—similar to the intersection of separatrices in Poincaré's work—for a mechanism which passes solutions from the neighborhood of one torus to another. By forming a chain of such tori linked by intersecting asymptotic manifolds, a solution of the desired type can be constructed. The details of the proof must be formidable, although the idea of the proof is clearly outlined.
Reviewed by J. Moser
MR0170705 (30 #943) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Small denominators and problems of stability of motion in classical and celestial mechanics. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 18 (1963), no. 6(114), 91–192.
85.57 (57.48)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This paper is not only a survey article on the recent work on problems in celestial mechanics but also contains the proofs of a number of new results. In particular, the xistence of a set of almost periodic solutions for the n-body problem is established, a result which has been announced by V.I. Arnolʹd at the International Congress for Mathematicians, Stockholm, 1962 [Proc. Internat. Congr. Math., 1962, Inst. Mittag-Leffler, Djursholm, 1963; MR0156757]. This is the first result which establishes a set of solutions which for all times remains bounded and collision free and which, moreover, forms a set of positive measure in phase space. Another topic of great interest in this paper is the existence of an adiabatic invariant for all time for a charged particle in a magnetic field (a problem which usually is treated by asymptotic methods, yielding estimates for finite time intervals only).
   After an instructive and interesting introduction the author discusses (Chapter I) the classical machinery of perturbation theory, the difficulties of small divisors and its significance. In a heuristic manner the statements of Kolmogorov and of the author are discussed and the implications of these results for the stability of periodic solutions of Hamiltonian systems are explained.
   In Chapter II questions of adiabatic invariants as they are relevant for the motion of a charged particle in a magnetic field are discussed. The problem is to study the solutions of differential equations which are described by a Hamiltonian H(p,q,μt) which varies slowly in time: H is a smooth function of the phase-space variables p,q, and μt=λ, and μ is a small parameter. Adiabatic invariants are functions J(p,q,λ) which have the property that they change little over long time intervals, e.g., 0<t<μ1. Problems of this sort were basic in connection with the "old'' quantum theory of N. Bohr (see P. Ehrenfest [Ann. Physik (4) 51 (1916), 327–352], or M. Born [Z. Physik 40 (1926), 167–192]). After having been abandoned, the question appeared again in the study of charged particles in a magnetic field, "magnetic traps'' (see J. Berkowitz, C. Gardner [Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 12 (1959), 501–512; MR0108207]; C. Gardner [Phys. Rev. (2) 115 (1959), 791–794; MR0109003]; M. Kruskal [La Théorie des Gaz Neutres et Ionisés (Grenoble, 1959), pp. 275–284, Hermann, Paris, 1960; MR0117398]). The new feature of Arnolʹd's result is that it guarantees adiabatic invariance for all times, at least for some problems of one degree of freedom in which the parameter λ enters periodically.
   The most remarkable part of the paper is Chapter III, which contains a discussion of the n-body problem and a precise formulation of the new result concerning almost periodic solutions of the n-body problem. It can be stated as follows: For the majority of initial conditions for which the osculating ellipses are of small eccentricity and inclination the mutual perturbation of the mass points result only in small changes for all times, provided that n1 masses are small compared to one (sun). Actually the majority of these solutions are proven to be almost periodic by use of the theorems explained in Chapter II. However, the application involves many difficulties since this problem is highly degenerate. For the successful treatment of these difficulties the expansion of the perturbation function up to fourth order in the eccentricities is needed, which was available in Le Verrier's calculations of the last century.
   Chapters IV and V contain the details of the technique of the proof and will not be discussed here since much of it is parallel to the author's earlier paper [Uspehi Mat. Nauk 18 (1963), no. 5 (113), 13–40; MR0163025]. The last chapter contains a number of unsolved problems, as well as a discussion of some current research of workers in this area.
   It is to be hoped that this remarkable paper and exceptional work helps to arouse the interest of more mathematicians in this subject.
Reviewed by J. Moser
MR0163025 (29 #328) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Proof of a theorem of A. N. Kolmogorov on the preservation of conditionally periodic motions under a small perturbation of the Hamiltonian. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 18 (1963), no. 5(113), 13–40.
34.65 (57.48)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
This paper, which is dedicated to Kolmogorov on his 60th birthday anniversary, contains a complete proof of a theorem formulated by Kolmogorov in 1954 [Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 98 (1954), 527–530; MR0068687; Proc. Internat. Congr. Mathematicians (Amsterdam, 1954), Vol. 1, pp. 315–333, Noordhoff, Groningen, 1957; MR0097598]. This theorem, basic for the study of Hamiltonian differential equations, has many applications in celestial mechanics and other fields, and its proof has been long awaited.
   The introduction contains an excellent discussion of the problem which puts the result into historical and logical perspective. Sections 2 to 4 contain the details of the proof of the main theorem, and the last section discusses an application to the motion of a non-symmetric heavy top.
   We formulate the main result: Consider a Hamiltonian system p˙=Hq, q˙=Hp, where p,q are both n vectors and H=H(p,q,ε) is of period 2π in the angular variables q1,q2,,qn. It is assumed that H=H0+εH1+ is a real analytic function of all its arguments which for ε=0 is independent of q. This means that for ε=0 the system possesses n integrals p1,p2,,pn, so that the given system is near an integrable one. Finally, it is assumed that the Hessian of H0(p) does not vanish. Then, for sufficiently small ε, the existence of almost periodic solutions of the form
p=ϕ(Q1,Q2,,Qn,ε),q=ψ(Q1,Q2,,Qn,ε)
is asserted, where Qν=ωνt+const and ϕ,ψ are of period 2π in Q1,Q2,,Qn. Moreover, in a preassigned domain pF the set of solutions so obtained fills a set whose complement has arbitrarily small measure if ε is chosen sufficiently small. (The motion in the exceptional set has been studied in the paper reviewed below [MR0163026].)
   The difficult proof carried out in detail (sketchy indications had been given by Kolmogorov; see the remarks in MR0097598, loc. cit.). The analytical difficulty involved stems from the occurrence of the so-called small divisors. The first definite results concerning such nonlinear small-divisor problems are due to C. L. Siegel [Ann. of Math. (2) 43 (1942), 607–612; MR0007044; Nachr. Akad. Wiss. Göttingen Math.-Phys. Kl. Math.-Phys.-Chem. Abt. 1952, 21–30; MR0057407] in which, however, Hamiltonian systems have to be excluded. The present paper overcomes this difficulty for nearly integrable Hamiltonian systems. Undoubtedly these results will give rise to many new applications in celestial mechanics. We also refer to the paper by the reviewer [Nachr. Akad. Wiss. Göttingen Math.-Phys. Kl. II 1962, 1–20; MR0147741] which contains an analogous result corresponding to systems of two degrees of freedom in the differentiable case.
Reviewed by J. Moser
MR0153798 (27 #3759) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Representation of continuous functions of three variables by the superposition of continuous functions of two variables.
Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. (2) 28 (1963), 61–147.
26.00
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Translation of a Russian article [Mat. Sb. (N.S.) 48 (90) (1959), 3–74; MR0121453].
MR0153797 (27 #3758) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On functions of three variables.
Amer. Math. Soc. Transl. (2) 28 (1963), 51–54.
26.00
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Translation of a Russian article [Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 114 (1957), 679–681; MR0111808].
MR0150374 (27 #375) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Krylov, A. L.
Uniform distribution of points on a sphere and certain ergodic properties of solutions of linear ordinary differential equations in a complex domain. (Russian)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 148 (1963), 9–12.
34.06 (10.33)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
The authors prove the following theorem. Theorem 1: Let A and B be rotations of S2 and x a point of S2. If the sequence of points x,Ax,Bx,A2x,ABx, is everywhere dense in S2, then it has a uniform distribution. Here uniform distribution is the following. Let Δ be a region of S2 bounded by a piecewise smooth curve. Consider the 2n points Anx,An1Bx,,Bnx, and let n(Δ) denote the number of these points in Δ. Then limnn(Δ)/2n=mesΔ/mesS2. This result is then generalized and several examples are given. These results are used to study the system of linear differential equations of the form dx/dz=A(z)x, where x is a complex n-vector and the matrix A(z) is analytic in z except for three singular points on the Riemann sphere. In particular, the hypergeometric equation
z(1z)d2xd2z+[γ(α+β+1)z]dxdzαβx=0
is considered. The paper closes with a list of unsolved questions.
Reviewed by J. C. Lillo
MR0147742 (26 #5256) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
A theorem of Liouville concerning integrable problems of dynamics. (Russian)
Sibirsk. Mat. Ž. 4 (1963), 471–474.
34.65 (57.48)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
For a Hamiltonian system, p˙=H/q, q˙=H/p, where H=F1,F2,,Fn are n first integrals, it has frequently been observed that the bounded invariant manifold M, Fi=fi=const, i=1,,n, is a torus. The author proves by simple topological arguments that this is almost inevitable. In fact, it is shown that if a Hamiltonian system with n degrees of freedom possesses the n first integrals given above, where the Poisson bracket of any two distinct Fi is zero, and if the vectors gradFi are linearly independent on the manifold M defined above, then M is an n-torus on which motions are conditionally periodic. In conclusion, the author raises a number of unresolved questions concerning dynamics and topology.
Reviewed by C. S. Coleman
MR0192682 (33 #907) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On the behavior of an adiabatic invariant under slow periodic variation of the Hamiltonian.
Soviet Math. Dokl. 3 (1962), 136–140; translated from
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 142 758–761 (Russian)
70.99
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Considering vibrating systems with one degree of freedom whose Hamiltonian depends periodically on a parameter λ varying slowly with time (λ=εt), the author looks for criteria ensuring the existence of perpetual adiabatic invariants. These conditions are obtained by assuming that each trajectory is entirely contained in a toroidal layer of the generalized phase space (p,q,λ); this is done through a canonical transformation passing from the variables action I, angle ε, and parameter λ to the variables P,Q,T depending periodically on w and λ. According to the author, the case of many degrees of freedom presents considerable difficulties, and the method does not any longer allow one to establish the perpetual adiabatic invariance of the action variables.
Reviewed by J. Kestens
MR0149039 (26 #6535) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.; Sinaĭ, Ja. G.
On small perturbations of the automorphisms of a torus. (Russian)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 144 (1962), 695–698.
34.65 (57.48)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
In a two-dimensional space we call the transformation xAx=x¯¯¯ an automorphism of the torus if A=aij (i,j=1,2), the aij are integers, the determinant of A is ±1 and x¯¯¯i=aijxj (mod1) (i=1,2). Suppose further that A has two real eigenvalues λ1, λ2 and |λ1|<1, |λ2|>1. If (α1,1) is an eigenvector belonging to λ1, then the system of straight lines (1) dx2+α1dx1=0 on the torus has the following properties: (I) (1) is invariant with respect to A. (II) There exists μ1>1 such that for the lengths s(l) and s(Al) (l and Al are segments of the straight lines of (1)) s(Al)μ1s(l) is valid.
   Denote by Aε the transformation A+εB(x), where B(x)=(b1(x1,x2),b2(x1,x2)) and the bi are periodic with period 1 and three-times continuously differentiable functions.
   We can now formulate some theorems of the paper. For sufficiently small ε there exists a system of curves (2) dx2+α~1(x,ε)dx1=0 having the properties (I) and (II) with respect to A and α~1(x,ε) has a derivative of bounded variation with respect to x, and is continuous with respect to ε. Among the solutions of (2) there does not exist a closed curve. With suitable conditions there exists a homeomorphism of the torus xy such that y(Aεx)=Ay(x).
   The authors also prove some theorems similar to those above on the n-dimensional torus.
Reviewed by L. Pintér
MR0142388 (25 #5781) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On the classical perturbation theory and the stability problem of planetary systems. (Russian)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 145 (1962), 487–490.
85.57 (57.48)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
For reasons of simplicity consider the planar three-body problem with masses M,m1,m2, where m1,m2M. According to the perturbation theory the planets m1,m2 do not perturb each other in the zero-order approximation, and they move along Kepler ellipses with major semi-axes a1,a2 and eccentricities e1,e2. The positions of the major semiaxes are determined by the arguments of the perihelia ω1,ω2. The quantities ak,ek,ωk (k=1,2) remain constant throughout the motion.
   Let us restrict ourselves to the case where mk,ek are small, a2a1>c, and the planets m1,m2 move around M in the same orbital direction. The first approximation in which the mutual perturbations of the planets are taken into account leads to small oscillations of ak,ek,ωk about certain constant values. In the second approximation slow secular motions of the perihelia emerge.
   The main result of the paper is a theorem which states that if the masses and eccentricities are sufficiently small, then for the majority of the initial conditions a Lagrangian motion can be found from which the actual motion deviates very little during the whole infinite time interval.
   Mathematically this result can be formulated in the form of the theorem mentioned below. Assuming that the mass center is fixed, the system has four degrees of freedom. Let 0<c1<C1<c2<C2< be constants. The conditions c1<a1<C1; c2<a2<C2; e1,e2<δ specify in the eight-dimensional phase space a domain Gδ, the points of which determine uniquely the initial coordinates and velocities, and hence the whole motion. Let αk (k=1,2) be constants such that mk=μαkM. Theorem: For an arbitrary η>0 there exists an ε>0 such that if δ, μ<ε, then the majority of the points of the domain Gδ [the exceptional points make up a set of measure smaller than η (measure of Gδ)] move in such a way that: (i) each of them remains forever in the domain Gδ; (ii) each moves in a conditionally periodic manner filling up an everywhere dense analytic four-dimensional torus; (iii) each point remains forever at a distance smaller than η from any point of the phase space which represents some Lagrangian motion.
   Analogous theorems on "metric stability'' hold also for the planar n-body problem and for the spatial three-body problem. Their extension to the spatial problem with n>3, however, requires additional investigation. The exceptional set of points mentioned in the theorem extends to infinity and is connected and everywhere dense. Keeping in mind these facts, and on the other hand the well-known fact concerning the existence of the so-called gaps in the distribution of the mean solar distances of the asteroids, it is possible to presuppose that the motion of the planets is topologically unstable..
   Some results obtained by Kolmogorov [same Dokl. 98 (1954), 527–530; MR0068687] are generalized to the so-called degenerate case. [Related papers: the author, ibid. 137 (1961), 255–257; MR0126041; ibid. 138 (1961), 13–15; MR0132887; ibid. 142 (1962), 758–761.]
Reviewed by E. Leimanis
MR0137802 (25 #1251) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Letter to the editor. (Russian)
Mat. Sb. (N.S.) 56(98) (1962), 392.
26.00 (14.18)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
An error in the author's paper in Mat. Sb. (N.S.) 48 (90) (1959), 3–74 [MR0121453] has been pointed out to the author by H. G. Bothe, who, it is asserted, will make the necessary corrections in a translation of the original Russian article in a forthcoming issue of the Mathematische Forschungsberichte des Deutschen Verlags der Wissenschaften. The error centers around a lemma, on p. 30 of the original article, on the representation of a function of three variables by superposition of continuous functions of two variables.

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 1

MR0177168 (31 #1432) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Remarks on winding numbers. (Russian)
Sibirsk. Mat. Ž. 2 (1961), 807–813.
34.65 (57.48)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
It is shown that the winding numbers of ergodic geodesic flows defined by differential systems such as dω/dt=A(ω), where A is smooth, on a compact Riemannian manifold (but not a two-dimensional torus), are always zero. This was shown by Gelʹfand and Pjateckiĭ-Šapiro [Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 127 (1959), 490–493; MR0107738] for surfaces of constant negative curvature. The winding number used by the author is that defined by Schwartzman [Ann. of Math. (2) 66 (1957), 270–284; MR0088720].
Reviewed by C. S. Coleman

Citations

From References: 51

From Reviews: 0

MR0158330 (28 #1555) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Some remarks on flows of line elements and frames. (Russian)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 138 (1961), 255–257.
57.48 (34.65)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Let M be an n-dimensional Riemannian manifold. The pair ω=(x,ξk) is called a k-frame (k-eder) if xM (x the carrier) and ξk is an ordered k-tuple (ξ1,,ξk) of mutually orthogonal unit vectors touching M at x. Let Ωk denote the space of k-frames on M. The element of volume dΩ in Ωk is defined by dΩ=dMdE, where dM is the volume element in M and dE is the invariant measure in the linear space Ek(x) of k-frames at each point x.
   A one-parameter group of transformations of Ωk (ωStω) is called a flow of k-frames. The lines Γ described on M by the carriers x(t) are called trajectories. Let v be the velocity of motion of x(t) along Γ and let k1,,kn1 be the curvatures of Γ (v,k1,,kn1 are dependent on ωΩ). A flow of n-frames is called tangential if the frames Stω are the associated frames with the trajectory x(t).
   A tangential flow is called isotropic if the velocity v is constant and k1(x),,kn1(x) depend only on the carrier x and not on the directions of ξ1,,ξn of ω. The author announces the theorem that isotropic flows preserve the measure dΩ. If an isotropic flow is such that k1,,kn1 is constant and M has constant curvature K, the flow is called a cyclic flow. The author states that a cyclic flow on an n-dimensional manifold of constant negative curvature equal to - 1 must be one of three types: (1) A flow isomorphic to a generalized geodesic flow (k1=0). (2) A flow isomorphic to a generalized horocycle flow (k1=1,k2=0). (3) A flow isomorphic to one with a fixed carrier of Stω.
   The ordinary geodesic flows (v=1,k1=k2==kn1=0) belong to type (1) and the ordinary horocycle flows belong to type (2), and it is stated that flows of type (1) behave very much like ordinary geodesic flows, while those of type (2) behave very much like ordinary horocycle flows.
   Generalizing a theorem of Sinai (concerning ordinary geodesic flows), the author states that flows of type (1) on a compact manifold of constant negative curvature are K-systems (Kolmogorov systems). The author gives the entropy of a flow of type (1) when K=1.
   Generalizing theorems on the spectra of geodesic flows to isotropic flows, the author states that if an isotropic flow on a Riemannian manifold other than a two-dimensional torus or Klein bottle is ergodic, then all the rotation numbers are equal to zero and the flow has no continuous eigenfunctions except for constants.
Reviewed by Y. N. Dowker
MR0140699 (25 #4113) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Small denominators. I. Mapping the circle onto itself. (Russian)
Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 25 (1961), 21–86.
32.44 (57.48)
This important paper contains a thorough study of some problems which involve the difficulty of the so-called small divisors. The main topic is that of analytic mappings of a circle onto itself which were studied by Poincaré and Denjoy [Denjoy, J. Math. Pures Appl. (9) 11 (1932), 333–375].
   Let z1=z+F(z) describe a mapping of the circle (Imz=0,z mod2π) onto itself. F(z) is assumed to be analytic near the real axis, real for real z, of period 2π and satisfying 1+F0. With such a mapping Poincaré associated a rotation number 2πμ=limzn/n, where zn denotes the image of z under the nth iterate. The number is independent of the initial point z and invariant under coordinate transformations. We recall Denjoy's main result: If μ is irrational, then there exists a one-to-one continuous coordinate transformation ϕ=ϕ(z) for real z, where ϕ(z)z is of period 2π such that the mapping is transformed into a rotation about the angle 2πμ. In other words, ϕ(z) satisfies the functional equation ϕ(z+F(z))=ϕ(z)+2πμ. Moreover, ϕ is uniquely determined up to an additive constant.
   The author aims at establishing the analytic character of ϕ(z) under appropriate conditions. In § 1 an example is given which shows that irrationality of μ is not sufficient for this purpose. In fact, in this example ϕ(z) is not even absolutely continuous although F is analytic. The number μ, however, is chosen as a number which can be very closely approximated by rationals. Therefore, in the following, the assumption is imposed that μ is poorly approximable by rationals: |μm/n|K|n|3 for all integers m, n (n0) with some positive constant K.
   It is not decided in this paper whether this assumption suffices for the analyticity of ϕ (a conjecture in this direction is stated on p. 22). However, if in addition the mapping is sufficiently close to a rotation (i.e., if F is sufficiently small), then ϕ can indeed be shown to be analytic. This is the content of Theorem 2 (pp. 39–40) which is the main result of this paper. This theorem is generalized to analytic mappings of a k-dimensional torus: Let μ=(μ1,,μk) be a vector satisfying the inequalities
|n0+ν=1kμνnν|>K(|nν|)k+1
for integer n0,n1,,nk which are not all zero. We consider a vector field F(z) on the torus, which is analytic, of period 2π in z1,z2,,zk, real for real zk, and the mapping of the torus into itself, z1=z+a+F(z), with a constant vector a. Then there exists a position ε=ε(R,K,k) such that for |F(z)|<ε for |Imz|<R the constant vector a can be so determined that this torus mapping can be transformed into ϕ1=ϕ+2πμ, where the vector ϕ depends analytically on z1,,zk.
   In § 7 and § 8 the parameter dependence of ϕ on μ is studied and leads to functions which are analytic near the real axis but which have singularities at the rationals. In § 12 an interesting example of a circle mapping is discussed and the "locking in'' phenomenon is indicated. In § 13 the connection of the above results with flows on an n-dimensional torus is described. Finally, § 14 contains a discussion of the Dirichlet problem of the hyperbolic equation 2u/xy=0 for a function u whose values on the boundary of a convex domain are prescribed. This problem is related to a mapping of the boundary onto itself as was shown by F. John [Amer. J. Math. 63 (1941), 141–154; MR0003346].
   It is well known that the small divisor difficulties are encountered in celestial mechanics and the above investigations represent a major step towards overcoming this difficulty. In this connection we mention a recent announcement of the author [Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 145 (1962), 487–490; MR0142388] in which some profound new results concerning the n-body problem with n1 small masses are stated.
Reviewed by J. Moser

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0136087 (24 #B2126) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Test for nomographability using Descartes' rectilinear abacus. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk 16 (1961), no. 4(100), 133–135.
65.85
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
If u1=f(x1), u2=f(x2)=h1(z)u1+h2(z), the curves z=const in the (x1,x2)-plane correspond to straight lines in the (u1,u2)-plane. A set of points X0,X1,,Xn may have the property that the segment X2k1X2k is parallel to the x2-axis, whereas X2kX2k+1 is parallel to the x1-axis. If Xn=X0, the set is closed. The author proves that if there exist four lines of constant values of z the system X0,,X20 is closed if the four subsets corresponding to each of the values of z are (X1,X6,X12,X15,X18), (X2,X5,X8,X11,X16,X19), (X4,X7,X14,X17), (X0,X3,X10,X13,X20). In the case h2(z)0 and three values of z, the points X0,,X6 form a closed system if the subsets are (X0,X3,X6), (X1,X4), (X2,X5), which corresponds to the "hexagonal condition''.
Reviewed by E. M. Bruins
MR0132887 (24 #A2723) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Generation of quasi-periodic motion from a family of periodic motions. (Russian)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 138 (1961), 13–15.
34.45
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Consider the differential equation (1) dy/dx=εf(x,y), where f(x,y) is periodic in both x and y of period 1 and is an analytic function of x, y. For ε=0, all solutions of (1) are periodic and the problem is to determine the rotation number of (1) for ε0. For θ>0, let Λθ={λ| |λn+m|>θ|λ|n2 for all integers m, n, n0}, and Λ=θΛθ. Theorem 1: If 10f(x,y)dx>0 for all y, then for each sufficiently small λ in Λθ there is an ε(λ) and a change of variables z=zλ(x,y), analytic in x, y, such that (1) is transformed to dz/dx=λ. The set ε(λ), λ in Λ, has positive measure, and zero is a point of this set. The proof consists of using asymptotic methods (similar to averaging) to reduce (1) to the equation dy/dx=εc+ε2F(x,y,ε) and then proving Theorem 1 for this special equation. [Related papers: V. I. Arnol'd, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 25 (1961), 21–86; A. N. Kolmogorov, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 98 (1954), 527–530; MR0068687.]
Reviewed by Jack K. Hale
MR0126041 (23 #A3338) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
The stability of the equilibrium position of a Hamiltonian system of ordinary differential equations in the general elliptic case. (Russian)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 137 (1961), 255–257.
34.65 (57.48)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Let the point p=0=q be an equilibrium point of the system (1) q˙=H/p, p˙=H/q, where the Hamiltonian H is analytic in p, q, and t and has period 2π in t. H is said to be generalized elliptic if (for a suitable choice of the variables p and q) H=λr+c2r2++cnrn+H~(p,q,t), where 2r=p2+q2, H~=O(rn+1), H is analytic in p, q, and t, and at least one of the c1 is different from zero. Let Λ be the set of limit numbers of the sets ΛK, where ΛK is the set of all λ's for which |λnm|>K(|m|+|n|)2 for all positive integers m and n. The author states the following theorems. Theorem 1: If λΛ and if H is generalized elliptic, then the equilibrium point (0,0) is stable. Theorem 2: Under the conditions of Theorem 1 every neighborhood of (0,0) in the (p,q,t)-space possesses an analytic invariant torus Tμ with equation r=r(φ,t). On Tμ an analytic coordinate ψ(φ,t) can be introduced such that (1) reduces to ψ˙=μ. The set of tori Tμ has positive measure in the p,q,t space. Theorem 3: Under a number of conditions on the form of H(r,φ,t)—too many to state here—there exist functions R(φ,t) and Ψ(φ,t), periodic of period 2π in φ and t and analytic under suitable restrictions on φ and t, such that on the torus r=R(φ,t) the equations φ˙=H/r, r˙=H/φ reduce to ψ˙=μ, where ψ=φ+Ψ. Theorem 1 follows from Theorem 3. Theorem 3 is a consequence of a lemma which is an extension of a theorem of Kolmogorov [Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 98 (1954), 527–530; MR0068687]. The lemma, whose proof is not given, gives the existence of invariant tori by a Newtonian method of successive approximations. Apparently, the convergence is so rapid that the appearance of small divisors causes no difficulty.
   The theorems are generalized to systems with n degrees of freedom and are also interpreted in the autonomous case.
Reviewed by C. S. Coleman

Citations

From References: 0

From Reviews: 0

MR0130947 (24 #A801) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
The representation of functions of several variables. (Czech)
Pokroky Mat. Fyz. Astronom. 5 (1960), 399–416.
26.55 (14.15)
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Translation into Czech of an article which appeared in Mat. Prosvešč. 3 (1958), 41–61. This is an expository article dealing with the contributions of the Russian school to the solution of Hilbert's thirteenth problem.
MR0121454 (22 #12192) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
Some questions on approximation and representation of functions. (Russian) Proc. Internat. Congress Math. 1958, pp. 339–348, Cambridge Univ. Press, New York, 1960.
26.00
Review PDF Clipboard Series Chapter Make Link
This is a very useful and readable survey of recent work on the problem of representing a function of n real variables by superposition of (continuous) functions of m real variables, with m<n, and on certain related approximation problems. Considering functions defined on an n-dimensional cube, the author denotes by Cn, Fn, or An the classes of functions that are continuous, infinitely often differentiable, or analytic, respectively; and he denotes by Fp,αn the class of functions with pth derivatives all satisfying a Hölder condition of order α, where 0<α1. For any class X of functions let S(X) be the class of functions obtainable by superposition from a finite number of functions of X. The survey can now be summarized as follows. § 1. Hilbert's thirteenth problem (in effect, is A3 contained in S(C2)?), and his theorem that A3 is not contained in S(F2). § 2. Superposition of smooth functions. A. G. Vituškin's result [O mnogomernyh variaciyah, Gosudarstv. Izdat. Tehn.-Teor. Lit., Moscow, 1955; Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 95 (1954), 701–704; MR0075267; 15, 945] that Fp,αn is not contained in S(Fq,βm) if (p+α)/n is less than (q+β)/m and q1; an alternative to the complicated methods used by Vituškin, found by Kolmogorov [Uspehi Mat. Nauk 10 (1955), no. 1 (63), 192–194], using concepts drawn from information-theory. § 3. The "ε-entropy'' of a "completely bounded'' class X of functions; its alternative interpretation as the "minimum volume of a table'' of a function in X "with accuracy ε''. Bounds, of the order of εn/(p+α), obtained by Vituškin [Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 117 (1957), 745–747; 119 (1958), 418–420; MR0097280; 21 #787] and by Kolmogorov [ibid. 108 (1956), 385–388; MR0080904] for the ε-entropy of certain completely bounded sub-classes of Fp,αn; indication of the way in which these bounds can be used to prove Vituškin's result in § 2. § 4. Superposition of continuous functions. Positive results obtained by Kolmogorov and by the author by means of representations in two stages with a tree as "middle-space''; included in these, the positive answer, first obtained by the author to Hilbert's question (in § 1). (For details see the author's memoir in Mat. Sb. (N.S.) 48 (90) (1959), 3–74 [MR0121453].) Improvement upon these results by Kolmogorov [Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 114 (1957), 953–956; MR0111809] who showed, by a more elementary method, not only that CnS(C2), but, more precisely, that every function f in Cn is representable in the form
i=12n+1χi(i=1nϕij(xj)),
where the functions χi and ϕij belong to C1 and the ϕij's are independent of f. [It is a remarkable feature of this representation that the only function of two variables involved is their sum.] § 5. Problems. Tabulation of the known results and enunciation of several interesting outstanding problems.

{For the collection containing this paper see MR0114717.} Reviewed by H. P. Mulholland
MR0121453 (22 #12191) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On the representation of continuous functions of three variables by superpositions of continuous functions of two variables. (Russian)
Mat. Sb. (N.S.) 48(90) (1959), 3–74.
26.00
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
In a note [Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 114 (1957), 679–681; MR0111808] the author deduced the first of the following theorems from the second and third, and he now gives the proofs of all three in full. (1) Every real continuous function f(x1,x2,x3) of three variables, given on the unit cube E3, can be represented in the form
f(x1,x2,x3)=i=13j=13hij[ϕij(x1,x2),x3],
where the functions hij and ϕij of two variables are real and continuous. (2) Every continuous function f(x1,x2,x3) given on E3 can be represented in the form
f(x1,x2,x3)=i=13hi[ϕi(x1,x2),x3],
where hi and ϕi are continuous functions and the functions hi are real and defined on the product Ξ×E1 of a tree Ξ and the segment E1, and the functions ϕi(x1,x2) are defined on the unit square and have points on Ξ as values. Here Ξ is a tree, the branching-index of the points of which is not greater than three. (3) Let F be any family of real equicontinuous functions f(ξ), given on a tree Ξ, all points of which have a branching-index not greater than 3. Then the tree can be realized in the form of a sub-set X, homeomorphic to it, of the three-dimensional cube E3 in such a way that every function f of the family F can be represented in the form
f(x)=k=13fk(xk),
where x=(x1,x2,x3) is the image of ξΞ in the tree X, f(x)=f(ξ), and the functions fk(xk) of one variable are real and continuous and depend continuously on f in the sense of uniform convergence.
   Theorem 1 contradicts a conjecture of Hilbert: for background and references see the author's survey [#12192]. Theorem 2, apart from its last sentence, is the special case n=3 of a result for functions of n3 variables given (with indications of the proof) by A. N. Kolmogorov [Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 108 (1956), 179–182; MR0080129]. For a tree Ξ with only two or three branches the conclusion of Theorem 3 is almost trivial, but the general case requires constructions and convergence arguments of very great complexity. The proofs of the lemmas leading to Theorem 2 are also very elaborate. However, the author's exposition is extremely clear and thorough and is illustrated by many admirable diagrams. He adds an appendix containing as much as he needs of A. C. Kronrod's theory [Uspehi Mat. Nauk 5 (1950), no. 1 (35), 24–134; MR0034826] of the space of components of level-sets of a continuous function.
   The author remarks that soon after he had finished his note, cited above, Kolmogorov [Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 114 (1957), 953–956; MR0111809] obtained a stronger result than Theorem 1, expressing f(x1,x2,x3) as the sum of seven terms each of the form h[ϕ1(x1)+ϕ2(x2)+ϕ3(x3)] with continuous h's and ϕ's the latter being independent of f.
Reviewed by H. P. Mulholland
MR0111808 (22 #2668) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On functions of three variables. (Russian)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 114 (1957), 679–681.
26.00
Review PDF Clipboard Journal Article Make Link
Brief exposition of proof that any continuous real function f(x1,x2,x3) defined on the unit 3-cube can be represented in the form
f(x1,x2,x3)=i=13j=13hij[φij(x1,x2),x3],
where hij and φij are continuous real functions of two variables.
   This result solves the famous "13th problem of Hilbert'', in the sense of refuting the conjecture there stated. The corresponding result for functions of more than 3 variables was obtained by A. N. Kolmogorov [same Dokl. 108 (1956), 179–182; MR0080129].
Reviewed by L. D. Kudryavcev
MR0090623 (19,841e) Reviewed
Arnolʹd, V. I.
On the representability of a function of two variables in the form χ[ϕ(x)+ψ(y)]. (Russian)
Uspehi Mat. Nauk (N.S.) 12 (1957), no. 2(74), 119–121.
26.0X
American Mathematical Society